[Date Prev][Date Next][Thread Prev][Thread Next][Date Index][Thread Index]
texinfo ChangeLog README Makefile.am util/Makef...
|
From: |
karl |
|
Subject: |
texinfo ChangeLog README Makefile.am util/Makef... |
|
Date: |
Wed, 02 Jan 2013 01:00:40 +0000 |
CVSROOT: /sources/texinfo
Module name: texinfo
Changes by: karl <karl> 13/01/02 01:00:39
Modified files:
. : ChangeLog README Makefile.am
util : Makefile.am README dir-example htmlxref.cnf
srclist.txt
Added files:
contrib : README deref.c fix-info-dir fixfonts
fixref.gawk gdoc gen-dir-node infosrch
javaprop2texiflag.pl outline.gawk prepinfo.awk
tex3patch texi-docstring-magic.el
txipsfonts-bronger.tex txipsfonts-gildea.diff
contrib/texifont: README enctest.tex fattr.tex fattr.tex.pairs
fdefs.tex fsel.tex ftest.tex ienc.tex oenc.tex
otest.tex sample.cp1251 sample.koi8r
sample.latin1 sample.latin2 sample.latin9
texifont.pdf texifont.txi
contrib/texifont/tests: Makefile newfont.out newfont.tex
subst.tex
Removed files:
util : deref.c fix-info-dir fixfonts fixref.gawk gdoc
gen-dir-node infosrch install-info-html
outline.gawk prepinfo.awk tex3patch
texi-docstring-magic.el
Log message:
move contributed files from util to new directory contrib/
CVSWeb URLs:
http://cvs.savannah.gnu.org/viewcvs/texinfo/ChangeLog?cvsroot=texinfo&r1=1.1490&r2=1.1491
http://cvs.savannah.gnu.org/viewcvs/texinfo/README?cvsroot=texinfo&r1=1.25&r2=1.26
http://cvs.savannah.gnu.org/viewcvs/texinfo/Makefile.am?cvsroot=texinfo&r1=1.39&r2=1.40
http://cvs.savannah.gnu.org/viewcvs/texinfo/contrib/README?cvsroot=texinfo&rev=1.1
http://cvs.savannah.gnu.org/viewcvs/texinfo/contrib/deref.c?cvsroot=texinfo&rev=1.1
http://cvs.savannah.gnu.org/viewcvs/texinfo/contrib/fix-info-dir?cvsroot=texinfo&rev=1.1
http://cvs.savannah.gnu.org/viewcvs/texinfo/contrib/fixfonts?cvsroot=texinfo&rev=1.1
http://cvs.savannah.gnu.org/viewcvs/texinfo/contrib/fixref.gawk?cvsroot=texinfo&rev=1.1
http://cvs.savannah.gnu.org/viewcvs/texinfo/contrib/gdoc?cvsroot=texinfo&rev=1.1
http://cvs.savannah.gnu.org/viewcvs/texinfo/contrib/gen-dir-node?cvsroot=texinfo&rev=1.1
http://cvs.savannah.gnu.org/viewcvs/texinfo/contrib/infosrch?cvsroot=texinfo&rev=1.1
http://cvs.savannah.gnu.org/viewcvs/texinfo/contrib/javaprop2texiflag.pl?cvsroot=texinfo&rev=1.1
http://cvs.savannah.gnu.org/viewcvs/texinfo/contrib/outline.gawk?cvsroot=texinfo&rev=1.1
http://cvs.savannah.gnu.org/viewcvs/texinfo/contrib/prepinfo.awk?cvsroot=texinfo&rev=1.1
http://cvs.savannah.gnu.org/viewcvs/texinfo/contrib/tex3patch?cvsroot=texinfo&rev=1.1
http://cvs.savannah.gnu.org/viewcvs/texinfo/contrib/texi-docstring-magic.el?cvsroot=texinfo&rev=1.1
http://cvs.savannah.gnu.org/viewcvs/texinfo/contrib/txipsfonts-bronger.tex?cvsroot=texinfo&rev=1.1
http://cvs.savannah.gnu.org/viewcvs/texinfo/contrib/txipsfonts-gildea.diff?cvsroot=texinfo&rev=1.1
http://cvs.savannah.gnu.org/viewcvs/texinfo/contrib/texifont/README?cvsroot=texinfo&rev=1.1
http://cvs.savannah.gnu.org/viewcvs/texinfo/contrib/texifont/enctest.tex?cvsroot=texinfo&rev=1.1
http://cvs.savannah.gnu.org/viewcvs/texinfo/contrib/texifont/fattr.tex?cvsroot=texinfo&rev=1.1
http://cvs.savannah.gnu.org/viewcvs/texinfo/contrib/texifont/fattr.tex.pairs?cvsroot=texinfo&rev=1.1
http://cvs.savannah.gnu.org/viewcvs/texinfo/contrib/texifont/fdefs.tex?cvsroot=texinfo&rev=1.1
http://cvs.savannah.gnu.org/viewcvs/texinfo/contrib/texifont/fsel.tex?cvsroot=texinfo&rev=1.1
http://cvs.savannah.gnu.org/viewcvs/texinfo/contrib/texifont/ftest.tex?cvsroot=texinfo&rev=1.1
http://cvs.savannah.gnu.org/viewcvs/texinfo/contrib/texifont/ienc.tex?cvsroot=texinfo&rev=1.1
http://cvs.savannah.gnu.org/viewcvs/texinfo/contrib/texifont/oenc.tex?cvsroot=texinfo&rev=1.1
http://cvs.savannah.gnu.org/viewcvs/texinfo/contrib/texifont/otest.tex?cvsroot=texinfo&rev=1.1
http://cvs.savannah.gnu.org/viewcvs/texinfo/contrib/texifont/sample.cp1251?cvsroot=texinfo&rev=1.1
http://cvs.savannah.gnu.org/viewcvs/texinfo/contrib/texifont/sample.koi8r?cvsroot=texinfo&rev=1.1
http://cvs.savannah.gnu.org/viewcvs/texinfo/contrib/texifont/sample.latin1?cvsroot=texinfo&rev=1.1
http://cvs.savannah.gnu.org/viewcvs/texinfo/contrib/texifont/sample.latin2?cvsroot=texinfo&rev=1.1
http://cvs.savannah.gnu.org/viewcvs/texinfo/contrib/texifont/sample.latin9?cvsroot=texinfo&rev=1.1
http://cvs.savannah.gnu.org/viewcvs/texinfo/contrib/texifont/texifont.pdf?cvsroot=texinfo&rev=1.1
http://cvs.savannah.gnu.org/viewcvs/texinfo/contrib/texifont/texifont.txi?cvsroot=texinfo&rev=1.1
http://cvs.savannah.gnu.org/viewcvs/texinfo/contrib/texifont/tests/Makefile?cvsroot=texinfo&rev=1.1
http://cvs.savannah.gnu.org/viewcvs/texinfo/contrib/texifont/tests/newfont.out?cvsroot=texinfo&rev=1.1
http://cvs.savannah.gnu.org/viewcvs/texinfo/contrib/texifont/tests/newfont.tex?cvsroot=texinfo&rev=1.1
http://cvs.savannah.gnu.org/viewcvs/texinfo/contrib/texifont/tests/subst.tex?cvsroot=texinfo&rev=1.1
http://cvs.savannah.gnu.org/viewcvs/texinfo/util/Makefile.am?cvsroot=texinfo&r1=1.54&r2=1.55
http://cvs.savannah.gnu.org/viewcvs/texinfo/util/README?cvsroot=texinfo&r1=1.7&r2=1.8
http://cvs.savannah.gnu.org/viewcvs/texinfo/util/dir-example?cvsroot=texinfo&r1=1.99&r2=1.100
http://cvs.savannah.gnu.org/viewcvs/texinfo/util/htmlxref.cnf?cvsroot=texinfo&r1=1.61&r2=1.62
http://cvs.savannah.gnu.org/viewcvs/texinfo/util/srclist.txt?cvsroot=texinfo&r1=1.30&r2=1.31
http://cvs.savannah.gnu.org/viewcvs/texinfo/util/deref.c?cvsroot=texinfo&r1=1.3&r2=0
http://cvs.savannah.gnu.org/viewcvs/texinfo/util/fix-info-dir?cvsroot=texinfo&r1=1.2&r2=0
http://cvs.savannah.gnu.org/viewcvs/texinfo/util/fixfonts?cvsroot=texinfo&r1=1.1&r2=0
http://cvs.savannah.gnu.org/viewcvs/texinfo/util/fixref.gawk?cvsroot=texinfo&r1=1.3&r2=0
http://cvs.savannah.gnu.org/viewcvs/texinfo/util/gdoc?cvsroot=texinfo&r1=1.2&r2=0
http://cvs.savannah.gnu.org/viewcvs/texinfo/util/gen-dir-node?cvsroot=texinfo&r1=1.3&r2=0
http://cvs.savannah.gnu.org/viewcvs/texinfo/util/infosrch?cvsroot=texinfo&r1=1.2&r2=0
http://cvs.savannah.gnu.org/viewcvs/texinfo/util/install-info-html?cvsroot=texinfo&r1=1.3&r2=0
http://cvs.savannah.gnu.org/viewcvs/texinfo/util/outline.gawk?cvsroot=texinfo&r1=1.3&r2=0
http://cvs.savannah.gnu.org/viewcvs/texinfo/util/prepinfo.awk?cvsroot=texinfo&r1=1.3&r2=0
http://cvs.savannah.gnu.org/viewcvs/texinfo/util/tex3patch?cvsroot=texinfo&r1=1.2&r2=0
http://cvs.savannah.gnu.org/viewcvs/texinfo/util/texi-docstring-magic.el?cvsroot=texinfo&r1=1.3&r2=0
Patches:
Index: ChangeLog
===================================================================
RCS file: /sources/texinfo/texinfo/ChangeLog,v
retrieving revision 1.1490
retrieving revision 1.1491
diff -u -b -r1.1490 -r1.1491
--- ChangeLog 1 Jan 2013 19:31:56 -0000 1.1490
+++ ChangeLog 2 Jan 2013 01:00:10 -0000 1.1491
@@ -1,5 +1,7 @@
2013-01-01 Karl Berry <address@hidden>
+ * contrib: new directory; move contributed files from util/ there.
+
* Pod-Simple-Texinfo/pod2texi.pl,
* doc/texinfo.txi,
* doc/refcard/txirefcard.tex,
Index: README
===================================================================
RCS file: /sources/texinfo/texinfo/README,v
retrieving revision 1.25
retrieving revision 1.26
diff -u -b -r1.25 -r1.26
--- README 27 May 2012 08:36:26 -0000 1.25
+++ README 2 Jan 2013 01:00:11 -0000 1.26
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
-$Id: README,v 1.25 2012/05/27 08:36:26 pertusus Exp $
+$Id: README,v 1.26 2013/01/02 01:00:11 karl Exp $
This is the README file for the GNU Texinfo distribution. Texinfo is
the preferred documentation format for GNU software.
Copyright 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001,
- 2002, 2003, 2004, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012
+ 2002, 2003, 2004, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013
Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Copying and distribution of this file, with or without modification,
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@
Home page: http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/
This page includes links to other Texinfo-related programs.
-Primary distribution point: ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/texinfo/
+Primary distribution point: http://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/texinfo/
automatic mirror redirection: http://ftpmirror.gnu.org/texinfo/
mirror list: http://www.gnu.org/prep/ftp.html
@@ -29,9 +29,9 @@
See ./INSTALL* for installation instructions.
-To get started with Texinfo, best is to read the Texinfo manual.
-It is online at http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/manual/texinfo.
-If you don't have Internet access, you can read it locally:
+To get started with Texinfo, best is to read the Texinfo manual;
+it is online at http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/manual/texinfo.
+If you don't have Internet access, you can read the manual locally:
- first, build the distribution.
- then, for HTML, run: make -C doc html
and you can start reading at doc/texinfo.html/index.html.
@@ -100,7 +100,7 @@
util/texi2dvi This is a shell script for producing an
indexed DVI file using TeX and texindex.
- util/texi2pdf Generate PDF, otherwise like texi2dvi.
+ util/texi2pdf Generate PDF (wrapper for texi2dvi).
Source directories:
djgpp/ Support for compiling under DJGPP.
@@ -110,8 +110,8 @@
tp/ Texinfo Parser in Perl, includes texi2any/makeinfo.
Translation support:
- po Strings of the programs.
- po_document Strings in generated Texinfo documents.
+ po/ Strings of the programs.
+ po_document/ Strings in generated Texinfo documents.
Installation support:
Makefile.am Read by Automake to create a Makefile.in.
@@ -121,3 +121,7 @@
configure Configuration script for local conditions,
created by Autoconf.
build-aux/ Common files.
+
+Finally, the contrib/ directory contains additional files from users
+provided for your reading and/or hacking pleasure. They aren't part of
+Texinfo proper or maintained by the Texinfo developers.
Index: Makefile.am
===================================================================
RCS file: /sources/texinfo/texinfo/Makefile.am,v
retrieving revision 1.39
retrieving revision 1.40
diff -u -b -r1.39 -r1.40
--- Makefile.am 14 Dec 2012 19:36:53 -0000 1.39
+++ Makefile.am 2 Jan 2013 01:00:12 -0000 1.40
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-# $Id: Makefile.am,v 1.39 2012/12/14 19:36:53 karl Exp $
+# $Id: Makefile.am,v 1.40 2013/01/02 01:00:12 karl Exp $
# Makefile.am for texinfo.
# Process this file with automake to produce Makefile.in in all directories.
#
@@ -18,9 +18,11 @@
# Additional files to distribute.
EXTRA_DIST = ChangeLog.46 INSTALL.generic README-hacking \
- system.h \
- djgpp/README djgpp/config.bat djgpp/config.sed djgpp/config.site \
- gnulib/m4/gnulib-cache.m4
+ system.h gnulib/m4/gnulib-cache.m4 \
+ contrib djgpp
+
+dist-hook:
+ rm -rf `find $(distdir) -type d -name CVS`
# This is to prevent texinfo.tex from being included in the top-level
# distribution directory.
@@ -78,6 +80,7 @@
for file in $$($(CVS_LIST_EXCEPT)) \
`find [a-z]* -name '*.[ch]' -o -name '*.p[lm]'`; do \
case $$file in \
+ contrib/* ) continue;; \
djgpp/* | makeinfo/* | man/* | texi2html/* ) continue;; \
tp/maintain/* ) continue;; \
esac; \
Index: util/Makefile.am
===================================================================
RCS file: /sources/texinfo/texinfo/util/Makefile.am,v
retrieving revision 1.54
retrieving revision 1.55
diff -u -b -r1.54 -r1.55
--- util/Makefile.am 31 Dec 2012 00:22:22 -0000 1.54
+++ util/Makefile.am 2 Jan 2013 01:00:34 -0000 1.55
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-# $Id: Makefile.am,v 1.54 2012/12/31 00:22:22 karl Exp $
+# $Id: Makefile.am,v 1.55 2013/01/02 01:00:34 karl Exp $
# Makefile.am for texinfo/util.
# Run automake in .. to produce Makefile.in from this.
#
@@ -52,10 +52,10 @@
# Most of these are for fun. The only official/installed ones are the
# *texi2* scripts.
#
-EXTRA_DIST = README deref.c detexinfo dir-example fix-info-dir fixfonts \
- fixref.gawk gdoc gen-dir-node gendocs.sh gendocs_template infosrch \
- install-info-html outline.gawk pdftexi2dvi \
- prepinfo.awk tex3patch texi-docstring-magic.el texi2dvi texi2pdf txitextest \
+EXTRA_DIST = README detexinfo dir-example \
+ gendocs.sh gendocs_template \
+ pdftexi2dvi \
+ texi2dvi texi2pdf txitextest \
$(dist_pkgdata_DATA) texinfo-cat.in texi-elements-by-size \
texi2html txixml2texi.pl $(w32_bat)
Index: util/README
===================================================================
RCS file: /sources/texinfo/texinfo/util/README,v
retrieving revision 1.7
retrieving revision 1.8
diff -u -b -r1.7 -r1.8
--- util/README 16 Oct 2011 23:14:09 -0000 1.7
+++ util/README 2 Jan 2013 01:00:35 -0000 1.8
@@ -1,15 +1,26 @@
-$Id: README,v 1.7 2011/10/16 23:14:09 karl Exp $
+$Id: README,v 1.8 2013/01/02 01:00:35 karl Exp $
texinfo/util/README
- Copyright 2002, 2008, 2011 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ Copyright 2002, 2008, 2011, 2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Copying and distribution of this file, with or without modification,
are permitted in any medium without royalty provided the copyright
notice and this notice are preserved.
-texindex, texi2dvi, texi2pdf, pdftexi2dvi, and the XML stuff get installed.
-The other items here are for your amusement and/or hacking pleasure.
+All the files here are maintained as part of the Texinfo distribution
+(in contrast to the contrib/ directory).
-For more information about using the gendocs script and templates, see
-the GNU Maintainers Information:
+These scripts actually get installed:
+ texindex texi2dvi texi2pdf pdftexi2dvi
+ (along with *.bat on Windows)
+ Also the XML stuff: texinfo.dtd texinfo.cat.
+
+These are examples of wrapping makeinfo invocation to achieve their
+various jobs:
+ detexinfo texi-elements-by-size texi2html
+ txicmdlist txicustomvars txixml2texi
+
+
+For more information about using the gendocs script and templates (which
+are not installed), see the GNU Maintainers Information:
http://www.gnu.org/prep/maintain/html_node/Invoking-gendocs_002esh.html
Index: util/dir-example
===================================================================
RCS file: /sources/texinfo/texinfo/util/dir-example,v
retrieving revision 1.99
retrieving revision 1.100
diff -u -b -r1.99 -r1.100
--- util/dir-example 29 Dec 2012 16:53:32 -0000 1.99
+++ util/dir-example 2 Jan 2013 01:00:35 -0000 1.100
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
If you have dir entries for Texinfo manuals you'd like to be added here,
please send them to address@hidden
-$Id: dir-example,v 1.99 2012/12/29 16:53:32 karl Exp $
+$Id: dir-example,v 1.100 2013/01/02 01:00:35 karl Exp $
File: dir, Node: Top, This is the top of the INFO tree.
@@ -298,8 +298,8 @@
Typesetting
* Font utilities: (fontu). Programs for font manipulation.
-* Groff: (groff). The GNU troff document formatting system.
* GV: (gv). The GNU PostScript and PDF viewer.
+* Groff: (groff). The GNU troff document formatting system.
DOS
* GNUish: (gnuish). GNU utilities for DOS.
Index: util/htmlxref.cnf
===================================================================
RCS file: /sources/texinfo/texinfo/util/htmlxref.cnf,v
retrieving revision 1.61
retrieving revision 1.62
diff -u -b -r1.61 -r1.62
--- util/htmlxref.cnf 29 Dec 2012 17:08:28 -0000 1.61
+++ util/htmlxref.cnf 2 Jan 2013 01:00:37 -0000 1.62
@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
# htmlxref.cnf - reference file for free Texinfo manuals on the web.
-htmlxrefversion=2012-12-22.02; # UTC
+htmlxrefversion=2013-01-02.00; # UTC
-# Copyright 2010, 2011, 2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# Copyright 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
#
# Copying and distribution of this file, with or without modification,
# are permitted in any medium without royalty provided the copyright
Index: util/srclist.txt
===================================================================
RCS file: /sources/texinfo/texinfo/util/srclist.txt,v
retrieving revision 1.30
retrieving revision 1.31
diff -u -b -r1.30 -r1.31
--- util/srclist.txt 29 Dec 2012 17:07:39 -0000 1.30
+++ util/srclist.txt 2 Jan 2013 01:00:38 -0000 1.31
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-# $Id: srclist.txt,v 1.30 2012/12/29 17:07:39 karl Exp $
+# $Id: srclist.txt,v 1.31 2013/01/02 01:00:38 karl Exp $
# Files which we keep in sync from other places.
# This is input for the script config/srclist-update in the gnulib
# project on savannah.
@@ -42,3 +42,5 @@
# Should only update at releases.
$AUTOMAKE/test-driver build-aux
$AUTOMAKE/missing build-aux
+#
+$GSASL/doc/gdoc contrib
Index: contrib/README
===================================================================
RCS file: contrib/README
diff -N contrib/README
--- /dev/null 1 Jan 1970 00:00:00 -0000
+++ contrib/README 2 Jan 2013 01:00:12 -0000 1.1
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+$Id: README,v 1.1 2013/01/02 01:00:12 karl Exp $
+texinfo/contrib/README
+
+ Copyright 2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ Copying and distribution of this file, with or without modification,
+ are permitted in any medium without royalty provided the copyright
+ notice and this notice are preserved.
+
+The items here are for your amusement and/or hacking pleasure.
+See comments and/or --help strings in each for their purpose(s).
+
+They are all free software, but not officially part of Texinfo, and the
+Texinfo maintainers don't support them (and generally have no knowledge
+about them, just passing them on).
+
+The texifont/ subdirectory was an attempt at implementing a generalized
+font system, but it remains incomplete. See the README there.
+
+In contrast, the two txipsfonts-* files are attempts by Torsten Bronger
+and Stephen Gildea, respectively, to use base PostScript fonts instead
+of Computer Modern, in the simplest way. (I could not find the right
+version of the original texinfo.tex on which Torsten's file was based.)
+Adapting one of these to actually be installable would doubtless be much
+simpler (which is not to say simple) than finalizing texifont/, though
+of course much less featureful.
Index: contrib/deref.c
===================================================================
RCS file: contrib/deref.c
diff -N contrib/deref.c
--- /dev/null 1 Jan 1970 00:00:00 -0000
+++ contrib/deref.c 2 Jan 2013 01:00:12 -0000 1.1
@@ -0,0 +1,208 @@
+/*
+ * deref.c
+ *
+ * Make all texinfo references into the one argument form.
+ *
+ * Arnold Robbins
+ * address@hidden
+ * Written: December, 1991
+ * Released: November, 1998
+ *
+ * Copyright 1991, 1998 Arnold David Robbins
+ *
+ * DEREF is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * DEREF is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+ */
+
+/*
+ * LIMITATIONS:
+ * One texinfo cross reference per line.
+ * Cross references may not cross newlines.
+ * Use of fgets for input (to be fixed).
+ */
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+
+/* for gcc on the 3B1, delete if this gives you grief */
+extern int fclose(FILE *fp);
+extern int fprintf(FILE *fp, const char *str, ...);
+/* extern int sprintf(char *str, const char *fmt, ...); */
+extern int fputs(char *buf, FILE *fp);
+
+extern char *strerror(int errno);
+extern char *strchr(char *cp, int ch);
+extern int strncmp(const char *s1, const char *s2, int count);
+
+extern int errno;
+
+void process(FILE *fp);
+void repair(char *line, char *ref, int toffset);
+
+int Errs = 0;
+char *Name = "stdin";
+int Line = 0;
+char *Me;
+
+/* main --- handle arguments, global vars for errors */
+
+int
+main(int argc, char **argv)
+{
+ FILE *fp;
+
+ Me = argv[0];
+
+ if (argc == 1)
+ process(stdin);
+ else
+ for (argc--, argv++; *argv != NULL; argc--, argv++) {
+ if (argv[0][0] == '-' && argv[0][1] == '\0') {
+ Name = "stdin";
+ Line = 0;
+ process(stdin);
+ } else if ((fp = fopen(*argv, "r")) != NULL) {
+ Name = *argv;
+ Line = 0;
+ process(fp);
+ fclose(fp);
+ } else {
+ fprintf(stderr, "%s: can not open: %s\n",
+ *argv, strerror(errno));
+ Errs++;
+ }
+ }
+ return Errs != 0;
+}
+
+/* isref --- decide if we've seen a texinfo cross reference */
+
+int
+isref(char *cp)
+{
+ if (strncmp(cp, "@ref{", 5) == 0)
+ return 5;
+ if (strncmp(cp, "@xref{", 6) == 0)
+ return 6;
+ if (strncmp(cp, "@pxref{", 7) == 0)
+ return 7;
+ return 0;
+}
+
+/* process --- read files, look for references, fix them up */
+
+void
+process(FILE *fp)
+{
+ char buf[BUFSIZ];
+ char *cp;
+ int count;
+
+ while (fgets(buf, sizeof buf, fp) != NULL) {
+ Line++;
+ cp = strchr(buf, '@');
+ if (cp == NULL) {
+ fputs(buf, stdout);
+ continue;
+ }
+ do {
+ count = isref(cp);
+ if (count == 0) {
+ cp++;
+ cp = strchr(cp, '@');
+ if (cp == NULL) {
+ fputs(buf, stdout);
+ goto next;
+ }
+ continue;
+ }
+ /* got one */
+ repair(buf, cp, count);
+ break;
+ } while (cp != NULL);
+ next: ;
+ }
+}
+
+/* repair --- turn all texinfo cross references into the one argument form */
+
+void
+repair(char *line, char *ref, int toffset)
+{
+ int braces = 1; /* have seen first left brace */
+ char *cp;
+
+ ref += toffset;
+
+ /* output line up to and including left brace in reference */
+ for (cp = line; cp <= ref; cp++)
+ putchar(*cp);
+
+ /* output node name */
+ for (; *cp && *cp != '}' && *cp != ',' && *cp != '\n'; cp++)
+ putchar(*cp);
+
+ if (*cp != '}') { /* could have been one arg xref */
+ /* skip to matching right brace */
+ for (; braces > 0; cp++) {
+ switch (*cp) {
+ case '@':
+ cp++; /* blindly skip next character */
+ break;
+ case '{':
+ braces++;
+ break;
+ case '}':
+ braces--;
+ break;
+ case '\n':
+ case '\0':
+ Errs++;
+ fprintf(stderr,
+ "%s: %s: %d: mismatched braces\n",
+ Me, Name, Line);
+ goto out;
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ out:
+ ;
+ }
+
+ putchar('}');
+ if (*cp == '}')
+ cp++;
+
+ /* now the rest of the line */
+ for (; *cp; cp++)
+ putchar(*cp);
+ return;
+}
+
+/* strerror --- return error string, delete if in your library */
+
+char *
+strerror(int errno)
+{
+ static char buf[100];
+ extern int sys_nerr;
+ extern char *sys_errlist[];
+
+ if (errno < sys_nerr && errno >= 0)
+ return sys_errlist[errno];
+
+ sprintf(buf, "unknown error %d", errno);
+ return buf;
+}
Index: contrib/fix-info-dir
===================================================================
RCS file: contrib/fix-info-dir
diff -N contrib/fix-info-dir
--- /dev/null 1 Jan 1970 00:00:00 -0000
+++ contrib/fix-info-dir 2 Jan 2013 01:00:13 -0000 1.1
@@ -0,0 +1,317 @@
+#!/bin/sh
+#fix-info-dir (GNU texinfo)
+VERSION=1.1
+#Copyright (C) 1998, 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#fix-info-dir comes with NO WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law.
+#You may redistribute copies of fix-info-dir
+#under the terms of the GNU General Public License.
+#For more information about these matters, see the files named COPYING."
+#fix-info-dir was derived from update-info and gen-dir-node
+# The skeleton file contains info topic names in the
+# order they should appear in the output. There are three special
+# lines that alter the behavior: a line consisting of just "--" causes
+# the next line to be echoed verbatim to the output. A line
+# containing just "%%" causes all the remaining filenames (wildcards
+# allowed) in the rest of the file to be ignored. A line containing
+# just "!!" exits the script when reached (unless preceded by a line
+# containing just "--").
+#Author: Richard L. Hawes, address@hidden
+
+# ###SECTION 1### Constants
+set -h 2>/dev/null
+# ENVIRONMENT
+if test -z "$TMPDIR"; then
+ TMPDIR="/usr/tmp"
+fi
+if test -z "$LINENO"; then
+ LINENO="0"
+fi
+
+MENU_BEGIN='^\*\([ ]\)\{1,\}Menu:'
+MENU_ITEM='^\* ([^ ]).*:([ ])+\('
+MENU_FILTER1='s/^\*\([ ]\)\{1,\}/* /'
+MENU_FILTER2='s/\([ ]\)\{1,\}$//g'
+
+TMP_FILE1="${TMPDIR}/fx${$}.info"
+TMP_FILE2="${TMPDIR}/fy${$}.info"
+TMP_FILE_LIST="$TMP_FILE1 $TMP_FILE2"
+
+TRY_HELP_MSG="Try --help for more information"
+
+# ###SECTION 100### main program
+#variables set by options
+CREATE_NODE=""
+DEBUG=":"
+MODE=""
+#
+Total="0"
+Changed=""
+
+while test "$*"; do
+ case "$1" in
+ -c|--create) CREATE_NODE="y";;
+ --debug) set -eux; DEBUG="set>&2";;
+ -d|--delete) MODE="Detect_Invalid";;
+ +d);;
+ --version)
+cat<<VersionEOF
+fix-info-dir (GNU Texinfo) $VERSION
+Copyright (C) 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+fix-info-dir comes with NO WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law.
+You may redistribute copies of fix-info-dir
+under the terms of the GNU General Public License.
+For more information about these matters, see the files named COPYING.
+Author: Richard L. Hawes
+VersionEOF
+ exit;;
+
+ --help)
+cat<<HelpEndOfFile
+Usage: fix-info-dir [OPTION]... [INFO_DIR/[DIR_FILE]] [SKELETON]
+
+It detects and inserts missing menu items into the info dir file.
+The info dir must be the current directory.
+
+Options:
+-c, --create create a new info node
+-d, --delete delete invalid menu items (ignore missing menu items)
+ --debug print debug information to standard error path
+ --help print this help message and exit
+ --version print current version and exit
+Backup of the info node has a '.old' suffix added. This is a shell script.
+Environment Variables: TMPDIR
+Email bug reports to address@hidden
+HelpEndOfFile
+ exit;;
+
+ [-+]*) echo "$0:$LINENO: \"$1\" is not a valid option">&2
+ echo "$TRY_HELP_MSG">&2
+ exit 2;;
+ *) break;;
+ esac
+ shift
+done
+
+ORIGINAL_DIR=`pwd`
+
+if test "$#" -gt "0"; then
+ INFO_DIR="$1"
+ shift
+else
+ INFO_DIR=$DEFAULT_INFO_DIR
+fi
+
+if test ! -d "${INFO_DIR}"; then
+ DIR_FILE=`basename ${INFO_DIR}`;
+ INFO_DIR=`dirname ${INFO_DIR}`;
+else
+ DIR_FILE="dir"
+fi
+
+cd "$INFO_DIR"||exit
+
+
+if test "$CREATE_NODE"; then
+ if test "$#" -gt "0"; then
+ if test `expr $1 : /` = '1'; then
+ SKELETON="$1"
+ else
+ SKELETON="$ORIGINAL_DIR/$1"
+ fi
+ if test ! -r "$SKELETON" && test -f "$SKELETON"; then
+ echo "$0:$LINENO: $SKELETON is not readable">&2
+ exit 2
+ fi
+ shift
+ else
+ SKELETON=/dev/null
+
+ fi
+else
+ if test ! -f "$DIR_FILE"; then
+ echo "$0:$LINENO: $DIR_FILE is irregular or nonexistant">&2
+ exit 2
+ elif test ! -r "$DIR_FILE"; then
+ echo "$0:$LINENO: $DIR_FILE is not readable">&2
+ exit 2
+ elif test ! -w "$DIR_FILE"; then
+ echo "$0:$LINENO: $DIR_FILE is not writeable">&2
+ exit 2
+ fi
+fi
+
+if test "$#" -gt "0"; then
+ echo "$0:$LINENO: Too many parameters">&2
+ echo "$TRY_HELP_MSG">&2
+ exit 2
+fi
+
+if test -f "$DIR_FILE"; then
+ cp "$DIR_FILE" "$DIR_FILE.old"
+ echo "Backed up $DIR_FILE to $DIR_FILE.old."
+fi
+
+if test "$CREATE_NODE"; then
+ if test "$MODE"; then
+ echo "$0:$LINENO: ERROR: Illogical option combination: -d -c">&2
+ echo "$TRY_HELP_MSG">&2
+ exit 2
+ fi
+ echo "Creating new Info Node: `pwd`/$DIR_FILE"
+ Changed="y"
+
+{
+
+ ### output the dir header
+ echo "-*- Text -*-"
+ echo "This file was generated automatically by $0."
+ echo "This version was generated on `date`"
+ echo "by address@hidden for `pwd`"
+
+ cat<<DIR_FILE_END_OF_FILE
+This is the file .../info/$DIR_FILE, which contains the topmost node of the
+Info hierarchy. The first time you invoke Info you start off
+looking at that node, which is ($DIR_FILE)Top.
+
+
+File: $DIR_FILE Node: Top This is the top of the INFO tree
+
+ This (the Directory node) gives a menu of major topics.
+ Typing "q" exits, "?" lists all Info commands, "d" returns here,
+ "h" gives a primer for first-timers,
+ "mEmacs<Return>" visits the Emacs topic, etc.
+
+ In Emacs, you can click mouse button 2 on a menu item or cross reference
+ to select it.
+
+* Menu: The list of major topics begins on the next line.
+
+DIR_FILE_END_OF_FILE
+
+### go through the list of files in the skeleton. If an info file
+### exists, grab the ENTRY information from it. If an entry exists
+### use it, otherwise create a minimal $DIR_FILE entry.
+
+ # Read one line from the file. This is so that we can echo lines with
+ # whitespace and quoted characters in them.
+ while read fileline; do
+ # flag fancy features
+ if test ! -z "$echoline"; then # echo line
+ echo "$fileline"
+ echoline=""
+ continue
+ elif test "${fileline}" = "--"; then
+ # echo the next line
+ echoline="1"
+ continue
+ elif test "${fileline}" = "%%"; then
+ # skip remaining files listed in skeleton file
+ skip="1"
+ continue
+ elif test "${fileline}" = "!!"; then
+ # quit now
+ break
+ fi
+
+ # handle files if they exist
+ for file in $fileline""; do
+ fname=
+ if test -z "$file"; then
+ break
+ fi
+ # Find the file to operate upon.
+ if test -r "$file"; then
+ fname="$file"
+ elif test -r "${file}.info"; then
+ fname="${file}.info"
+ elif test -r "${file}.gz"; then
+ fname="${file}.gz"
+ elif test -r "${file}.info.gz"; then
+ fname="${file}.info.gz"
+ else
+ echo "$0:$LINENO: can't find info file for
${file}?">&2
+ continue
+ fi
+
+ # if we found something and aren't skipping, do the
entry
+ if test "$skip"; then
+ continue
+ fi
+
+ infoname=`echo $file|sed -e 's/.info$//'`
+ entry=`zcat -f $fname|\
+ sed -e '1,/START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY/d'\
+ -e '/END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY/,$d'`
+ if [ ! -z "${entry}" ]; then
+ echo "${entry}"
+ else
+ echo "* ${infoname}: (${infoname})."
+ fi
+ Total=`expr "$Total" + "1"`
+ done
+ done
+}>$DIR_FILE<$SKELETON
+fi
+
+trap ' eval "$DEBUG"; rm -f $TMP_FILE_LIST; exit ' 0
+trap ' rm -f $TMP_FILE_LIST
+ exit ' 1
+trap ' rm -f $TMP_FILE_LIST
+ echo "$0:$LINENO: received INT signal.">&2
+ exit ' 2
+trap ' rm -f $TMP_FILE_LIST
+ echo "$0:$LINENO: received QUIT signal.">&2
+ exit ' 3
+
+sed -e "1,/$MENU_BEGIN/d" -e "$MENU_FILTER1" -e "$MENU_FILTER2"<$DIR_FILE\
+|sed -n -e '/\* /{
+s/).*$//g
+s/\.gz$//
+s/\.info$//
+s/^.*(//p
+}'|sort -u>$TMP_FILE1
+ls -F|sed -e '/\/$/d' -e '/[-.][0-9]/d'\
+ -e "/^$DIR_FILE\$/d" -e "/^$DIR_FILE.old\$/d"\
+ -e 's/address@hidden//' -e 's/\.gz$//' -e 's/\.info$//'|sort>$TMP_FILE2
+
+if test -z "$MODE"; then
+ #Detect Missing
+ DONE_MSG="total menu item(s) were inserted into `pwd`/$DIR_FILE"
+ for Info_Name in `comm -13 $TMP_FILE1 $TMP_FILE2`; do
+ if test -r "$Info_Name"; then
+ Info_File="$Info_Name"
+ elif test -r "${Info_Name}.info"; then
+ Info_File="${Info_Name}.info"
+ elif test -r "${Info_Name}.gz"; then
+ Info_File="${Info_Name}.gz"
+ elif test -r "${Info_Name}.info.gz"; then
+ Info_File="${Info_Name}.info.gz"
+ else
+ echo "$0:$LINENO: can't find info file for
${Info_Name}?">&2
+ continue
+ fi
+ Changed="y"
+ if install-info $Info_File $DIR_FILE; then
+ Total=`expr "$Total" + "1"`
+ fi
+ done
+else
+ # Detect Invalid
+ DONE_MSG="total invalid menu item(s) were removed from `pwd`/$DIR_FILE"
+ for Info_Name in `comm -23 $TMP_FILE1 $TMP_FILE2`; do
+ Changed="y"
+ if install-info --remove $Info_Name $DIR_FILE; then
+ Total=`expr "$Total" + "1"`
+ fi
+ done
+fi
+
+# print summary
+if test "$Changed"; then
+ echo "$Total $DONE_MSG"
+else
+ echo "Nothing to do"
+fi
+rm -f $TMP_FILE_LIST
+eval "$DEBUG"
+exit 0
Index: contrib/fixfonts
===================================================================
RCS file: contrib/fixfonts
diff -N contrib/fixfonts
--- /dev/null 1 Jan 1970 00:00:00 -0000
+++ contrib/fixfonts 2 Jan 2013 01:00:16 -0000 1.1
@@ -0,0 +1,84 @@
+#!/bin/sh
+# Make links named `lcircle10' for all TFM and GF/PK files, if no
+# lcircle10 files already exist.
+
+# Don't override definition of prefix and/or libdir if they are
+# already defined in the environment.
+if test "z${prefix}" = "z" ; then
+ prefix=/usr/local
+else
+ # prefix may contain references to other variables, thanks to make.
+ eval prefix=\""${prefix}"\"
+fi
+
+if test "z${libdir}" = "z" ; then
+ libdir="${prefix}/lib/tex"
+else
+ # libdir may contain references to other variables, thanks to make.
+ eval libdir=\""${libdir}"\"
+fi
+
+texlibdir="${libdir}"
+texfontdir="${texlibdir}/fonts"
+
+# Directories for the different font formats, in case they're not all
+# stored in one place.
+textfmdir="${textfmdir-${texfontdir}}"
+texpkdir="${texpkdir-${texfontdir}}"
+texgfdir="${texgfdir-${texfontdir}}"
+
+test "z${TMPDIR}" = "z" && TMPDIR="/tmp"
+
+tempfile="${TMPDIR}/circ$$"
+tempfile2="${TMPDIR}/circ2$$"
+
+# EXIT SIGHUP SIGINT SIGQUIT SIGTERM
+#trap 'rm -f "${tempfile}" "${tempfile2}"' 0 1 2 3 15
+
+# Find all the fonts with names that include `circle'.
+(cd "${texfontdir}"; find . -name '*circle*' -print > "${tempfile}")
+
+# If they have lcircle10.tfm, assume everything is there, and quit.
+if grep 'lcircle10\.tfm' "${tempfile}" > /dev/null 2>&1 ; then
+ echo "Found lcircle10.tfm."
+ exit 0
+fi
+
+# No TFM file for lcircle. Make a link to circle10.tfm if it exists,
+# and then make a link to the bitmap files.
+grep 'circle10\.tfm' "${tempfile}" > "${tempfile2}" \
+ || {
+ echo "I can't find any circle fonts in ${texfontdir}.
+If it isn't installed somewhere else, you need to get the Metafont sources
+from somewhere, e.g., labrea.stanford.edu:pub/tex/latex/circle10.mf, and
+run Metafont on them."
+ exit 1
+ }
+
+# We have circle10.tfm. (If we have it more than once, take the first
+# one.) Make the link.
+tempfile2_line1="`sed -ne '1p;q' \"${tempfile2}\"`"
+ln "${tempfile2_line1}" "${textfmdir}/lcircle10.tfm"
+echo "Linked to ${tempfile2_line1}."
+
+# Now make a link for the PK files, if any.
+(cd "${texpkdir}"
+ for f in `grep 'circle10.*pk' "${tempfile}"` ; do
+ set - `echo "$f" \
+ | sed -ne '/\//!s/^/.\//;s/\(.*\)\/\([^\/][^\/]*\)$/\1 \2/;p'`
+ ln "$f" "${1}/l${2}"
+ echo "Linked to $f."
+ done
+)
+
+# And finally for the GF files.
+(cd "${texgfdir}"
+ for f in `grep 'circle10.*gf' "${tempfile}"` ; do
+ set - `echo "$f" \
+ | sed -ne '/\//!s/^/.\//;s/\(.*\)\/\([^\/][^\/]*\)$/\1 \2/;p'`
+ ln "$f" "${1}/l${2}"
+ echo "Linked to $f."
+ done
+)
+
+# eof
Index: contrib/fixref.gawk
===================================================================
RCS file: contrib/fixref.gawk
diff -N contrib/fixref.gawk
--- /dev/null 1 Jan 1970 00:00:00 -0000
+++ contrib/fixref.gawk 2 Jan 2013 01:00:18 -0000 1.1
@@ -0,0 +1,143 @@
+#! /usr/local/bin/gawk -f
+
+# fixref.awk --- fix xrefs in texinfo documents
+# Copyright 1991, 1998 Arnold David Robbins
+
+# FIXREF is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+# (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# FIXREF is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+# Updated: Jul 21 1992 --- change unknown
+# Updated: Jul 18 1997 --- bug fix
+
+# usage: gawk -f fixref.awk input-file > output-file
+# or if you have #!: fixref.awk input-file > output-file
+
+# Limitations:
+# 1. no more than one cross reference on a line
+# 2. cross references may not cross a newline
+
+BEGIN \
+{
+ # we make two passes over the file. To do that we artificially
+ # tweak the argument vector to do a variable assignment
+
+ if (ARGC != 2) {
+ printf("usage: %s texinfo-file\n", ARGV[0]) > "/dev/stderr"
+ exit 1
+ }
+ ARGV[2] = "pass=2"
+ ARGV[3] = ARGV[1]
+ ARGC = 4
+
+ # examine paragraphs
+ RS = ""
+
+ heading =
"@(chapter|appendix|unnumbered|(appendix(sec|subsec|subsubsec))|section|subsection|subsubsection|unnumberedsec|heading|top)"
+
+ pass = 1
+
+ # put space between paragraphs on output
+ ORS = "\n\n"
+}
+
+pass == 1 && NF == 0 { next }
+
+# pass == 1 && /@node/ \
+# bug fix 7/18/96
+pass == 1 && /address@hidden/ \
+{
+ lname = name = ""
+ n = split($0, lines, "\n")
+ for (i = 1; i <= n; i++) {
+ if (lines[i] ~ ("^" heading)) {
+ sub(heading, "", lines[i])
+ sub(/^[ \t]*/, "", lines[i])
+ lname = lines[i]
+# printf "long name is '%s'\n", lines[i]
+ } else if (lines[i] ~ /@node/) {
+ sub(/@node[ \t]*/, "", lines[i])
+ sub(/[ \t]*,.*$/, "", lines[i])
+ name = lines[i]
+# printf "node name is '%s'\n", lines[i]
+ }
+ }
+ if (name && lname)
+ names[name] = lname
+ else if (lname)
+ printf("node name for %s missing!\n", lname) > "/dev/stderr"
+ else
+ printf("long name for %s missing!\n", name) > "/dev/stderr"
+
+ if (name ~ /:/)
+ printf("node `%s' contains a `:'\n", name) > "/dev/stderr"
+
+ if (lname) {
+ if (lname ~ /:/)
+ printf("name `%s' contains a `:'\n", lname) >
"/dev/stderr"
+ else if (lname ~ /,/) {
+ printf("name `%s' contains a `,'\n", lname) >
"/dev/stderr"
+ gsub(/,/, " ", lname)
+ names[name] = lname # added 7/18/97
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+pass == 2 && /@(x|px)?ref{/ \
+{
+ # split the paragraph into lines
+ # write them out one by one after fixing them
+ n = split($0, lines, "\n")
+ for (i = 1; i <= n; i++)
+ if (lines[i] ~ /@(x|px)?ref{/) {
+ res = updateref(lines[i])
+ printf "%s\n", res
+ } else
+ printf "%s\n", lines[i]
+
+ printf "\n" # avoid ORS
+ next
+}
+
+function updateref(orig, refkind, line)
+{
+ line = orig # work on a copy
+
+ # find the beginning of the reference
+ match(line, "@(x|px)?ref{")
+ refkind = substr(line, RSTART, RLENGTH)
+
+ # pull out just the node name
+ sub(/.*ref{/, "", line)
+ sub(/}.*$/, "", line)
+ sub(/,.*/, "", line)
+
+# debugging
+# printf("found ref to node '%s'\n", line) > "/dev/stderr"
+
+ # If the node name and the section name are the same
+ # we don't want to bother doing this.
+
+ if (! (line in names)) # sanity checking
+ printf("no long name for %s\n", line) > "/dev/stderr"
+ else if (names[line] != line && names[line] !~ /[:,]/) {
+ # build up new ref
+ newref = refkind line ", ," names[line] "}"
+ pat = refkind line "[^}]*}"
+
+ sub(pat, newref, orig)
+ }
+
+ return orig
+}
+
+pass == 2 { print }
Index: contrib/gdoc
===================================================================
RCS file: contrib/gdoc
diff -N contrib/gdoc
--- /dev/null 1 Jan 1970 00:00:00 -0000
+++ contrib/gdoc 2 Jan 2013 01:00:21 -0000 1.1
@@ -0,0 +1,914 @@
+#!/usr/bin/perl
+
+## Copyright (c) 2002, 2003 Simon Josefsson ##
+## added -texinfo, -listfunc ##
+## man page revamp ##
+## various improvements ##
+## Copyright (c) 1998 Michael Zucchi, All Rights Reserved ##
+## hacked to allow -tex option --nmav ##
+## ##
+## This software falls under the GNU Public License. Please read ##
+## the COPYING file for more information ##
+
+#
+# This will read a 'c' file and scan for embedded comments in the
+# style of gnome comments (+minor extensions - see below).
+#
+# This program is modified by Nikos Mavroyanopoulos, for the gnutls
+# project.
+
+# Note: This only supports 'c'.
+
+# usage:
+# gdoc [ -docbook | -html | -text | -man | -tex | -texinfo | -listfunc ]
+# [ -sourceversion verno ] [ -includefuncprefix ] [ -bugsto address ]
+# [ -seeinfo infonode ] [ -copyright notice ] [ -verbatimcopying ]
+# [ -function funcname [ -function funcname ...] ] c file(s)s > outputfil
+e
+#
+# Set output format using one of -docbook, -html, -text, -man, -tex,
+# -texinfo, or -listfunc. Default is man.
+#
+# -sourceversion
+# Version number for source code, e.g. '1.0.4'. Used in 'man' headers.
+# Defaults to using current date.
+#
+# -includefuncprefix
+# For man pages, generate a #include <FILE.h> based on the function
+# prefix. For example, a function gss_init_sec_context will generate
+# an include statement of #include <gss.h>.
+#
+# -bugsto address
+# For man pages, include a section about reporting bugs and mention
+# the given e-mail address, e.g 'address@hidden'.
+#
+# -seeinfo infonode
+# For man pages, include a section that point to an info manual
+# for more information.
+#
+# -copyright notice
+# For man pages, include a copyright section with the given
+# notice after a preamble. Use, e.g., '2002, 2003 Simon Josefsson'.
+#
+# -verbatimcopying
+# For man pages, and when the -copyright parameter is used,
+# add a licensing statement that say verbatim copying is permitted.
+#
+# -function funcname
+# If set, then only generate documentation for the given function(s). A
+ll
+# other functions are ignored.
+#
+# c files - list of 'c' files to process
+#
+# All output goes to stdout, with errors to stderr.
+
+#
+# format of comments.
+# In the following table, (...)? signifies optional structure.
+# (...)* signifies 0 or more structure elements
+# /**
+# * function_name(:)? (- short description)?
+# (* @parameterx: (description of parameter x)?)*
+# (* a blank line)?
+# * (Description:)? (Description of function)?
+# * (Section header: (section description)? )*
+# (*)?*/
+#
+# So .. the trivial example would be:
+#
+# /**
+# * my_function
+# **/
+#
+# If the Description: header tag is ommitted, then there must be a blank line
+# after the last parameter specification.
+# e.g.
+# /**
+# * my_function - does my stuff
+# * @my_arg: its mine damnit
+# *
+# * Does my stuff explained.
+# */
+#
+# or, could also use:
+# /**
+# * my_function - does my stuff
+# * @my_arg: its mine damnit
+# * Description: Does my stuff explained.
+# */
+# etc.
+#
+# All descriptions can be multiline, apart from the short function description
+.
+#
+# All descriptive text is further processed, scanning for the following specia
+l
+# patterns, which are highlighted appropriately.
+#
+# 'funcname()' - function
+# '$ENVVAR' - environmental variable
+# '&struct_name' - name of a structure
+# '@parameter' - name of a parameter
+# '%CONST' - name of a constant.
+
+#
+# Extensions for LaTeX:
+#
+# 1. the symbol '->' will be replaced with a rightarrow
+# 2. x^y with ${x}^{y}$.
+# 3. xxx\: with xxx:
+
+use POSIX qw(strftime);
+
+# match expressions used to find embedded type information
+$type_constant = "\\\%(\\w+)";
+$type_func = "(\\w+\\(\\))";
+$type_param = "\\\@(\\w+)";
+$type_struct = "\\\&(\\w+)";
+$type_env = "(\\\$\\w+)";
+
+
+# Output conversion substitutions.
+# One for each output format
+
+# these work fairly well
+%highlights_html = ( $type_constant, "<i>\$1</i>",
+ $type_func, "<b>\$1</b>",
+ $type_struct, "<i>\$1</i>",
+ $type_param, "<tt><b>\$1</b></tt>" );
+$blankline_html = "<p>";
+
+%highlights_texinfo = ( $type_constant, "address@hidden",
+ $type_func, "address@hidden",
+ $type_struct, "address@hidden",
+ $type_param, "address@hidden" );
+$blankline_texinfo = "";
+
+%highlights_tex = ( $type_constant, "{\\\\it \$1}",
+ $type_func, "{\\\\bf \$1}",
+ $type_struct, "{\\\\it \$1}",
+ $type_param, "{\\\\bf \$1}" );
+$blankline_tex = "\\\\";
+
+# sgml, docbook format
+%highlights_sgml = ( $type_constant, "<replaceable class=\"option\">\$1</repla
+ceable>",
+ $type_func, "<function>\$1</function>",
+ $type_struct, "<structname>\$1</structname>",
+ $type_env, "<envar>\$1</envar>",
+ $type_param, "<parameter>\$1</parameter>" );
+$blankline_sgml = "</para><para>\n";
+
+# these are pretty rough
+%highlights_man = ( $type_constant, "\\n.I \\\"\$1\\\"\\n",
+ $type_func, "\\n.B \\\"\$1\\\"\\n",
+ $type_struct, "\\n.I \\\"\$1\\\"\\n",
+ $type_param."([\.\, ]*)\n?", "\\n.I \\\"\$1\$2\\\"\\n" );
+$blankline_man = "";
+
+# text-mode
+%highlights_text = ( $type_constant, "\$1",
+ $type_func, "\$1",
+ $type_struct, "\$1",
+ $type_param, "\$1" );
+$blankline_text = "";
+
+
+sub usage {
+ print "Usage: $0 [ -v ] [ -docbook | -html | -text | -man | -tex | -texinf
+o -listfunc ]\n";
+ print " [ -sourceversion verno ] [ -includefuncprefix ]\n";
+ print " [ -bugsto address ] [ -seeinfo infonode ] [ -copyright not
+ice]\n";
+ print " [ -verbatimcopying ]\n";
+ print " [ -function funcname [ -function funcname ...] ]\n";
+ print " c source file(s) > outputfile\n";
+ exit 1;
+}
+
+# read arguments
+if ($#ARGV==-1) {
+ usage();
+}
+
+$verbose = 0;
+$output_mode = "man";
+%highlights = %highlights_man;
+$blankline = $blankline_man;
+$modulename = "API Documentation";
+$sourceversion = strftime "%Y-%m-%d", localtime;
+$function_only = 0;
+while ($ARGV[0] =~ m/^-(.*)/) {
+ $cmd = shift @ARGV;
+ if ($cmd eq "-html") {
+ $output_mode = "html";
+ %highlights = %highlights_html;
+ $blankline = $blankline_html;
+ } elsif ($cmd eq "-man") {
+ $output_mode = "man";
+ %highlights = %highlights_man;
+ $blankline = $blankline_man;
+ } elsif ($cmd eq "-tex") {
+ $output_mode = "tex";
+ %highlights = %highlights_tex;
+ $blankline = $blankline_tex;
+ } elsif ($cmd eq "-texinfo") {
+ $output_mode = "texinfo";
+ %highlights = %highlights_texinfo;
+ $blankline = $blankline_texinfo;
+ } elsif ($cmd eq "-text") {
+ $output_mode = "text";
+ %highlights = %highlights_text;
+ $blankline = $blankline_text;
+ } elsif ($cmd eq "-docbook") {
+ $output_mode = "sgml";
+ %highlights = %highlights_sgml;
+ $blankline = $blankline_sgml;
+ } elsif ($cmd eq "-listfunc") {
+ $output_mode = "listfunc";
+ } elsif ($cmd eq "-module") { # not needed for sgml, inherits from calling
+ document
+ $modulename = shift @ARGV;
+ } elsif ($cmd eq "-sourceversion") {
+ $sourceversion = shift @ARGV;
+ } elsif ($cmd eq "-includefuncprefix") {
+ $includefuncprefix = 1;
+ } elsif ($cmd eq "-bugsto") {
+ $bugsto = shift @ARGV;
+ } elsif ($cmd eq "-copyright") {
+ $copyright = shift @ARGV;
+ } elsif ($cmd eq "-verbatimcopying") {
+ $verbatimcopying = 1;
+ } elsif ($cmd eq "-seeinfo") {
+ $seeinfo = shift @ARGV;
+ } elsif ($cmd eq "-function") { # to only output specific functions
+ $function_only = 1;
+ $function = shift @ARGV;
+ $function_table{$function} = 1;
+ } elsif ($cmd eq "-v") {
+ $verbose = 1;
+ } elsif (($cmd eq "-h") || ($cmd eq "--help")) {
+ usage();
+ }
+}
+
+##
+# dumps section contents to arrays/hashes intended for that purpose.
+#
+sub dump_section {
+ my $name = shift @_;
+ my $contents = join "\n", @_;
+
+ if ($name =~ m/$type_constant/) {
+ $name = $1;
+# print STDERR "constant section '$1' = '$contents'\n";
+ $constants{$name} = $contents;
+ } elsif ($name =~ m/$type_param/) {
+# print STDERR "parameter def '$1' = '$contents'\n";
+ $name = $1;
+ $parameters{$name} = $contents;
+ } else {
+# print STDERR "other section '$name' = '$contents'\n";
+ $sections{$name} = $contents;
+ push @sectionlist, $name;
+ }
+}
+
+##
+# output function
+#
+# parameters, a hash.
+# function => "function name"
+# parameterlist => @list of parameters
+# parameters => %parameter descriptions
+# sectionlist => @list of sections
+# sections => %descriont descriptions
+#
+
+sub repstr {
+ $pattern = shift;
+ $repl = shift;
+ $match1 = shift;
+ $match2 = shift;
+ $match3 = shift;
+ $match4 = shift;
+
+ $output = $repl;
+ $output =~ s,\$1,$match1,g;
+ $output =~ s,\$2,$match2,g;
+ $output =~ s,\$3,$match3,g;
+ $output =~ s,\$4,$match4,g;
+
+ eval "\$return = qq/$output/";
+
+# print "pattern $pattern matched 1=$match1 2=$match2 3=$match3 4=$match4 r
+eplace $repl yielded $output interpolated $return\n";
+
+ $return;
+}
+
+sub output_highlight {
+ my $contents = join "\n", @_;
+ my $line;
+
+ foreach $pattern (keys %highlights) {
+# print "scanning pattern $pattern ($highlights{$pattern})\n";
+ $contents =~ s:$pattern:repstr($pattern, $highlights{$pattern}, $1, $2
+, $3, $4):gse;
+ }
+ foreach $line (split "\n", $contents) {
+ if ($line eq ""){
+ print $lineprefix, $blankline;
+ } else {
+ print $lineprefix, $line;
+ }
+ print "\n";
+ }
+}
+
+sub just_highlight {
+ my $contents = join "\n", @_;
+ my $line;
+ my $ret = "";
+
+ foreach $pattern (keys %highlights) {
+# print "scanning pattern $pattern ($highlights{$pattern})\n";
+ $contents =~ s:$pattern:repstr($pattern, $highlights{$pattern}, $1, $2
+, $3, $4):gse;
+ }
+ foreach $line (split "\n", $contents) {
+ if ($line eq ""){
+ $ret = $ret . $lineprefix . $blankline;
+ } else {
+ $ret = $ret . $lineprefix . $line;
+ }
+ $ret = $ret . "\n";
+ }
+
+ return $ret;
+}
+
+# output in texinfo
+sub output_texinfo {
+ my %args = %{$_[0]};
+ my ($parameter, $section);
+ my $count;
+
+ print "address@hidden {" . $args{'functiontype'} . "} ";
+ print "{".$args{'function'}."} ";
+ print "(";
+ $count = 0;
+ foreach $parameter (@{$args{'parameterlist'}}) {
+ print $args{'parametertypes'}{$parameter}."
address@hidden".$parameter."}";
+ if ($count != $#{$args{'parameterlist'}}) {
+ $count++;
+ print ", ";
+ }
+ }
+ print ")\n";
+ foreach $parameter (@{$args{'parameterlist'}}) {
+ if ($args{'parameters'}{$parameter}) {
+ print "address@hidden".$parameter."}: ";
+ output_highlight($args{'parameters'}{$parameter});
+ print "\n";
+ }
+ }
+ foreach $section (@{$args{'sectionlist'}}) {
+ print "address@hidden:} " if $section ne $section_default;
+ $args{'sections'}{$section} =~ s:([{}]):address@hidden:gs;
+ output_highlight($args{'sections'}{$section});
+ }
+ print "address@hidden deftypefun\n\n";
+}
+
+# output in html
+sub output_html {
+ my %args = %{$_[0]};
+ my ($parameter, $section);
+ my $count;
+ print "\n\n<a name=\"". $args{'function'} . "\"> </a><h2>Function</h2>
+\n";
+
+ print "<i>".$args{'functiontype'}."</i>\n";
+ print "<b>".$args{'function'}."</b>\n";
+ print "(";
+ $count = 0;
+ foreach $parameter (@{$args{'parameterlist'}}) {
+ print "<i>".$args{'parametertypes'}{$parameter}."</i> <b>".$parameter.
+"</b>\n";
+ if ($count != $#{$args{'parameterlist'}}) {
+ $count++;
+ print ", ";
+ }
+ }
+ print ")\n";
+
+ print "<h3>Arguments</h3>\n";
+ print "<dl>\n";
+ foreach $parameter (@{$args{'parameterlist'}}) {
+ print "<dt><i>".$args{'parametertypes'}{$parameter}."</i> <b>".$parame
+ter."</b>\n";
+ print "<dd>";
+ output_highlight($args{'parameters'}{$parameter});
+ }
+ print "</dl>\n";
+ foreach $section (@{$args{'sectionlist'}}) {
+ print "<h3>$section</h3>\n";
+ print "<ul>\n";
+ output_highlight($args{'sections'}{$section});
+ print "</ul>\n";
+ }
+ print "<hr>\n";
+}
+
+# output in tex
+sub output_tex {
+ my %args = %{$_[0]};
+ my ($parameter, $section);
+ my $count;
+ my $func = $args{'function'};
+ my $param;
+ my $param2;
+ my $sec;
+ my $check;
+ my $type;
+
+ $func =~ s/_/\\_/g;
+
+ print "\n\n\\subsection{". $func . "}\n\\label{" . $args{'function'} . "}\
+n";
+
+ $type = $args{'functiontype'};
+ $type =~ s/_/\\_/g;
+
+ print "{\\it ".$type."}\n";
+ print "{\\bf ".$func."}\n";
+ print "(";
+ $count = 0;
+ foreach $parameter (@{$args{'parameterlist'}}) {
+ $param = $args{'parametertypes'}{$parameter};
+ $param2 = $parameter;
+ $param =~ s/_/\\_/g;
+ $param2 =~ s/_/\\_/g;
+
+ print "{\\it ".$param."} {\\bf ".$param2."}";
+ if ($count != $#{$args{'parameterlist'}}) {
+ $count++;
+ print ", ";
+ }
+ }
+ print ")\n";
+
+ print "\n{\\large{Arguments}}\n";
+
+ print "\\begin{itemize}\n";
+ $check=0;
+ foreach $parameter (@{$args{'parameterlist'}}) {
+ $param1 = $args{'parametertypes'}{$parameter};
+ $param1 =~ s/_/\\_/g;
+ $param2 = $parameter;
+ $param2 =~ s/_/\\_/g;
+
+ $check = 1;
+ print "\\item {\\it ".$param1."} {\\bf ".$param2."}: \n";
+# print "\n";
+
+ $param3 = $args{'parameters'}{$parameter};
+ $param3 =~ s/&([a-zA-Z\_]+)/{\\it \1}/g;
+
+ $out = just_highlight($param3);
+ $out =~ s/_/\\_/g;
+ print $out;
+ }
+ if ($check==0) {
+ print "\\item void\n";
+ }
+ print "\\end{itemize}\n";
+
+ foreach $section (@{$args{'sectionlist'}}) {
+ $sec = $section;
+ $sec =~ s/_/\\_/g;
+ $sec =~ s/&([a-zA-Z\_]+)/{\\it \1}/g;
+
+ print "\n{\\large{$sec}}\\\\\n";
+ print "\\begin{rmfamily}\n";
+
+ $sec = $args{'sections'}{$section};
+ $sec =~ s/\\:/:/g;
+ $sec =~ s/&([a-zA-Z\_]+)/{\\it \1}/g;
+ $sec =~ s/->/\$\\rightarrow\$/g;
+ $sec =~ s/([0-9]+)\^([0-9]+)/\$\{\1\}\^\{\2\}\$/g;
+
+ $out = just_highlight($sec);
+ $out =~ s/_/\\_/g;
+
+ print $out;
+ print "\\end{rmfamily}\n";
+ }
+ print "\n";
+}
+
+
+# output in sgml DocBook
+sub output_sgml {
+ my %args = %{$_[0]};
+ my ($parameter, $section);
+ my $count;
+ my $id;
+
+ $id = $args{'module'}."-".$args{'function'};
+ $id =~ s/[^A-Za-z0-9]/-/g;
+
+ print "<refentry>\n";
+ print "<refmeta>\n";
+ print "<refentrytitle><phrase id=\"$id\">".$args{'function'}."</phrase></r
+efentrytitle>\n";
+ print "</refmeta>\n";
+ print "<refnamediv>\n";
+ print " <refname>".$args{'function'}."</refname>\n";
+ print " <refpurpose>\n";
+ print " ".$args{'purpose'}."\n";
+ print " </refpurpose>\n";
+ print "</refnamediv>\n";
+
+ print "<refsynopsisdiv>\n";
+ print " <title>Synopsis</title>\n";
+ print " <funcsynopsis>\n";
+ print " <funcdef>".$args{'functiontype'}." ";
+ print "<function>".$args{'function'}." ";
+ print "</function></funcdef>\n";
+
+# print "<refsect1>\n";
+# print " <title>Synopsis</title>\n";
+# print " <funcsynopsis>\n";
+# print " <funcdef>".$args{'functiontype'}." ";
+# print "<function>".$args{'function'}." ";
+# print "</function></funcdef>\n";
+
+ $count = 0;
+ if ($#{$args{'parameterlist'}} >= 0) {
+ foreach $parameter (@{$args{'parameterlist'}}) {
+ print " <paramdef>".$args{'parametertypes'}{$parameter};
+ print " <parameter>$parameter</parameter></paramdef>\n";
+ }
+ } else {
+ print " <void>\n";
+ }
+ print " </funcsynopsis>\n";
+ print "</refsynopsisdiv>\n";
+# print "</refsect1>\n";
+
+ # print parameters
+ print "<refsect1>\n <title>Arguments</title>\n";
+# print "<para>\nArguments\n";
+ if ($#{$args{'parameterlist'}} >= 0) {
+ print " <variablelist>\n";
+ foreach $parameter (@{$args{'parameterlist'}}) {
+ print " <varlistentry>\n <term><parameter>$parameter</parameter
+></term>\n";
+ print " <listitem>\n <para>\n";
+ $lineprefix=" ";
+ output_highlight($args{'parameters'}{$parameter});
+ print " </para>\n </listitem>\n </varlistentry>\n";
+ }
+ print " </variablelist>\n";
+ } else {
+ print " <para>\n None\n </para>\n";
+ }
+ print "</refsect1>\n";
+
+ # print out each section
+ $lineprefix=" ";
+ foreach $section (@{$args{'sectionlist'}}) {
+ print "<refsect1>\n <title>$section</title>\n <para>\n";
+# print "<para>\n$section\n";
+ if ($section =~ m/EXAMPLE/i) {
+ print "<example><para>\n";
+ }
+ output_highlight($args{'sections'}{$section});
+# print "</para>";
+ if ($section =~ m/EXAMPLE/i) {
+ print "</para></example>\n";
+ }
+ print " </para>\n</refsect1>\n";
+ }
+
+ print "\n\n";
+}
+
+##
+# output in man
+sub output_man {
+ my %args = %{$_[0]};
+ my ($parameter, $section);
+ my $count;
+
+ print ".TH \"$args{'function'}\" 3 \"$args{'sourceversion'}\" \"". $args{'
+module'} . "\" \"". $args{'module'} . "\"\n";
+
+ print ".SH NAME\n";
+
+ print $args{'function'}."\n";
+
+ print ".SH SYNOPSIS\n";
+ print ".B #include <". lc((split /_/, $args{'function'})[0]) . ".h>\n"
+ if $args{'includefuncprefix'};
+ print ".sp\n";
+ print ".BI \"".$args{'functiontype'}." ".$args{'function'}."(";
+ $count = 0;
+ foreach $parameter (@{$args{'parameterlist'}}) {
+ print $args{'parametertypes'}{$parameter}." \" ".$parameter." \"";
+ if ($count != $#{$args{'parameterlist'}}) {
+ $count++;
+ print ", ";
+ }
+ }
+ print ");\"\n";
+
+ print ".SH ARGUMENTS\n";
+ foreach $parameter (@{$args{'parameterlist'}}) {
+ print ".IP \"".$args{'parametertypes'}{$parameter}." ".$parameter."\"
+12\n";
+ output_highlight($args{'parameters'}{$parameter});
+ }
+ foreach $section (@{$args{'sectionlist'}}) {
+ print ".SH \"" . uc($section) . "\"\n";
+ output_highlight($args{'sections'}{$section});
+ }
+
+ if ($args{'bugsto'}) {
+ print ".SH \"REPORTING BUGS\"\n";
+ print "Report bugs to <". $args{'bugsto'} . ">.\n";
+ }
+
+ if ($args{'copyright'}) {
+ print ".SH COPYRIGHT\n";
+ print "Copyright \\(co ". $args{'copyright'} . ".\n";
+ if ($args{'verbatimcopying'}) {
+ print ".br\n";
+ print "Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copie
+s of this\n";
+ print "manual provided the copyright notice and this permission no
+tice are\n";
+ print "preserved on all copies.\n";
+ }
+ }
+
+ if ($args{'seeinfo'}) {
+ print ".SH \"SEE ALSO\"\n";
+ print "The full documentation for\n";
+ print ".B " . $args{'module'} . "\n";
+ print "is maintained as a Texinfo manual. If the\n";
+ print ".B info\n";
+ print "and\n";
+ print ".B " . $args{'module'} . "\n";
+ print "programs are properly installed at your site, the command\n";
+ print ".IP\n";
+ print ".B info " . $args{'seeinfo'} . "\n";
+ print ".PP\n";
+ print "should give you access to the complete manual.\n";
+ }
+}
+
+sub output_listfunc {
+ my %args = %{$_[0]};
+ print $args{'function'} . "\n";
+}
+
+##
+# output in text
+sub output_text {
+ my %args = %{$_[0]};
+ my ($parameter, $section);
+
+ print "Function = ".$args{'function'}."\n";
+ print " return type: ".$args{'functiontype'}."\n\n";
+ foreach $parameter (@{$args{'parameterlist'}}) {
+ print " ".$args{'parametertypes'}{$parameter}." ".$parameter."\n";
+ print " -> ".$args{'parameters'}{$parameter}."\n";
+ }
+ foreach $section (@{$args{'sectionlist'}}) {
+ print " $section:\n";
+ print " -> ";
+ output_highlight($args{'sections'}{$section});
+ }
+}
+
+##
+# generic output function - calls the right one based
+# on current output mode.
+sub output_function {
+# output_html(@_);
+ eval "output_".$output_mode."(address@hidden);";
+}
+
+
+##
+# takes a function prototype and spits out all the details
+# stored in the global arrays/hsahes.
+sub dump_function {
+ my $prototype = shift @_;
+
+ if ($prototype =~ m/^()([a-zA-Z0-9_~:]+)\s*\(([^\)]*)\)/ ||
+ $prototype =~ m/^(\w+)\s+([a-zA-Z0-9_~:]+)\s*\(([^\)]*)\)/ ||
+ $prototype =~ m/^(\w+\s*\*)\s*([a-zA-Z0-9_~:]+)\s*\(([^\)]*)\)/ ||
+ $prototype =~ m/^(\w+\s+\w+)\s+([a-zA-Z0-9_~:]+)\s*\(([^\)]*)\)/ ||
+ $prototype =~ m/^(\w+\s+\w+\s*\*)\s*([a-zA-Z0-9_~:]+)\s*\(([^\)]*)\)/)
+ {
+ $return_type = $1;
+ $function_name = $2;
+ $args = $3;
+
+# print STDERR "ARGS = '$args'\n";
+
+ foreach $arg (split ',', $args) {
+ # strip leading/trailing spaces
+ $arg =~ s/^\s*//;
+ $arg =~ s/\s*$//;
+# print STDERR "SCAN ARG: '$arg'\n";
+ @args = split('\s', $arg);
+
+# print STDERR " -> @args\n";
+ $param = pop @args;
+# print STDERR " -> @args\n";
+ if ($param =~ m/^(\*+)(.*)/) {
+ $param = $2;
+ push @args, $1;
+ }
+ if ($param =~ m/^(.*)(\[\])$/) {
+ $param = $1;
+ push @args, $2;
+ }
+# print STDERR " :> @args\n";
+ $type = join " ", @args;
+
+ if ($parameters{$param} eq "" && $param != "void") {
+ $parameters{$param} = "-- undescribed --";
+ print STDERR "Warning($lineno): Function parameter '$param' no
+t described in '$function_name'\n";
+ }
+
+ push @parameterlist, $param;
+ $parametertypes{$param} = $type;
+
+# print STDERR "param = '$param', type = '$type'\n";
+ }
+ } else {
+ print STDERR "Error($lineno): cannot understand prototype: '$prototype
+'\n";
+ return;
+ }
+
+ if ($function_only==0 || defined($function_table{$function_name})) {
+ output_function({'function' => $function_name,
+ 'module' => $modulename,
+ 'sourceversion' => $sourceversion,
+ 'includefuncprefix' => $includefuncprefix,
+ 'bugsto' => $bugsto,
+ 'copyright' => $copyright,
+ 'verbatimcopying' => $verbatimcopying,
+ 'seeinfo' => $seeinfo,
+ 'functiontype' => $return_type,
+ 'parameterlist' => address@hidden,
+ 'parameters' => \%parameters,
+ 'parametertypes' => \%parametertypes,
+ 'sectionlist' => address@hidden,
+ 'sections' => \%sections,
+ 'purpose' => $function_purpose
+ });
+ }
+}
+
+######################################################################
+# main
+# states
+# 0 - normal code
+# 1 - looking for function name
+# 2 - scanning field start.
+# 3 - scanning prototype.
+$state = 0;
+$section = "";
+
+$doc_special = "address@hidden&";
+
+$doc_start = "^/\\*\\*\$";
+$doc_end = "\\*/";
+$doc_com = "\\s*\\*\\s*";
+$doc_func = $doc_com."(\\w+):?";
+$doc_sect = $doc_com."([".$doc_special."[:upper:]][\\w ]+):(.*)";
+$doc_content = $doc_com."(.*)";
+
+%constants = ();
+%parameters = ();
address@hidden = ();
+%sections = ();
address@hidden = ();
+
+$contents = "";
+$section_default = "Description"; # default section
+$section = $section_default;
+
+$lineno = 0;
+foreach $file (@ARGV) {
+ if (!open(IN,"<$file")) {
+ print STDERR "Error: Cannot open file $file\n";
+ next;
+ }
+ while (<IN>) {
+ $lineno++;
+
+ if ($state == 0) {
+ if (/$doc_start/o) {
+ $state = 1; # next line is always the function nam
+e
+ }
+ } elsif ($state == 1) { # this line is the function name (always)
+ if (/$doc_func/o) {
+ $function = $1;
+ $state = 2;
+ if (/-(.*)/) {
+ $function_purpose = $1;
+ } else {
+ $function_purpose = "";
+ }
+ if ($verbose) {
+ print STDERR "Info($lineno): Scanning doc for $function\n"
+;
+ }
+ } else {
+ print STDERR "WARN($lineno): Cannot understand $_ on line $lin
+eno",
+ " - I thought it was a doc line\n";
+ $state = 0;
+ }
+ } elsif ($state == 2) { # look for head: lines, and include content
+ if (/$doc_sect/o) {
+ $newsection = $1;
+ $newcontents = $2;
+
+ if ($contents ne "") {
+ dump_section($section, $contents);
+ $section = $section_default;
+ }
+
+ $contents = $newcontents;
+ if ($contents ne "") {
+ $contents .= "\n";
+ }
+ $section = $newsection;
+ } elsif (/$doc_end/) {
+
+ if ($contents ne "") {
+ dump_section($section, $contents);
+ $section = $section_default;
+ $contents = "";
+ }
+
+# print STDERR "end of doc comment, looking for prototype\n";
+ $prototype = "";
+ $state = 3;
+ } elsif (/$doc_content/) {
+ # miguel-style comment kludge, look for blank lines after
+ # @parameter line to signify start of description
+ if ($1 eq "" && $section =~ m/^@/) {
+ dump_section($section, $contents);
+ $section = $section_default;
+ $contents = "";
+ } else {
+ $contents .= $1."\n";
+ }
+ } else {
+ # i dont know - bad line? ignore.
+ print STDERR "WARNING($lineno): bad line: $_";
+ }
+ } elsif ($state == 3) { # scanning for function { (end of prototype)
+ if (m#\s*/\*\s+MACDOC\s*#io) {
+ # do nothing
+ }
+ elsif (/([^\{]*)/) {
+ $prototype .= $1;
+ }
+ if (/\{/) {
+ $prototype =~ s@/\*.*?\*/@@gos; # strip comments.
+ $prototype =~ address@hidden@ @gos; # strip newlines/cr's.
+ $prototype =~ address@hidden +@@gos; # strip leading spaces
+ dump_function($prototype);
+
+ $function = "";
+ %constants = ();
+ %parameters = ();
+ %parametertypes = ();
+ @parameterlist = ();
+ %sections = ();
+ @sectionlist = ();
+ $prototype = "";
+
+ $state = 0;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+
+
Index: contrib/gen-dir-node
===================================================================
RCS file: contrib/gen-dir-node
diff -N contrib/gen-dir-node
--- /dev/null 1 Jan 1970 00:00:00 -0000
+++ contrib/gen-dir-node 2 Jan 2013 01:00:25 -0000 1.1
@@ -0,0 +1,211 @@
+#!/bin/sh
+# Generate the top-level Info node, given a directory of Info files
+# and (optionally) a skeleton file. The output will be suitable for a
+# top-level dir file. The skeleton file contains info topic names in the
+# order they should appear in the output. There are three special
+# lines that alter the behavior: a line consisting of just "--" causes
+# the next line to be echoed verbatim to the output. A line
+# containing just "%%" causes all the remaining filenames (wildcards
+# allowed) in the rest of the file to be ignored. A line containing
+# just "!!" exits the script when reached (unless preceded by a line
+# containing just "--"). Once the script reaches the end of the
+# skeleton file, it goes through the remaining files in the directory
+# in order, putting their entries at the end. The script will use the
+# ENTRY information in each info file if it exists. Otherwise it will
+# make a minimal entry.
+
+# sent by Jeffrey Osier <address@hidden>, who thinks it came from
+# address@hidden (david d `zoo' zuhn)
+
+# modified 7 April 1995 by Joe Harrington <address@hidden> to
+# take special flags
+
+INFODIR=$1
+if [ $# = 2 ] ; then
+ SKELETON=$2
+else
+ SKELETON=/dev/null
+fi
+
+skip=
+
+if [ $# -gt 2 ] ; then
+ echo usage: $0 info-directory [ skeleton-file ] 1>&2
+ exit 1
+elif [ -z "${INFODIR}" ] ; then
+ INFODIR="%%DEFAULT_INFO_DIR%%"
+else
+ true
+fi
+
+if [ ! -d ${INFODIR} ] ; then
+ echo "$0: first argument must specify a directory"
+ exit 1
+fi
+
+### output the dir header
+echo "-*- Text -*-"
+echo "This file was generated automatically by $0."
+echo "This version was generated on `date`"
+echo "by address@hidden for `(cd ${INFODIR}; pwd)`"
+
+cat << moobler
+\$Id: gen-dir-node,v 1.1 2013/01/02 01:00:25 karl Exp $
+This is the file .../info/dir, which contains the topmost node of the
+Info hierarchy. The first time you invoke Info you start off
+looking at that node, which is (dir)Top.
+
+File: dir Node: Top This is the top of the INFO tree
+
+ This (the Directory node) gives a menu of major topics.
+ Typing "q" exits, "?" lists all Info commands, "d" returns here,
+ "h" gives a primer for first-timers,
+ "mEmacs<Return>" visits the Emacs topic, etc.
+
+ In Emacs, you can click mouse button 2 on a menu item or cross reference
+ to select it.
+
+* Menu: The list of major topics begins on the next line.
+
+moobler
+
+### go through the list of files in the skeleton. If an info file
+### exists, grab the ENTRY information from it. If an entry exists
+### use it, otherwise create a minimal dir entry.
+###
+### Then remove that file from the list of existing files. If any
+### additional files remain (ones that don't have a skeleton entry),
+### then generate entries for those in the same way, putting the info for
+### those at the end....
+
+infofiles=`(cd ${INFODIR}; /bin/ls | grep -v '\-[0-9]*$' | egrep -v
'^dir$|^dir\.info$|^dir\.orig$')`
+
+# echoing gets clobbered by backquotes; we do it the hard way...
+lines=`wc $SKELETON | awk '{print $1}'`
+line=1
+while [ $lines -ge $line ] ; do
+ # Read one line from the file. This is so that we can echo lines with
+ # whitespace and quoted characters in them.
+ fileline=`awk NR==$line $SKELETON`
+
+ # flag fancy features
+ if [ ! -z "$echoline" ] ; then # echo line
+ echo "$fileline"
+ fileline=
+ echoline=
+ elif [ "${fileline}" = "--" ] ; then # should we echo the next line?
+ echoline=1
+ elif [ "${fileline}" = "%%" ] ; then # eliminate remaining files from dir?
+ skip=1
+ elif [ "${fileline}" = "!!" ] ; then # quit now
+ exit 0
+ fi
+
+ # handle files if they exist
+ for file in $fileline"" ; do # expand wildcards ("" handles blank lines)
+
+ fname=
+
+ if [ -z "$echoline" ] && [ ! -z "$file" ] ; then
+ # Find the file to operate upon. Check both possible names.
+ infoname=`echo $file | sed 's/\.info$//'`
+ noext=
+ ext=
+ if [ -f ${INFODIR}/$infoname ] ; then
+ noext=$infoname
+ fi
+ if [ -f ${INFODIR}/${infoname}.info ] ; then
+ ext=${infoname}.info
+ fi
+
+ # If it exists with both names take what was said in the file.
+ if [ ! -z "$ext" ] && [ ! -z "$noext" ]; then
+ fname=$file
+ warn="### Warning: $ext and $noext both exist! Using ${file}. ###"
+ elif [ ! -z "${noext}${ext}" ]; then
+ # just take the name if it exists only once
+ fname=${noext}${ext}
+ fi
+
+ # if we found something and aren't skipping, do the entry
+ if [ ! -z "$fname" ] ; then
+ if [ -z "$skip" ] ; then
+
+ if [ ! -z "$warn" ] ; then # issue any warning
+ echo $warn
+ warn=
+ fi
+
+ entry=`sed -e '1,/START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY/d' \
+ -e '/END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY/,$d' ${INFODIR}/$fname`
+ if [ ! -z "${entry}" ] ; then
+ echo "${entry}"
+ else
+ echo "* ${infoname}: (${infoname})."
+ fi
+ fi
+
+ # remove the name from the directory listing
+ infofiles=`echo "" ${infofiles} "" | sed -e "s/ ${fname} / /" -e "s/ /
/g"`
+
+ fi
+
+ fi
+
+ done
+
+ line=`expr $line + 1`
+done
+
+if [ -z "${infofiles}" ] ; then
+ exit 0
+elif [ $lines -gt 0 ]; then
+ echo
+fi
+
+# Sort remaining files by INFO-DIR-SECTION.
+prevsect=
+filesectdata=`(cd ${INFODIR}; fgrep INFO-DIR-SECTION /dev/null ${infofiles} | \
+ fgrep -v 'INFO-DIR-SECTION Miscellaneous' | \
+ sort -t: -k2 -k1 | tr ' ' '_')`
+for sectdata in ${filesectdata}; do
+ file=`echo ${sectdata} | cut -d: -f1`
+ section=`sed -n -e 's/^INFO-DIR-SECTION //p' ${INFODIR}/${file}`
+ infofiles=`echo "" ${infofiles} "" | sed -e "s/ ${file} / /" -e "s/ / /g"`
+
+ if [ "${prevsect}" != "${section}" ] ; then
+ if [ ! -z "${prevsect}" ] ; then
+ echo ""
+ fi
+ echo "${section}"
+ prevsect="${section}"
+ fi
+
+ infoname=`echo $file | sed 's/\.info$//'`
+ entry=`sed -e '1,/START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY/d' \
+ -e '/END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY/,$d' ${INFODIR}/${file}`
+ if [ ! -z "${entry}" ] ; then
+ echo "${entry}"
+ elif [ ! -d "${INFODIR}/${file}" ] ; then
+ echo "* ${infoname}: (${infoname})."
+ fi
+done
+
+# Process miscellaneous files.
+for file in ${infofiles}; do
+ if [ ! -z "${prevsect}" ] ; then
+ echo ""
+ echo "Miscellaneous"
+ prevsect=""
+ fi
+
+ infoname=`echo $file | sed 's/\.info$//'`
+ entry=`sed -e '1,/START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY/d' \
+ -e '/END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY/,$d' ${INFODIR}/${file}`
+
+ if [ ! -z "${entry}" ] ; then
+ echo "${entry}"
+ elif [ ! -d "${INFODIR}/${file}" ] ; then
+ echo "* ${infoname}: (${infoname})."
+ fi
+done
Index: contrib/infosrch
===================================================================
RCS file: contrib/infosrch
diff -N contrib/infosrch
--- /dev/null 1 Jan 1970 00:00:00 -0000
+++ contrib/infosrch 2 Jan 2013 01:00:28 -0000 1.1
@@ -0,0 +1,103 @@
+#!/usr/local/bin/perl -w
+# infosrch does a regex search on an info manual.
+# By Harry Putnam <address@hidden>.
+
+($myscript = $0) =~ s:^.*/::;
+$six = '';
+
+if($ARGV[0] eq "help"){
+ &usage;
+ exit;
+}
+if($ARGV[0] eq "-e"){
+ shift;
+ $six = "true";
+}
+if(!$ARGV[1]){
+ &usage;
+ exit;
+}
+
+$target = shift;
+$regex = shift;
+
+$shell_proc = "info --output - --subnodes 2>/dev/null $target";
+
+open(SHELL_PROC," $shell_proc|");
+while(<SHELL_PROC>){
+ chomp;
+ push @lines,$_;
+}
+close(SHELL_PROC);
+$cnt = 0;
+for(@lines){
+ if(/$regex/ && !$six){
+ print "$target\n $lines[($cnt-1)]\n<$cnt> $lines[$cnt]\n
$lines[($cnt+1)]\n";
+ print "-- \n";
+ }elsif(/$regex/ && $six){
+ print "$target\n";
+ if($lines[($cnt-6)]){
+ print " $lines[($cnt-6)]\n";
+ }
+ if($lines[($cnt-5)]){
+ print " $lines[($cnt-5)]\n";
+ }
+ if($lines[($cnt-4)]){
+ print " $lines[($cnt-4)]\n";
+ }
+ if($lines[($cnt-3)]){
+ print " $lines[($cnt-3)]\n";
+ }
+ if($lines[($cnt-2)]){
+ print " $lines[($cnt-2)]\n";
+ }
+ if($lines[($cnt-1)]){
+ print " $lines[($cnt-1)]\n";
+ }
+ if($lines[$cnt]){
+ print "$cnt $lines[$cnt]\n";
+ }
+ if($lines[($cnt+1)]){
+ print " $lines[($cnt+1)]\n";
+ }
+ if($lines[($cnt+2)]){
+ print " $lines[($cnt+2)]\n";
+ }
+ if($lines[($cnt+3)]){
+ print " $lines[($cnt+3)]\n";
+ }
+ if($lines[($cnt+4)]){
+ print " $lines[($cnt+4)]\n";
+ }
+ if($lines[($cnt+5)]){
+ print " $lines[($cnt+5)]\n";
+ }
+ if($lines[($cnt+6)]){
+ print " $lines[($cnt+6)]\n";
+ }
+ print "-- \n";
+ }
+ $cnt++;
+}
+
+sub usage {
+ print <<EOM;
+
+Purpose: Extract full text from info node and search it by regex
+Usage: $myscript [-e] TARGET REGEX
+
+Where TARGET is an info node such as `emacs', `bash' etc, and
+REGEX is what you want to find in it.
+
+The -e flag is not required but if used then 6 lines preceding and six
+lines following any hits will be printed. The default (with no -e flag)
+is to print one line before and after.
+
+The output has the line number prepended to the line containing the
+actual regex.
+
+Info command used:
+ info --output - --subnodes 2>/dev/null TARGET
+
+EOM
+}
Index: contrib/javaprop2texiflag.pl
===================================================================
RCS file: contrib/javaprop2texiflag.pl
diff -N contrib/javaprop2texiflag.pl
--- /dev/null 1 Jan 1970 00:00:00 -0000
+++ contrib/javaprop2texiflag.pl 2 Jan 2013 01:00:28 -0000 1.1
@@ -0,0 +1,297 @@
+#!/usr/bin/env perl
+# javaprop2texiflag.pl --- -*- coding: utf-8 -*-
+# Copyright 2012 Vincent Belaïche
+#
+# Author: Vincent Belaïche <address@hidden>
+# Version: $Id: javaprop2texiflag.pl,v 1.2 2012/09/02 11:17:29 vincentb1 Exp $
+# Keywords:
+# X-URL: http://www.jpicedt.org/
+#
+# Ce logiciel est régi par la licence CeCILL soumise au droit français et
respectant les principes de
+# diffusion des logiciels libres. Vous pouvez utiliser, modifier et/ou
redistribuer ce programme sous les
+# conditions de la licence CeCILL telle que diffusée par le CEA, le CNRS et
l'INRIA sur le site
+# "http://www.cecill.info";.
+#
+# En contrepartie de l'accessibilité au code source et des droits de copie,
de modification et de
+# redistribution accordés par cette licence, il n'est offert aux utilisateurs
qu'une garantie limitée. Pour
+# les mêmes raisons, seule une responsabilité restreinte pèse sur l'auteur
du programme, le titulaire des
+# droits patrimoniaux et les concédants successifs.
+#
+# A cet égard l'attention de l'utilisateur est attirée sur les risques
associés au chargement, Ã
+# l'utilisation, à la modification et/ou au développement et à la
reproduction du logiciel par l'utilisateur
+# étant donné sa spécificité de logiciel libre, qui peut le rendre
complexe à manipuler et qui le réserve donc
+# à des développeurs et des professionnels avertis possédant des
connaissances informatiques approfondies.
+# Les utilisateurs sont donc invités à charger et tester l'adéquation du
logiciel à leurs besoins dans des
+# conditions permettant d'assurer la sécurité de leurs systèmes et ou de
leurs données et, plus généralement,
+# à l'utiliser et l'exploiter dans les mêmes conditions de sécurité.
+#
+# Le fait que vous puissiez accéder à cet en-tête signifie que vous avez
pris connaissance de la licence
+# CeCILL, et que vous en avez accepté les termes.
+#
+## Commentary:
+
+#
+
+## Installation:
+
+## Code:
+use strict;
+use warnings;
+use feature qw(say unicode_strings);
+use PerlIO;
+
+my $version='$Id: javaprop2texiflag.pl,v 1.2 2012/09/02 11:17:29 vincentb1 Exp
$';
+my $linenb = 0;
+my $inputfile;
+my $verbose;
+
+
+sub usage
+{
+ my $retval = shift;
+ print "Usage:
+ javaprop2texiflag.pl ARGUMENTS LIST
+
+-h, --header ARG : Add a header ARG to the produced output
+-p, --prefix ARG : Set prefix to ARG, prefix is empty by default
+-i, --input ARG : Set input to ARG, otherwise it is STDIN
+-i, --output ARG : Set output to ARG, otherwise it is STDIN
+-c, --showcomments : Translate comments into the output
+-e, --showemptylines: Translate empty lines into the output
+-v, --verbose : Output some message when done
+--version : show version and exit
+--help : show this message and exit
+";
+ exit $retval;
+}
+
+#
+#
+sub jp2texif_unescape
+{
+ $_ = shift();
+ s!\\(n(?{"\n"})|r(?{"\r"})|f(?{"\f"})|t(?{"\t"})|u([0-9A-F]{4})(?{chr
hex $2})|(.)(?{$3}))!$^R!g;
+ return $_;
+}
+
+sub jp2texif_encode
+{
+ $_ = shift;
+ s!((address@hidden)(?{'@'."$2"})|\n(?{'@*'}))!$^R!g;
+ # Texinfo-fier les espaces de tête pour les rendre significatifs
+ if(/\A([ \t]+)(.*)\Z/)
+ {
+ my $spaceprefix = $1;
+ my $remainder = $2;
+ $spaceprefix =~ s!(.)address@hidden;
+ $_ = $spaceprefix . $remainder;
+ }
+ # Texinfo-fier les espaces de queue pour les rendre significatifs
+ if(/(.+?)([ \t]+)\Z/)
+ {
+ my $spacepostfix = $2;
+ my $remainder = $1;
+ $spacepostfix =~ s!(.)address@hidden;
+ $_ = $remainder . $spacepostfix;
+ }
+ return $_
+}
+
+my @header = ();
+my $prefix = "";
+my $outputfile;
+my $showcomments;
+my $showemptylines;
+
+my $i = 0;
+while($i < @ARGV){
+ if($i + 1 < @ARGV)
+ {
+ if($ARGV[$i] =~ /\A-(i|-input)\Z/)
+ {
+ $inputfile = $ARGV[$i+1];
+ $i = $i +2;
+ }
+ elsif($ARGV[$i] =~ /\A-(o|-output)\Z/)
+ {
+ $outputfile = $ARGV[$i+1];
+ $i = $i +2;
+ }
+ elsif($ARGV[$i] =~ /\A-(p|-prefix)\Z/)
+ {
+ $prefix = $ARGV[$i+1];
+ $i = $i +2;
+ }
+ elsif($ARGV[$i] =~ /\A-(h|-header)\Z/)
+ {
+ $header[++$#header] = \$ARGV[$i+1];
+ $i = $i +2;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ goto ONE_ARG;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ ONE_ARG:
+ {
+ if($ARGV[$i] =~ /\A-(c|-showcomments)\Z/)
+ {
+ $showcomments = 1;
+ $i ++;
+ }
+ elsif($ARGV[$i] =~ /\A-(e|-showemptylines)\Z/)
+ {
+ $showemptylines = 1;
+ $i ++;
+ }
+ elsif($ARGV[$i] =~ /\A-(v|-verbose)\Z/)
+ {
+ $verbose = 1;
+ $i ++;
+ }
+ elsif($ARGV[$i] eq "--version")
+ {
+ print "Version of javaprop2texiflag.pl =
$version\n";
+ exit 0;
+ }
+ elsif($ARGV[$i] eq "--help")
+ {
+ usage(0);
+ exit;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ print "Invalid remaining arguments: @ARGV[$i ..
$#ARGV]\n";
+ usage(-1);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+my $in;
+if($inputfile)
+{
+ open($in, "< :encoding(ISO-8859-1)", $inputfile) or die "Can't open
$inputfile $!";
+}
+else
+{
+ $in = \*STDIN;
+}
+my $out;
+if($outputfile)
+{
+ open($out, "> :encoding(UTF-8)", $outputfile) or die "Can't open
$outputfile $!";
+}
+else
+{
+ $out = \*STDOUT;
+}
+select $out;
+
+my $line;
+if(@header)
+{
+ foreach(@header){
+ say '@c ', $$_;
+ }
+}
+
+my $folded_line = 0;
+my $flagnb = 0;
+
+my $propname;
+my $propval;
+my $nextpropval;
+
+LINE: while(<$in>){
+ $line = $_ ;
+ $linenb++ ;
+ if($line =~ /\A(\s*)[#!](.*)\Z/)
+ {
+ if($showcomments)
+ {
+ say "$1" , '@c ' , "$2";
+ }
+ next LINE;
+ }
+ elsif($line =~ /\A\s*\Z/)
+ {
+ if($showemptylines)
+ {
+ say "\n";
+ }
+ next LINE;
+ }
+ elsif($line =~ /\A(\s*(.*))\Z/)
+ {
+ if($folded_line == 0)
+ {
+ if($line =~
/\A\s*((?:[a-zA-Z0-9_\.-]|\\[nr=:])+)\s*[=:](.*)\Z/)
+ {
+ $propname = $1;
+ $propval = $2;
+ if($propval =~ m!(\\+)$! && (length($1) & 1) ==
1)
+ {
+ # nombre impair de contre-obliques en
fin de ligne, c'est un repliement
+ $folded_line = 1;
+ $propval =~ s!.$!!;
+ $propval = jp2texif_unescape($propval);
+
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ say "address@hidden $prefix$propname "
, jp2texif_encode( jp2texif_unescape($propval));
+ $flagnb ++;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ die "$inputfile:$linenb: Invalid line = $line";
+ }
+ }
+ elsif($folded_line == 1)
+ {
+ $nextpropval = $2;
+ if($nextpropval =~ m!(\\+)$! && (length($1) & 1) == 1)
+ {
+ # nombre impair de contre-obliques en fin de
ligne, on reste en repliement
+ $nextpropval =~ s!.$!!;
+ $propval = $propval .
jp2texif_unescape($nextpropval);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ # le repliement est fini
+ $folded_line = 0;
+ $propval = $propval .
jp2texif_unescape($nextpropval);
+ say "address@hidden $prefix$propname " ,
jp2texif_encode($propval);
+ $flagnb ++;
+ }
+
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ die "$inputfile:$linenb: javaprop2texiflag INTERNAL
BUG";
+ }
+
+ next LINE;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ die "$inputfile:$linenb: Invalid line = $line";
+ }
+}
+
+if($verbose)
+{
+ if($inputfile)
+ {
+ $inputfile = "file \`$inputfile\'";
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ $inputfile = "standard input";
+ }
+ print STDOUT "\nDone: javaprop2texiflag is finished,\n\tinput was
$inputfile,\n\t$linenb lines were processed,\n\t$flagnb flags were produced.\n";
+}
Index: contrib/outline.gawk
===================================================================
RCS file: contrib/outline.gawk
diff -N contrib/outline.gawk
--- /dev/null 1 Jan 1970 00:00:00 -0000
+++ contrib/outline.gawk 2 Jan 2013 01:00:28 -0000 1.1
@@ -0,0 +1,144 @@
+#! /usr/local/bin/gawk -f
+
+# texi.outline --- produce an outline from a texinfo source file
+#
+# Copyright (C) 1998 Arnold David Robbins (address@hidden)
+#
+# TEXI.OUTLINE is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+# (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# TEXI.OUTLINE is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+# NOTE:
+# This program uses gensub(), which is specific to gawk.
+# With some work (split, substr, etc), it could be made to work
+# on other awks, but it's not worth the trouble for me.
+
+BEGIN \
+{
+ # Levels at which different nodes can be
+ Level["@top"] = 0
+ Level["@appendix"] = 1
+ Level["@chapter"] = 1
+ Level["@majorheading"] = 1
+ Level["@unnumbered"] = 1
+ Level["@appendixsec"] = 2
+ Level["@heading"] = 2
+ Level["@section"] = 2
+ Level["@unnumberedsec"] = 2
+ Level["@unnumberedsubsec"] = 3
+ Level["@appendixsubsec"] = 3
+ Level["@subheading"] = 3
+ Level["@subsection"] = 3
+ Level["@appendixsubsubsec"] = 4
+ Level["@subsubheading"] = 4
+ Level["@subsubsection"] = 4
+ Level["@unnumberedsubsubsec"] = 4
+
+ # insure that we were called correctly
+ if (ARGC != 2) {
+ printf("usage: %s texinfo-file\n", ARGV[0]) > "/dev/stderr"
+ exit 1
+ }
+
+ # init header counters
+ app_letters = "ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ"
+ app_h = 0
+ l1_h = l2_h = l3_h = l4_h = 0
+}
+
+# skip lines we're not interested in
+/address@hidden/ || ! ($1 in Level) { next }
+
+Level[$1] == 1 {
+ if ($1 !~ /address@hidden/ || $1 !~ /heading/)
+ l1_h++
+ l2_h = l3_h = l4_h = 0
+ Ntabs = 0
+ Number = makenumber($1)
+ Title = maketitle($0)
+ print_title()
+}
+
+Level[$1] == 2 {
+ l2_h++
+ l3_h = l4_h = 0
+ Ntabs = 1
+ Number = makenumber($1)
+ Title = maketitle($0)
+ print_title()
+}
+
+Level[$1] == 3 {
+ l3_h++
+ l4_h = 0
+ Ntabs = 2
+ Number = makenumber($1)
+ Title = maketitle($0)
+ print_title()
+}
+
+Level[$1] == 4 {
+ l4_h++
+ Ntabs = 3
+ Number = makenumber($1)
+ Title = maketitle($0)
+ print_title()
+}
+
+# maketitle --- extract title
+
+function maketitle(str, text)
+{
+ $1 = "" # clobber section keyword
+ text = $0
+ gsub(/^[ \t]*/, "", text)
+ text = gensub(/@[a-z]+{/, "", "g", text)
+ text = gensub(/(address@hidden)}/, "\\1", "g", text)
+ return text
+}
+
+# print_title --- print the title
+
+function print_title( i)
+{
+ for (i = 1; i <= Ntabs; i++)
+ printf "\t"
+ printf("%s %s\n", Number, Title)
+}
+
+# makenumber --- construct a heading number from levels and section command
+
+function makenumber(command, result, lev1)
+{
+ result = ""
+ if (command ~ /address@hidden/) {
+ if (Level[command] == 1)
+ app_h++
+
+ lev1 = substr(app_letters, app_h, 1)
+ } else if (command ~ /address@hidden/ || command ~ /heading/) {
+ lev1 = "(unnumbered)"
+ } else
+ lev1 = l1_h ""
+
+ result = lev1 "."
+ if (l2_h > 0) {
+ result = result l2_h "."
+ if (l3_h > 0) {
+ result = result l3_h "."
+ if (l4_h > 0) {
+ result = result l4_h "."
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ return result
+}
Index: contrib/prepinfo.awk
===================================================================
RCS file: contrib/prepinfo.awk
diff -N contrib/prepinfo.awk
--- /dev/null 1 Jan 1970 00:00:00 -0000
+++ contrib/prepinfo.awk 2 Jan 2013 01:00:29 -0000 1.1
@@ -0,0 +1,355 @@
+#! /usr/local/bin/gawk -f
+
+# prepinfo.awk --- fix node lines and menus
+#
+# Copyright 1998 Arnold Robbins, address@hidden
+#
+# PREPINFO is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+# (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# PREPINFO is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+BEGIN \
+{
+ # manifest constants
+ TRUE = 1
+ FALSE = 0
+
+ # Levels at which different nodes can be
+ Level["@top"] = 0
+ Level["@appendix"] = 1
+ Level["@chapter"] = 1
+ Level["@majorheading"] = 1
+ Level["@unnumbered"] = 1
+ Level["@appendixsec"] = 2
+ Level["@heading"] = 2
+ Level["@section"] = 2
+ Level["@unnumberedsec"] = 2
+ Level["@unnumberedsubsec"] = 3
+ Level["@appendixsubsec"] = 3
+ Level["@subheading"] = 3
+ Level["@subsection"] = 3
+ Level["@appendixsubsubsec"] = 4
+ Level["@subsubheading"] = 4
+ Level["@subsubsection"] = 4
+ Level["@unnumberedsubsubsec"] = 4
+
+ # Length of menus
+ Menumargin = 78
+
+ # Length of menu item
+ Min_menitem_length = 29
+
+ # insure that we were called correctly
+ if (ARGC != 2) {
+ printf("usage: %s texinfo-file\n", ARGV[0]) > "/dev/stderr"
+ exit 1
+ }
+
+ # Arrange for two passes over input file
+ Pass = 1
+ ARGV[2] = "Pass=2"
+ ARGV[3] = ARGV[1]
+ ARGC = 4
+ Lastlevel = -1
+
+ # Initialize stacks
+ Up[-1] = "(dir)"
+ Prev[0] = "(dir)"
+
+ if (Debug == "args") {
+ for (i = 0; i < ARGC; i++)
+ printf("ARGV[%d] = %s\n", i, ARGV[i]) > "/dev/stderr"
+ }
+}
+
+$1 == "@node" \
+{
+ Name = getnodename($0)
+ Nodeseen = TRUE
+
+ if ((l = length(Name)) > Maxlen)
+ Maxlen = l
+
+ if (Debug == "nodenames")
+ printf("Name = %s\n", Name) > "/dev/stderr"
+
+ if (Pass == 1)
+ next
+}
+
+Pass == 1 && /address@hidden(omment)?[ \t]+fakenode/ \
+{
+ if (Debug == "fakenodes")
+ printf("fakenode at %d\n", FNR) > "/dev/stderr"
+ Fakenode = TRUE
+ next
+}
+
+Pass == 1 && ($1 in Level) \
+{
+ # skip fake nodes --- titles without associated @node lines
+ if (Fakenode) {
+ if (Debug == "fakenodes")
+ printf("%s at %d is a fakenode\n", $1, FNR) >
"/dev/stderr"
+ Fakenode = FALSE
+ next
+ }
+
+ if (Debug == "titles")
+ printf("Processing %s: Name = %s\n", $1, Name) > "/dev/stderr"
+
+ # save type
+ type = $1
+
+ if (! Nodeseen) {
+ err_prefix()
+ printf("%s line with no @node or fakenode line\n",
+ type) > "/dev/stderr"
+ Badheading[FNR] = 1
+ # ??? used ???
+ next
+ } else
+ Nodeseen = FALSE # reset it
+
+ # Squirrel away the info
+ levelnum = Level[type]
+ Node[Name ".level"] = levelnum
+ Node[Name ".name"] = Name
+ if (Debug == "titles") {
+ printf("Node[%s\".level\"] = %s\n", Name, Node[Name ".level"])
> "/dev/stderr"
+ printf("Node[%s\".name\"] = %s\n", Name, Node[Name ".name"]) >
"/dev/stderr"
+ }
+
+ if (levelnum == Lastlevel) { # e.g., two sections in a row
+ Node[Name ".up"] = Up[levelnum - 1]
+ if (levelnum in Prev) {
+ Node[Prev[levelnum] ".next"] = Name
+ Node[Name ".prev"] = Prev[levelnum]
+ }
+ Prev[levelnum] = Name
+ Up[levelnum] = Name # ???
+ } else if (levelnum < Lastlevel) { # section, now chapter
+ Lastlevel = levelnum
+ Node[Name ".up"] = Up[levelnum - 1]
+ if (levelnum in Prev) {
+ Node[Name ".prev"] = Prev[levelnum]
+ Node[Prev[levelnum] ".next"] = Name
+ }
+ Prev[levelnum] = Name
+ Up[levelnum] = Name
+ } else { # chapter, now section, levelnum > Lastlevel
+ Node[Name ".up"] = Up[levelnum - 1]
+ Node[Up[Lastlevel] ".child"] = Name
+ Up[levelnum] = Name
+ Prev[levelnum] = Name
+ Lastlevel = levelnum
+ }
+
+ # For master menu
+ if (Level[$1] >= 2)
+ List[++Sequence] = Name
+
+ if (Debug == "titles") {
+ printf("Node[%s\".prev\"] = %s\n", Name, Node[Name ".prev"]) >
"/dev/stderr"
+ printf("Node[%s\".up\"] = %s\n", Name, Node[Name ".up"]) >
"/dev/stderr"
+ printf("Node[%s\".child\"] = %s\n", Name, Node[Name ".child"])
> "/dev/stderr"
+ }
+}
+
+Pass == 2 && Debug == "dumptitles" && FNR <= 1 \
+{
+ for (i in Node)
+ printf("Node[%s] = %s\n", i, Node[i]) | "sort 1>&2"
+ close("sort 1>&2")
+}
+
+/address@hidden/ && Pass == 1, /address@hidden \t]+menu/ && Pass == 1 \
+{
+ if (/address@hidden/ || /address@hidden \t]+menu/)
+ next
+
+# if (Debug == "menu")
+# printf("processing: %s\n", $0) > "/dev/stderr"
+
+ if (/^\*/) {
+ if (In_menitem) { # file away info from previousline
+ Node[node ".mendesc"] = desc
+ Node[node ".longdesc"] = longdesc
+ if (Debug == "mendesc") {
+ printf("Node[%s.mendesc] = %s\n",
+ node, Node[node ".mendesc"]) >
"/dev/stderr"
+ printf("Node[%s.longdesc] = %s\n",
+ node, Node[node ".longdesc"]) >
"/dev/stderr"
+ }
+ }
+ In_menitem = TRUE
+
+ # pull apart menu item
+ $1 = "" # nuke ``*''
+ $0 = $0 # reparse line
+ i1 = index($0, ":")
+ if (i1 <= 0) {
+ err_prefix()
+ printf("badly formed menu item") > "/dev/stderr"
+ next
+ }
+ if (substr($0, i1+1, 1) != ":") { # desc: node. long desc
+ i2 = index($0, ".")
+ if (i2 <= 0) {
+ err_prefix()
+ printf("badly formed menu item") > "/dev/stderr"
+ next
+ }
+ desc = substr($0, 1, i1 - 1)
+ sub(/^[ \t]+/, "", node)
+ sub(/[ \t]+$/, "", node)
+ longdesc = substr($0, i2 + 1)
+ } else { # nodname:: long desc
+ desc = ""
+ node = substr($0, 1, i1 - 1)
+ sub(/^[ \t]+/, "", node)
+ sub(/[ \t]+$/, "", node)
+ longdesc = substr($0, i1 + 2)
+ }
+ } else if (In_menitem) { # continuation line
+ longdesc = longdesc " " $0
+ } else
+ In_menitem = FALSE
+
+ Node[node ".mendesc"] = desc
+ Node[node ".longdesc"] = longdesc
+ if (Debug == "mendesc") {
+ printf("Node[%s.mendesc] = %s\n",
+ node, Node[node ".mendesc"]) > "/dev/stderr"
+ printf("Node[%s.longdesc] = %s\n",
+ node, Node[node ".longdesc"]) > "/dev/stderr"
+ }
+
+ if (Debug == "menu")
+ printf("Menu:: Name %s: desc %s: longdesc %s\n",
+ node, desc, longdesc) > "/dev/stderr"
+}
+
+function err_prefix()
+{
+ printf("%s: %s: %d: ", ARGV[0], FILENAME, FNR) > "/dev/stderr"
+}
+
+function getnodename(str)
+{
+ sub(/@node[ \t]+/, "", str)
+ sub(/,.*/, "", str)
+ if (Debug == "nodenames")
+ printf("getnodename: return %s\n", str) > "/dev/stderr"
+ return str
+}
+
+Pass == 2 && /address@hidden/ \
+{
+ Name = getnodename($0)
+
+ # Top node is special. It's next is the first child
+ n = Node[Name ".next"]
+ if (Node[Name ".level"] == 0 && n == "")
+ n = Node[Name ".child"]
+
+ printf("@node %s, %s, %s, %s\n", Name, n,
+ Node[Name ".prev"] ? Node[Name ".prev"] : Node[Name ".up"],
+ Node[Name ".up"])
+ next
+}
+
+Pass == 2 && /address@hidden/ \
+{
+ # First, nuke current contents of menu
+ do {
+ if ((getline) <= 0) {
+ err_prefix()
+ printf("unexpected EOF inside menu\n") > "/dev/stderr"
+ exit 1
+ }
+ } while (! /address@hidden \t]+menu/)
+
+ # next, compute maximum length of a node name
+ max = 0
+ for (n = Node[Name ".child"]; (n ".next") in Node; n = Node[n ".next"])
{
+ if ((n ".desc") in Node)
+ s = Node[n ".desc"] ": " n "."
+ else
+ s = n "::"
+ l = length(s)
+ if (l > max)
+ max = l
+ }
+ if (max < Min_menitem_length)
+ max = Min_menitem_length
+
+ # now dump the menu
+ print "@menu"
+
+ for (n = Node[Name ".child"]; (n ".next") in Node; n = Node[n ".next"])
{
+ print_menuitem(n, max)
+ }
+ print_menuitem(n, max)
+
+ if (Name == "Top") { # Master Menu
+ if (Maxlen < Min_menitem_length)
+ Maxlen = Min_menitem_length
+ print ""
+ for (i = 1; i <= Sequence; i++)
+ print_menuitem(List[i], Maxlen)
+ print ""
+ }
+ print "@end menu"
+ next
+}
+
+Pass == 2 # print
+
+
+function print_menuitem(n, max, nodesc, i, dwords, count, p)
+{
+ nodesc = FALSE
+ if (! ((n ".longdesc") in Node)) {
+ err_prefix()
+ printf("warning: %s: no long description\n", n) > "/dev/stderr"
+ nodesc = TRUE
+ } else {
+ for (i in dwords)
+ delete dwords[i]
+ count = split(Node[n ".longdesc"], dwords, "[ \t\n]+")
+ }
+ if ((n ".desc") in Node)
+ s = Node[n ".desc"] ": " n "."
+ else
+ s = n "::"
+ printf("* %-*s", max, s)
+
+ if (Debug == "mendescitem")
+ printf("<* %-*s>\n", max, s) > "/dev/stderr"
+
+ p = max + 2
+ if (! nodesc) {
+ for (i = 1; i <= count; i++) {
+ l = length(dwords[i])
+ if (l == 0)
+ continue
+ if (p + l + 1 > Menumargin) {
+ printf("\n%*s", max + 2, " ")
+ p = max + 2
+ }
+ printf(" %s", dwords[i])
+ p += l + 1
+ }
+ }
+ print ""
+}
Index: contrib/tex3patch
===================================================================
RCS file: contrib/tex3patch
diff -N contrib/tex3patch
--- /dev/null 1 Jan 1970 00:00:00 -0000
+++ contrib/tex3patch 2 Jan 2013 01:00:29 -0000 1.1
@@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
+#!/bin/sh
+# Auxiliary script to work around TeX 3.0 bug. ---- tex3patch ----
+# patches texinfo.tex in current directory, or in directory given as arg.
+
+ANYVERSION=no
+
+for arg in $1 $2
+do
+ case $arg in
+ --dammit | -d ) ANYVERSION=yes ;;
+
+ * ) dir=$arg
+ esac
+done
+
+if [ -z "$dir" ]; then
+ dir='.'
+fi
+
+if [ 2 -lt $# ] || [ ! -f "$dir/texinfo.tex" ]; then
+ echo "To patch texinfo.tex for peaceful coexistence with Unix TeX 3.0,"
+ echo "run $0"
+ echo "with no arguments in the same directory as texinfo.tex; or run"
+ echo " $0 DIRECTORY"
+ echo "(where DIRECTORY is a path leading to texinfo.tex)."
+ exit
+fi
+
+if [ -z "$TMPDIR" ]; then
+ TMPDIR=/tmp
+fi
+
+echo "Checking for \`dummy.tfm'"
+
+( cd $TMPDIR; tex '\relax \batchmode \font\foo=dummy \bye' )
+
+grep -s '3.0' $TMPDIR/texput.log
+if [ 1 = "$?" ] && [ "$ANYVERSION" != "yes" ]; then
+ echo "You probably do not need this patch,"
+ echo "since your TeX does not seem to be version 3.0."
+ echo "If you insist on applying the patch, run $0"
+ echo "again with the option \`--dammit'"
+ exit
+fi
+
+grep -s 'file not found' $TMPDIR/texput.log
+if [ 0 = $? ]; then
+ echo "This patch requires the dummy font metric file \`dummy.tfm',"
+ echo "which does not seem to be part of your TeX installation."
+ echo "Please get your TeX maintainer to install \`dummy.tfm',"
+ echo "then run this script again."
+ exit
+fi
+rm $TMPDIR/texput.log
+
+echo "Patching $dir/texinfo.tex"
+
+sed -e 's/%%*\\font\\nullfont/\\font\\nullfont/' \
+ $dir/texinfo.tex >$TMPDIR/texinfo.tex
+mv $dir/texinfo.tex $dir/texinfo.tex-distrib; mv $TMPDIR/texinfo.tex $dir
+
+if [ 0 = $? ]; then
+ echo "Patched $dir/texinfo.tex to avoid TeX 3.0 bug."
+ echo "The original version is saved as $dir/texinfo.tex-distrib."
+else
+ echo "Patch failed. Sorry."
+fi
+----------------------------------------tex3patch ends
+
+
Index: contrib/texi-docstring-magic.el
===================================================================
RCS file: contrib/texi-docstring-magic.el
diff -N contrib/texi-docstring-magic.el
--- /dev/null 1 Jan 1970 00:00:00 -0000
+++ contrib/texi-docstring-magic.el 2 Jan 2013 01:00:29 -0000 1.1
@@ -0,0 +1,345 @@
+;; texi-docstring-magic.el -- munge internal docstrings into texi
+;;
+;; Keywords: lisp, docs, tex
+;; Author: David Aspinall <address@hidden>
+;; Copyright (C) 1998 David Aspinall
+;; Maintainer: David Aspinall <address@hidden>
+;;
+;; This package is distributed under the terms of the
+;; GNU General Public License, Version 3.
+;; You should have a copy of the GPL with your version of
+;; GNU Emacs or the Texinfo distribution.
+;;
+;;
+;; This package generates Texinfo source fragments from Emacs
+;; docstrings. This avoids documenting functions and variables
+;; in more than one place, and automatically adds Texinfo markup
+;; to docstrings.
+;;
+;; It relies heavily on you following the Elisp documentation
+;; conventions to produce sensible output, check the Elisp manual
+;; for details. In brief:
+;;
+;; * The first line of a docstring should be a complete sentence.
+;; * Arguments to functions should be written in upper case: ARG1..ARGN
+;; * User options (variables users may want to set) should have docstrings
+;; beginning with an asterisk.
+;;
+;; Usage:
+;;
+;; Write comments of the form:
+;;
+;; @c TEXI DOCSTRING MAGIC: my-package-function-or-variable-name
+;;
+;; In your texi source, mypackage.texi. From within an Emacs session
+;; where my-package is loaded, visit mypackage.texi and run
+;; M-x texi-docstring-magic to update all of the documentation strings.
+;;
+;; This will insert @defopt, @deffn and the like underneath the
+;; magic comment strings.
+;;
+;; The default value for user options will be printed.
+;;
+;; Symbols are recognized if they are defined for faces, functions,
+;; or variables (in that order).
+;;
+;; Automatic markup rules:
+;;
+;; 1. Indented lines are gathered into @lisp environment.
+;; 2. Pieces of text `stuff' or surrounded in quotes marked up with @samp.
+;; 3. Words *emphasized* are made @strong{emphasized}
+;; 4. Words sym-bol which are symbols become @code{sym-bol}.
+;; 5. Upper cased words ARG corresponding to arguments become @var{arg}.
+;; In fact, you can any word longer than three letters, so that
+;; metavariables can be used easily.
+;; FIXME: to escape this, use `ARG'
+;; 6. Words 'sym which are lisp-quoted are marked with @code{'sym}.
+;;
+;; -----
+;;
+;; Useful key binding when writing Texinfo:
+;;
+;; (define-key TeXinfo-mode-map "C-cC-d" 'texi-docstring-magic-insert-magic)
+;;
+;; -----
+;;
+;; Useful enhancements to do:
+;;
+;; * Use customize properties (e.g. group, simple types)
+;; * Look for a "texi-docstring" property for symbols
+;; so TeXInfo can be defined directly in case automatic markup
+;; goes badly wrong.
+;; * Add tags to special comments so that user can specify face,
+;; function, or variable binding for a symbol in case more than
+;; one binding exists.
+;;
+;; ------
+
+(defun texi-docstring-magic-splice-sep (strings sep)
+ "Return concatenation of STRINGS spliced together with separator SEP."
+ (let (str)
+ (while strings
+ (setq str (concat str (car strings)))
+ (if (cdr strings)
+ (setq str (concat str sep)))
+ (setq strings (cdr strings)))
+ str))
+
+(defconst texi-docstring-magic-munge-table
+ '(;; 1. Indented lines are gathered into @lisp environment.
+ ("\\(^.*\\S-.*$\\)"
+ t
+ (let
+ ((line (match-string 0 docstring)))
+ (if (eq (char-syntax (string-to-char line)) ?\ )
+ ;; whitespace
+ (if in-quoted-region
+ line
+ (setq in-quoted-region t)
+ (concat "@lisp\n" line))
+ ;; non-white space
+ (if in-quoted-region
+ (progn
+ (setq in-quoted-region nil)
+ (concat "@end lisp\n" line))
+ line))))
+ ;; 2. Pieces of text `stuff' or surrounded in quotes
+ ;; are marked up with @samp. NB: Must be backquote
+ ;; followed by forward quote for this to work.
+ ;; Can't use two forward quotes else problems with
+ ;; symbols.
+ ;; Odd hack: because ' is a word constituent in text/texinfo
+ ;; mode, putting this first enables the recognition of args
+ ;; and symbols put inside quotes.
+ ("\\(`\\([^']+\\)'\\)"
+ t
+ (concat "@samp{" (match-string 2 docstring) "}"))
+ ;; 3. Words *emphasized* are made @strong{emphasized}
+ ("\\(\\*\\(\\w+\\)\\*\\)"
+ t
+ (concat "@strong{" (match-string 2 docstring) "}"))
+ ;; 4. Words sym-bol which are symbols become @code{sym-bol}.
+ ;; Must have at least one hyphen to be recognized,
+ ;; terminated in whitespace, end of line, or punctuation.
+ ;; (Only consider symbols made from word constituents
+ ;; and hyphen.
+ ("\\(\\(\\w+\\-\\(\\w\\|\\-\\)+\\)\\)\\(\\s\)\\|\\s-\\|\\s.\\|$\\)"
+ (or (boundp (intern (match-string 2 docstring)))
+ (fboundp (intern (match-string 2 docstring))))
+ (concat "@code{" (match-string 2 docstring) "}"
+ (match-string 4 docstring)))
+ ;; 5. Upper cased words ARG corresponding to arguments become
+ ;; @var{arg}
+ ;; In fact, include any word so long as it is more than 3 characters
+ ;; long. (Comes after symbols to avoid recognizing the
+ ;; lowercased form of an argument as a symbol)
+ ;; FIXME: maybe we don't want to downcase stuff already
+ ;; inside @samp
+ ;; FIXME: should - terminate? should _ be included?
+ ("\\([A-Z0-9\\-]+\\)\\(/\\|\)\\|}\\|\\s-\\|\\s.\\|$\\)"
+ (or (> (length (match-string 1 docstring)) 3)
+ (member (downcase (match-string 1 docstring)) args))
+ (concat "@var{" (downcase (match-string 1 docstring)) "}"
+ (match-string 2 docstring)))
+
+ ;; 6. Words 'sym which are lisp quoted are
+ ;; marked with @code.
+ ("\\(\\(\\s-\\|^\\)'\\(\\(\\w\\|\\-\\)+\\)\\)\\(\\s\)\\|\\s-\\|\\s.\\|$\\)"
+ t
+ (concat (match-string 2 docstring)
+ "@code{'" (match-string 3 docstring) "}"
+ (match-string 5 docstring)))
+ ;; 7,8. Clean up for @lisp environments left with spurious newlines
+ ;; after 1.
+ ("\\(\\(^\\s-*$\\)address@hidden)" t "@lisp")
+ ("\\(\\(^\\s-*$\\)address@hidden lisp\\)" t "@end lisp"))
+ "Table of regexp matches and replacements used to markup docstrings.
+Format of table is a list of elements of the form
+ (regexp predicate replacement-form)
+If regexp matches and predicate holds, then replacement-form is
+evaluated to get the replacement for the match.
+predicate and replacement-form can use variables arg,
+and forms such as (match-string 1 docstring)
+Match string 1 is assumed to determine the
+length of the matched item, hence where parsing restarts from.
+The replacement must cover the whole match (match string 0),
+including any whitespace included to delimit matches.")
+
+
+(defun texi-docstring-magic-munge-docstring (docstring args)
+ "Markup DOCSTRING for texi according to regexp matches."
+ (let ((case-fold-search nil))
+ (dolist (test texi-docstring-magic-munge-table docstring)
+ (let ((regexp (nth 0 test))
+ (predicate (nth 1 test))
+ (replace (nth 2 test))
+ (i 0)
+ in-quoted-region)
+
+ (while (and
+ (< i (length docstring))
+ (string-match regexp docstring i))
+ (setq i (match-end 1))
+ (if (eval predicate)
+ (let* ((origlength (- (match-end 0) (match-beginning 0)))
+ (replacement (eval replace))
+ (newlength (length replacement)))
+ (setq docstring
+ (replace-match replacement t t docstring))
+ (setq i (+ i (- newlength origlength))))))
+ (if in-quoted-region
+ (setq docstring (concat docstring "address@hidden lisp"))))))
+ ;; Force a new line after (what should be) the first sentence,
+ ;; if not already a new paragraph.
+ (let*
+ ((pos (string-match "\n" docstring))
+ (needscr (and pos
+ (not (string= "\n"
+ (substring docstring
+ (1+ pos)
+ (+ pos 2)))))))
+ (if (and pos needscr)
+ (concat (substring docstring 0 pos)
+ "@*\n"
+ (substring docstring (1+ pos)))
+ docstring)))
+
+(defun texi-docstring-magic-texi (env grp name docstring args &optional
endtext)
+ "Make a texi def environment ENV for entity NAME with DOCSTRING."
+ (concat "@def" env (if grp (concat " " grp) "") " " name
+ " "
+ (texi-docstring-magic-splice-sep args " ")
+ ;; " "
+ ;; (texi-docstring-magic-splice-sep extras " ")
+ "\n"
+ (texi-docstring-magic-munge-docstring docstring args)
+ "\n"
+ (or endtext "")
+ "@end def" env "\n"))
+
+(defun texi-docstring-magic-format-default (default)
+ "Make a default value string for the value DEFAULT.
+Markup as @code{stuff} or @lisp stuff @end lisp."
+ (let ((text (format "%S" default)))
+ (concat
+ "\nThe default value is "
+ (if (string-match "\n" text)
+ ;; Carriage return will break @code, use @lisp
+ (if (stringp default)
+ (concat "the string: address@hidden" default "address@hidden
lisp\n")
+ (concat "the value: address@hidden" text "address@hidden lisp\n"))
+ (concat "@code{" text "}.\n")))))
+
+
+(defun texi-docstring-magic-texi-for (symbol)
+ (cond
+ ;; Faces
+ ((find-face symbol)
+ (let*
+ ((face symbol)
+ (name (symbol-name face))
+ (docstring (or (face-doc-string face)
+ "Not documented."))
+ (useropt (eq ?* (string-to-char docstring))))
+ ;; Chop off user option setting
+ (if useropt
+ (setq docstring (substring docstring 1)))
+ (texi-docstring-magic-texi "fn" "Face" name docstring nil)))
+ ((fboundp symbol)
+ ;; Functions.
+ ;; We don't handle macros, aliases, or compiled fns properly.
+ (let*
+ ((function symbol)
+ (name (symbol-name function))
+ (docstring (or (documentation function)
+ "Not documented."))
+ (def (symbol-function function))
+ (argsyms (cond ((eq (car-safe def) 'lambda)
+ (nth 1 def))))
+ (args (mapcar 'symbol-name argsyms)))
+ (if (commandp function)
+ (texi-docstring-magic-texi "fn" "Command" name docstring args)
+ (texi-docstring-magic-texi "un" nil name docstring args))))
+ ((boundp symbol)
+ ;; Variables.
+ (let*
+ ((variable symbol)
+ (name (symbol-name variable))
+ (docstring (or (documentation-property variable
+ 'variable-documentation)
+ "Not documented."))
+ (useropt (eq ?* (string-to-char docstring)))
+ (default (if useropt
+ (texi-docstring-magic-format-default
+ (default-value symbol)))))
+ ;; Chop off user option setting
+ (if useropt
+ (setq docstring (substring docstring 1)))
+ (texi-docstring-magic-texi
+ (if useropt "opt" "var") nil name docstring nil default)))
+ (t
+ (error "Don't know anything about symbol %s" (symbol-name symbol)))))
+
+(defconst texi-docstring-magic-comment
+ "@c TEXI DOCSTRING MAGIC:"
+ "Magic string in a texi buffer expanded into @defopt, or @deffn.")
+
+(defun texi-docstring-magic ()
+ "Update all texi docstring magic annotations in buffer."
+ (interactive)
+ (save-excursion
+ (goto-char (point-min))
+ (let ((magic (concat "^"
+ (regexp-quote texi-docstring-magic-comment)
+ "\\s-*\\(\\(\\w\\|\\-\\)+\\)$"))
+ p
+ symbol)
+ (while (re-search-forward magic nil t)
+ (setq symbol (intern (match-string 1)))
+ (forward-line)
+ (setq p (point))
+ ;; If comment already followed by an environment, delete it.
+ (if (and
+ (looking-at "@def\\(\\w+\\)\\s-")
+ (search-forward (concat "@end def" (match-string 1)) nil t))
+ (progn
+ (forward-line)
+ (delete-region p (point))))
+ (insert
+ (texi-docstring-magic-texi-for symbol))))))
+
+(defun texi-docstring-magic-face-at-point ()
+ (ignore-errors
+ (let ((stab (syntax-table)))
+ (unwind-protect
+ (save-excursion
+ (set-syntax-table emacs-lisp-mode-syntax-table)
+ (or (not (zerop (skip-syntax-backward "_w")))
+ (eq (char-syntax (char-after (point))) ?w)
+ (eq (char-syntax (char-after (point))) ?_)
+ (forward-sexp -1))
+ (skip-chars-forward "'")
+ (let ((obj (read (current-buffer))))
+ (and (symbolp obj) (find-face obj) obj)))
+ (set-syntax-table stab)))))
+
+(defun texi-docstring-magic-insert-magic (symbol)
+ (interactive
+ (let* ((v (or (variable-at-point)
+ (function-at-point)
+ (texi-docstring-magic-face-at-point)))
+ (val (let ((enable-recursive-minibuffers t))
+ (completing-read
+ (if v
+ (format "Magic docstring for symbol (default %s): " v)
+ "Magic docstring for symbol: ")
+ obarray '(lambda (sym)
+ (or (boundp sym)
+ (fboundp sym)
+ (find-face sym)))
+ t nil 'variable-history))))
+ (list (if (equal val "") v (intern val)))))
+ (insert "\n" texi-docstring-magic-comment " " (symbol-name symbol)))
+
+
+(provide 'texi-docstring-magic)
Index: contrib/txipsfonts-bronger.tex
===================================================================
RCS file: contrib/txipsfonts-bronger.tex
diff -N contrib/txipsfonts-bronger.tex
--- /dev/null 1 Jan 1970 00:00:00 -0000
+++ contrib/txipsfonts-bronger.tex 2 Jan 2013 01:00:29 -0000 1.1
@@ -0,0 +1,6601 @@
+% pstexinfo.tex -- TeX macros to handle Texinfo files with
+% Postscript fonts modification
+%
+% Load plain if necessary, i.e., if running under initex.
+\expandafter\ifx\csname fmtname\endcsname\relax\input plain\fi
+%
+\def\texinfoversion{2003-07-28.08-PS}
+%
+% Copyright (C) 1985, 1986, 1988, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995,
+% 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+%
+% Patch for Postscript fonts:
+% made 2003 by Torsten Bronger <address@hidden>
+%
+% This texinfo.tex file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+% modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
+% published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at
+% your option) any later version.
+%
+% This pstexinfo.tex file is distributed in the hope that it will be
+% useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty
+% of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+% General Public License for more details.
+%
+% You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+% along with this pstexinfo.tex file; see the file COPYING. If not, write
+% to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+% Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+%
+% As a special exception, when this file is read by TeX when processing
+% a Texinfo source document, you may use the result without
+% restriction. (This has been our intent since Texinfo was invented.)
+%
+% Please try the latest version of texinfo.tex before submitting bug
+% reports; you can get the latest version from:
+% http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ (the Texinfo home page), or
+% ftp://tug.org/tex/texinfo.tex
+% (and all CTAN mirrors, see http://www.ctan.org).
+% The texinfo.tex in any given distribution could well be out
+% of date, so if that's what you're using, please check.
+%
+% Send bug reports to address@hidden IF THEY REFER TO THE
+% ORIGINAL texinfo.tex PART OF THIS FILE. Please include including a
+% complete document in each bug report with which we can reproduce the
+% problem. Patches are, of course, greatly appreciated.
+%
+% To process a Texinfo manual with TeX, it's most reliable to use the
+% texi2dvi shell script that comes with the distribution. For a simple
+% manual foo.texi, however, you can get away with this:
+% tex foo.texi
+% texindex foo.??
+% tex foo.texi
+% tex foo.texi
+% dvips foo.dvi -o # or whatever; this makes foo.ps.
+% The extra TeX runs get the cross-reference information correct.
+% Sometimes one run after texindex suffices, and sometimes you need more
+% than two; texi2dvi does it as many times as necessary.
+%
+% It is possible to adapt texinfo.tex for other languages, to some
+% extent. You can get the existing language-specific files from the
+% full Texinfo distribution.
+%
+% The GNU Texinfo home page is http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo.
+
+
+\message{Loading texinfo [version \texinfoversion]:}
+
+% If in a .fmt file, print the version number
+% and turn on active characters that we couldn't do earlier because
+% they might have appeared in the input file name.
+\everyjob{\message{[Texinfo version \texinfoversion]}%
+ \catcode`+=\active \catcode`\_=\active}
+
+\message{Basics,}
+\chardef\other=12
+
+% We never want plain's \outer definition of \+ in Texinfo.
+% For @tex, we can use \tabalign.
+\let\+ = \relax
+
+% Save some plain tex macros whose names we will redefine.
+\let\ptexb=\b
+\let\ptexbullet=\bullet
+\let\ptexc=\c
+\let\ptexcomma=\,
+\let\ptexdot=\.
+\let\ptexdots=\dots
+\let\ptexend=\end
+\let\ptexequiv=\equiv
+\let\ptexexclam=\!
+\let\ptexfootnote=\footnote
+\let\ptexgtr=>
+\let\ptexhat=^
+\let\ptexi=\i
+\let\ptexindent=\indent
+\let\ptexnoindent=\noindent
+\let\ptexinsert=\insert
+\let\ptexlbrace=\{
+\let\ptexless=<
+\let\ptexplus=+
+\let\ptexrbrace=\}
+\let\ptexslash=\/
+\let\ptexstar=\*
+\let\ptext=\t
+
+% If this character appears in an error message or help string, it
+% starts a new line in the output.
+\newlinechar = `^^J
+
+% Set up fixed words for English if not already set.
+\ifx\putwordAppendix\undefined \gdef\putwordAppendix{Appendix}\fi
+\ifx\putwordChapter\undefined \gdef\putwordChapter{Chapter}\fi
+\ifx\putwordfile\undefined \gdef\putwordfile{file}\fi
+\ifx\putwordin\undefined \gdef\putwordin{in}\fi
+\ifx\putwordIndexIsEmpty\undefined \gdef\putwordIndexIsEmpty{(Index is
empty)}\fi
+\ifx\putwordIndexNonexistent\undefined \gdef\putwordIndexNonexistent{(Index is
nonexistent)}\fi
+\ifx\putwordInfo\undefined \gdef\putwordInfo{Info}\fi
+\ifx\putwordInstanceVariableof\undefined
\gdef\putwordInstanceVariableof{Instance Variable of}\fi
+\ifx\putwordMethodon\undefined \gdef\putwordMethodon{Method on}\fi
+\ifx\putwordNoTitle\undefined \gdef\putwordNoTitle{No Title}\fi
+\ifx\putwordof\undefined \gdef\putwordof{of}\fi
+\ifx\putwordon\undefined \gdef\putwordon{on}\fi
+\ifx\putwordpage\undefined \gdef\putwordpage{page}\fi
+\ifx\putwordsection\undefined \gdef\putwordsection{section}\fi
+\ifx\putwordSection\undefined \gdef\putwordSection{Section}\fi
+\ifx\putwordsee\undefined \gdef\putwordsee{see}\fi
+\ifx\putwordSee\undefined \gdef\putwordSee{See}\fi
+\ifx\putwordShortTOC\undefined \gdef\putwordShortTOC{Short Contents}\fi
+\ifx\putwordTOC\undefined \gdef\putwordTOC{Table of Contents}\fi
+%
+\ifx\putwordMJan\undefined \gdef\putwordMJan{January}\fi
+\ifx\putwordMFeb\undefined \gdef\putwordMFeb{February}\fi
+\ifx\putwordMMar\undefined \gdef\putwordMMar{March}\fi
+\ifx\putwordMApr\undefined \gdef\putwordMApr{April}\fi
+\ifx\putwordMMay\undefined \gdef\putwordMMay{May}\fi
+\ifx\putwordMJun\undefined \gdef\putwordMJun{June}\fi
+\ifx\putwordMJul\undefined \gdef\putwordMJul{July}\fi
+\ifx\putwordMAug\undefined \gdef\putwordMAug{August}\fi
+\ifx\putwordMSep\undefined \gdef\putwordMSep{September}\fi
+\ifx\putwordMOct\undefined \gdef\putwordMOct{October}\fi
+\ifx\putwordMNov\undefined \gdef\putwordMNov{November}\fi
+\ifx\putwordMDec\undefined \gdef\putwordMDec{December}\fi
+%
+\ifx\putwordDefmac\undefined \gdef\putwordDefmac{Macro}\fi
+\ifx\putwordDefspec\undefined \gdef\putwordDefspec{Special Form}\fi
+\ifx\putwordDefvar\undefined \gdef\putwordDefvar{Variable}\fi
+\ifx\putwordDefopt\undefined \gdef\putwordDefopt{User Option}\fi
+\ifx\putwordDeffunc\undefined \gdef\putwordDeffunc{Function}\fi
+
+% In some macros, we cannot use the `\? notation---the left quote is
+% in some cases the escape char.
+\chardef\colonChar = `\:
+\chardef\commaChar = `\,
+\chardef\dotChar = `\.
+\chardef\exclamChar= `\!
+\chardef\questChar = `\?
+\chardef\semiChar = `\;
+\chardef\spaceChar = `\ %
+\chardef\underChar = `\_
+
+% Ignore a token.
+%
+\def\gobble#1{}
+
+% The following is used inside several \edef's.
+\def\makecsname#1{\expandafter\noexpand\csname#1\endcsname}
+
+% Hyphenation fixes.
+\hyphenation{ap-pen-dix}
+\hyphenation{eshell}
+\hyphenation{mini-buf-fer mini-buf-fers}
+\hyphenation{time-stamp}
+\hyphenation{white-space}
+
+% Margin to add to right of even pages, to left of odd pages.
+\newdimen\bindingoffset
+\newdimen\normaloffset
+\newdimen\pagewidth \newdimen\pageheight
+
+% For a final copy, take out the rectangles
+% that mark overfull boxes (in case you have decided
+% that the text looks ok even though it passes the margin).
+%
+\def\finalout{\overfullrule=0pt}
+
+% @| inserts a changebar to the left of the current line. It should
+% surround any changed text. This approach does *not* work if the
+% change spans more than two lines of output. To handle that, we would
+% have adopt a much more difficult approach (putting marks into the main
+% vertical list for the beginning and end of each change).
+%
+\def\|{%
+ % \vadjust can only be used in horizontal mode.
+ \leavevmode
+ %
+ % Append this vertical mode material after the current line in the output.
+ \vadjust{%
+ % We want to insert a rule with the height and depth of the current
+ % leading; that is exactly what \strutbox is supposed to record.
+ \vskip-\baselineskip
+ %
+ % \vadjust-items are inserted at the left edge of the type. So
+ % the \llap here moves out into the left-hand margin.
+ \llap{%
+ %
+ % For a thicker or thinner bar, change the `1pt'.
+ \vrule height\baselineskip width1pt
+ %
+ % This is the space between the bar and the text.
+ \hskip 12pt
+ }%
+ }%
+}
+
+% Sometimes it is convenient to have everything in the transcript file
+% and nothing on the terminal. We don't just call \tracingall here,
+% since that produces some useless output on the terminal. We also make
+% some effort to order the tracing commands to reduce output in the log
+% file; cf. trace.sty in LaTeX.
+%
+\def\gloggingall{\begingroup \globaldefs = 1 \loggingall \endgroup}%
+\def\loggingall{%
+ \tracingstats2
+ \tracingpages1
+ \tracinglostchars2 % 2 gives us more in etex
+ \tracingparagraphs1
+ \tracingoutput1
+ \tracingmacros2
+ \tracingrestores1
+ \showboxbreadth\maxdimen \showboxdepth\maxdimen
+ \ifx\eTeXversion\undefined\else % etex gives us more logging
+ \tracingscantokens1
+ \tracingifs1
+ \tracinggroups1
+ \tracingnesting2
+ \tracingassigns1
+ \fi
+ \tracingcommands3 % 3 gives us more in etex
+ \errorcontextlines\maxdimen
+}%
+
+% add check for \lastpenalty to plain's definitions. If the last thing
+% we did was a \nobreak, we don't want to insert more space.
+%
+\def\smallbreak{\ifnum\lastpenalty<10000\par\ifdim\lastskip<\smallskipamount
+ \removelastskip\penalty-50\smallskip\fi\fi}
+\def\medbreak{\ifnum\lastpenalty<10000\par\ifdim\lastskip<\medskipamount
+ \removelastskip\penalty-100\medskip\fi\fi}
+\def\bigbreak{\ifnum\lastpenalty<10000\par\ifdim\lastskip<\bigskipamount
+ \removelastskip\penalty-200\bigskip\fi\fi}
+
+% For @cropmarks command.
+% Do @cropmarks to get crop marks.
+%
+\newif\ifcropmarks
+\let\cropmarks = \cropmarkstrue
+%
+% Dimensions to add cropmarks at corners.
+% Added by P. A. MacKay, 12 Nov. 1986
+%
+\newdimen\outerhsize \newdimen\outervsize % set by the paper size routines
+\newdimen\cornerlong \cornerlong=1pc
+\newdimen\cornerthick \cornerthick=.3pt
+\newdimen\topandbottommargin \topandbottommargin=.75in
+
+% Main output routine.
+\chardef\PAGE = 255
+\output = {\onepageout{\pagecontents\PAGE}}
+
+\newbox\headlinebox
+\newbox\footlinebox
+
+% \onepageout takes a vbox as an argument. Note that \pagecontents
+% does insertions, but you have to call it yourself.
+\def\onepageout#1{%
+ \ifcropmarks \hoffset=0pt \else \hoffset=\normaloffset \fi
+ %
+ \ifodd\pageno \advance\hoffset by \bindingoffset
+ \else \advance\hoffset by -\bindingoffset\fi
+ %
+ % Do this outside of the \shipout so @code etc. will be expanded in
+ % the headline as they should be, not taken literally (outputting ''code).
+ \setbox\headlinebox = \vbox{\let\hsize=\pagewidth \makeheadline}%
+ \setbox\footlinebox = \vbox{\let\hsize=\pagewidth \makefootline}%
+ %
+ {%
+ % Have to do this stuff outside the \shipout because we want it to
+ % take effect in \write's, yet the group defined by the \vbox ends
+ % before the \shipout runs.
+ %
+ \escapechar = `\\ % use backslash in output files.
+ \indexdummies % don't expand commands in the output.
+ \normalturnoffactive % \ in index entries must not stay \, e.g., if
+ % the page break happens to be in the middle of an example.
+ \shipout\vbox{%
+ % Do this early so pdf references go to the beginning of the page.
+ \ifpdfmakepagedest \pdfdest name{\the\pageno} xyz\fi
+ %
+ \ifcropmarks \vbox to \outervsize\bgroup
+ \hsize = \outerhsize
+ \vskip-\topandbottommargin
+ \vtop to0pt{%
+ \line{\ewtop\hfil\ewtop}%
+ \nointerlineskip
+ \line{%
+ \vbox{\moveleft\cornerthick\nstop}%
+ \hfill
+ \vbox{\moveright\cornerthick\nstop}%
+ }%
+ \vss}%
+ \vskip\topandbottommargin
+ \line\bgroup
+ \hfil % center the page within the outer (page) hsize.
+ \ifodd\pageno\hskip\bindingoffset\fi
+ \vbox\bgroup
+ \fi
+ %
+ \unvbox\headlinebox
+ \pagebody{#1}%
+ \ifdim\ht\footlinebox > 0pt
+ % Only leave this space if the footline is nonempty.
+ % (We lessened \vsize for it in \oddfootingxxx.)
+ % The \baselineskip=24pt in plain's \makefootline has no effect.
+ \vskip 2\baselineskip
+ \unvbox\footlinebox
+ \fi
+ %
+ \ifcropmarks
+ \egroup % end of \vbox\bgroup
+ \hfil\egroup % end of (centering) \line\bgroup
+ \vskip\topandbottommargin plus1fill minus1fill
+ \boxmaxdepth = \cornerthick
+ \vbox to0pt{\vss
+ \line{%
+ \vbox{\moveleft\cornerthick\nsbot}%
+ \hfill
+ \vbox{\moveright\cornerthick\nsbot}%
+ }%
+ \nointerlineskip
+ \line{\ewbot\hfil\ewbot}%
+ }%
+ \egroup % \vbox from first cropmarks clause
+ \fi
+ }% end of \shipout\vbox
+ }% end of group with \normalturnoffactive
+ \advancepageno
+ \ifnum\outputpenalty>-20000 \else\dosupereject\fi
+}
+
+\newinsert\margin \dimen\margin=\maxdimen
+
+\def\pagebody#1{\vbox to\pageheight{\boxmaxdepth=\maxdepth #1}}
+{\catcode`\@ =11
+\gdef\pagecontents#1{\ifvoid\topins\else\unvbox\topins\fi
+% marginal hacks, address@hidden (Juha Takala)
+\ifvoid\margin\else % marginal info is present
+ \rlap{\kern\hsize\vbox address@hidden \vss}}\fi
address@hidden \unvbox#1
+\ifvoid\footins\else\vskip\skip\footins\footnoterule \unvbox\footins\fi
address@hidden \kern-\dimen@ \vfil \fi}
+}
+
+% Here are the rules for the cropmarks. Note that they are
+% offset so that the space between them is truly \outerhsize or \outervsize
+% (P. A. MacKay, 12 November, 1986)
+%
+\def\ewtop{\vrule height\cornerthick depth0pt width\cornerlong}
+\def\nstop{\vbox
+ {\hrule height\cornerthick depth\cornerlong width\cornerthick}}
+\def\ewbot{\vrule height0pt depth\cornerthick width\cornerlong}
+\def\nsbot{\vbox
+ {\hrule height\cornerlong depth\cornerthick width\cornerthick}}
+
+% Parse an argument, then pass it to #1. The argument is the rest of
+% the input line (except we remove a trailing comment). #1 should be a
+% macro which expects an ordinary undelimited TeX argument.
+%
+\def\parsearg{\parseargusing{}}
+\def\parseargusing#1#2{%
+ \def\next{#2}%
+ \begingroup
+ \obeylines
+ \catcode`\ =10
+ #1%
+ \parseargline\empty% Insert the \empty token, see \finishparsearg below.
+}
+
+{\obeylines %
+ \gdef\parseargline#1^^M{%
+ \endgroup % End of the group started in \parsearg.
+ \argremovecomment #1\comment\ArgTerm%
+ }%
+}
+
+% First remove any @comment, then any @c comment.
+\def\argremovecomment#1\comment#2\ArgTerm{\argremovec #1\c\ArgTerm}
+\def\argremovec#1\c#2\ArgTerm{\argremovespace#1$ $\ArgTerm}
+% \argremovec might leave us with trailing space, though; e.g.,
+% @end itemize @c foo
+% Note that the argument cannot contain the TeX $, as its catcode is
+% changed to \other when Texinfo source is read.
+\def\argremovespace#1 $#2\ArgTerm{\finishparsearg#1$\ArgTerm}
+
+% If a _delimited_ argument is enclosed in braces, they get stripped; so
+% to get _exactly_ the rest of the line, we had to prevent such situation.
+% We prepended an \empty token at the very beginning and we expand it
+% just before passing the control to \next.
+% (But first, we have to spend the remaining $ or two.)
+\def\finishparsearg#1$#2\ArgTerm{\expandafter\next\expandafter{#1}}
+
+% \defparsearg\foo{...}
+% is roughly equivalent to
+% \def\foo{\parsearg\Xfoo}
+% \def\Xfoo#1{...}
+%
+% Actually, I use \csname\string\foo\endcsname, ie. \\foo, as it is my
+% favourite TeX trick. --kasal, 16nov03
+
+\def\defparsearg#1{%
+ \expandafter \dodefparsearg \csname\string#1\endcsname #1%
+}
+\def\dodefparsearg#1#2{%
+ \def#2{\parsearg#1}%
+ \def#1##1%
+}
+
+% Several utility definitions with active space:
+{
+ \obeyspaces
+ \gdef\obeyedspace{ }
+
+ % Make each space character in the input produce a normal interword
+ % space in the output. Don't allow a line break at this space, as this
+ % is used only in environments like @example, where each line of input
+ % should produce a line of output anyway.
+ %
+ \gdef\sepspaces{\obeyspaces\let =\tie}
+
+ % If an index command is used in an @example environment, any spaces
+ % therein should become regular spaces in the raw index file, not the
+ % expansion of \tie (\leavevmode \penalty address@hidden \ ).
+ \gdef\unsepspaces{\let =\space}
+}
+
+
+\def\flushcr{\ifx\par\lisppar \def\next##1{}\else \let\next=\relax \fi \next}
+
+
+%% These are used to keep @begin/@end levels from running away
+%% Call \inENV within environments (after a \begingroup)
+\newif\ifENV \ENVfalse \def\inENV{\ifENV\relax\else\ENVtrue\fi}
+\def\ENVcheck{%
+\ifENV\errmessage{Still within an environment; press RETURN to continue}
+\endgroup\fi} % This is not perfect, but it should reduce lossage
+
+% @end foo executes the definition of \Efoo.
+%
+\defparsearg\end{%
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname E#1\endcsname\relax
+ \badenderror{#1}%
+ \else
+ % Everything's ok; the right environment has been started.
+ \csname E#1\endcsname
+ \fi
+}
+
+\def\badenderror#1{%
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname#1\endcsname\relax
+ % There's no \foo, i.e., no ``environment'' foo.
+ \errhelp = \EMsimple
+ \errmessage{Undefined command address@hidden #1'}%
+ \else
+ \unmatchedenderror{#1}%
+ \fi
+}
+
+% There is an environment #1, but it hasn't been started. Give an error.
+%
+\def\unmatchedenderror#1{%
+ \errhelp = \EMsimple
+ \errmessage{This address@hidden #1' doesn't have a matching address@hidden'}%
+}
+
+% Define the control sequence \E#1 to give an unmatched @end error.
+%
+\def\defineunmatchedend#1{%
+ \expandafter\def\csname E#1\endcsname{\unmatchedenderror{#1}}%
+}
+
+\newhelp\EMsimple{Press RETURN to continue.}
+
+
+%% Simple single-character @ commands
+
+% @@ prints an @
+% Kludge this until the fonts are right (grr).
address@hidden
+
+% This is turned off because it was never documented
+% and you can use @w{...} around a quote to suppress ligatures.
+%% Define @` and @' to be the same as ` and '
+%% but suppressing ligatures.
+%\def\`{{`}}
+%\def\'{{'}}
+
+% Used to generate quoted braces.
+\def\mylbrace {{\tt\char123}}
+\def\myrbrace {{\tt\char125}}
+\let\{=\mylbrace
+\let\}=\myrbrace
+\begingroup
+ % Definitions to produce \{ and \} commands for indices,
+ % and @{ and @} for the aux file.
+ \catcode`\{ = \other \catcode`\} = \other
+ \catcode`\[ = 1 \catcode`\] = 2
+ \catcode`\! = 0 \catcode`\\ = \other
+ !gdef!lbracecmd[\{]%
+ !gdef!rbracecmd[\}]%
+ address@hidden
+ address@hidden
+!endgroup
+
+% Accents: @, @dotaccent @ringaccent @ubaraccent @udotaccent
+% Others are defined by plain TeX: @` @' @" @^ @~ @= @u @v @H.
+\let\, = \c
+\let\dotaccent = \.
+\def\ringaccent#1{{\accent23 #1}}
+\let\tieaccent = \t
+\let\ubaraccent = \b
+\let\udotaccent = \d
+
+% Other special characters: @questiondown @exclamdown
+% Plain TeX defines: @AA @AE @O @OE @L (plus lowercase versions) @ss.
+\def\questiondown{?`}
+\def\exclamdown{!`}
+
+% Dotless i and dotless j, used for accents.
+\def\imacro{i}
+\def\jmacro{j}
+\def\dotless#1{%
+ \def\temp{#1}%
+ \ifx\temp\imacro \ptexi
+ \else\ifx\temp\jmacro \j
+ \else address@hidden can be used only with i or j}%
+ \fi\fi
+}
+
+% Be sure we're in horizontal mode when doing a tie, since we make space
+% equivalent to this in @example-like environments. Otherwise, a space
+% at the beginning of a line will start with \penalty -- and
+% since \penalty is valid in vertical mode, we'd end up putting the
+% penalty on the vertical list instead of in the new paragraph.
+{\catcode`@ = 11
+ % Avoid using address@hidden directly, because that causes trouble
+ % if the definition is written into an index file.
+ \global\let\tiepenalty = address@hidden
+ \gdef\tie{\leavevmode\penalty\tiepenalty\ }
+}
+
+% @: forces normal size whitespace following.
+\def\:{\spacefactor=1000 }
+
+% @* forces a line break.
+\def\*{\hfil\break\hbox{}\ignorespaces}
+
+% @/ allows a line break.
+\let\/=\allowbreak
+
+% @. is an end-of-sentence period.
+\def\.{.\spacefactor=3000 }
+
+% @! is an end-of-sentence bang.
+\def\!{!\spacefactor=3000 }
+
+% @? is an end-of-sentence query.
+\def\?{?\spacefactor=3000 }
+
+% @w prevents a word break. Without the \leavevmode, @w at the
+% beginning of a paragraph, when TeX is still in vertical mode, would
+% produce a whole line of output instead of starting the paragraph.
+\def\w#1{\leavevmode\hbox{#1}}
+
+% @group ... @end group forces ... to be all on one page, by enclosing
+% it in a TeX vbox. We use \vtop instead of \vbox to construct the box
+% to keep its height that of a normal line. According to the rules for
+% \topskip (p.114 of the TeXbook), the glue inserted is
+% max (\topskip - \ht (first item), 0). If that height is large,
+% therefore, no glue is inserted, and the space between the headline and
+% the text is small, which looks bad.
+%
+% Another complication is that the group might be very large. This can
+% cause the glue on the previous page to be unduly stretched, because it
+% does not have much material. In this case, it's better to add an
+% explicit \vfill so that the extra space is at the bottom. The
+% threshold for doing this is if the group is more than \vfilllimit
+% percent of a page (\vfilllimit can be changed inside of @tex).
+%
+\newbox\groupbox
+\def\vfilllimit{0.7}
+%
+\def\group{\begingroup
+ \ifnum\catcode`\^^M=\active \else
+ \errhelp = \groupinvalidhelp
+ address@hidden invalid in context where filling is enabled}%
+ \fi
+ \startsavinginserts
+ %
+ % The \vtop we start below produces a box with normal height and large
+ % depth; thus, TeX puts \baselineskip glue before it, and (when the
+ % next line of text is done) \lineskip glue after it. (See p.82 of
+ % the TeXbook.) Thus, space below is not quite equal to space
+ % above. But it's pretty close.
+ \def\Egroup{%
+ \egroup % End the \vtop.
+ % \dimen0 is the vertical size of the group's box.
+ \dimen0 = \ht\groupbox \advance\dimen0 by \dp\groupbox
+ % \dimen2 is how much space is left on the page (more or less).
+ \dimen2 = \pageheight \advance\dimen2 by -\pagetotal
+ % if the group doesn't fit on the current page, and it's a big big
+ % group, force a page break.
+ \ifdim \dimen0 > \dimen2
+ \ifdim \pagetotal < \vfilllimit\pageheight
+ \page
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \box\groupbox
+ \checkinserts
+ \endgroup % End the \group.
+ }%
+ %
+ \setbox\groupbox = \vtop\bgroup
+ % We have to put a strut on the last line in case the @group is in
+ % the midst of an example, rather than completely enclosing it.
+ % Otherwise, the interline space between the last line of the group
+ % and the first line afterwards is too small. But we can't put the
+ % strut in \Egroup, since there it would be on a line by itself.
+ % Hence this just inserts a strut at the beginning of each line.
+ \everypar = {\strut}%
+ %
+ % Since we have a strut on every line, we don't need any of TeX's
+ % normal interline spacing.
+ \offinterlineskip
+ %
+ % OK, but now we have to do something about blank
+ % lines in the input in @example-like environments, which normally
+ % just turn into \lisppar, which will insert no space now that we've
+ % turned off the interline space. Simplest is to make them be an
+ % empty paragraph.
+ \ifx\par\lisppar
+ \edef\par{\leavevmode \par}%
+ %
+ % Reset ^^M's definition to new definition of \par.
+ \obeylines
+ \fi
+ %
+ % Do @comment since we are called inside an environment such as
+ % @example, where each end-of-line in the input causes an
+ % end-of-line in the output. We don't want the end-of-line after
+ % the address@hidden' to put extra space in the output. Since @group
+ % should appear on a line by itself (according to the Texinfo
+ % manual), we don't worry about eating any user text.
+ \comment
+}
+%
+% TeX puts in an \escapechar (i.e., `@') at the beginning of the help
+% message, so this ends up printing address@hidden can only ...'.
+%
+\newhelp\groupinvalidhelp{%
+group can only be used in environments such as @example,^^J%
+where each line of input produces a line of output.}
+
+% @need space-in-mils
+% forces a page break if there is not space-in-mils remaining.
+
+\newdimen\mil \mil=0.001in
+
+% Old definition--didn't work.
+%\defparsearg\need{\par %
+%% This method tries to make TeX break the page naturally
+%% if the depth of the box does not fit.
+%{\baselineskip=0pt%
+%\vtop to #1\mil{\vfil}\kern -#1\mil\nobreak
+%\prevdepth=-1000pt
+%}}
+
+\defparsearg\need{%
+ % Ensure vertical mode, so we don't make a big box in the middle of a
+ % paragraph.
+ \par
+ %
+ % If the @need value is less than one line space, it's useless.
+ \dimen0 = #1\mil
+ \dimen2 = \ht\strutbox
+ \advance\dimen2 by \dp\strutbox
+ \ifdim\dimen0 > \dimen2
+ %
+ % Do a \strut just to make the height of this box be normal, so the
+ % normal leading is inserted relative to the preceding line.
+ % And a page break here is fine.
+ \vtop to #1\mil{\strut\vfil}%
+ %
+ % TeX does not even consider page breaks if a penalty added to the
+ % main vertical list is 10000 or more. But in order to see if the
+ % empty box we just added fits on the page, we must make it consider
+ % page breaks. On the other hand, we don't want to actually break the
+ % page after the empty box. So we use a penalty of 9999.
+ %
+ % There is an extremely small chance that TeX will actually break the
+ % page at this \penalty, if there are no other feasible breakpoints in
+ % sight. (If the user is using lots of big @group commands, which
+ % almost-but-not-quite fill up a page, TeX will have a hard time doing
+ % good page breaking, for example.) However, I could not construct an
+ % example where a page broke at this \penalty; if it happens in a real
+ % document, then we can reconsider our strategy.
+ \penalty9999
+ %
+ % Back up by the size of the box, whether we did a page break or not.
+ \kern -#1\mil
+ %
+ % Do not allow a page break right after this kern.
+ \nobreak
+ \fi
+}
+
+% @br forces paragraph break
+
+\let\br = \par
+
+% @dots{} output an ellipsis using the current font.
+% We do .5em per period so that it has the same spacing in a typewriter
+% font as three actual period characters.
+%
+\def\dots{%
+ \leavevmode
+ \hbox to 1.5em{%
+ \hskip 0pt plus 0.25fil minus 0.25fil
+ .\hss.\hss.%
+ \hskip 0pt plus 0.5fil minus 0.5fil
+ }%
+}
+
+% @enddots{} is an end-of-sentence ellipsis.
+%
+\def\enddots{%
+ \leavevmode
+ \hbox to 2em{%
+ \hskip 0pt plus 0.25fil minus 0.25fil
+ .\hss.\hss.\hss.%
+ \hskip 0pt plus 0.5fil minus 0.5fil
+ }%
+ \spacefactor=3000
+}
+
+% @page forces the start of a new page.
+%
+\def\page{\par\vfill\supereject}
+
+% @exdent text....
+% outputs text on separate line in roman font, starting at standard page margin
+
+% This records the amount of indent in the innermost environment.
+% That's how much \exdent should take out.
+\newskip\exdentamount
+
+% This defn is used inside fill environments such as @defun.
+\defparsearg\exdent{\hfil\break\hbox{\kern -\exdentamount{\rm#1}}\hfil\break}
+
+% This defn is used inside nofill environments such as @example.
+\defparsearg\nofillexdent{{\advance \leftskip by -\exdentamount
+ \leftline{\hskip\leftskip{\rm#1}}}}
+
+% @inmargin{WHICH}{TEXT} puts TEXT in the WHICH margin next to the current
+% paragraph. For more general purposes, use the \margin insertion
+% class. WHICH is `l' or `r'.
+%
+\newskip\inmarginspacing \inmarginspacing=1cm
+\def\strutdepth{\dp\strutbox}
+%
+\def\doinmargin#1#2{\strut\vadjust{%
+ \nobreak
+ \kern-\strutdepth
+ \vtop to \strutdepth{%
+ \baselineskip=\strutdepth
+ \vss
+ % if you have multiple lines of stuff to put here, you'll need to
+ % make the vbox yourself of the appropriate size.
+ \ifx#1l%
+ \llap{\ignorespaces #2\hskip\inmarginspacing}%
+ \else
+ \rlap{\hskip\hsize \hskip\inmarginspacing \ignorespaces #2}%
+ \fi
+ \null
+ }%
+}}
+\def\inleftmargin{\doinmargin l}
+\def\inrightmargin{\doinmargin r}
+%
+% @inmargin{TEXT [, RIGHT-TEXT]}
+% (if RIGHT-TEXT is given, use TEXT for left page, RIGHT-TEXT for right;
+% else use TEXT for both).
+%
+\def\inmargin#1{\parseinmargin #1,,\finish}
+\def\parseinmargin#1,#2,#3\finish{% not perfect, but better than nothing.
+ \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}%
+ \ifdim\wd0 > 0pt
+ \def\lefttext{#1}% have both texts
+ \def\righttext{#2}%
+ \else
+ \def\lefttext{#1}% have only one text
+ \def\righttext{#1}%
+ \fi
+ %
+ \ifodd\pageno
+ \def\temp{\inrightmargin\righttext}% odd page -> outside is right margin
+ \else
+ \def\temp{\inleftmargin\lefttext}%
+ \fi
+ \temp
+}
+
+% @include file insert text of that file as input.
+%
+\def\include{\parseargusing\filenamecatcodes\includezzz}
+\def\includezzz#1{%
+ \pushthisfilestack
+ \def\thisfile{#1}%
+ {%
+ \makevalueexpandable
+ \def\temp{\input #1 }%
+ \expandafter
+ }\temp
+ \popthisfilestack
+}
+\def\filenamecatcodes{%
+ \catcode`\\=\other
+ \catcode`~=\other
+ \catcode`^=\other
+ \catcode`_=\other
+ \catcode`|=\other
+ \catcode`<=\other
+ \catcode`>=\other
+ \catcode`+=\other
+ \catcode`-=\other
+}
+
+\def\pushthisfilestack{%
+ \expandafter\pushthisfilestackX\popthisfilestack\StackTerm
+}
+\def\pushthisfilestackX{%
+ \expandafter\pushthisfilestackY\thisfile\StackTerm
+}
+\def\pushthisfilestackY #1\StackTerm #2\StackTerm {%
+ \gdef\popthisfilestack{\gdef\thisfile{#1}\gdef\popthisfilestack{#2}}%
+}
+
+\def\popthisfilestack{\errthisfilestackempty}
+\def\errthisfilestackempty{\errmessage{Internal error:
+ the stack of filenames is empty.}}
+
+\def\thisfile{}
+
+% @center line
+% outputs that line, centered.
+%
+\defparsearg\center{%
+ \ifhmode \hfil\break \fi
+ {%
+ \advance\hsize by -\leftskip
+ \advance\hsize by -\rightskip
+ \line{\hfil \ignorespaces#1\unskip \hfil}%
+ }%
+ \ifhmode \break \fi
+}
+
+% @sp n outputs n lines of vertical space
+
+\defparsearg\sp{\vskip #1\baselineskip}
+
+% @comment ...line which is ignored...
+% @c is the same as @comment
+% @ignore ... @end ignore is another way to write a comment
+
+\def\comment{\begingroup \catcode`\^^M=\other%
address@hidden \catcode`\{=\other \catcode`\}=\other%
+\commentxxx}
+{\catcode`\^^M=\other \gdef\commentxxx#1^^M{\endgroup}}
+
+\let\c=\comment
+
+% @paragraphindent NCHARS
+% We'll use ems for NCHARS, close enough.
+% NCHARS can also be the word `asis' or `none'.
+% We cannot feasibly implement @paragraphindent asis, though.
+%
+\def\asisword{asis} % no translation, these are keywords
+\def\noneword{none}
+%
+\defparsearg\paragraphindent{%
+ \def\temp{#1}%
+ \ifx\temp\asisword
+ \else
+ \ifx\temp\noneword
+ \defaultparindent = 0pt
+ \else
+ \defaultparindent = #1em
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \parindent = \defaultparindent
+}
+
+% @exampleindent NCHARS
+% We'll use ems for NCHARS like @paragraphindent.
+% It seems @exampleindent asis isn't necessary, but
+% I preserve it to make it similar to @paragraphindent.
+\defparsearg\exampleindent{%
+ \def\temp{#1}%
+ \ifx\temp\asisword
+ \else
+ \ifx\temp\noneword
+ \lispnarrowing = 0pt
+ \else
+ \lispnarrowing = #1em
+ \fi
+ \fi
+}
+
+% @firstparagraphindent WORD
+% If WORD is `none', then suppress indentation of the first paragraph
+% after a section heading. If WORD is `insert', then do indent at such
+% paragraphs.
+%
+% The paragraph indentation is suppressed or not by calling
+% \suppressfirstparagraphindent, which the sectioning commands do.
+% We switch the definition of this back and forth according to WORD.
+% By default, we suppress indentation.
+%
+\def\suppressfirstparagraphindent{\dosuppressfirstparagraphindent}
+\newdimen\currentparindent
+%
+\def\insertword{insert}
+%
+\defparsearg\firstparagraphindent{%
+ \def\temp{#1}%
+ \ifx\temp\noneword
+ \let\suppressfirstparagraphindent = \dosuppressfirstparagraphindent
+ \else\ifx\temp\insertword
+ \let\suppressfirstparagraphindent = \relax
+ \else
+ \errhelp = \EMsimple
+ \errmessage{Unknown @firstparagraphindent option `\temp'}%
+ \fi\fi
+}
+
+% Here is how we actually suppress indentation. Redefine \everypar to
+% \kern backwards by \parindent, and then reset itself to empty.
+%
+% We also make \indent itself not actually do anything until the next
+% paragraph.
+%
+\gdef\dosuppressfirstparagraphindent{%
+ \gdef\indent{%
+ \restorefirstparagraphindent
+ \indent
+ }%
+ \gdef\noindent{%
+ \restorefirstparagraphindent
+ \noindent
+ }%
+ \global\everypar = {%
+ \kern -\parindent
+ \restorefirstparagraphindent
+ }%
+}
+
+\gdef\restorefirstparagraphindent{%
+ \global \let \indent = \ptexindent
+ \global \let \noindent = \ptexnoindent
+ \global \everypar = {}%
+}
+
+
+% @asis just yields its argument. Used with @table, for example.
+%
+\def\asis#1{#1}
+
+% @math outputs its argument in math mode.
+%
+% One complication: _ usually means subscripts, but it could also mean
+% an actual _ character, as in @address@hidden + 1}. So make
+% _ active, and distinguish by seeing if the current family is \slfam,
+% which is what @var uses.
+{
+ \catcode\underChar = \active
+ \gdef\mathunderscore{%
+ \catcode\underChar=\active
+ \def_{\ifnum\fam=\slfam \_\else\sb\fi}%
+ }
+}
+% Another complication: we want \\ (and @\) to output a \ character.
+% FYI, plain.tex uses \\ as a temporary control sequence (why?), but
+% this is not advertised and we don't care. Texinfo does not
+% otherwise define @\.
+%
+% The \mathchar is class=0=ordinary, family=7=ttfam, position=5C=\.
+\def\mathbackslash{\ifnum\fam=\ttfam \mathchar"075C \else\backslash \fi}
+%
+\def\math{%
+ \tex
+ \mathunderscore
+ \let\\ = \mathbackslash
+ \mathactive
+ $\finishmath
+}
+\def\finishmath#1{#1$\Etex}
+
+% Some active characters (such as <) are spaced differently in math.
+% We have to reset their definitions in case the @math was an argument
+% to a command which sets the catcodes (such as @item or @section).
+%
+{
+ \catcode`^ = \active
+ \catcode`< = \active
+ \catcode`> = \active
+ \catcode`+ = \active
+ \gdef\mathactive{%
+ \let^ = \ptexhat
+ \let< = \ptexless
+ \let> = \ptexgtr
+ \let+ = \ptexplus
+ }
+}
+
+% @bullet and @minus need the same treatment as @math, just above.
+\def\bullet{$\ptexbullet$}
+\def\minus{$-$}
+
+% @refill is a no-op.
+\let\refill=\relax
+
+% If working on a large document in chapters, it is convenient to
+% be able to disable indexing, cross-referencing, and contents, for test runs.
+% This is done with @novalidate (before @setfilename).
+%
+\newif\iflinks \linkstrue % by default we want the aux files.
+\let\novalidate = \linksfalse
+
+% @setfilename is done at the beginning of every texinfo file.
+% So open here the files we need to have open while reading the input.
+% This makes it possible to make a .fmt file for texinfo.
+\def\setfilename{%
+ \iflinks
+ \readauxfile
+ \fi % \openindices needs to do some work in any case.
+ \openindices
+ \fixbackslash % Turn off hack to swallow `\input texinfo'.
+ \global\let\setfilename=\comment % Ignore extra @setfilename cmds.
+ %
+ % If texinfo.cnf is present on the system, read it.
+ % Useful for site-wide @afourpaper, etc.
+ % Just to be on the safe side, close the input stream before the \input.
+ \openin 1 texinfo.cnf
+ \ifeof1 \let\temp=\relax \else \def\temp{\input texinfo.cnf }\fi
+ \closein1
+ \temp
+ %
+ \comment % Ignore the actual filename.
+}
+
+% Called from \setfilename.
+%
+\def\openindices{%
+ \newindex{cp}%
+ \newcodeindex{fn}%
+ \newcodeindex{vr}%
+ \newcodeindex{tp}%
+ \newcodeindex{ky}%
+ \newcodeindex{pg}%
+}
+
+% @bye.
+\outer\def\bye{\pagealignmacro\tracingstats=1\ptexend}
+
+
+\message{pdf,}
+% adobe `portable' document format
+\newcount\tempnum
+\newcount\lnkcount
+\newtoks\filename
+\newcount\filenamelength
+\newcount\pgn
+\newtoks\toksA
+\newtoks\toksB
+\newtoks\toksC
+\newtoks\toksD
+\newbox\boxA
+\newcount\countA
+\newif\ifpdf
+\newif\ifpdfmakepagedest
+
+\ifx\pdfoutput\undefined
+ \pdffalse
+ \let\pdfmkdest = \gobble
+ \let\pdfurl = \gobble
+ \let\endlink = \relax
+ \let\linkcolor = \relax
+ \let\pdfmakeoutlines = \relax
+\else
+ \pdftrue
+ \pdfoutput = 1
+ \input pdfcolor
+ \pdfcatalog{/PageMode /UseOutlines}%
+ \def\dopdfimage#1#2#3{%
+ \def\imagewidth{#2}%
+ \def\imageheight{#3}%
+ % without \immediate, pdftex seg faults when the same image is
+ % included twice. (Version 3.14159-pre-1.0-unofficial-20010704.)
+ \ifnum\pdftexversion < 14
+ \immediate\pdfimage
+ \else
+ \immediate\pdfximage
+ \fi
+ \ifx\empty\imagewidth\else width \imagewidth \fi
+ \ifx\empty\imageheight\else height \imageheight \fi
+ \ifnum\pdftexversion<13
+ #1.pdf%
+ \else
+ {#1.pdf}%
+ \fi
+ \ifnum\pdftexversion < 14 \else
+ \pdfrefximage \pdflastximage
+ \fi}
+ \def\pdfmkdest#1{{%
+ % We have to set dummies so commands such as @code in a section title
+ % aren't expanded.
+ \atdummies
+ \normalturnoffactive
+ \pdfdest name{#1} xyz%
+ }}
+ \def\pdfmkpgn#1{#1}
+ \let\linkcolor = \Blue % was Cyan, but that seems light?
+ \def\endlink{\Black\pdfendlink}
+ % Adding outlines to PDF; macros for calculating structure of outlines
+ % come from Petr Olsak
+ \def\expnumber#1{\expandafter\ifx\csname#1\endcsname\relax 0%
+ \else \csname#1\endcsname \fi}
+ \def\advancenumber#1{\tempnum=\expnumber{#1}\relax
+ \advance\tempnum by 1
+ \expandafter\xdef\csname#1\endcsname{\the\tempnum}}
+ %
+ % #1 is the section text. #2 is the pdf expression for the number
+ % of subentries (or empty, for subsubsections). #3 is the node
+ % text, which might be empty if this toc entry had no
+ % corresponding node. #4 is the page number.
+ %
+ \def\dopdfoutline#1#2#3#4{%
+ % Generate a link to the node text if that exists; else, use the
+ % page number. We could generate a destination for the section
+ % text in the case where a section has no node, but it doesn't
+ % seem worthwhile, since most documents are normally structured.
+ \def\pdfoutlinedest{#3}%
+ \ifx\pdfoutlinedest\empty \def\pdfoutlinedest{#4}\fi
+ %
+ \pdfoutline goto name{\pdfmkpgn{\pdfoutlinedest}}#2{#1}%
+ }
+ %
+ \def\pdfmakeoutlines{%
+ \openin 1 \jobname.toc
+ \ifeof 1\else\begingroup
+ \closein 1
+ % Thanh's hack / proper braces in bookmarks
+ \edef\mylbrace{\iftrue \string{\else}\fi}\let\{=\mylbrace
+ \edef\myrbrace{\iffalse{\else\string}\fi}\let\}=\myrbrace
+ %
+ % Read toc silently, to get counts of subentries for \pdfoutline.
+ \def\numchapentry##1##2##3##4{\def\thischapnum{##2}}%
+ \def\numsecentry##1##2##3##4{%
+ \def\thissecnum{##2}%
+ \advancenumber{chap\thischapnum}}%
+ \def\numsubsecentry##1##2##3##4{%
+ \def\thissubsecnum{##2}%
+ \advancenumber{sec\thissecnum}}%
+ \def\numsubsubsecentry##1##2##3##4{\advancenumber{subsec\thissubsecnum}}%
+ %
+ % use \def rather than \let here because we redefine \chapentry et
+ % al. a second time, below.
+ \def\appentry{\numchapentry}%
+ \def\appsecentry{\numsecentry}%
+ \def\appsubsecentry{\numsubsecentry}%
+ \def\appsubsubsecentry{\numsubsubsecentry}%
+ \def\unnchapentry{\numchapentry}%
+ \def\unnsecentry{\numsecentry}%
+ \def\unnsubsecentry{\numsubsecentry}%
+ \def\unnsubsubsecentry{\numsubsubsecentry}%
+ \input \jobname.toc
+ %
+ % Read toc second time, this time actually producing the outlines.
+ % The `-' means take the \expnumber as the absolute number of
+ % subentries, which we calculated on our first read of the .toc above.
+ %
+ % We use the node names as the destinations.
+ \def\numchapentry##1##2##3##4{%
+ \dopdfoutline{##1}{count-\expnumber{chap##2}}{##3}{##4}}%
+ \def\numsecentry##1##2##3##4{%
+ \dopdfoutline{##1}{count-\expnumber{sec##2}}{##3}{##4}}%
+ \def\numsubsecentry##1##2##3##4{%
+ \dopdfoutline{##1}{count-\expnumber{subsec##2}}{##3}{##4}}%
+ \def\numsubsubsecentry##1##2##3##4{% count is always zero
+ \dopdfoutline{##1}{}{##3}{##4}}%
+ %
+ % Make special characters normal for writing to the pdf file.
+ \indexnofonts
+ \turnoffactive
+ \input \jobname.toc
+ \endgroup\fi
+ }
+ %
+ \def\makelinks #1,{%
+ \def\params{#1}\def\E{END}%
+ \ifx\params\E
+ \let\nextmakelinks=\relax
+ \else
+ \let\nextmakelinks=\makelinks
+ \ifnum\lnkcount>0,\fi
+ \picknum{#1}%
+ \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]}
+ goto name{\pdfmkpgn{\the\pgn}}%
+ \linkcolor #1%
+ \advance\lnkcount by 1%
+ \endlink
+ \fi
+ \nextmakelinks
+ }
+ \def\picknum#1{\expandafter\pn#1}
+ \def\pn#1{%
+ \def\p{#1}%
+ \ifx\p\lbrace
+ \let\nextpn=\ppn
+ \else
+ \let\nextpn=\ppnn
+ \def\first{#1}
+ \fi
+ \nextpn
+ }
+ \def\ppn#1{\pgn=#1\gobble}
+ \def\ppnn{\pgn=\first}
+ \def\pdfmklnk#1{\lnkcount=0\makelinks #1,END,}
+ \def\addtokens#1#2{\edef\addtoks{\noexpand#1={\the#1#2}}\addtoks}
+ \def\skipspaces#1{\def\PP{#1}\def\D{|}%
+ \ifx\PP\D\let\nextsp\relax
+ \else\let\nextsp\skipspaces
+ \ifx\p\space\else\addtokens{\filename}{\PP}%
+ \advance\filenamelength by 1
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \nextsp}
+ \def\getfilename#1{\filenamelength=0\expandafter\skipspaces#1|\relax}
+ \ifnum\pdftexversion < 14
+ \let \startlink \pdfannotlink
+ \else
+ \let \startlink \pdfstartlink
+ \fi
+ \def\pdfurl#1{%
+ \begingroup
+ address@hidden@}%
+ \makevalueexpandable
+ \leavevmode\Red
+ \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]}%
+ user{/Subtype /Link /A << /S /URI /URI (#1) >>}%
+ % #1
+ \endgroup}
+ \def\pdfgettoks#1.{\setbox\boxA=\hbox{\toksA={#1.}\toksB={}\maketoks}}
+ \def\addtokens#1#2{\edef\addtoks{\noexpand#1={\the#1#2}}\addtoks}
+ \def\adn#1{\addtokens{\toksC}{#1}\global\countA=1\let\next=\maketoks}
+ \def\poptoks#1#2|ENDTOKS|{\let\first=#1\toksD={#1}\toksA={#2}}
+ \def\maketoks{%
+ \expandafter\poptoks\the\toksA|ENDTOKS|
+ \ifx\first0\adn0
+ \else\ifx\first1\adn1 \else\ifx\first2\adn2 \else\ifx\first3\adn3
+ \else\ifx\first4\adn4 \else\ifx\first5\adn5 \else\ifx\first6\adn6
+ \else\ifx\first7\adn7 \else\ifx\first8\adn8 \else\ifx\first9\adn9
+ \else
+ \ifnum0=\countA\else\makelink\fi
+ \ifx\first.\let\next=\done\else
+ \let\next=\maketoks
+ \addtokens{\toksB}{\the\toksD}
+ \ifx\first,\addtokens{\toksB}{\space}\fi
+ \fi
+ \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi
+ \next}
+ \def\makelink{\addtokens{\toksB}%
+ {\noexpand\pdflink{\the\toksC}}\toksC={}\global\countA=0}
+ \def\pdflink#1{%
+ \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]} goto name{\pdfmkpgn{#1}}
+ \linkcolor #1\endlink}
+ \def\done{\edef\st{\global\noexpand\toksA={\the\toksB}}\st}
+\fi % \ifx\pdfoutput
+
+
+\message{fonts,}
+% Font-change commands.
+
+% Texinfo sort of supports the sans serif font style, which plain TeX does not.
+% So we set up a \sf analogous to plain's \rm, etc.
+\newfam\sffam
+\def\sf{\fam=\sffam \tensf}
+\let\li = \sf % Sometimes we call it \li, not \sf.
+
+% We don't need math for this one.
+\def\ttsl{\tenttsl}
+
+% Default leading.
+\newdimen\textleading \textleading = 13.2pt
+
+% Set the baselineskip to #1, and the lineskip and strut size
+% correspondingly. There is no deep meaning behind these magic numbers
+% used as factors; they just match (closely enough) what Knuth defined.
+%
+\def\lineskipfactor{.08333}
+\def\strutheightpercent{.70833}
+\def\strutdepthpercent {.29167}
+%
+\def\setleading#1{%
+ \normalbaselineskip = #1\relax
+ \normallineskip = \lineskipfactor\normalbaselineskip
+ \normalbaselines
+ \setbox\strutbox =\hbox{%
+ \vrule width0pt height\strutheightpercent\baselineskip
+ depth \strutdepthpercent \baselineskip
+ }%
+}
+
+% Set the font macro #1 to the font named #2, adding on the
+% specified font prefix #3 is a scale factor
+\def\setrmfont#1#2#3{\font#1=\rmdefault#2 scaled #3}
+\def\setsffont#1#2#3{\font#1=\sfdefault#2 scaled #3}
+\def\setttfont#1#2#3{\font#1=\ttdefault#2 scaled #3}
+
+% Use Times/Helvetica/Courier as the default fonts.
+% To specify the font, you must define \??default
+% before you read in pstexinfo.tex.
+\ifx\rmdefault\undefined
+\def\rmdefault{ppl}
+\fi
+\ifx\sfdefault\undefined
+\def\sfdefault{phv}
+\fi
+\ifx\ttdefault\undefined
+\def\ttdefault{pcr}
+\fi
+% Support font families that don't use the same naming scheme as CM.
+\def\rmshape{r7t}
+\def\rmbshape{b7t} %where the normal face is bold
+\def\bfshape{b7t}
+\def\bxshape{b7t}
+\def\itshape{ri7t}
+\def\itbshape{bi7t}
+\def\slshape{ro7t}
+\def\slbshape{bo7t}
+\def\scshape{rc7t}
+\def\scbshape{bc7t}
+
+\newcount\mainmagstep
+\ifx\bigger\relax
+ % not really supported.
+ \mainmagstep=\magstep1
+ \setrmfont\textrm\rmshape{1200}
+ \setttfont\texttt\rmshape{1200}
+\else
+ \mainmagstep=\magstephalf
+ \setrmfont\textrm\rmshape{\mainmagstep}
+ \setttfont\texttt\rmshape{\mainmagstep}
+\fi
+% Instead of cmb10, you may want to use cmbx10.
+% cmbx10 is a prettier font on its own, but cmb10
+% looks better when embedded in a line with cmr10
+% (in Bob's opinion).
+\setrmfont\textbf\bfshape{\mainmagstep}
+\setrmfont\textit\itshape{\mainmagstep}
+\setrmfont\textsl\slshape{\mainmagstep}
+\setsffont\textsf\rmshape{\mainmagstep}
+\setrmfont\textsc\scshape{\mainmagstep}
+\setttfont\textttsl\slshape{\mainmagstep}
+\font\texti=zppler7m scaled \mainmagstep
+\font\textsy=zppler7y scaled \mainmagstep
+
+% A few fonts for @defun, etc.
+\setrmfont\defbf\bxshape{\magstep1} %was 1314
+\setttfont\deftt\rmshape{\magstep1}
+\def\df{\let\tentt=\deftt \let\tenbf = \defbf \bf}
+
+% Fonts for indices, footnotes, small examples (9pt).
+\setrmfont\smallrm\rmshape{900}
+\setttfont\smalltt\rmshape{900}
+\setrmfont\smallbf\bfshape{900}
+\setrmfont\smallit\itshape{900}
+\setrmfont\smallsl\slshape{900}
+\setsffont\smallsf\rmshape{900}
+\setrmfont\smallsc\scshape{900}
+\setttfont\smallttsl\slshape{900}
+\font\smalli=zppler7m scaled 900
+\font\smallsy=zppler7y scaled 900
+
+% Fonts for small examples (8pt).
+\setrmfont\smallerrm\rmshape{800}
+\setttfont\smallertt\rmshape{800}
+\setrmfont\smallerbf\bfshape{800}
+\setrmfont\smallerit\itshape{800}
+\setrmfont\smallersl\slshape{800}
+\setsffont\smallersf\rmshape{800}
+\setrmfont\smallersc\scshape{800}
+\setttfont\smallerttsl\slshape{800}
+\font\smalleri=zppler7m scaled 800
+\font\smallersy=zppler7y scaled 800
+
+% Fonts for title page:
+\setrmfont\titlerm\rmbshape{\magstep4}
+\setrmfont\titleit\itbshape{\magstep4}
+\setrmfont\titlesl\slbshape{\magstep4}
+\setttfont\titlett\rmbshape{\magstep4}
+\setttfont\titlettsl\slshape{\magstep4}
+\setsffont\titlesf\rmbshape{\magstep4}
+\let\titlebf=\titlerm
+\setrmfont\titlesc\scbshape{\magstep4}
+\font\titlei=zppler7m scaled \magstep4
+\font\titlesy=zppler7y scaled \magstep4
+\def\authorrm{\secrm}
+\def\authortt{\sectt}
+
+% Chapter (and unnumbered) fonts (17.28pt).
+\setrmfont\chaprm\rmbshape{\magstep3}
+\setrmfont\chapit\itbshape{\magstep3}
+\setrmfont\chapsl\slbshape{\magstep3}
+\setttfont\chaptt\rmbshape{\magstep3}
+\setttfont\chapttsl\slshape{\magstep3}
+\setsffont\chapsf\rmbshape{\magstep3}
+\let\chapbf=\chaprm
+\setrmfont\chapsc\scbshape{\magstep3}
+\font\chapi=zppler7m scaled \magstep3
+\font\chapsy=zppler7y scaled \magstep3
+
+% Section fonts (14.4pt).
+\setrmfont\secrm\rmbshape{\magstep2}
+\setrmfont\secit\itbshape{\magstep2}
+\setrmfont\secsl\slbshape{\magstep2}
+\setttfont\sectt\rmbshape{\magstep2}
+\setttfont\secttsl\slshape{\magstep2}
+\setsffont\secsf\rmbshape{\magstep2}
+\let\secbf\secrm
+\setrmfont\secsc\scbshape{\magstep2}
+\font\seci=zppler7m scaled \magstep2
+\font\secsy=zppler7y scaled \magstep2
+
+% Subsection fonts (13.15pt).
+\setrmfont\ssecrm\rmbshape{1315}
+\setrmfont\ssecit\itbshape{1315}
+\setrmfont\ssecsl\slbshape{1315}
+\setttfont\ssectt\rmbshape{1315}
+\setttfont\ssecttsl\slshape{1315}
+\setsffont\ssecsf\rmbshape{1315}
+\let\ssecbf\ssecrm
+\setrmfont\ssecsc\scbshape{\magstep1}
+\font\sseci=zppler7m scaled 1315
+\font\ssecsy=zppler7y scaled 1315
+% The smallcaps and symbol fonts should actually be scaled \magstep1.5,
+% but that is not a standard magnification.
+
+% In order for the font changes to affect most math symbols and letters,
+% we have to define the \textfont of the standard families. Since
+% texinfo doesn't allow for producing subscripts and superscripts except
+% in the main text, we don't bother to reset \scriptfont and
+% \scriptscriptfont (which would also require loading a lot more fonts).
+%
+\def\resetmathfonts{%
+ \textfont0=\tenrm \textfont1=\teni \textfont2=\tensy
+ \textfont\itfam=\tenit \textfont\slfam=\tensl \textfont\bffam=\tenbf
+ \textfont\ttfam=\tentt \textfont\sffam=\tensf
+}
+
+% The font-changing commands redefine the meanings of \tenSTYLE, instead
+% of just \STYLE. We do this so that font changes will continue to work
+% in math mode, where it is the current \fam that is relevant in most
+% cases, not the current font. Plain TeX does \def\bf{\fam=\bffam
+% \tenbf}, for example. By redefining \tenbf, we obviate the need to
+% redefine \bf itself.
+\def\textfonts{%
+ \let\tenrm=\textrm \let\tenit=\textit \let\tensl=\textsl
+ \let\tenbf=\textbf \let\tentt=\texttt \let\smallcaps=\textsc
+ \let\tensf=\textsf \let\teni=\texti \let\tensy=\textsy \let\tenttsl=\textttsl
+ \resetmathfonts \setleading{\textleading}}
+\def\titlefonts{%
+ \let\tenrm=\titlerm \let\tenit=\titleit \let\tensl=\titlesl
+ \let\tenbf=\titlebf \let\tentt=\titlett \let\smallcaps=\titlesc
+ \let\tensf=\titlesf \let\teni=\titlei \let\tensy=\titlesy
+ \let\tenttsl=\titlettsl
+ \resetmathfonts \setleading{25pt}}
+\def\titlefont#1{{\titlefonts\rm #1}}
+\def\chapfonts{%
+ \let\tenrm=\chaprm \let\tenit=\chapit \let\tensl=\chapsl
+ \let\tenbf=\chapbf \let\tentt=\chaptt \let\smallcaps=\chapsc
+ \let\tensf=\chapsf \let\teni=\chapi \let\tensy=\chapsy \let\tenttsl=\chapttsl
+ \resetmathfonts \setleading{19pt}}
+\def\secfonts{%
+ \let\tenrm=\secrm \let\tenit=\secit \let\tensl=\secsl
+ \let\tenbf=\secbf \let\tentt=\sectt \let\smallcaps=\secsc
+ \let\tensf=\secsf \let\teni=\seci \let\tensy=\secsy \let\tenttsl=\secttsl
+ \resetmathfonts \setleading{16pt}}
+\def\subsecfonts{%
+ \let\tenrm=\ssecrm \let\tenit=\ssecit \let\tensl=\ssecsl
+ \let\tenbf=\ssecbf \let\tentt=\ssectt \let\smallcaps=\ssecsc
+ \let\tensf=\ssecsf \let\teni=\sseci \let\tensy=\ssecsy \let\tenttsl=\ssecttsl
+ \resetmathfonts \setleading{15pt}}
+\let\subsubsecfonts = \subsecfonts % Maybe make sssec fonts scaled magstephalf?
+\def\smallfonts{%
+ \let\tenrm=\smallrm \let\tenit=\smallit \let\tensl=\smallsl
+ \let\tenbf=\smallbf \let\tentt=\smalltt \let\smallcaps=\smallsc
+ \let\tensf=\smallsf \let\teni=\smalli \let\tensy=\smallsy
+ \let\tenttsl=\smallttsl
+ \resetmathfonts \setleading{10.5pt}}
+\def\smallerfonts{%
+ \let\tenrm=\smallerrm \let\tenit=\smallerit \let\tensl=\smallersl
+ \let\tenbf=\smallerbf \let\tentt=\smallertt \let\smallcaps=\smallersc
+ \let\tensf=\smallersf \let\teni=\smalleri \let\tensy=\smallersy
+ \let\tenttsl=\smallerttsl
+ \resetmathfonts \setleading{9.5pt}}
+
+% Set the fonts to use with the @small... environments.
+\let\smallexamplefonts = \smallfonts
+
+% About \smallexamplefonts. If we use \smallfonts (9pt), @smallexample
+% can fit this many characters:
+% 8.5x11=86 smallbook=72 a4=90 a5=69
+% If we use \smallerfonts (8pt), then we can fit this many characters:
+% 8.5x11=90+ smallbook=80 a4=90+ a5=77
+% For me, subjectively, the few extra characters that fit aren't worth
+% the additional smallness of 8pt. So I'm making the default 9pt.
+%
+% By the way, for comparison, here's what fits with @example (10pt):
+% 8.5x11=71 smallbook=60 a4=75 a5=58
+%
+% I wish we used A4 paper on this side of the Atlantic.
+%
+% --karl, 24jan03.
+
+
+% Set up the default fonts, so we can use them for creating boxes.
+%
+\textfonts
+
+% Define these so they can be easily changed for other fonts.
+\def\angleleft{$\langle$}
+\def\angleright{$\rangle$}
+
+% Count depth in font-changes, for error checks
+\newcount\fontdepth \fontdepth=0
+
+% Fonts for short table of contents.
+\setrmfont\shortcontrm\rmshape{1200}
+\setrmfont\shortcontbf\bxshape{1200}
+\setrmfont\shortcontsl\slshape{1200}
+\setttfont\shortconttt\rmshape{1200}
+
+%% Add scribe-like font environments, plus @l for inline lisp (usually sans
+%% serif) and @ii for TeX italic
+
+% \smartitalic{ARG} outputs arg in italics, followed by an italic correction
+% unless the following character is such as not to need one.
+\def\smartitalicx{\ifx\next,\else\ifx\next-\else\ifx\next.\else
+ \ptexslash\fi\fi\fi}
+\def\smartslanted#1{{\ifusingtt\ttsl\sl #1}\futurelet\next\smartitalicx}
+\def\smartitalic#1{{\ifusingtt\ttsl\it #1}\futurelet\next\smartitalicx}
+
+% like \smartslanted except unconditionally uses \ttsl.
+% @var is set to this for defun arguments.
+\def\ttslanted#1{{\ttsl #1}\futurelet\next\smartitalicx}
+
+% like \smartslanted except unconditionally use \sl. We never want
+% ttsl for book titles, do we?
+\def\cite#1{{\sl #1}\futurelet\next\smartitalicx}
+
+\let\i=\smartitalic
+\let\var=\smartslanted
+\let\dfn=\smartslanted
+\let\emph=\smartitalic
+
+\def\b#1{{\bf #1}}
+\let\strong=\b
+
+% We can't just use \exhyphenpenalty, because that only has effect at
+% the end of a paragraph. Restore normal hyphenation at the end of the
+% group within which \nohyphenation is presumably called.
+%
+\def\nohyphenation{\hyphenchar\font = -1 \aftergroup\restorehyphenation}
+\def\restorehyphenation{\hyphenchar\font = `- }
+
+% Set sfcode to normal for the chars that usually have another value.
+% Can't use plain's \frenchspacing because it uses the `\x notation, and
+% sometimes \x has an active definition that messes things up.
+%
address@hidden
+ \def\frenchspacing{%
+ \sfcode\dotChar address@hidden address@hidden address@hidden
+ address@hidden \sfcode\semiChar address@hidden \sfcode\commaChar
address@hidden
+ }
address@hidden
+
+\def\t#1{%
+ {\tt \rawbackslash \frenchspacing #1}%
+ \null
+}
+\let\ttfont=\t
+\def\samp#1{`\tclose{#1}'\null}
+\setrmfont\keyrm\rmshape{800}
+\font\keysy=zppler7y scaled 900
+\def\key#1{{\keyrm\textfont2=\keysy \leavevmode\hbox{%
+ \raise0.4pt\hbox{\angleleft}\kern-.08em\vtop{%
+ \vbox{\hrule\kern-0.4pt
+ \hbox{\raise0.4pt\hbox{\vphantom{\angleleft}}#1}}%
+ \kern-0.4pt\hrule}%
+ \kern-.06em\raise0.4pt\hbox{\angleright}}}}
+% The old definition, with no lozenge:
+%\def\key #1{{\ttsl \nohyphenation \uppercase{#1}}\null}
+\def\ctrl #1{{\tt \rawbackslash \hat}#1}
+
+% @file, @option are the same as @samp.
+\let\file=\samp
+\let\option=\samp
+
+% @code is a modification of @t,
+% which makes spaces the same size as normal in the surrounding text.
+\def\tclose#1{%
+ {%
+ % Change normal interword space to be same as for the current font.
+ \spaceskip = \fontdimen2\font
+ %
+ % Switch to typewriter.
+ \tt
+ %
+ % But `\ ' produces the large typewriter interword space.
+ \def\ {{\spaceskip = 0pt{} }}%
+ %
+ % Turn off hyphenation.
+ \nohyphenation
+ %
+ \rawbackslash
+ \frenchspacing
+ #1%
+ }%
+ \null
+}
+
+% We *must* turn on hyphenation at `-' and `_' in \code.
+% Otherwise, it is too hard to avoid overfull hboxes
+% in the Emacs manual, the Library manual, etc.
+
+% Unfortunately, TeX uses one parameter (\hyphenchar) to control
+% both hyphenation at - and hyphenation within words.
+% We must therefore turn them both off (\tclose does that)
+% and arrange explicitly to hyphenate at a dash.
+% -- rms.
+{
+ \catcode`\-=\active
+ \catcode`\_=\active
+ %
+ \global\def\code{\begingroup
+ \catcode`\-=\active \let-\codedash
+ \catcode`\_=\active \let_\codeunder
+ \codex
+ }
+}
+
+\def\realdash{-}
+\def\codedash{-\discretionary{}{}{}}
+\def\codeunder{%
+ % this is all so @address@hidden can work. In math mode, _
+ % is "active" (mathcode"8000) and \normalunderscore (or \char95, etc.)
+ % will therefore expand the active definition of _, which is us
+ % (inside @code that is), therefore an endless loop.
+ \ifusingtt{\ifmmode
+ \mathchar"075F % class 0=ordinary, family 7=ttfam, pos 0x5F=_.
+ \else\normalunderscore \fi
+ \discretionary{}{}{}}%
+ {\_}%
+}
+\def\codex #1{\tclose{#1}\endgroup}
+
+% @kbd is like @code, except that if the argument is just one @key command,
+% then @kbd has no effect.
+
+% @kbdinputstyle -- arg is `distinct' (@kbd uses slanted tty font always),
+% `example' (@kbd uses ttsl only inside of @example and friends),
+% or `code' (@kbd uses normal tty font always).
+\defparsearg\kbdinputstyle{%
+ \def\arg{#1}%
+ \ifx\arg\worddistinct
+ \gdef\kbdexamplefont{\ttsl}\gdef\kbdfont{\ttsl}%
+ \else\ifx\arg\wordexample
+ \gdef\kbdexamplefont{\ttsl}\gdef\kbdfont{\tt}%
+ \else\ifx\arg\wordcode
+ \gdef\kbdexamplefont{\tt}\gdef\kbdfont{\tt}%
+ \else
+ \errhelp = \EMsimple
+ \errmessage{Unknown @kbdinputstyle option `\arg'}%
+ \fi\fi\fi
+}
+\def\worddistinct{distinct}
+\def\wordexample{example}
+\def\wordcode{code}
+
+% Default is `distinct.'
+\kbdinputstyle distinct
+
+\def\xkey{\key}
+\def\kbdfoo#1#2#3\par{\def\one{#1}\def\three{#3}\def\threex{??}%
+\ifx\one\xkey\ifx\threex\three \key{#2}%
+\else{\tclose{\kbdfont\look}}\fi
+\else{\tclose{\kbdfont\look}}\fi}
+
+% For @url, @env, @command quotes seem unnecessary, so use \code.
+\let\url=\code
+\let\env=\code
+\let\command=\code
+
+% @uref (abbreviation for `urlref') takes an optional (comma-separated)
+% second argument specifying the text to display and an optional third
+% arg as text to display instead of (rather than in addition to) the url
+% itself. First (mandatory) arg is the url. Perhaps eventually put in
+% a hypertex \special here.
+%
+\def\uref#1{\douref #1,,,\finish}
+\def\douref#1,#2,#3,#4\finish{\begingroup
+ \unsepspaces
+ \pdfurl{#1}%
+ \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #3}%
+ \ifdim\wd0 > 0pt
+ \unhbox0 % third arg given, show only that
+ \else
+ \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}%
+ \ifdim\wd0 > 0pt
+ \ifpdf
+ \unhbox0 % PDF: 2nd arg given, show only it
+ \else
+ \unhbox0\ (\code{#1})% DVI: 2nd arg given, show both it and url
+ \fi
+ \else
+ \code{#1}% only url given, so show it
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \endlink
+\endgroup}
+
+% rms does not like angle brackets --karl, 17may97.
+% So now @email is just like @uref, unless we are pdf.
+%
+%\def\email#1{\angleleft{\tt #1}\angleright}
+\ifpdf
+ \def\email#1{\doemail#1,,\finish}
+ \def\doemail#1,#2,#3\finish{\begingroup
+ \unsepspaces
+ \pdfurl{mailto:#1}%
+ \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}%
+ \ifdim\wd0>0pt\unhbox0\else\code{#1}\fi
+ \endlink
+ \endgroup}
+\else
+ \let\email=\uref
+\fi
+
+% Check if we are currently using a typewriter font. Since all the
+% Computer Modern typewriter fonts have zero interword stretch (and
+% shrink), and it is reasonable to expect all typewriter fonts to have
+% this property, we can check that font parameter.
+%
+\def\ifmonospace{\ifdim\fontdimen3\font=0pt }
+
+% Typeset a dimension, e.g., `in' or `pt'. The only reason for the
+% argument is to make the input look right: @dmn{pt} instead of @dmn{}pt.
+%
+\def\dmn#1{\thinspace #1}
+
+\def\kbd#1{\def\look{#1}\expandafter\kbdfoo\look??\par}
+
+% @l was never documented to mean ``switch to the Lisp font'',
+% and it is not used as such in any manual I can find. We need it for
+% Polish suppressed-l. --karl, 22sep96.
+%\def\l#1{{\li #1}\null}
+
+% Explicit font changes: @r, @sc, undocumented @ii.
+\def\r#1{{\rm #1}} % roman font
+\def\sc#1{{\smallcaps#1}} % smallcaps font
+\def\ii#1{{\it #1}} % italic font
+
+% @acronym downcases the argument and prints in smallcaps.
+% It would be nicer to go one point size down.
+\def\acronym#1{{\smallcaps \lowercase{#1}}}
+
+% @pounds{} is a sterling sign.
+\def\pounds{{\it\$}}
+
+% @registeredsymbol - R in a circle. For now, only works in text size;
+% we'd have to redo the font mechanism to change the \scriptstyle and
+% \scriptscriptstyle font sizes to make it look right in headings.
+% Adapted from the plain.tex definition of \copyright.
+%
+\def\registeredsymbol{%
+ $^{{\ooalign{\hfil\raise.07ex\hbox{$\scriptstyle\rm R$}\hfil\crcr\Orb}}%
+ }$%
+}
+
+
+\message{page headings,}
+
+\newskip\titlepagetopglue \titlepagetopglue = 1.5in
+\newskip\titlepagebottomglue \titlepagebottomglue = 2pc
+
+% First the title page. Must do @settitle before @titlepage.
+\newif\ifseenauthor
+\newif\iffinishedtitlepage
+
+% Do an implicit @contents or @shortcontents after @end titlepage if the
+% user says @setcontentsaftertitlepage or @setshortcontentsaftertitlepage.
+%
+\newif\ifsetcontentsaftertitlepage
+ \let\setcontentsaftertitlepage = \setcontentsaftertitlepagetrue
+\newif\ifsetshortcontentsaftertitlepage
+ \let\setshortcontentsaftertitlepage = \setshortcontentsaftertitlepagetrue
+
+\defparsearg\shorttitlepage{\begingroup\hbox{}\vskip 1.5in \chaprm
\centerline{#1}%
+ \endgroup\page\hbox{}\page}
+
+\def\titlepage{%
+ \begingroup \parindent=0pt \textfonts
+ % Leave some space at the very top of the page.
+ \vglue\titlepagetopglue
+ % No rule at page bottom unless we print one at the top with @title.
+ \finishedtitlepagetrue
+ %
+ % Most title ``pages'' are actually two pages long, with space
+ % at the top of the second. We don't want the ragged left on the second.
+ \let\oldpage = \page
+ \def\page{%
+ \iffinishedtitlepage\else
+ \finishtitlepage
+ \fi
+ \let\page = \oldpage
+ \page
+ \null
+ }%
+}
+
+\def\Etitlepage{%
+ \iffinishedtitlepage\else
+ \finishtitlepage
+ \fi
+ % It is important to do the page break before ending the group,
+ % because the headline and footline are only empty inside the group.
+ % If we use the new definition of \page, we always get a blank page
+ % after the title page, which we certainly don't want.
+ \oldpage
+ \endgroup
+ %
+ % Need this before the \...aftertitlepage checks so that if they are
+ % in effect the toc pages will come out with page numbers.
+ \HEADINGSon
+ %
+ % If they want short, they certainly want long too.
+ \ifsetshortcontentsaftertitlepage
+ \shortcontents
+ \contents
+ \global\let\shortcontents = \relax
+ \global\let\contents = \relax
+ \fi
+ %
+ \ifsetcontentsaftertitlepage
+ \contents
+ \global\let\contents = \relax
+ \global\let\shortcontents = \relax
+ \fi
+}
+
+\def\finishtitlepage{%
+ \vskip4pt \hrule height 2pt width \hsize
+ \vskip\titlepagebottomglue
+ \finishedtitlepagetrue
+}
+
+%%% Macros to be used within @titlepage:
+
+\let\subtitlerm=\tenrm
+\def\subtitlefont{\subtitlerm \normalbaselineskip = 13pt \normalbaselines}
+
+\def\authorfont{\authorrm \normalbaselineskip = 16pt \normalbaselines
+ \let\tt=\authortt}
+
+\defparsearg\title{\leftline{\titlefonts\rm #1}
+ % print a rule at the page bottom also.
+ \finishedtitlepagefalse
+ \vskip4pt \hrule height 4pt width \hsize \vskip4pt}
+
+\defparsearg\subtitle{{\subtitlefont \rightline{#1}}}
+
+% @author should come last, but may come many times.
+\defparsearg\author{\ifseenauthor\else\vskip 0pt plus 1filll\seenauthortrue\fi
+ {\authorfont \leftline{#1}}}
+
+
+%%% Set up page headings and footings.
+
+\let\thispage=\folio
+
+\newtoks\evenheadline % headline on even pages
+\newtoks\oddheadline % headline on odd pages
+\newtoks\evenfootline % footline on even pages
+\newtoks\oddfootline % footline on odd pages
+
+% Now make TeX use those variables
+\headline={{\textfonts\rm \ifodd\pageno \the\oddheadline
+ \else \the\evenheadline \fi}}
+\footline={{\textfonts\rm \ifodd\pageno \the\oddfootline
+ \else \the\evenfootline \fi}\HEADINGShook}
+\let\HEADINGShook=\relax
+
+% Commands to set those variables.
+% For example, this is what @headings on does
+% @evenheading @thistitle|@thispage|@thischapter
+% @oddheading @thischapter|@thispage|@thistitle
+% @evenfooting @thisfile||
+% @oddfooting ||@thisfile
+
+
+\def\evenheading{\parsearg\evenheadingxxx}
+\def\evenheadingxxx #1{\evenheadingyyy #1\|\|\|\|\finish}
+\def\evenheadingyyy #1\|#2\|#3\|#4\finish{%
+\global\evenheadline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}}
+
+\def\oddheading{\parsearg\oddheadingxxx}
+\def\oddheadingxxx #1{\oddheadingyyy #1\|\|\|\|\finish}
+\def\oddheadingyyy #1\|#2\|#3\|#4\finish{%
+\global\oddheadline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}}
+
+\defparsearg\everyheading{\oddheadingxxx{#1}\evenheadingxxx{#1}}%
+
+\def\evenfooting{\parsearg\evenfootingxxx}
+\def\evenfootingxxx #1{\evenfootingyyy #1\|\|\|\|\finish}
+\def\evenfootingyyy #1\|#2\|#3\|#4\finish{%
+\global\evenfootline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}}
+
+\def\oddfooting{\parsearg\oddfootingxxx}
+\def\oddfootingxxx #1{\oddfootingyyy #1\|\|\|\|\finish}
+\def\oddfootingyyy #1\|#2\|#3\|#4\finish{%
+ \global\oddfootline = {\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}%
+ %
+ % Leave some space for the footline. Hopefully ok to assume
+ % @evenfooting will not be used by itself.
+ \global\advance\pageheight by -\baselineskip
+ \global\advance\vsize by -\baselineskip
+}
+
+\defparsearg\everyfooting{\oddfootingxxx{#1}\evenfootingxxx{#1}}
+
+
+% @headings double turns headings on for double-sided printing.
+% @headings single turns headings on for single-sided printing.
+% @headings off turns them off.
+% @headings on same as @headings double, retained for compatibility.
+% @headings after turns on double-sided headings after this page.
+% @headings doubleafter turns on double-sided headings after this page.
+% @headings singleafter turns on single-sided headings after this page.
+% By default, they are off at the start of a document,
+% and turned `on' after @end titlepage.
+
+\def\headings #1 {\csname HEADINGS#1\endcsname}
+
+\def\HEADINGSoff{%
+\global\evenheadline={\hfil} \global\evenfootline={\hfil}
+\global\oddheadline={\hfil} \global\oddfootline={\hfil}}
+\HEADINGSoff
+% When we turn headings on, set the page number to 1.
+% For double-sided printing, put current file name in lower left corner,
+% chapter name on inside top of right hand pages, document
+% title on inside top of left hand pages, and page numbers on outside top
+% edge of all pages.
+\def\HEADINGSdouble{%
+\global\pageno=1
+\global\evenfootline={\hfil}
+\global\oddfootline={\hfil}
+\global\evenheadline={\line{\folio\hfil\thistitle}}
+\global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}}
+\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chapoddpage
+}
+\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager
+
+% For single-sided printing, chapter title goes across top left of page,
+% page number on top right.
+\def\HEADINGSsingle{%
+\global\pageno=1
+\global\evenfootline={\hfil}
+\global\oddfootline={\hfil}
+\global\evenheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}}
+\global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}}
+\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager
+}
+\def\HEADINGSon{\HEADINGSdouble}
+
+\def\HEADINGSafter{\let\HEADINGShook=\HEADINGSdoublex}
+\let\HEADINGSdoubleafter=\HEADINGSafter
+\def\HEADINGSdoublex{%
+\global\evenfootline={\hfil}
+\global\oddfootline={\hfil}
+\global\evenheadline={\line{\folio\hfil\thistitle}}
+\global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}}
+\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chapoddpage
+}
+
+\def\HEADINGSsingleafter{\let\HEADINGShook=\HEADINGSsinglex}
+\def\HEADINGSsinglex{%
+\global\evenfootline={\hfil}
+\global\oddfootline={\hfil}
+\global\evenheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}}
+\global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}}
+\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager
+}
+
+% Subroutines used in generating headings
+% This produces Day Month Year style of output.
+% Only define if not already defined, in case a txi-??.tex file has set
+% up a different format (e.g., txi-cs.tex does this).
+\ifx\today\undefined
+\def\today{%
+ \number\day\space
+ \ifcase\month
+ \or\putwordMJan\or\putwordMFeb\or\putwordMMar\or\putwordMApr
+ \or\putwordMMay\or\putwordMJun\or\putwordMJul\or\putwordMAug
+ \or\putwordMSep\or\putwordMOct\or\putwordMNov\or\putwordMDec
+ \fi
+ \space\number\year}
+\fi
+
+% @settitle line... specifies the title of the document, for headings.
+% It generates no output of its own.
+\def\thistitle{\putwordNoTitle}
+\def\settitle{\parsearg{\gdef\thistitle}}
+
+
+\message{tables,}
+% Tables -- @table, @ftable, @vtable, @item(x).
+
+% default indentation of table text
+\newdimen\tableindent \tableindent=.8in
+% default indentation of @itemize and @enumerate text
+\newdimen\itemindent \itemindent=.3in
+% margin between end of table item and start of table text.
+\newdimen\itemmargin \itemmargin=.1in
+
+% used internally for \itemindent minus \itemmargin
+\newdimen\itemmax
+
+% Note @table, @ftable, and @vtable define @item, @itemx, etc., with
+% these defs.
+% They also define \itemindex
+% to index the item name in whatever manner is desired (perhaps none).
+
+\newif\ifitemxneedsnegativevskip
+
+\def\itemxpar{\par\ifitemxneedsnegativevskip\nobreak\vskip-\parskip\nobreak\fi}
+
+\def\internalBitem{\smallbreak \parsearg\itemzzz}
+\def\internalBitemx{\itemxpar \parsearg\itemzzz}
+
+\def\itemzzz #1{\begingroup %
+ \advance\hsize by -\rightskip
+ \advance\hsize by -\tableindent
+ \setbox0=\hbox{\itemindicate{#1}}%
+ \itemindex{#1}%
+ \nobreak % This prevents a break before @itemx.
+ %
+ % If the item text does not fit in the space we have, put it on a line
+ % by itself, and do not allow a page break either before or after that
+ % line. We do not start a paragraph here because then if the next
+ % command is, e.g., @kindex, the whatsit would get put into the
+ % horizontal list on a line by itself, resulting in extra blank space.
+ \ifdim \wd0>\itemmax
+ %
+ % Make this a paragraph so we get the \parskip glue and wrapping,
+ % but leave it ragged-right.
+ \begingroup
+ \advance\leftskip by-\tableindent
+ \advance\hsize by\tableindent
+ \advance\rightskip by0pt plus1fil
+ \leavevmode\unhbox0\par
+ \endgroup
+ %
+ % We're going to be starting a paragraph, but we don't want the
+ % \parskip glue -- logically it's part of the @item we just started.
+ \nobreak \vskip-\parskip
+ %
+ % Stop a page break at the \parskip glue coming up. (Unfortunately
+ % we can't prevent a possible page break at the following
+ % \baselineskip glue.) However, if what follows is an environment
+ % such as @example, there will be no \parskip glue; then
+ % the negative vskip we just would cause the example and the item to
+ % crash together. So we use this bizarre value of 10001 as a signal
+ % to \aboveenvbreak to insert \parskip glue after all.
+ % (Possibly there are other commands that could be followed by
+ % @example which need the same treatment, but not section titles; or
+ % maybe section titles are the only special case and they should be
+ % penalty 10001...)
+ \penalty 10001
+ \endgroup
+ \itemxneedsnegativevskipfalse
+ \else
+ % The item text fits into the space. Start a paragraph, so that the
+ % following text (if any) will end up on the same line.
+ \noindent
+ % Do this with kerns and \unhbox so that if there is a footnote in
+ % the item text, it can migrate to the main vertical list and
+ % eventually be printed.
+ \nobreak\kern-\tableindent
+ \dimen0 = \itemmax \advance\dimen0 by \itemmargin \advance\dimen0 by -\wd0
+ \unhbox0
+ \nobreak\kern\dimen0
+ \endgroup
+ \itemxneedsnegativevskiptrue
+ \fi
+}
+
address@hidden while not in a list environment}}
address@hidden while not in a list environment}}
+
+% @table, @ftable, @vtable.
+\def\table{%
+ \begingroup\inENV
+ \let\itemindex\gobble
+ \tablex
+}
+\def\ftable{%
+ \begingroup\inENV
+ \def\itemindex ##1{\doind {fn}{\code{##1}}}%
+ \tablex
+}
+\def\vtable{%
+ \begingroup\inENV
+ \def\itemindex ##1{\doind {vr}{\code{##1}}}%
+ \tablex
+}
+\def\tablex#1{%
+ \def\itemindicate{#1}%
+ \parsearg\tabley
+}
+\def\tabley#1{%
+ {%
+ \makevalueexpandable
+ \edef\temp{\noexpand\tablez #1\space\space\space}%
+ \expandafter
+ }\temp \endtablez
+}
+\def\tablez #1 #2 #3 #4\endtablez{%
+ \aboveenvbreak
+ \ifnum 0#1>0 \advance \leftskip by #1\mil \fi
+ \ifnum 0#2>0 \tableindent=#2\mil \fi
+ \ifnum 0#3>0 \advance \rightskip by #3\mil \fi
+ \itemmax=\tableindent
+ \advance \itemmax by -\itemmargin
+ \advance \leftskip by \tableindent
+ \exdentamount=\tableindent
+ \parindent = 0pt
+ \parskip = \smallskipamount
+ \ifdim \parskip=0pt \parskip=2pt \fi
+ \let\item = \internalBitem
+ \let\itemx = \internalBitemx
+}
+\def\Etable{\endgraf\afterenvbreak\endgroup}
+\let\Eftable\Etable
+\let\Evtable\Etable
+
+% This is the counter used by @enumerate, which is really @itemize
+
+\newcount \itemno
+
+\defparsearg\itemize{%
+ \begingroup % ended by the @end itemize
+ \itemizey {#1}{\Eitemize}
+}
+
+\def\itemizey#1#2{%
+ \aboveenvbreak
+ \itemmax=\itemindent
+ \advance\itemmax by -\itemmargin
+ \advance\leftskip by \itemindent
+ \exdentamount=\itemindent
+ \parindent=0pt
+ \parskip=\smallskipamount
+ \ifdim\parskip=0pt \parskip=2pt \fi
+ \def#2{\endgraf\afterenvbreak\endgroup}%
+ \def\itemcontents{#1}%
+ % @itemize with no arg is equivalent to @itemize @bullet.
+ \ifx\itemcontents\empty\def\itemcontents{\bullet}\fi
+ \let\item=\itemizeitem
+}
+
+% \splitoff TOKENS\endmark defines \first to be the first token in
+% TOKENS, and \rest to be the remainder.
+%
+\def\splitoff#1#2\endmark{\def\first{#1}\def\rest{#2}}%
+
+% Allow an optional argument of an uppercase letter, lowercase letter,
+% or number, to specify the first label in the enumerated list. No
+% argument is the same as `1'.
+%
+\defparsearg\enumerate{\enumeratey #1 \endenumeratey}
+\def\enumeratey #1 #2\endenumeratey{%
+ \begingroup % ended by the @end enumerate
+ %
+ % If we were given no argument, pretend we were given `1'.
+ \def\thearg{#1}%
+ \ifx\thearg\empty \def\thearg{1}\fi
+ %
+ % Detect if the argument is a single token. If so, it might be a
+ % letter. Otherwise, the only valid thing it can be is a number.
+ % (We will always have one token, because of the test we just made.
+ % This is a good thing, since \splitoff doesn't work given nothing at
+ % all -- the first parameter is undelimited.)
+ \expandafter\splitoff\thearg\endmark
+ \ifx\rest\empty
+ % Only one token in the argument. It could still be anything.
+ % A ``lowercase letter'' is one whose \lccode is nonzero.
+ % An ``uppercase letter'' is one whose \lccode is both nonzero, and
+ % not equal to itself.
+ % Otherwise, we assume it's a number.
+ %
+ % We need the \relax at the end of the \ifnum lines to stop TeX from
+ % continuing to look for a <number>.
+ %
+ \ifnum\lccode\expandafter`\thearg=0\relax
+ \numericenumerate % a number (we hope)
+ \else
+ % It's a letter.
+ \ifnum\lccode\expandafter`\thearg=\expandafter`\thearg\relax
+ \lowercaseenumerate % lowercase letter
+ \else
+ \uppercaseenumerate % uppercase letter
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \else
+ % Multiple tokens in the argument. We hope it's a number.
+ \numericenumerate
+ \fi
+}
+
+% An @enumerate whose labels are integers. The starting integer is
+% given in \thearg.
+%
+\def\numericenumerate{%
+ \itemno = \thearg
+ \startenumeration{\the\itemno}%
+}
+
+% The starting (lowercase) letter is in \thearg.
+\def\lowercaseenumerate{%
+ \itemno = \expandafter`\thearg
+ \startenumeration{%
+ % Be sure we're not beyond the end of the alphabet.
+ \ifnum\itemno=0
+ \errmessage{No more lowercase letters in @enumerate; get a bigger
+ alphabet}%
+ \fi
+ \char\lccode\itemno
+ }%
+}
+
+% The starting (uppercase) letter is in \thearg.
+\def\uppercaseenumerate{%
+ \itemno = \expandafter`\thearg
+ \startenumeration{%
+ % Be sure we're not beyond the end of the alphabet.
+ \ifnum\itemno=0
+ \errmessage{No more uppercase letters in @enumerate; get a bigger
+ alphabet}
+ \fi
+ \char\uccode\itemno
+ }%
+}
+
+% Call itemizey, adding a period to the first argument and supplying the
+% common last two arguments. Also subtract one from the initial value in
+% \itemno, since @item increments \itemno.
+%
+\def\startenumeration#1{%
+ \advance\itemno by -1
+ \itemizey{#1.}\Eenumerate\flushcr
+}
+
+% @alphaenumerate and @capsenumerate are abbreviations for giving an arg
+% to @enumerate.
+%
+\def\alphaenumerate{\enumerate{a}}
+\def\capsenumerate{\enumerate{A}}
+\def\Ealphaenumerate{\Eenumerate}
+\def\Ecapsenumerate{\Eenumerate}
+
+% Definition of @item while inside @itemize.
+
+\def\itemizeitem{%
+\advance\itemno by 1
+{\let\par=\endgraf \smallbreak}%
+\ifhmode \errmessage{In hmode at itemizeitem}\fi
+{\parskip=0in \hskip 0pt
+\hbox to 0pt{\hss \itemcontents\hskip \itemmargin}%
+\vadjust{\penalty 1200}}%
+\flushcr}
+
+% @multitable macros
+% Amy Hendrickson, 8/18/94, 3/6/96
+%
+% @multitable ... @end multitable will make as many columns as desired.
+% Contents of each column will wrap at width given in preamble. Width
+% can be specified either with sample text given in a template line,
+% or in percent of \hsize, the current width of text on page.
+
+% Table can continue over pages but will only break between lines.
+
+% To make preamble:
+%
+% Either define widths of columns in terms of percent of \hsize:
+% @multitable @columnfractions .25 .3 .45
+% @item ...
+%
+% Numbers following @columnfractions are the percent of the total
+% current hsize to be used for each column. You may use as many
+% columns as desired.
+
+
+% Or use a template:
+% @multitable {Column 1 template} {Column 2 template} {Column 3 template}
+% @item ...
+% using the widest term desired in each column.
+
+% Each new table line starts with @item, each subsequent new column
+% starts with @tab. Empty columns may be produced by supplying @tab's
+% with nothing between them for as many times as empty columns are needed,
+% ie, @address@hidden@tab will produce two empty columns.
+
+% @item, @tab do not need to be on their own lines, but it will not hurt
+% if they are.
+
+% Sample multitable:
+
+% @multitable {Column 1 template} {Column 2 template} {Column 3 template}
+% @item first col stuff @tab second col stuff @tab third col
+% @item
+% first col stuff
+% @tab
+% second col stuff
+% @tab
+% third col
+% @item first col stuff @tab second col stuff
+% @tab Many paragraphs of text may be used in any column.
+%
+% They will wrap at the width determined by the template.
+% @address@hidden@tab This will be in third column.
+% @end multitable
+
+% Default dimensions may be reset by user.
+% @multitableparskip is vertical space between paragraphs in table.
+% @multitableparindent is paragraph indent in table.
+% @multitablecolmargin is horizontal space to be left between columns.
+% @multitablelinespace is space to leave between table items, baseline
+% to baseline.
+% 0pt means it depends on current normal line spacing.
+%
+\newskip\multitableparskip
+\newskip\multitableparindent
+\newdimen\multitablecolspace
+\newskip\multitablelinespace
+\multitableparskip=0pt
+\multitableparindent=6pt
+\multitablecolspace=12pt
+\multitablelinespace=0pt
+
+% Macros used to set up halign preamble:
+%
+\let\endsetuptable\relax
+\def\xendsetuptable{\endsetuptable}
+\let\columnfractions\relax
+\def\xcolumnfractions{\columnfractions}
+\newif\ifsetpercent
+
+% #1 is the part of the @columnfraction before the decimal point, which
+% is presumably either 0 or the empty string (but we don't check, we
+% just throw it away). #2 is the decimal part, which we use as the
+% percent of \hsize for this column.
+\def\pickupwholefraction#1.#2 {%
+ \global\advance\colcount by 1
+ \expandafter\xdef\csname col\the\colcount\endcsname{.#2\hsize}%
+ \setuptable
+}
+
+\newcount\colcount
+\def\setuptable#1{%
+ \def\firstarg{#1}%
+ \ifx\firstarg\xendsetuptable
+ \let\go = \relax
+ \else
+ \ifx\firstarg\xcolumnfractions
+ \global\setpercenttrue
+ \else
+ \ifsetpercent
+ \let\go\pickupwholefraction
+ \else
+ \global\advance\colcount by 1
+ \setbox0=\hbox{#1\unskip\space}% Add a normal word space as a
+ % separator; typically that is always in the input, anyway.
+ \expandafter\xdef\csname col\the\colcount\endcsname{\the\wd0}%
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \ifx\go\pickupwholefraction
+ % Put the argument back for the \pickupwholefraction call, so
+ % we'll always have a period there to be parsed.
+ \def\go{\pickupwholefraction#1}%
+ \else
+ \let\go = \setuptable
+ \fi%
+ \fi
+ \go
+}
+
+% multitable-only commands.
address@hidden outside of @multitable}}
address@hidden outside of @multitable}}
+
+% @multitable ... @end multitable definitions:
+%
+\newtoks\everytab % insert after every tab.
+%
+\defparsearg\multitable{\bgroup
+ \vskip\parskip
+ \startsavinginserts
+ %
+ % @headitem starts a heading row, which we typeset in bold.
+ % Assignments have to be global since we are inside the implicit group
+ % of an alignment entry.
+ \def\headitem{\crcrwithinserts \global\everytab={\bf}\the\everytab}%
+ %
+ % @item within a multitable starts a normal row, get rid of any bold.
+ \def\item{\crcrwithinserts \global\everytab={}}%
+ %
+ % A \tab used to include \hskip1sp. But then the space in a template
+ % line is not enough. That is bad. So let's go back to just & until
+ % we encounter the problem it was intended to solve again. --karl,
+ % address@hidden, 20apr99.
+ \def\tab{&\the\everytab}%
+ %
+ \tolerance=9500
+ \hbadness=9500
+ \setmultitablespacing
+ \parskip=\multitableparskip
+ \parindent=\multitableparindent
+ \overfullrule=0pt
+ \global\colcount=0
+ %
+ \def\Emultitable{%
+ \global\setpercentfalse
+ \crcrwithinserts
+ \egroup\egroup
+ }%
+ %
+ % To parse everything between @multitable and @item:
+ \setuptable#1 \endsetuptable
+ %
+ % \everycr will reset column counter, \colcount, at the end of
+ % each line. Every column entry will cause \colcount to advance by one.
+ % The table preamble
+ % looks at the current \colcount to find the correct column width.
+ \everycr{\noalign{%
+ %
+ % \filbreak%% keeps underfull box messages off when table breaks over pages.
+ % Maybe so, but it also creates really weird page breaks when the table
+ % breaks over pages. Wouldn't \vfil be better? Wait until the problem
+ % manifests itself, so it can be fixed for real --karl.
+ \global\colcount=0\relax}}%
+ %
+ % This preamble sets up a generic column definition, which will
+ % be used as many times as user calls for columns.
+ % \vtop will set a single line and will also let text wrap and
+ % continue for many paragraphs if desired.
+ \halign\bgroup&\global\advance\colcount by 1\relax
+ \multistrut\vtop{\hsize=\expandafter\csname col\the\colcount\endcsname
+ %
+ % In order to keep entries from bumping into each other
+ % we will add a \leftskip of \multitablecolspace to all columns after
+ % the first one.
+ %
+ % If a template has been used, we will add \multitablecolspace
+ % to the width of each template entry.
+ %
+ % If the user has set preamble in terms of percent of \hsize we will
+ % use that dimension as the width of the column, and the \leftskip
+ % will keep entries from bumping into each other. Table will start at
+ % left margin and final column will justify at right margin.
+ %
+ % Make sure we don't inherit \rightskip from the outer environment.
+ \rightskip=0pt
+ \ifnum\colcount=1
+ % The first column will be indented with the surrounding text.
+ \advance\hsize by\leftskip
+ \else
+ \ifsetpercent \else
+ % If user has not set preamble in terms of percent of \hsize
+ % we will advance \hsize by \multitablecolspace.
+ \advance\hsize by \multitablecolspace
+ \fi
+ % In either case we will make \leftskip=\multitablecolspace:
+ \leftskip=\multitablecolspace
+ \fi
+ % Ignoring space at the beginning and end avoids an occasional spurious
+ % blank line, when TeX decides to break the line at the space before the
+ % box from the multistrut, so the strut ends up on a line by itself.
+ % For example:
+ % @multitable @columnfractions .11 .89
+ % @item @code{#}
+ % @tab Legal holiday which is valid in major parts of the whole country.
+ % Is automatically provided with highlighting sequences respectively marking
+ % characters.
+ \noindent\ignorespaces##\unskip\multistrut}\cr
+}
+\def\crcrwithinserts{\crcr\noalign{\checkinserts}}
+
+\def\setmultitablespacing{% test to see if user has set \multitablelinespace.
+% If so, do nothing. If not, give it an appropriate dimension based on
+% current baselineskip.
+\ifdim\multitablelinespace=0pt
+\setbox0=\vbox{X}\global\multitablelinespace=\the\baselineskip
+\global\advance\multitablelinespace by-\ht0
+%% strut to put in table in case some entry doesn't have descenders,
+%% to keep lines equally spaced
+\let\multistrut = \strut
+\else
+%% FIXME: what is \box0 supposed to be?
+\gdef\multistrut{\vrule height\multitablelinespace depth\dp0
+width0pt\relax} \fi
+%% Test to see if parskip is larger than space between lines of
+%% table. If not, do nothing.
+%% If so, set to same dimension as multitablelinespace.
+\ifdim\multitableparskip>\multitablelinespace
+\global\multitableparskip=\multitablelinespace
+\global\advance\multitableparskip-7pt %% to keep parskip somewhat smaller
+ %% than skip between lines in the table.
+\fi%
+\ifdim\multitableparskip=0pt
+\global\multitableparskip=\multitablelinespace
+\global\advance\multitableparskip-7pt %% to keep parskip somewhat smaller
+ %% than skip between lines in the table.
+\fi}
+
+
+\message{conditionals,}
+% Prevent errors for section commands.
+% Used in @ignore and in failing conditionals.
+\def\ignoresections{%
+ \let\appendix=\relax
+ \let\appendixsec=\relax
+ \let\appendixsection=\relax
+ \let\appendixsubsec=\relax
+ \let\appendixsubsection=\relax
+ \let\appendixsubsubsec=\relax
+ \let\appendixsubsubsection=\relax
+ %\let\begin=\relax
+ %\let\bye=\relax
+ \let\centerchap=\relax
+ \let\chapter=\relax
+ \let\contents=\relax
+ \let\section=\relax
+ \let\smallbook=\relax
+ \let\subsec=\relax
+ \let\subsection=\relax
+ \let\subsubsec=\relax
+ \let\subsubsection=\relax
+ \let\titlepage=\relax
+ \let\top=\relax
+ \let\unnumbered=\relax
+ \let\unnumberedsec=\relax
+ \let\unnumberedsection=\relax
+ \let\unnumberedsubsec=\relax
+ \let\unnumberedsubsection=\relax
+ \let\unnumberedsubsubsec=\relax
+ \let\unnumberedsubsubsection=\relax
+}
+
+% Ignore @ignore, @ifhtml, @ifinfo, and the like.
+%
+\def\direntry{\doignore{direntry}}
+\def\documentdescriptionword{documentdescription}
+\def\documentdescription{\doignore{documentdescription}}
+\def\docbook{\doignore{docbook}}
+\def\html{\doignore{html}}
+\def\ifdocbook{\doignore{ifdocbook}}
+\def\ifhtml{\doignore{ifhtml}}
+\def\ifinfo{\doignore{ifinfo}}
+\def\ifnottex{\doignore{ifnottex}}
+\def\ifplaintext{\doignore{ifplaintext}}
+\def\ifxml{\doignore{ifxml}}
+\def\ignore{\doignore{ignore}}
+\def\menu{\doignore{menu}}
+\def\xml{\doignore{xml}}
+
+% @dircategory CATEGORY -- specify a category of the dir file
+% which this file should belong to. Ignore this in TeX.
+\let\dircategory = \comment
+
+% Ignore text until a line address@hidden #1', keeping track of nested
conditionals.
+%
+% A count to remember the depth of nesting.
+\newcount\doignorecount
+
+\def\doignore#1{\begingroup
+ % Scan in ``verbatim'' mode:
+ \catcode`\@ = \other
+ \catcode`\{ = \other
+ \catcode`\} = \other
+ %
+ % Make sure that spaces turn into tokens that match what \doignoretext wants.
+ \catcode\spaceChar = 10
+ %
+ % Count number of #1's that we've seen.
+ \doignorecount = 0
+ %
+ % Swallow text until we reach the matching address@hidden #1'.
+ \dodoignore {#1}%
+}
+
+{ \catcode`_=11 % We want to use \_STOP_ which cannot appear in texinfo source.
+ \obeylines %
+ %
+ \gdef\dodoignore#1{%
+ % #1 contains the string `ifinfo'.
+ %
+ % Define a command to find the next address@hidden #1', which must be on a
line
+ % by itself.
+ address@hidden address@hidden
+ % And this command to find another #1 command, at the beginning of a
+ % line. (Otherwise, we would consider a line address@hidden @ifset', for
+ % example, to count as an @ifset for nesting.)
+ address@hidden
+ %
+ % And now expand that command.
+ \obeylines %
+ \doignoretext ^^M%
+ }%
+}
+
+\def\doignoreyyy#1{%
+ \def\temp{#1}%
+ \ifx\temp\empty % Nothing found.
+ \let\next\doignoretextzzz
+ \else % Found a nested condition, ...
+ \advance\doignorecount by 1
+ \let\next\doignoretextyyy % ..., look for another.
+ % If we're here, #1 ends with ^^M\ifinfo (for example).
+ \fi
+ \next #1% the token \_STOP_ is present just after this macro.
+}
+
+% We have to swallow the remaining "\_STOP_".
+%
+\def\doignoretextzzz#1{%
+ \ifnum\doignorecount = 0 % We have just found the outermost @end.
+ \let\next\enddoignore
+ \else % Still inside a nested condition.
+ \advance\doignorecount by -1
+ \let\next\doignoretext % Look for the next @end.
+ \fi
+ \next
+}
+
+% Finish off ignored text.
+\def\enddoignore{\endgroup\ignorespaces}
+
+
+% @set VAR sets the variable VAR to an empty value.
+% @set VAR REST-OF-LINE sets VAR to the value REST-OF-LINE.
+%
+% Since we want to separate VAR from REST-OF-LINE (which might be
+% empty), we can't just use \parsearg; we have to insert a space of our
+% own to delimit the rest of the line, and then take it out again if we
+% didn't need it.
+% We rely on the fact that \parsearg sets \catcode`\ =10.
+%
+\def\set{\parseargusing{\catcode`\-=\other \catcode`\_=\other}\setxxx}
+\def\setxxx#1{\setyyy#1 \endsetyyy}
+\def\setyyy#1 #2\endsetyyy{%
+ \def\temp{#2}%
+ \edef\next{\gdef\makecsname{SET#1}}%
+ \ifx\temp\empty
+ \next{}%
+ \else
+ \setzzz#2\endsetzzz
+ \fi
+}
+% Remove the trailing space \setxxx inserted.
+\def\setzzz#1 \endsetzzz{\next{#1}}
+
+% @clear VAR clears (i.e., unsets) the variable VAR.
+%
+\defparsearg\clear{\global\expandafter\let\csname SET#1\endcsname=\relax}
+
+% @value{foo} gets the text saved in variable foo.
+\def\value{\begingroup\makevalueexpandable\valuexxx}
+\def\valuexxx#1{\expandablevalue{#1}\endgroup}
+{
+ \catcode`\- = \active \catcode`\_ = \active
+ %
+ \gdef\makevalueexpandable{%
+ \let\value = \expandablevalue
+ % We don't want these characters active, ...
+ \catcode`\-=\other \catcode`\_=\other
+ % ..., but we might end up with active ones in the argument if
+ % we're called from @code, as @address@hidden, though.
+ % So \let them to their normal equivalents.
+ \let-\realdash \let_\normalunderscore
+ }
+}
+
+% We have this subroutine so that we can handle at least some @value's
+% properly in indexes (we call \makevalueexpandable in \indexdummies).
+% The command has to be fully expandable (if the variable is set), since
+% the result winds up in the index file. This means that if the
+% variable's value contains other Texinfo commands, it's almost certain
+% it will fail (although perhaps we could fix that with sufficient work
+% to do a one-level expansion on the result, instead of complete).
+%
+\def\expandablevalue#1{%
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname SET#1\endcsname\relax
+ {[No value for ``#1'']}%
+ \message{Variable `#1', used in @value, is not set.}%
+ \else
+ \csname SET#1\endcsname
+ \fi
+}
+
+% @ifset VAR ... @end ifset reads the `...' iff VAR has been defined
+% with @set.
+%
+\defparsearg\ifset{%
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname SET#1\endcsname\relax
+ \let\next=\ifsetfail
+ \else
+ \let\next=\ifsetsucceed
+ \fi
+ \next
+}
+\def\ifsetsucceed{\conditionalsucceed{ifset}}
+\def\ifsetfail{\doignore{ifset}}
+\defineunmatchedend{ifset}
+
+% @ifclear VAR ... @end ifclear reads the `...' iff VAR has never been
+% defined with @set, or has been undefined with @clear.
+%
+\defparsearg\ifclear{%
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname SET#1\endcsname\relax
+ \let\next=\ifclearsucceed
+ \else
+ \let\next=\ifclearfail
+ \fi
+ \next
+}
+\def\ifclearsucceed{\conditionalsucceed{ifclear}}
+\def\ifclearfail{\doignore{ifclear}}
+\defineunmatchedend{ifclear}
+
+% @iftex, @ifnothtml, @ifnotinfo, @ifnotplaintext always succeed; we
+% read the text following, through the first @end iftex (etc.). Make
+% address@hidden iftex' (etc.) valid only after an @iftex.
+%
+\def\iftex{\conditionalsucceed{iftex}}
+\def\ifnothtml{\conditionalsucceed{ifnothtml}}
+\def\ifnotinfo{\conditionalsucceed{ifnotinfo}}
+\def\ifnotplaintext{\conditionalsucceed{ifnotplaintext}}
+\defineunmatchedend{iftex}
+\defineunmatchedend{ifnothtml}
+\defineunmatchedend{ifnotinfo}
+\defineunmatchedend{ifnotplaintext}
+
+% True conditional. Since \set globally defines its variables, we can
+% just start and end a group (to keep the @end definition undefined at
+% the outer level).
+%
+\def\conditionalsucceed#1{\begingroup
+ \expandafter\def\csname E#1\endcsname{\endgroup}%
+}
+
+% @defininfoenclose.
+\let\definfoenclose=\comment
+
+
+\message{indexing,}
+% Index generation facilities
+
+% Define \newwrite to be identical to plain tex's \newwrite
+% except not \outer, so it can be used within \newindex.
address@hidden
address@hidden@@n}}
+
+% \newindex {foo} defines an index named foo.
+% It automatically defines \fooindex such that
+% \fooindex ...rest of line... puts an entry in the index foo.
+% It also defines \fooindfile to be the number of the output channel for
+% the file that accumulates this index. The file's extension is foo.
+% The name of an index should be no more than 2 characters long
+% for the sake of vms.
+%
+\def\newindex#1{%
+ \iflinks
+ \expandafter\newwrite \csname#1indfile\endcsname
+ \openout \csname#1indfile\endcsname \jobname.#1 % Open the file
+ \fi
+ \expandafter\xdef\csname#1index\endcsname{% % Define @#1index
+ \noexpand\doindex{#1}}
+}
+
+% @defindex foo == \newindex{foo}
+%
+\def\defindex{\parsearg\newindex}
+
+% Define @defcodeindex, like @defindex except put all entries in @code.
+%
+\def\defcodeindex{\parsearg\newcodeindex}
+%
+\def\newcodeindex#1{%
+ \iflinks
+ \expandafter\newwrite \csname#1indfile\endcsname
+ \openout \csname#1indfile\endcsname \jobname.#1
+ \fi
+ \expandafter\xdef\csname#1index\endcsname{%
+ \noexpand\docodeindex{#1}}%
+}
+
+
+% @synindex foo bar makes index foo feed into index bar.
+% Do this instead of @defindex foo if you don't want it as a separate index.
+%
+% @syncodeindex foo bar similar, but put all entries made for index foo
+% inside @code.
+%
+\def\synindex#1 #2 {\dosynindex\doindex{#1}{#2}}
+\def\syncodeindex#1 #2 {\dosynindex\docodeindex{#1}{#2}}
+
+% #1 is \doindex or \docodeindex, #2 the index getting redefined (foo),
+% #3 the target index (bar).
+\def\dosynindex#1#2#3{%
+ % Only do \closeout if we haven't already done it, else we'll end up
+ % closing the target index.
+ \expandafter \ifx\csname donesynindex#2\endcsname \undefined
+ % The \closeout helps reduce unnecessary open files; the limit on the
+ % Acorn RISC OS is a mere 16 files.
+ \expandafter\closeout\csname#2indfile\endcsname
+ \expandafter\let\csname\donesynindex#2\endcsname = 1
+ \fi
+ % redefine \fooindfile:
+ \expandafter\let\expandafter\temp\expandafter=\csname#3indfile\endcsname
+ \expandafter\let\csname#2indfile\endcsname=\temp
+ % redefine \fooindex:
+ \expandafter\xdef\csname#2index\endcsname{\noexpand#1{#3}}%
+}
+
+% Define \doindex, the driver for all \fooindex macros.
+% Argument #1 is generated by the calling \fooindex macro,
+% and it is "foo", the name of the index.
+
+% \doindex just uses \parsearg; it calls \doind for the actual work.
+% This is because \doind is more useful to call from other macros.
+
+% There is also \dosubind {index}{topic}{subtopic}
+% which makes an entry in a two-level index such as the operation index.
+
+\def\doindex#1{\edef\indexname{#1}\parsearg\singleindexer}
+\def\singleindexer #1{\doind{\indexname}{#1}}
+
+% like the previous two, but they put @code around the argument.
+\def\docodeindex#1{\edef\indexname{#1}\parsearg\singlecodeindexer}
+\def\singlecodeindexer #1{\doind{\indexname}{\code{#1}}}
+
+% Take care of Texinfo commands that can appear in an index entry.
+% Since there are some commands we want to expand, and others we don't,
+% we have to laboriously prevent expansion for those that we don't.
+%
+\def\indexdummies{%
+ address@hidden@}% change to @@ when we switch to @ as escape char in index
files.
+ \def\ {\realbackslash\space }%
+ % Need these in case \tex is in effect and \{ is a \delimiter again.
+ % But can't use \lbracecmd and \rbracecmd because texindex assumes
+ % braces and backslashes are used only as delimiters.
+ \let\{ = \mylbrace
+ \let\} = \myrbrace
+ %
+ % \definedummyword defines \#1 as \realbackslash #1\space, thus
+ % effectively preventing its expansion. This is used only for control
+ % words, not control letters, because the \space would be incorrect
+ % for control characters, but is needed to separate the control word
+ % from whatever follows.
+ %
+ % For control letters, we have \definedummyletter, which omits the
+ % space.
+ %
+ % These can be used both for control words that take an argument and
+ % those that do not. If it is followed by {arg} in the input, then
+ % that will dutifully get written to the index (or wherever).
+ %
+ \def\definedummyword##1{%
+ \expandafter\def\csname ##1\endcsname{\realbackslash ##1\space}%
+ }%
+ \def\definedummyletter##1{%
+ \expandafter\def\csname ##1\endcsname{\realbackslash ##1}%
+ }%
+ %
+ % Do the redefinitions.
+ \commondummies
+}
+
+% For the aux file, @ is the escape character. So we want to redefine
+% everything using @ instead of \realbackslash. When everything uses
+% @, this will be simpler.
+%
+\def\atdummies{%
+ address@hidden@@}%
+ \def\ {@ }%
+ \let\{ = \lbraceatcmd
+ \let\} = \rbraceatcmd
+ %
+ % (See comments in \indexdummies.)
+ \def\definedummyword##1{%
+ \expandafter\def\csname address@hidden
+ }%
+ \def\definedummyletter##1{%
+ \expandafter\def\csname address@hidden
+ }%
+ %
+ % Do the redefinitions.
+ \commondummies
+}
+
+% Called from \indexdummies and \atdummies. \definedummyword and
+% \definedummyletter must be defined first.
+%
+\def\commondummies{%
+ %
+ \normalturnoffactive
+ %
+ % Control letters and accents.
+ \definedummyletter{_}%
+ \definedummyletter{,}%
+ \definedummyletter{"}%
+ \definedummyletter{`}%
+ \definedummyletter{'}%
+ \definedummyletter{^}%
+ \definedummyletter{~}%
+ \definedummyletter{=}%
+ \definedummyword{u}%
+ \definedummyword{v}%
+ \definedummyword{H}%
+ \definedummyword{dotaccent}%
+ \definedummyword{ringaccent}%
+ \definedummyword{tieaccent}%
+ \definedummyword{ubaraccent}%
+ \definedummyword{udotaccent}%
+ \definedummyword{dotless}%
+ %
+ % Other non-English letters.
+ \definedummyword{AA}%
+ \definedummyword{AE}%
+ \definedummyword{L}%
+ \definedummyword{OE}%
+ \definedummyword{O}%
+ \definedummyword{aa}%
+ \definedummyword{ae}%
+ \definedummyword{l}%
+ \definedummyword{oe}%
+ \definedummyword{o}%
+ \definedummyword{ss}%
+ %
+ % Although these internal commands shouldn't show up, sometimes they do.
+ \definedummyword{bf}%
+ \definedummyword{gtr}%
+ \definedummyword{hat}%
+ \definedummyword{less}%
+ \definedummyword{sf}%
+ \definedummyword{sl}%
+ \definedummyword{tclose}%
+ \definedummyword{tt}%
+ %
+ % Texinfo font commands.
+ \definedummyword{b}%
+ \definedummyword{i}%
+ \definedummyword{r}%
+ \definedummyword{sc}%
+ \definedummyword{t}%
+ %
+ \definedummyword{TeX}%
+ \definedummyword{acronym}%
+ \definedummyword{cite}%
+ \definedummyword{code}%
+ \definedummyword{command}%
+ \definedummyword{dfn}%
+ \definedummyword{dots}%
+ \definedummyword{emph}%
+ \definedummyword{env}%
+ \definedummyword{file}%
+ \definedummyword{kbd}%
+ \definedummyword{key}%
+ \definedummyword{math}%
+ \definedummyword{option}%
+ \definedummyword{samp}%
+ \definedummyword{strong}%
+ \definedummyword{uref}%
+ \definedummyword{url}%
+ \definedummyword{var}%
+ \definedummyword{verb}%
+ \definedummyword{w}%
+ %
+ % Assorted special characters.
+ \definedummyword{bullet}%
+ \definedummyword{copyright}%
+ \definedummyword{registeredsymbol}%
+ \definedummyword{dots}%
+ \definedummyword{enddots}%
+ \definedummyword{equiv}%
+ \definedummyword{error}%
+ \definedummyword{expansion}%
+ \definedummyword{minus}%
+ \definedummyword{pounds}%
+ \definedummyword{point}%
+ \definedummyword{print}%
+ \definedummyword{result}%
+ %
+ % Handle some cases of @value -- where it does not contain any
+ % (non-fully-expandable) commands.
+ \makevalueexpandable
+ %
+ % Normal spaces, not active ones.
+ \unsepspaces
+ %
+ % No macro expansion.
+ \turnoffmacros
+}
+
+
+% \indexnofonts is used when outputting the strings to sort the index
+% by, and when constructing control sequence names. It eliminates all
+% control sequences and just writes whatever the best ASCII sort string
+% would be for a given command (usually its argument).
+%
+\def\indexdummytex{TeX}
+\def\indexdummydots{...}
+%
+\def\indexnofonts{%
+ \def\ { }%
+ address@hidden@}%
+ % how to handle braces?
+ \def\_{\normalunderscore}%
+ %
+ \let\,=\asis
+ \let\"=\asis
+ \let\`=\asis
+ \let\'=\asis
+ \let\^=\asis
+ \let\~=\asis
+ \let\==\asis
+ \let\u=\asis
+ \let\v=\asis
+ \let\H=\asis
+ \let\dotaccent=\asis
+ \let\ringaccent=\asis
+ \let\tieaccent=\asis
+ \let\ubaraccent=\asis
+ \let\udotaccent=\asis
+ \let\dotless=\asis
+ %
+ % Other non-English letters.
+ \def\AA{AA}%
+ \def\AE{AE}%
+ \def\L{L}%
+ \def\OE{OE}%
+ \def\O{O}%
+ \def\aa{aa}%
+ \def\ae{ae}%
+ \def\l{l}%
+ \def\oe{oe}%
+ \def\o{o}%
+ \def\ss{ss}%
+ \def\exclamdown{!}%
+ \def\questiondown{?}%
+ %
+ % Don't no-op \tt, since it isn't a user-level command
+ % and is used in the definitions of the active chars like <, >, |, etc.
+ % Likewise with the other plain tex font commands.
+ %\let\tt=\asis
+ %
+ % Texinfo font commands.
+ \let\b=\asis
+ \let\i=\asis
+ \let\r=\asis
+ \let\sc=\asis
+ \let\t=\asis
+ %
+ \let\TeX=\indexdummytex
+ \let\acronym=\asis
+ \let\cite=\asis
+ \let\code=\asis
+ \let\command=\asis
+ \let\dfn=\asis
+ \let\dots=\indexdummydots
+ \let\emph=\asis
+ \let\env=\asis
+ \let\file=\asis
+ \let\kbd=\asis
+ \let\key=\asis
+ \let\math=\asis
+ \let\option=\asis
+ \let\samp=\asis
+ \let\strong=\asis
+ \let\uref=\asis
+ \let\url=\asis
+ \let\var=\asis
+ \let\verb=\asis
+ \let\w=\asis
+}
+
+\let\indexbackslash=0 %overridden during \printindex.
+\let\SETmarginindex=\relax % put index entries in margin (undocumented)?
+
+% Most index entries go through here, but \dosubind is the general case.
+% #1 is the index name, #2 is the entry text.
+\def\doind#1#2{\dosubind{#1}{#2}{}}
+
+% Workhorse for all \fooindexes.
+% #1 is name of index, #2 is stuff to put there, #3 is subentry --
+% empty if called from \doind, as we usually are (the main exception
+% is with most defuns, which call us directly).
+%
+\def\dosubind#1#2#3{%
+ \iflinks
+ {%
+ % Store the main index entry text (including the third arg).
+ \toks0 = {#2}%
+ % If third arg is present, precede it with a space.
+ \def\thirdarg{#3}%
+ \ifx\thirdarg\empty \else
+ \toks0 = \expandafter{\the\toks0 \space #3}%
+ \fi
+ %
+ \edef\writeto{\csname#1indfile\endcsname}%
+ %
+ \ifvmode
+ \dosubindsanitize
+ \else
+ \dosubindwrite
+ \fi
+ }%
+ \fi
+}
+
+% Write the entry in \toks0 to the index file:
+%
+\def\dosubindwrite{%
+ % Put the index entry in the margin if desired.
+ \ifx\SETmarginindex\relax\else
+ \insert\margin{\hbox{\vrule height8pt depth3pt width0pt \the\toks0}}%
+ \fi
+ %
+ % Remember, we are within a group.
+ \indexdummies % Must do this here, since \bf, etc expand at this stage
+ \escapechar=`\\
+ \def\rawbackslashxx{\indexbackslash}% \indexbackslash isn't defined now
+ % so it will be output as is; and it will print as backslash.
+ %
+ % Process the index entry with all font commands turned off, to
+ % get the string to sort by.
+ {\indexnofonts
+ \edef\temp{\the\toks0}% need full expansion
+ \xdef\indexsorttmp{\temp}%
+ }%
+ %
+ % Set up the complete index entry, with both the sort key and
+ % the original text, including any font commands. We write
+ % three arguments to \entry to the .?? file (four in the
+ % subentry case), texindex reduces to two when writing the .??s
+ % sorted result.
+ \edef\temp{%
+ \write\writeto{%
+ \string\entry{\indexsorttmp}{\noexpand\folio}{\the\toks0}}%
+ }%
+ \temp
+}
+
+% Take care of unwanted page breaks:
+%
+% If a skip is the last thing on the list now, preserve it
+% by backing up by \lastskip, doing the \write, then inserting
+% the skip again. Otherwise, the whatsit generated by the
+% \write will make \lastskip zero. The result is that sequences
+% like this:
+% @end defun
+% @tindex whatever
+% @defun ...
+% will have extra space inserted, because the \medbreak in the
+% start of the @defun won't see the skip inserted by the @end of
+% the previous defun.
+%
+% But don't do any of this if we're not in vertical mode. We
+% don't want to do a \vskip and prematurely end a paragraph.
+%
+% Avoid page breaks due to these extra skips, too.
+%
+% But wait, there is a catch there:
+% We'll have to check whether \lastskip is zero skip. \ifdim is not
+% sufficient for this purpose, as it ignores stretch and shrink parts
+% of the skip. The only way seems to be to check the textual
+% representation of the skip.
+%
+% The following is almost like \def\zeroskipmacro{0.0pt} except that
+% the ``p'' and ``t'' characters have catcode \other, not 11 (letter).
+%
+\edef\zeroskipmacro{\expandafter\the\csname address@hidden
+%
+% ..., ready, GO:
+%
+\def\dosubindsanitize{%
+ % \lastskip and \lastpenalty cannot both be nonzero simultaneously.
+ \skip0 = \lastskip
+ \edef\lastskipmacro{\the\lastskip}%
+ \count255 = \lastpenalty
+ %
+ % If \lastskip is nonzero, that means the last item was a
+ % skip. And since a skip is discardable, that means this
+ % -\skip0 glue we're inserting is preceded by a
+ % non-discardable item, therefore it is not a potential
+ % breakpoint, therefore no \nobreak needed.
+ \ifx\lastskipmacro\zeroskipmacro
+ \else
+ \vskip-\skip0
+ \fi
+ %
+ \dosubindwrite
+ %
+ \ifx\lastskipmacro\zeroskipmacro
+ % if \lastskip was zero, perhaps the last item was a
+ % penalty, and perhaps it was >=10000, e.g., a \nobreak.
+ % In that case, we want to re-insert the penalty; since we
+ % just inserted a non-discardable item, any following glue
+ % (such as a \parskip) would be a breakpoint. For example:
+ % @deffn deffn-whatever
+ % @vindex index-whatever
+ % Description.
+ % would allow a break between the index-whatever whatsit
+ % and the "Description." paragraph.
+ \ifnum\count255>9999 \nobreak \fi
+ \else
+ % On the other hand, if we had a nonzero \lastskip,
+ % this make-up glue would be preceded by a non-discardable item
+ % (the whatsit from the \write), so we must insert a \nobreak.
+ \nobreak\vskip\skip0
+ \fi
+}
+
+% The index entry written in the file actually looks like
+% \entry {sortstring}{page}{topic}
+% or
+% \entry {sortstring}{page}{topic}{subtopic}
+% The texindex program reads in these files and writes files
+% containing these kinds of lines:
+% \initial {c}
+% before the first topic whose initial is c
+% \entry {topic}{pagelist}
+% for a topic that is used without subtopics
+% \primary {topic}
+% for the beginning of a topic that is used with subtopics
+% \secondary {subtopic}{pagelist}
+% for each subtopic.
+
+% Define the user-accessible indexing commands
+% @findex, @vindex, @kindex, @cindex.
+
+\def\findex {\fnindex}
+\def\kindex {\kyindex}
+\def\cindex {\cpindex}
+\def\vindex {\vrindex}
+\def\tindex {\tpindex}
+\def\pindex {\pgindex}
+
+\def\cindexsub {\begingroup\obeylines\cindexsub}
+{\obeylines %
+\gdef\cindexsub "#1" #2^^M{\endgroup %
+\dosubind{cp}{#2}{#1}}}
+
+% Define the macros used in formatting output of the sorted index material.
+
+% @printindex causes a particular index (the ??s file) to get printed.
+% It does not print any chapter heading (usually an @unnumbered).
+%
+\defparsearg\printindex{\begingroup
+ \dobreak \chapheadingskip{10000}%
+ %
+ \smallfonts \rm
+ \tolerance = 9500
+ \everypar = {}% don't want the \kern\-parindent from indentation suppression.
+ %
+ % See if the index file exists and is nonempty.
+ % Change catcode of @ here so that if the index file contains
+ % \initial address@hidden
+ % as its first line, TeX doesn't complain about mismatched braces
+ % (because it thinks @} is a control sequence).
+ \catcode`\@ = 11
+ \openin 1 \jobname.#1s
+ \ifeof 1
+ % \enddoublecolumns gets confused if there is no text in the index,
+ % and it loses the chapter title and the aux file entries for the
+ % index. The easiest way to prevent this problem is to make sure
+ % there is some text.
+ \putwordIndexNonexistent
+ \else
+ %
+ % If the index file exists but is empty, then \openin leaves \ifeof
+ % false. We have to make TeX try to read something from the file, so
+ % it can discover if there is anything in it.
+ \read 1 to \temp
+ \ifeof 1
+ \putwordIndexIsEmpty
+ \else
+ % Index files are almost Texinfo source, but we use \ as the escape
+ % character. It would be better to use @, but that's too big a change
+ % to make right now.
+ \def\indexbackslash{\rawbackslashxx}%
+ \catcode`\\ = 0
+ \escapechar = `\\
+ \begindoublecolumns
+ \input \jobname.#1s
+ \enddoublecolumns
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \closein 1
+\endgroup}
+
+% These macros are used by the sorted index file itself.
+% Change them to control the appearance of the index.
+
+\def\initial#1{{%
+ % Some minor font changes for the special characters.
+ \let\tentt=\sectt \let\tt=\sectt \let\sf=\sectt
+ %
+ % Remove any glue we may have, we'll be inserting our own.
+ \removelastskip
+ %
+ % We like breaks before the index initials, so insert a bonus.
+ \penalty -300
+ %
+ % Typeset the initial. Making this add up to a whole number of
+ % baselineskips increases the chance of the dots lining up from column
+ % to column. It still won't often be perfect, because of the stretch
+ % we need before each entry, but it's better.
+ %
+ % No shrink because it confuses \balancecolumns.
+ \vskip 1.67\baselineskip plus .5\baselineskip
+ \leftline{\secbf #1}%
+ \vskip .33\baselineskip plus .1\baselineskip
+ %
+ % Do our best not to break after the initial.
+ \nobreak
+}}
+
+% \entry typesets a paragraph consisting of the text (#1), dot leaders, and
+% then page number (#2) flushed to the right margin. It is used for index
+% and table of contents entries. The paragraph is indented by \leftskip.
+%
+% A straigtforward implementation would start like this:
+% \def\entry#1#2{...
+% But this frozes the catcodes in the argument, and can cause problems to
+% @code, which set's active ``-''. This problem was fixed by a kludge---
+% ``-'' was active throughout whole index, but this isn't what we really
+% want.
+% The right solution is to prevent \entry from swallowing the whole text.
+% --kasal, 21nov03
+\def\entry{%
+ \begingroup
+ %
+ % Start a new paragraph if necessary, so our assignments below can't
+ % affect previous text.
+ \par
+ %
+ % Do not fill out the last line with white space.
+ \parfillskip = 0in
+ %
+ % No extra space above this paragraph.
+ \parskip = 0in
+ %
+ % Do not prefer a separate line ending with a hyphen to fewer lines.
+ \finalhyphendemerits = 0
+ %
+ % \hangindent is only relevant when the entry text and page number
+ % don't both fit on one line. In that case, bob suggests starting the
+ % dots pretty far over on the line. Unfortunately, a large
+ % indentation looks wrong when the entry text itself is broken across
+ % lines. So we use a small indentation and put up with long leaders.
+ %
+ % \hangafter is reset to 1 (which is the value we want) at the start
+ % of each paragraph, so we need not do anything with that.
+ \hangindent = 2em
+ %
+ % When the entry text needs to be broken, just fill out the first line
+ % with blank space.
+ \rightskip = 0pt plus1fil
+ %
+ % A bit of stretch before each entry for the benefit of balancing
+ % columns.
+ \vskip 0pt plus1pt
+ %
+ % Swallow the left brace of the text (first parameter):
+ \afterassignment\doentry
+ \let\temp =
+}
+\def\doentry{%
+ \bgroup % Instead of the swallowed brace.
+ \noindent
+ \aftergroup\finishentry
+ % And now comes the text of the entry.
+}
+\def\finishentry#1{%
+ % #1 is the page number.
+ %
+ % The following is kludged to not output a line of dots in the index if
+ % there are no page numbers. The next person who breaks this will be
+ % cursed by a Unix daemon.
+ \def\tempa{{\rm }}%
+ \def\tempb{#1}%
+ \edef\tempc{\tempa}%
+ \edef\tempd{\tempb}%
+ \ifx\tempc\tempd
+ \ %
+ \else
+ %
+ % If we must, put the page number on a line of its own, and fill out
+ % this line with blank space. (The \hfil is overwhelmed with the
+ % fill leaders glue in \indexdotfill if the page number does fit.)
+ \hfil\penalty50
+ \null\nobreak\indexdotfill % Have leaders before the page number.
+ %
+ % The `\ ' here is removed by the implicit \unskip that TeX does as
+ % part of (the primitive) \par. Without it, a spurious underfull
+ % \hbox ensues.
+ \ifpdf
+ \pdfgettoks#1.\ \the\toksA
+ \else
+ \ #1%
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \par
+ \endgroup
+}
+
+% Like \dotfill except takes at least 1 em.
+\def\indexdotfill{\cleaders
+ \hbox{$\mathsurround=0pt \mkern1.5mu ${\it .}$ \mkern1.5mu$}\hskip 1em plus
1fill}
+
+\def\primary #1{\line{#1\hfil}}
+
+\newskip\secondaryindent \secondaryindent=0.5cm
+\def\secondary#1#2{{%
+ \parfillskip=0in
+ \parskip=0in
+ \hangindent=1in
+ \hangafter=1
+ \noindent\hskip\secondaryindent\hbox{#1}\indexdotfill
+ \ifpdf
+ \pdfgettoks#2.\ \the\toksA % The page number ends the paragraph.
+ \else
+ #2
+ \fi
+ \par
+}}
+
+% Define two-column mode, which we use to typeset indexes.
+% Adapted from the TeXbook, page 416, which is to say,
+% the manmac.tex format used to print the TeXbook itself.
address@hidden
+
+\newbox\partialpage
+\newdimen\doublecolumnhsize
+
+\def\begindoublecolumns{\begingroup % ended by \enddoublecolumns
+ % Grab any single-column material above us.
+ \output = {%
+ %
+ % Here is a possibility not foreseen in manmac: if we accumulate a
+ % whole lot of material, we might end up calling this \output
+ % routine twice in a row (see the doublecol-lose test, which is
+ % essentially a couple of indexes with @setchapternewpage off). In
+ % that case we just ship out what is in \partialpage with the normal
+ % output routine. Generally, \partialpage will be empty when this
+ % runs and this will be a no-op. See the indexspread.tex test case.
+ \ifvoid\partialpage \else
+ \onepageout{\pagecontents\partialpage}%
+ \fi
+ %
+ \global\setbox\partialpage = \vbox{%
+ % Unvbox the main output page.
+ \unvbox\PAGE
+ \kern-\topskip \kern\baselineskip
+ }%
+ }%
+ \eject % run that output routine to set \partialpage
+ %
+ % Use the double-column output routine for subsequent pages.
+ \output = {\doublecolumnout}%
+ %
+ % Change the page size parameters. We could do this once outside this
+ % routine, in each of @smallbook, @afourpaper, and the default 8.5x11
+ % format, but then we repeat the same computation. Repeating a couple
+ % of assignments once per index is clearly meaningless for the
+ % execution time, so we may as well do it in one place.
+ %
+ % First we halve the line length, less a little for the gutter between
+ % the columns. We compute the gutter based on the line length, so it
+ % changes automatically with the paper format. The magic constant
+ % below is chosen so that the gutter has the same value (well, +-<1pt)
+ % as it did when we hard-coded it.
+ %
+ % We put the result in a separate register, \doublecolumhsize, so we
+ % can restore it in \pagesofar, after \hsize itself has (potentially)
+ % been clobbered.
+ %
+ \doublecolumnhsize = \hsize
+ \advance\doublecolumnhsize by -.04154\hsize
+ \divide\doublecolumnhsize by 2
+ \hsize = \doublecolumnhsize
+ %
+ % Double the \vsize as well. (We don't need a separate register here,
+ % since nobody clobbers \vsize.)
+ \vsize = 2\vsize
+}
+
+% The double-column output routine for all double-column pages except
+% the last.
+%
+\def\doublecolumnout{%
+ \splittopskip=\topskip \splitmaxdepth=\maxdepth
+ % Get the available space for the double columns -- the normal
+ % (undoubled) page height minus any material left over from the
+ % previous page.
+ \dimen@ = \vsize
+ \divide\dimen@ by 2
+ \advance\dimen@ by -\ht\partialpage
+ %
+ % box0 will be the left-hand column, box2 the right.
+ \setbox0=\vsplit255 to\dimen@ \setbox2=\vsplit255 to\dimen@
+ \onepageout\pagesofar
+ \unvbox255
+ \penalty\outputpenalty
+}
+%
+% Re-output the contents of the output page -- any previous material,
+% followed by the two boxes we just split, in box0 and box2.
+\def\pagesofar{%
+ \unvbox\partialpage
+ %
+ \hsize = \doublecolumnhsize
+ \wd0=\hsize \wd2=\hsize
+ \hbox to\pagewidth{\box0\hfil\box2}%
+}
+%
+% All done with double columns.
+\def\enddoublecolumns{%
+ \output = {%
+ % Split the last of the double-column material. Leave it on the
+ % current page, no automatic page break.
+ \balancecolumns
+ %
+ % If we end up splitting too much material for the current page,
+ % though, there will be another page break right after this \output
+ % invocation ends. Having called \balancecolumns once, we do not
+ % want to call it again. Therefore, reset \output to its normal
+ % definition right away. (We hope \balancecolumns will never be
+ % called on to balance too much material, but if it is, this makes
+ % the output somewhat more palatable.)
+ \global\output = {\onepageout{\pagecontents\PAGE}}%
+ }%
+ \eject
+ \endgroup % started in \begindoublecolumns
+ %
+ % \pagegoal was set to the doubled \vsize above, since we restarted
+ % the current page. We're now back to normal single-column
+ % typesetting, so reset \pagegoal to the normal \vsize (after the
+ % \endgroup where \vsize got restored).
+ \pagegoal = \vsize
+}
+%
+% Called at the end of the double column material.
+\def\balancecolumns{%
+ \setbox0 = \vbox{\unvbox255}% like \box255 but more efficient, see p.120.
+ \dimen@ = \ht0
+ \advance\dimen@ by \topskip
+ \advance\dimen@ by-\baselineskip
+ \divide\dimen@ by 2 % target to split to
+ %debug\message{final 2-column material height=\the\ht0, address@hidden
+ \splittopskip = \topskip
+ % Loop until we get a decent breakpoint.
+ {%
+ \vbadness = 10000
+ \loop
+ \global\setbox3 = \copy0
+ \global\setbox1 = \vsplit3 to \dimen@
+ \ifdim\ht3>\dimen@
+ \global\advance\dimen@ by 1pt
+ \repeat
+ }%
+ %debug\message{split to \the\dimen@, column heights: \the\ht1, \the\ht3.}%
+ \setbox0=\vbox address@hidden
+ \setbox2=\vbox address@hidden
+ %
+ \pagesofar
+}
+\catcode`\@ = \other
+
+
+\message{sectioning,}
+% Chapters, sections, etc.
+
+% \unnumberedno is an oxymoron, of course. But we count the unnumbered
+% sections so that we can refer to them unambiguously in the pdf
+% outlines by their "section number". We avoid collisions with chapter
+% numbers by starting them at 10000. (If a document ever has 10000
+% chapters, we're in trouble anyway, I'm sure.)
+\newcount\unnumberedno \unnumberedno = 10000
+\newcount\chapno
+\newcount\secno \secno=0
+\newcount\subsecno \subsecno=0
+\newcount\subsubsecno \subsubsecno=0
+
+% This counter is funny since it counts through charcodes of letters A, B, ...
+\newcount\appendixno \appendixno = `\@
+%
+% \def\appendixletter{\char\the\appendixno}
+% We do the following ugly conditional instead of the above simple
+% construct for the sake of pdftex, which needs the actual
+% letter in the expansion, not just typeset.
+%
+\def\appendixletter{%
+ \ifnum\appendixno=`A A%
+ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`B B%
+ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`C C%
+ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`D D%
+ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`E E%
+ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`F F%
+ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`G G%
+ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`H H%
+ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`I I%
+ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`J J%
+ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`K K%
+ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`L L%
+ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`M M%
+ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`N N%
+ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`O O%
+ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`P P%
+ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`Q Q%
+ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`R R%
+ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`S S%
+ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`T T%
+ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`U U%
+ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`V V%
+ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`W W%
+ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`X X%
+ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`Y Y%
+ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`Z Z%
+ % The \the is necessary, despite appearances, because \appendixletter is
+ % expanded while writing the .toc file. \char\appendixno is not
+ % expandable, thus it is written literally, thus all appendixes come out
+ % with the same letter (or @) in the toc without it.
+ \else\char\the\appendixno
+ \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi
+ \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi}
+
+% Each @chapter defines this as the name of the chapter.
+% page headings and footings can use it. @section does likewise.
+% However, they are not reliable, because we don't use marks.
+\def\thischapter{}
+\def\thissection{}
+
+\newcount\absseclevel % used to calculate proper heading level
+\newcount\secbase\secbase=0 % @raisesections/@lowersections modify this count
+
+% @raisesections: treat @section as chapter, @subsection as section, etc.
+\def\raisesections{\global\advance\secbase by -1}
+\let\up=\raisesections % original BFox name
+
+% @lowersections: treat @chapter as section, @section as subsection, etc.
+\def\lowersections{\global\advance\secbase by 1}
+\let\down=\lowersections % original BFox name
+
+% Choose a numbered-heading macro
+% #1 is heading level if unmodified by @raisesections or @lowersections
+% #2 is text for heading
+\def\numhead#1#2{\absseclevel=\secbase\advance\absseclevel by #1
+\ifcase\absseclevel
+ \chapterzzz{#2}%
+ \or \seczzz{#2}%
+ \or \numberedsubseczzz{#2}%
+ \or \numberedsubsubseczzz{#2}%
+ \else
+ \ifnum \absseclevel<0 \chapterzzz{#2}%
+ \else \numberedsubsubseczzz{#2}%
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \suppressfirstparagraphindent
+}
+
+% like \numhead, but chooses appendix heading levels
+\def\apphead#1#2{\absseclevel=\secbase\advance\absseclevel by #1
+\ifcase\absseclevel
+ \appendixzzz{#2}%
+ \or \appendixsectionzzz{#2}%
+ \or \appendixsubseczzz{#2}%
+ \or \appendixsubsubseczzz{#2}%
+ \else
+ \ifnum \absseclevel<0 \appendixzzz{#2}%
+ \else \appendixsubsubseczzz{#2}%
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \suppressfirstparagraphindent
+}
+
+% like \numhead, but chooses numberless heading levels
+\def\unnmhead#1#2{\absseclevel=\secbase\advance\absseclevel by #1
+ \ifcase\absseclevel
+ \unnumberedzzz{#2}%
+ \or \unnumberedseczzz{#2}%
+ \or \unnumberedsubseczzz{#2}%
+ \or \unnumberedsubsubseczzz{#2}%
+ \else
+ \ifnum \absseclevel<0 \unnumberedzzz{#2}%
+ \else \unnumberedsubsubseczzz{#2}%
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \suppressfirstparagraphindent
+}
+
+% @chapter, @appendix, @unnumbered.
+%
+\outer\defparsearg\chapter{\numhead0{#1}} % normally numhead0 calls chapterzzz
+\def\chapterzzz#1{%
+ % section resetting is \global in case the chapter is in a group, such
+ % as an @include file.
+ \global\secno=0 \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0
+ \global\advance\chapno by 1
+ \message{\putwordChapter\space \the\chapno}%
+ %
+ % Write the actual heading.
+ \chapmacro{#1}{Ynumbered}{\the\chapno}%
+ %
+ % So @section and the like are numbered underneath this chapter.
+ \global\let\section = \numberedsec
+ \global\let\subsection = \numberedsubsec
+ \global\let\subsubsection = \numberedsubsubsec
+}
+
+\outer\defparsearg\appendix{\apphead0{#1}} % normally apphead0 calls
appendixzzz
+\def\appendixzzz#1{%
+ \global\secno=0 \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0
+ \global\advance\appendixno by 1
+ \def\appendixnum{\putwordAppendix\space \appendixletter}%
+ \message{\appendixnum}%
+ \chapmacro{#1}{Yappendix}{\appendixletter}%
+ \global\let\section = \appendixsec
+ \global\let\subsection = \appendixsubsec
+ \global\let\subsubsection = \appendixsubsubsec
+}
+
+% @centerchap is like @unnumbered, but the heading is centered.
+\outer\defparsearg\centerchap{{\unnumberedyyy{#1}}}
+
+\outer\defparsearg\unnumbered{\unnmhead0{#1}} % normally unnmhead0 calls
unnumberedzzz
+\def\unnumberedzzz#1{%
+ \global\secno=0 \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0
+ \global\advance\unnumberedno by 1
+ %
+ % This used to be simply \message{#1}, but TeX fully expands the
+ % argument to \message. Therefore, if #1 contained @-commands, TeX
+ % expanded them. For example, in address@hidden The @cite{Book}', TeX
+ % expanded @cite (which turns out to cause errors because \cite is meant
+ % to be executed, not expanded).
+ %
+ % Anyway, we don't want the fully-expanded definition of @cite to appear
+ % as a result of the \message, we just want address@hidden' itself. We use
+ % \the<toks register> to achieve this: TeX expands \the<toks> only once,
+ % simply yielding the contents of <toks register>. (We also do this for
+ % the toc entries.)
+ \toks0 = {#1}\message{(\the\toks0)}%
+ %
+ \chapmacro{#1}{Ynothing}{\the\unnumberedno}%
+ %
+ \global\let\section = \unnumberedsec
+ \global\let\subsection = \unnumberedsubsec
+ \global\let\subsubsection = \unnumberedsubsubsec
+}
+
+% @top is like @unnumbered.
+\let\top\unnumbered
+
+% Sections.
+\outer\defparsearg\numberedsec{\numhead1{#1}} % normally calls seczzz
+\def\seczzz#1{%
+ \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\secno by 1
+ \sectionheading{#1}{sec}{Ynumbered}{\the\chapno.\the\secno}%
+}
+
+\outer\defparsearg\appendixsection{\apphead1{#1}} % normally calls
appendixsectionzzz
+\def\appendixsectionzzz#1{%
+ \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\secno by 1
+ \sectionheading{#1}{sec}{Yappendix}{\appendixletter.\the\secno}%
+}
+\let\appendixsec\appendixsection
+
+\outer\defparsearg\unnumberedsec{\unnmhead1{#1}} % normally calls
unnumberedseczzz
+\def\unnumberedseczzz#1{%
+ \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\secno by 1
+ \sectionheading{#1}{sec}{Ynothing}{\the\unnumberedno.\the\secno}%
+}
+
+% Subsections.
+\outer\defparsearg\numberedsubsec{\numhead2{#1}} % normally calls
numberedsubseczzz
+\def\numberedsubseczzz#1{%
+ \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\subsecno by 1
+ \sectionheading{#1}{subsec}{Ynumbered}{\the\chapno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno}%
+}
+
+\outer\defparsearg\appendixsubsec{\apphead2{#1}} % normally calls
appendixsubseczzz
+\def\appendixsubseczzz#1{%
+ \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\subsecno by 1
+ \sectionheading{#1}{subsec}{Yappendix}%
+ {\appendixletter.\the\secno.\the\subsecno}%
+}
+
+\outer\defparsearg\unnumberedsubsec{\unnmhead2{#1}} %normally calls
unnumberedsubseczzz
+\def\unnumberedsubseczzz#1{%
+ \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\subsecno by 1
+ \sectionheading{#1}{subsec}{Ynothing}%
+ {\the\unnumberedno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno}%
+}
+
+% Subsubsections.
+\outer\defparsearg\numberedsubsubsec{\numhead3{#1}} % normally
numberedsubsubseczzz
+\def\numberedsubsubseczzz#1{%
+ \global\advance\subsubsecno by 1
+ \sectionheading{#1}{subsubsec}{Ynumbered}%
+ {\the\chapno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno}%
+}
+
+\outer\defparsearg\appendixsubsubsec{\apphead3{#1}} % normally
appendixsubsubseczzz
+\def\appendixsubsubseczzz#1{%
+ \global\advance\subsubsecno by 1
+ \sectionheading{#1}{subsubsec}{Yappendix}%
+ {\appendixletter.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno}%
+}
+
+\outer\defparsearg\unnumberedsubsubsec{\unnmhead3{#1}} %normally
unnumberedsubsubseczzz
+\def\unnumberedsubsubseczzz#1{%
+ \global\advance\subsubsecno by 1
+ \sectionheading{#1}{subsubsec}{Ynothing}%
+ {\the\unnumberedno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno}%
+}
+
+% These are variants which are not "outer", so they can appear in @ifinfo.
+% Actually, they are now be obsolete; ordinary section commands should work.
+\def\infotop{\parsearg\unnumberedzzz}
+\def\infounnumbered{\parsearg\unnumberedzzz}
+\def\infounnumberedsec{\parsearg\unnumberedseczzz}
+\def\infounnumberedsubsec{\parsearg\unnumberedsubseczzz}
+\def\infounnumberedsubsubsec{\parsearg\unnumberedsubsubseczzz}
+
+\def\infoappendix{\parsearg\appendixzzz}
+\def\infoappendixsec{\parsearg\appendixseczzz}
+\def\infoappendixsubsec{\parsearg\appendixsubseczzz}
+\def\infoappendixsubsubsec{\parsearg\appendixsubsubseczzz}
+
+\def\infochapter{\parsearg\chapterzzz}
+\def\infosection{\parsearg\sectionzzz}
+\def\infosubsection{\parsearg\subsectionzzz}
+\def\infosubsubsection{\parsearg\subsubsectionzzz}
+
+% These macros control what the section commands do, according
+% to what kind of chapter we are in (ordinary, appendix, or unnumbered).
+% Define them by default for a numbered chapter.
+\let\section = \numberedsec
+\let\subsection = \numberedsubsec
+\let\subsubsection = \numberedsubsubsec
+
+% Define @majorheading, @heading and @subheading
+
+% NOTE on use of \vbox for chapter headings, section headings, and such:
+% 1) We use \vbox rather than the earlier \line to permit
+% overlong headings to fold.
+% 2) \hyphenpenalty is set to 10000 because hyphenation in a
+% heading is obnoxious; this forbids it.
+% 3) Likewise, headings look best if no \parindent is used, and
+% if justification is not attempted. Hence \raggedright.
+
+
+\def\majorheading{%
+ {\advance\chapheadingskip by 10pt \chapbreak }%
+ \parsearg\chapheadingzzz
+}
+
+\def\chapheading{\chapbreak \parsearg\chapheadingzzz}
+\def\chapheadingzzz#1{%
+ {\chapfonts \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000\tolerance=5000
+ \parindent=0pt\raggedright
+ \rm #1\hfill}}%
+ \bigskip \par\penalty 200\relax
+ \suppressfirstparagraphindent
+}
+
+% @heading, @subheading, @subsubheading.
+\defparsearg\heading{\sectionheading{#1}{sec}{Yomitfromtoc}{}
+ \suppressfirstparagraphindent}
+\defparsearg\subheading{\sectionheading{#1}{subsec}{Yomitfromtoc}{}
+ \suppressfirstparagraphindent}
+\defparsearg\subsubheading{\sectionheading{#1}{subsubsec}{Yomitfromtoc}{}
+ \suppressfirstparagraphindent}
+
+% These macros generate a chapter, section, etc. heading only
+% (including whitespace, linebreaking, etc. around it),
+% given all the information in convenient, parsed form.
+
+%%% Args are the skip and penalty (usually negative)
+\def\dobreak#1#2{\par\ifdim\lastskip<#1\removelastskip\penalty#2\vskip#1\fi}
+
+\def\setchapterstyle #1 {\csname CHAPF#1\endcsname}
+
+%%% Define plain chapter starts, and page on/off switching for it
+% Parameter controlling skip before chapter headings (if needed)
+
+\newskip\chapheadingskip
+
+\def\chapbreak{\dobreak \chapheadingskip {-4000}}
+\def\chappager{\par\vfill\supereject}
+\def\chapoddpage{\chappager \ifodd\pageno \else \hbox to 0pt{} \chappager\fi}
+
+\def\setchapternewpage #1 {\csname CHAPPAG#1\endcsname}
+
+\def\CHAPPAGoff{%
+\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager
+\global\let\pchapsepmacro=\chapbreak
+\global\let\pagealignmacro=\chappager}
+
+\def\CHAPPAGon{%
+\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager
+\global\let\pchapsepmacro=\chappager
+\global\let\pagealignmacro=\chappager
+\global\def\HEADINGSon{\HEADINGSsingle}}
+
+\def\CHAPPAGodd{%
+\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chapoddpage
+\global\let\pchapsepmacro=\chapoddpage
+\global\let\pagealignmacro=\chapoddpage
+\global\def\HEADINGSon{\HEADINGSdouble}}
+
+\CHAPPAGon
+
+\def\CHAPFplain{%
+\global\let\chapmacro=\chfplain
+\global\let\centerchapmacro=\centerchfplain}
+
+% Normal chapter opening.
+%
+% #1 is the text, #2 is the section type (Ynumbered, Ynothing,
+% Yappendix, Yomitfromtoc), #3 the chapter number.
+%
+% To test against our argument.
+\def\Ynothingkeyword{Ynothing}
+\def\Yomitfromtockeyword{Yomitfromtoc}
+\def\Yappendixkeyword{Yappendix}
+%
+\def\chfplain#1#2#3{%
+ \pchapsepmacro
+ {%
+ \chapfonts \rm
+ %
+ % Have to define \thissection before calling \donoderef, because the
+ % xref code eventually uses it. On the other hand, it has to be called
+ % after \pchapsepmacro, or the headline will change too soon.
+ \gdef\thissection{#1}%
+ \gdef\thischaptername{#1}%
+ %
+ % Only insert the separating space if we have a chapter/appendix
+ % number, and don't print the unnumbered ``number''.
+ \def\temptype{#2}%
+ \ifx\temptype\Ynothingkeyword
+ \setbox0 = \hbox{}%
+ \def\toctype{unnchap}%
+ \def\thischapter{#1}%
+ \else\ifx\temptype\Yomitfromtockeyword
+ \setbox0 = \hbox{}% contents like unnumbered, but no toc entry
+ \def\toctype{omit}%
+ \xdef\thischapter{}%
+ \else\ifx\temptype\Yappendixkeyword
+ \setbox0 = \hbox{\putwordAppendix{} #3\enspace}%
+ \def\toctype{app}%
+ % We don't substitute the actual chapter name into \thischapter
+ % because we don't want its macros evaluated now. And we don't
+ % use \thissection because that changes with each section.
+ %
+ \xdef\thischapter{\putwordAppendix{} \appendixletter:
+ \noexpand\thischaptername}%
+ \else
+ \setbox0 = \hbox{#3\enspace}%
+ \def\toctype{numchap}%
+ \xdef\thischapter{\putwordChapter{} \the\chapno:
+ \noexpand\thischaptername}%
+ \fi\fi\fi
+ %
+ % Write the toc entry for this chapter. Must come before the
+ % \donoderef, because we include the current node name in the toc
+ % entry, and \donoderef resets it to empty.
+ \writetocentry{\toctype}{#1}{#3}%
+ %
+ % For pdftex, we have to write out the node definition (aka, make
+ % the pdfdest) after any page break, but before the actual text has
+ % been typeset. If the destination for the pdf outline is after the
+ % text, then jumping from the outline may wind up with the text not
+ % being visible, for instance under high magnification.
+ \donoderef{#2}%
+ %
+ % Typeset the actual heading.
+ \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000 \tolerance=5000 \parindent=0pt \raggedright
+ \hangindent=\wd0 \centerparametersmaybe
+ \unhbox0 #1\par}%
+ }%
+ \nobreak\bigskip % no page break after a chapter title
+ \nobreak
+}
+
+% @centerchap -- centered and unnumbered.
+\let\centerparametersmaybe = \relax
+\def\centerchfplain#1{{%
+ \def\centerparametersmaybe{%
+ \advance\rightskip by 3\rightskip
+ \leftskip = \rightskip
+ \parfillskip = 0pt
+ }%
+ \chfplain{#1}{Ynothing}{}%
+}}
+
+\CHAPFplain % The default
+
+% I don't think this chapter style is supported any more, so I'm not
+% updating it with the new noderef stuff. We'll see. --karl, 11aug03.
+%
+\def\unnchfopen #1{%
+\chapoddpage {\chapfonts \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000\tolerance=5000
+ \parindent=0pt\raggedright
+ \rm #1\hfill}}\bigskip \par\nobreak
+}
+
+\def\chfopen #1#2{\chapoddpage {\chapfonts
+\vbox to 3in{\vfil \hbox to\hsize{\hfil #2} \hbox to\hsize{\hfil #1} \vfil}}%
+\par\penalty 5000 %
+}
+
+\def\centerchfopen #1{%
+\chapoddpage {\chapfonts \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000\tolerance=5000
+ \parindent=0pt
+ \hfill {\rm #1}\hfill}}\bigskip \par\nobreak
+}
+
+\def\CHAPFopen{%
+\global\let\chapmacro=\chfopen
+\global\let\centerchapmacro=\centerchfopen}
+
+
+% Section titles. These macros combine the section number parts and
+% call the generic \sectionheading to do the printing.
+%
+\newskip\secheadingskip
+\def\secheadingbreak{\dobreak \secheadingskip{-1000}}
+
+% Subsection titles.
+\newskip\subsecheadingskip
+\def\subsecheadingbreak{\dobreak \subsecheadingskip{-500}}
+
+% Subsubsection titles.
+\def\subsubsecheadingskip{\subsecheadingskip}
+\def\subsubsecheadingbreak{\subsecheadingbreak}
+
+
+% Print any size, any type, section title.
+%
+% #1 is the text, #2 is the section level (sec/subsec/subsubsec), #3 is
+% the section type for xrefs (Ynumbered, Ynothing, Yappendix), #4 is the
+% section number.
+%
+\def\sectionheading#1#2#3#4{%
+ {%
+ % Switch to the right set of fonts.
+ \csname #2fonts\endcsname \rm
+ %
+ % Insert space above the heading.
+ \csname #2headingbreak\endcsname
+ %
+ % Only insert the space after the number if we have a section number.
+ \def\sectionlevel{#2}%
+ \def\temptype{#3}%
+ %
+ \ifx\temptype\Ynothingkeyword
+ \setbox0 = \hbox{}%
+ \def\toctype{unn}%
+ \gdef\thissection{#1}%
+ \else\ifx\temptype\Yomitfromtockeyword
+ % for @headings -- no section number, don't include in toc,
+ % and don't redefine \thissection.
+ \setbox0 = \hbox{}%
+ \def\toctype{omit}%
+ \let\sectionlevel=\empty
+ \else\ifx\temptype\Yappendixkeyword
+ \setbox0 = \hbox{#4\enspace}%
+ \def\toctype{app}%
+ \gdef\thissection{#1}%
+ \else
+ \setbox0 = \hbox{#4\enspace}%
+ \def\toctype{num}%
+ \gdef\thissection{#1}%
+ \fi\fi\fi
+ %
+ % Write the toc entry (before \donoderef). See comments in \chfplain.
+ \writetocentry{\toctype\sectionlevel}{#1}{#4}%
+ %
+ % Write the node reference (= pdf destination for pdftex).
+ % Again, see comments in \chfplain.
+ \donoderef{#3}%
+ %
+ % Output the actual section heading.
+ \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000 \tolerance=5000 \parindent=0pt \raggedright
+ \hangindent=\wd0 % zero if no section number
+ \unhbox0 #1}%
+ }%
+ % Add extra space after the heading -- half of whatever came above it.
+ % Don't allow stretch, though.
+ \kern .5 \csname #2headingskip\endcsname
+ %
+ % Do not let the kern be a potential breakpoint, as it would be if it
+ % was followed by glue.
+ \nobreak
+ %
+ % We'll almost certainly start a paragraph next, so don't let that
+ % glue accumulate. (Not a breakpoint because it's preceded by a
+ % discardable item.)
+ \vskip-\parskip
+ %
+ % This \nobreak is purely so the last item on the list is a \penalty
+ % of 10000. This is so other code, for instance \parsebodycommon, can
+ % check for and avoid allowing breakpoints. Otherwise, it would
+ % insert a valid breakpoint between:
+ % @section sec-whatever
+ % @deffn def-whatever
+ \nobreak
+}
+
+
+\message{toc,}
+% Table of contents.
+\newwrite\tocfile
+
+% Write an entry to the toc file, opening it if necessary.
+% Called from @chapter, etc.
+%
+% Example usage: \writetocentry{sec}{Section Name}{\the\chapno.\the\secno}
+% We append the current node name (if any) and page number as additional
+% arguments for the \{chap,sec,...}entry macros which will eventually
+% read this. The node name is used in the pdf outlines as the
+% destination to jump to.
+%
+% We open the .toc file for writing here instead of at @setfilename (or
+% any other fixed time) so that @contents can be anywhere in the document.
+% But if #1 is `omit', then we don't do anything. This is used for the
+% table of contents chapter openings themselves.
+%
+\newif\iftocfileopened
+\def\omitkeyword{omit}%
+%
+\def\writetocentry#1#2#3{%
+ \edef\writetoctype{#1}%
+ \ifx\writetoctype\omitkeyword \else
+ \iftocfileopened\else
+ \immediate\openout\tocfile = \jobname.toc
+ \global\tocfileopenedtrue
+ \fi
+ %
+ \iflinks
+ \toks0 = {#2}%
+ \toks2 = \expandafter{\lastnode}%
+ \edef\temp{\write\tocfile{\realbackslash #1entry{\the\toks0}{#3}%
+ {\the\toks2}{\noexpand\folio}}}%
+ \temp
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ %
+ % Tell \shipout to create a pdf destination on each page, if we're
+ % writing pdf. These are used in the table of contents. We can't
+ % just write one on every page because the title pages are numbered
+ % 1 and 2 (the page numbers aren't printed), and so are the first
+ % two pages of the document. Thus, we'd have two destinations named
+ % `1', and two named `2'.
+ \ifpdf \global\pdfmakepagedesttrue \fi
+}
+
+\newskip\contentsrightmargin \contentsrightmargin=1in
+\newcount\savepageno
+\newcount\lastnegativepageno \lastnegativepageno = -1
+
+% Prepare to read what we've written to \tocfile.
+%
+\def\startcontents#1{%
+ % If @setchapternewpage on, and @headings double, the contents should
+ % start on an odd page, unlike chapters. Thus, we maintain
+ % \contentsalignmacro in parallel with \pagealignmacro.
+ % From: Torbjorn Granlund <address@hidden>
+ \contentsalignmacro
+ \immediate\closeout\tocfile
+ %
+ % Don't need to put `Contents' or `Short Contents' in the headline.
+ % It is abundantly clear what they are.
+ \def\thischapter{}%
+ \chapmacro{#1}{Yomitfromtoc}{}%
+ %
+ \savepageno = \pageno
+ \begingroup % Set up to handle contents files properly.
+ \catcode`\\=0 \catcode`\{=1 \catcode`\}=2 address@hidden
+ % We can't do this, because then an actual ^ in a section
+ % title fails, e.g., @chapter ^ -- exponentiation. --karl, 9jul97.
+ %\catcode`\^=7 % to see ^^e4 as \"a etc. address@hidden
+ \raggedbottom % Worry more about breakpoints than the bottom.
+ \advance\hsize by -\contentsrightmargin % Don't use the full line length.
+ %
+ % Roman numerals for page numbers.
+ \ifnum \pageno>0 \global\pageno = \lastnegativepageno \fi
+}
+
+
+% Normal (long) toc.
+\def\contents{%
+ \startcontents{\putwordTOC}%
+ \openin 1 \jobname.toc
+ \ifeof 1 \else
+ \closein 1
+ \input \jobname.toc
+ \fi
+ \vfill \eject
+ \contentsalignmacro % in case @setchapternewpage odd is in effect
+ \pdfmakeoutlines
+ \endgroup
+ \lastnegativepageno = \pageno
+ \global\pageno = \savepageno
+}
+
+% And just the chapters.
+\def\summarycontents{%
+ \startcontents{\putwordShortTOC}%
+ %
+ \let\numchapentry = \shortchapentry
+ \let\appentry = \shortchapentry
+ \let\unnchapentry = \shortunnchapentry
+ % We want a true roman here for the page numbers.
+ \secfonts
+ \let\rm=\shortcontrm \let\bf=\shortcontbf
+ \let\sl=\shortcontsl \let\tt=\shortconttt
+ \rm
+ \hyphenpenalty = 10000
+ \advance\baselineskip by 1pt % Open it up a little.
+ \def\numsecentry##1##2##3##4{}
+ \let\appsecentry = \numsecentry
+ \let\unnsecentry = \numsecentry
+ \let\numsubsecentry = \numsecentry
+ \let\appsubsecentry = \numsecentry
+ \let\unnsubsecentry = \numsecentry
+ \let\numsubsubsecentry = \numsecentry
+ \let\appsubsubsecentry = \numsecentry
+ \let\unnsubsubsecentry = \numsecentry
+ \openin 1 \jobname.toc
+ \ifeof 1 \else
+ \closein 1
+ \input \jobname.toc
+ \fi
+ \vfill \eject
+ \contentsalignmacro % in case @setchapternewpage odd is in effect
+ \endgroup
+ \lastnegativepageno = \pageno
+ \global\pageno = \savepageno
+}
+\let\shortcontents = \summarycontents
+
+% Typeset the label for a chapter or appendix for the short contents.
+% The arg is, e.g., `A' for an appendix, or `3' for a chapter.
+%
+\def\shortchaplabel#1{%
+ % This space should be enough, since a single number is .5em, and the
+ % widest letter (M) is 1em, at least in the Computer Modern fonts.
+ % But use \hss just in case.
+ % (This space doesn't include the extra space that gets added after
+ % the label; that gets put in by \shortchapentry above.)
+ %
+ % We'd like to right-justify chapter numbers, but that looks strange
+ % with appendix letters. And right-justifying numbers and
+ % left-justifying letters looks strange when there is less than 10
+ % chapters. Have to read the whole toc once to know how many chapters
+ % there are before deciding ...
+ \hbox to 1em{#1\hss}%
+}
+
+% These macros generate individual entries in the table of contents.
+% The first argument is the chapter or section name.
+% The last argument is the page number.
+% The arguments in between are the chapter number, section number, ...
+
+% Chapters, in the main contents.
+\def\numchapentry#1#2#3#4{\dochapentry{#2\labelspace#1}{#4}}
+%
+% Chapters, in the short toc.
+% See comments in \dochapentry re vbox and related settings.
+\def\shortchapentry#1#2#3#4{%
+ \tocentry{\shortchaplabel{#2}\labelspace #1}{\doshortpageno\bgroup#4\egroup}%
+}
+
+% Appendices, in the main contents.
+% Need the word Appendix, and a fixed-size box.
+%
+\def\appendixbox#1{%
+ % We use M since it's probably the widest letter.
+ \setbox0 = \hbox{\putwordAppendix{} M}%
+ \hbox to \wd0{\putwordAppendix{} #1\hss}}
+%
+\def\appentry#1#2#3#4{\dochapentry{\appendixbox{#2}\labelspace#1}{#4}}
+
+% Unnumbered chapters.
+\def\unnchapentry#1#2#3#4{\dochapentry{#1}{#4}}
+\def\shortunnchapentry#1#2#3#4{\tocentry{#1}{\doshortpageno\bgroup#4\egroup}}
+
+% Sections.
+\def\numsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosecentry{#2\labelspace#1}{#4}}
+\let\appsecentry=\numsecentry
+\def\unnsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosecentry{#1}{#4}}
+
+% Subsections.
+\def\numsubsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosubsecentry{#2\labelspace#1}{#4}}
+\let\appsubsecentry=\numsubsecentry
+\def\unnsubsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosubsecentry{#1}{#4}}
+
+% And subsubsections.
+\def\numsubsubsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosubsubsecentry{#2\labelspace#1}{#4}}
+\let\appsubsubsecentry=\numsubsubsecentry
+\def\unnsubsubsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosubsubsecentry{#1}{#4}}
+
+% This parameter controls the indentation of the various levels.
+\newdimen\tocindent \tocindent = 2pc
+
+% Now for the actual typesetting. In all these, #1 is the text and #2 is the
+% page number.
+%
+% If the toc has to be broken over pages, we want it to be at chapters
+% if at all possible; hence the \penalty.
+\def\dochapentry#1#2{%
+ \penalty-300 \vskip1\baselineskip plus.33\baselineskip minus.25\baselineskip
+ \begingroup
+ \chapentryfonts
+ \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno\bgroup#2\egroup}%
+ \endgroup
+ \nobreak\vskip .25\baselineskip plus.1\baselineskip
+}
+
+\def\dosecentry#1#2{\begingroup
+ \secentryfonts \leftskip=\tocindent
+ \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno\bgroup#2\egroup}%
+\endgroup}
+
+\def\dosubsecentry#1#2{\begingroup
+ \subsecentryfonts \leftskip=2\tocindent
+ \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno\bgroup#2\egroup}%
+\endgroup}
+
+\def\dosubsubsecentry#1#2{\begingroup
+ \subsubsecentryfonts \leftskip=3\tocindent
+ \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno\bgroup#2\egroup}%
+\endgroup}
+
+% We use the same \entry macro as for the index entries.
+\let\tocentry = \entry
+
+% Space between chapter (or whatever) number and the title.
+\def\labelspace{\hskip1em \relax}
+
+\def\dopageno#1{{\rm #1}}
+\def\doshortpageno#1{{\rm #1}}
+
+\def\chapentryfonts{\secfonts \rm}
+\def\secentryfonts{\textfonts}
+\def\subsecentryfonts{\textfonts}
+\def\subsubsecentryfonts{\textfonts}
+
+
+\message{environments,}
+% @foo ... @end foo.
+
+% @point{}, @result{}, @expansion{}, @print{}, @equiv{}.
+%
+% Since these characters are used in examples, it should be an even number of
+% \tt widths. Each \tt character is 1en, so two makes it 1em.
+%
+\def\point{$\star$}
+\def\result{\leavevmode\raise.15ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\Rightarrow$\hfil}}
+\def\expansion{\leavevmode\raise.1ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\mapsto$\hfil}}
+\def\print{\leavevmode\lower.1ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\dashv$\hfil}}
+\def\equiv{\leavevmode\lower.1ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\ptexequiv$\hfil}}
+
+% The @error{} command.
+% Adapted from the TeXbook's \boxit.
+%
+\newbox\errorbox
+%
+{\tentt \global\dimen0 = 3em}% Width of the box.
+\dimen2 = .55pt % Thickness of rules
+% The text. (`r' is open on the right, `e' somewhat less so on the left.)
+\setbox0 = \hbox{\kern-.75pt \tensf error\kern-1.5pt}
+%
+\setbox\errorbox=\hbox to \dimen0{\hfil
+ \hsize = \dimen0 \advance\hsize by -5.8pt % Space to left+right.
+ \advance\hsize by -2\dimen2 % Rules.
+ \vbox{%
+ \hrule height\dimen2
+ \hbox{\vrule width\dimen2 \kern3pt % Space to left of text.
+ \vtop{\kern2.4pt \box0 \kern2.4pt}% Space above/below.
+ \kern3pt\vrule width\dimen2}% Space to right.
+ \hrule height\dimen2}
+ \hfil}
+%
+\def\error{\leavevmode\lower.7ex\copy\errorbox}
+
+% @tex ... @end tex escapes into raw Tex temporarily.
+% One exception: @ is still an escape character, so that @end tex works.
+% But \@ or @@ will get a plain tex @ character.
+
+\def\tex{\begingroup
+ \catcode `\\=0 \catcode `\{=1 \catcode `\}=2
+ \catcode `\$=3 \catcode `\&=4 \catcode `\#=6
+ \catcode `\^=7 \catcode `\_=8 \catcode `\~=\active \let~=\tie
+ \catcode `\%=14
+ \catcode `\+=\other
+ \catcode `\"=\other
+ \catcode `\|=\other
+ \catcode `\<=\other
+ \catcode `\>=\other
+ \escapechar=`\\
+ %
+ \let\b=\ptexb
+ \let\bullet=\ptexbullet
+ \let\c=\ptexc
+ \let\,=\ptexcomma
+ \let\.=\ptexdot
+ \let\dots=\ptexdots
+ \let\equiv=\ptexequiv
+ \let\!=\ptexexclam
+ \let\i=\ptexi
+ \let\indent=\ptexindent
+ \let\noindent=\ptexnoindent
+ \let\{=\ptexlbrace
+ \let\+=\tabalign
+ \let\}=\ptexrbrace
+ \let\/=\ptexslash
+ \let\*=\ptexstar
+ \let\t=\ptext
+ %
+ \def\endldots{\mathinner{\ldots\ldots\ldots\ldots}}%
+ \def\enddots{\relax\ifmmode\endldots\else$\mathsurround=0pt \endldots\,$\fi}%
+ address@hidden@}%
+\let\Etex=\endgroup}
+
+% Define @lisp ... @end lisp.
+% @lisp does a \begingroup so it can rebind things,
+% including the definition of @end lisp (which normally is erroneous).
+
+% Amount to narrow the margins by for @lisp.
+\newskip\lispnarrowing \lispnarrowing=0.4in
+
+% This is the definition that ^^M gets inside @lisp, @example, and other
+% such environments. \null is better than a space, since it doesn't
+% have any width.
+\def\lisppar{\null\endgraf}
+
+% This space is always present above and below environments.
+\newskip\envskipamount \envskipamount = 0pt
+
+% Make spacing and below environment symmetrical. We use \parskip here
+% to help in doing that, since in @example-like environments \parskip
+% is reset to zero; thus the \afterenvbreak inserts no space -- but the
+% start of the next paragraph will insert \parskip.
+%
+\def\aboveenvbreak{{%
+ % =10000 instead of <10000 because of a special case in \itemzzz, q.v.
+ \ifnum \lastpenalty=10000 \else
+ \advance\envskipamount by \parskip
+ \endgraf
+ \ifdim\lastskip<\envskipamount
+ \removelastskip
+ % it's not a good place to break if the last penalty was \nobreak
+ % or better ...
+ \ifnum\lastpenalty>10000 \else \penalty-50 \fi
+ \vskip\envskipamount
+ \fi
+ \fi
+}}
+
+\let\afterenvbreak = \aboveenvbreak
+
+% \nonarrowing is a flag. If "set", @lisp etc don't narrow margins.
+\let\nonarrowing=\relax
+
+% @cartouche ... @end cartouche: draw rectangle w/rounded corners around
+% environment contents.
+\font\circle=lcircle10
+\newdimen\circthick
+\newdimen\cartouter\newdimen\cartinner
+\newskip\normbskip\newskip\normpskip\newskip\normlskip
+\circthick=\fontdimen8\circle
+%
+\def\ctl{{\circle\char'013\hskip -6pt}}% 6pt from pl file: 1/2charwidth
+\def\ctr{{\hskip 6pt\circle\char'010}}
+\def\cbl{{\circle\char'012\hskip -6pt}}
+\def\cbr{{\hskip 6pt\circle\char'011}}
+\def\carttop{\hbox to \cartouter{\hskip\lskip
+ \ctl\leaders\hrule height\circthick\hfil\ctr
+ \hskip\rskip}}
+\def\cartbot{\hbox to \cartouter{\hskip\lskip
+ \cbl\leaders\hrule height\circthick\hfil\cbr
+ \hskip\rskip}}
+%
+\newskip\lskip\newskip\rskip
+
+\def\cartouche{%
+\begingroup\inENV
+ \ifhmode\par\fi % can't be in the midst of a paragraph.
+ \startsavinginserts
+ \lskip=\leftskip \rskip=\rightskip
+ \leftskip=0pt\rightskip=0pt % we want these *outside*.
+ \cartinner=\hsize \advance\cartinner by-\lskip
+ \advance\cartinner by-\rskip
+ \cartouter=\hsize
+ \advance\cartouter by 18.4pt % allow for 3pt kerns on either
+ % side, and for 6pt waste from
+ % each corner char, and rule thickness
+ \normbskip=\baselineskip \normpskip=\parskip \normlskip=\lineskip
+ % Flag to tell @lisp, etc., not to narrow margin.
+ \let\nonarrowing=\comment
+ \vbox\bgroup
+ \baselineskip=0pt\parskip=0pt\lineskip=0pt
+ \carttop
+ \hbox\bgroup
+ \hskip\lskip
+ \vrule\kern3pt
+ \vbox\bgroup
+ \kern3pt
+ \hsize=\cartinner
+ \baselineskip=\normbskip
+ \lineskip=\normlskip
+ \parskip=\normpskip
+ \vskip -\parskip
+ \comment % For explanation, see the end of \def\group.
+}
+\def\Ecartouche{%
+ \ifhmode\par\fi
+ \kern3pt
+ \egroup
+ \kern3pt\vrule
+ \hskip\rskip
+ \egroup
+ \cartbot
+ \egroup
+ \checkinserts
+\endgroup
+}
+
+
+% This macro is called at the beginning of all the @example variants,
+% inside a group.
+\def\nonfillstart{%
+ \aboveenvbreak
+ \inENV % This group ends at the end of the body
+ \hfuzz = 12pt % Don't be fussy
+ \sepspaces % Make spaces be word-separators rather than space tokens.
+ \let\par = \lisppar % don't ignore blank lines
+ \obeylines % each line of input is a line of output
+ \parskip = 0pt
+ \parindent = 0pt
+ \emergencystretch = 0pt % don't try to avoid overfull boxes
+ % @cartouche defines \nonarrowing to inhibit narrowing
+ % at next level down.
+ \ifx\nonarrowing\relax
+ \advance \leftskip by \lispnarrowing
+ \exdentamount=\lispnarrowing
+ \let\exdent=\nofillexdent
+ \let\nonarrowing=\relax
+ \fi
+}
+
+% Define the \E... control sequence only if we are inside the particular
+% environment, so the error checking in \end will work.
+%
+% To end an @example-like environment, we first end the paragraph (via
+% \afterenvbreak's vertical glue), and then the group. That way we keep
+% the zero \parskip that the environments set -- \parskip glue will be
+% inserted at the beginning of the next paragraph in the document, after
+% the environment.
+%
+\def\nonfillfinish{\afterenvbreak\endgroup}
+
+% @lisp: indented, narrowed, typewriter font.
+\def\lisp{\begingroup
+ \nonfillstart
+ \let\Elisp = \nonfillfinish
+ \tt
+ \let\kbdfont = \kbdexamplefont % Allow @kbd to do something special.
+ \gobble % eat return
+}
+
+% @example: Same as @lisp.
+\def\example{\begingroup \def\Eexample{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}\lisp}
+
+% @smallexample and @smalllisp: use smaller fonts.
+% Originally contributed by address@hidden
+\def\smalllisp{\begingroup
+ \def\Esmalllisp{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}%
+ \def\Esmallexample{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}%
+ \smallexamplefonts
+ \lisp
+}
+\let\smallexample = \smalllisp
+
+
+% @display: same as @lisp except keep current font.
+%
+\def\display{\begingroup
+ \nonfillstart
+ \let\Edisplay = \nonfillfinish
+ \gobble
+}
+%
+% @smalldisplay: @display plus smaller fonts.
+%
+\def\smalldisplay{\begingroup
+ \def\Esmalldisplay{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}%
+ \smallexamplefonts \rm
+ \display
+}
+
+% @format: same as @display except don't narrow margins.
+%
+\def\format{\begingroup
+ \let\nonarrowing = t
+ \nonfillstart
+ \let\Eformat = \nonfillfinish
+ \gobble
+}
+%
+% @smallformat: @format plus smaller fonts.
+%
+\def\smallformat{\begingroup
+ \def\Esmallformat{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}%
+ \smallexamplefonts \rm
+ \format
+}
+
+% @flushleft (same as @format).
+%
+\def\flushleft{\begingroup \def\Eflushleft{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}\format}
+
+% @flushright.
+%
+\def\flushright{\begingroup
+ \let\nonarrowing = t
+ \nonfillstart
+ \let\Eflushright = \nonfillfinish
+ \advance\leftskip by 0pt plus 1fill
+ \gobble
+}
+
+
+% @quotation does normal linebreaking (hence we can't use \nonfillstart)
+% and narrows the margins.
+%
+\def\quotation{%
+ \begingroup\inENV %This group ends at the end of the @quotation body
+ {\parskip=0pt \aboveenvbreak}% because \aboveenvbreak inserts \parskip
+ \parindent=0pt
+ % We have retained a nonzero parskip for the environment, since we're
+ % doing normal filling. So to avoid extra space below the environment...
+ \def\Equotation{\parskip = 0pt \nonfillfinish}%
+ %
+ % @cartouche defines \nonarrowing to inhibit narrowing at next level down.
+ \ifx\nonarrowing\relax
+ \advance\leftskip by \lispnarrowing
+ \advance\rightskip by \lispnarrowing
+ \exdentamount = \lispnarrowing
+ \let\nonarrowing = \relax
+ \fi
+ \parsearg\quotationlabel
+}
+
+% If we're given an argument, typeset it in bold with a colon after.
+\def\quotationlabel#1{%
+ \def\temp{#1}%
+ \ifx\temp\empty \else
+ {\bf #1: }%
+ \fi
+}
+
+
+% LaTeX-like @address@hidden verbatim and @verb{<char>...<char>}
+% If we want to allow any <char> as delimiter,
+% we need the curly braces so that makeinfo sees the @verb command, eg:
+% address@hidden' would look like the '@verbx' command. address@hidden
+%
+% [Knuth]: Donald Ervin Knuth, 1996. The TeXbook.
+%
+% [Knuth] p.344; only we need to do the other characters Texinfo sets
+% active too. Otherwise, they get lost as the first character on a
+% verbatim line.
+\def\dospecials{%
+ \do\ \do\\\do\{\do\}\do\$\do\&%
+ \do\#\do\^\do\^^K\do\_\do\^^A\do\%\do\~%
+ \do\<\do\>\do\|address@hidden"%
+}
+%
+% [Knuth] p. 380
+\def\uncatcodespecials{%
+ \def\do##1{\catcode`##1=\other}\dospecials}
+%
+% [Knuth] pp. 380,381,391
+% Disable Spanish ligatures ?` and !` of \tt font
+\begingroup
+ \catcode`\`=\active\gdef`{\relax\lq}
+\endgroup
+%
+% Setup for the @verb command.
+%
+% Eight spaces for a tab
+\begingroup
+ \catcode`\^^I=\active
+ \gdef\tabeightspaces{\catcode`\^^I=\active\def^^I{\ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ }}
+\endgroup
+%
+\def\setupverb{%
+ \tt % easiest (and conventionally used) font for verbatim
+ \def\par{\leavevmode\endgraf}%
+ \catcode`\`=\active
+ \tabeightspaces
+ % Respect line breaks,
+ % print special symbols as themselves, and
+ % make each space count
+ % must do in this order:
+ \obeylines \uncatcodespecials \sepspaces
+}
+
+% Setup for the @verbatim environment
+%
+% Real tab expansion
+\newdimen\tabw \setbox0=\hbox{\tt\space} \tabw=8\wd0 % tab amount
+%
+\def\starttabbox{\setbox0=\hbox\bgroup}
+\begingroup
+ \catcode`\^^I=\active
+ \gdef\tabexpand{%
+ \catcode`\^^I=\active
+ \def^^I{\leavevmode\egroup
+ \dimen0=\wd0 % the width so far, or since the previous tab
+ \divide\dimen0 by\tabw
+ \multiply\dimen0 by\tabw % compute previous multiple of \tabw
+ \advance\dimen0 by\tabw % advance to next multiple of \tabw
+ \wd0=\dimen0 \box0 \starttabbox
+ }%
+ }
+\endgroup
+\def\setupverbatim{%
+ \nonfillstart
+ \advance\leftskip by -\defbodyindent
+ % Easiest (and conventionally used) font for verbatim
+ \tt
+ \def\par{\leavevmode\egroup\box0\endgraf}%
+ \catcode`\`=\active
+ \tabexpand
+ % Respect line breaks,
+ % print special symbols as themselves, and
+ % make each space count
+ % must do in this order:
+ \obeylines \uncatcodespecials \sepspaces
+ \everypar{\starttabbox}%
+}
+
+% Do the @verb magic: verbatim text is quoted by unique
+% delimiter characters. Before first delimiter expect a
+% right brace, after last delimiter expect closing brace:
+%
+% \def\doverb'{'<char>#1<char>'}'{#1}
+%
+% [Knuth] p. 382; only eat outer {}
+\begingroup
+ \catcode`[=1\catcode`]=2\catcode`\{=\other\catcode`\}=\other
+ \gdef\doverb{#1[\def\next##1#1}[##1\endgroup]\next]
+\endgroup
+%
+\def\verb{\begingroup\setupverb\doverb}
+%
+%
+% Do the @verbatim magic: define the macro \doverbatim so that
+% the (first) argument ends when '@end verbatim' is reached, ie:
+%
+% address@hidden verbatim{#1}
+%
+% For Texinfo it's a lot easier than for LaTeX,
+% because texinfo's \verbatim doesn't stop at '\end{verbatim}':
+% we need not redefine '\', '{' and '}'.
+%
+% Inspired by LaTeX's verbatim command set [latex.ltx]
+%
+\begingroup
+ \catcode`\ =\active
+ \obeylines %
+ % ignore everything up to the first ^^M, that's the newline at the end
+ % of the @verbatim input line itself. Otherwise we get an extra blank
+ % line in the output.
+ address@hidden verbatim{#2\noexpand\end\gobble verbatim}%
+ % We really want {...\end verbatim} in the body of the macro, but
+ % without the active space; thus we have to use \xdef and \gobble.
+\endgroup
+%
+\def\verbatim{%
+ \let\Everbatim\nonfillfinish
+ \begingroup
+ \setupverbatim\doverbatim
+}
+
+% @verbatiminclude FILE - insert text of file in verbatim environment.
+%
+\def\verbatiminclude{\parseargusing\filenamecatcodes\doverbatiminclude}
+%
+\def\doverbatiminclude#1{%
+ \begingroup
+ \makevalueexpandable
+ \setupverbatim
+ \input #1
+ \nonfillfinish % contains \endgroup
+}
+
+% @copying ... @end copying.
+% Save the text away for @insertcopying later. Many commands won't be
+% allowed in this context, but that's ok.
+%
+% We save the uninterpreted tokens, rather than creating a box.
+% Saving the text in a box would be much easier, but then all the
+% typesetting commands (@smallbook, font changes, etc.) have to be done
+% beforehand -- and a) we want @copying to be done first in the source
+% file; b) letting users define the frontmatter in as flexible order as
+% possible is very desirable.
+%
+\def\copying{\begingroup
+ % Define a command to swallow text until we reach address@hidden copying'.
+ % \ is the escape char in this texinfo.tex file, so it is the
+ % delimiter for the command; @ will be the escape char when we read
+ % it, but that doesn't matter.
+ \long\def\docopying##1\end copying{\gdef\copyingtext{##1}\enddocopying}%
+ %
+ % We must preserve ^^M's in the input file; see \insertcopying below.
+ \catcode`\^^M = \active
+ \docopying
+}
+
+% What we do to finish off the copying text.
+%
+\def\enddocopying{\endgroup\ignorespaces}
+
+% @insertcopying. Here we must play games with ^^M's. On the one hand,
+% we need them to delimit commands such as address@hidden quotation', so they
+% must be active. On the other hand, we certainly don't want every
+% end-of-line to be a \par, as would happen with the normal active
+% definition of ^^M. On the third hand, two ^^M's in a row should still
+% generate a \par.
+%
+% Our approach is to make ^^M insert a space and a penalty1 normally;
+% then it can also check if \lastpenalty=1. If it does, then manually
+% do \par.
+%
+% This messes up the normal definitions of @c[omment], so we redefine
+% it. Similarly for @ignore. (These commands are used in the gcc
+% manual for man page generation.)
+%
+% Seems pretty fragile, most line-oriented commands will presumably
+% fail, but for the limited use of getting the copying text (which
+% should be quite simple) inserted, we can hope it's ok.
+%
+{\catcode`\^^M=\active %
+\gdef\insertcopying{\begingroup %
+ \parindent = 0pt % looks wrong on title page
+ \def^^M{%
+ \ifnum \lastpenalty=1 %
+ \par %
+ \else %
+ \space \penalty 1 %
+ \fi %
+ }%
+ %
+ % Fix @c[omment] for catcode 13 ^^M's.
+ \def\c##1^^M{\ignorespaces}%
+ \let\comment = \c %
+ %
+ % Don't bother jumping through all the hoops that \doignore does, it
+ % would be very hard since the catcodes are already set.
+ \long\def\ignore##1\end ignore{\ignorespaces}%
+ %
+ \copyingtext %
+\endgroup}%
+}
+
+\message{defuns,}
+% @defun etc.
+
+\newskip\defbodyindent \defbodyindent=.4in
+\newskip\defargsindent \defargsindent=50pt
+\newskip\deflastargmargin \deflastargmargin=18pt
+
+% \startdefun \deffn
+% -- starts the processing of @deffn
+\def\startdefun#1{%
+ \begingroup\inENV
+ \def\thisenv{#1}%
+ \ifnum\lastpenalty<10000
+ \medbreak
+ \else
+ % If there are two @def commands in a row, we'll have a \nobreak,
+ % which is there to keep the function description together with its
+ % header. But if there's nothing but headers, we need to allow a
+ % break somewhere. Check for penalty 10002 (inserted by
+ % \defargscommonending) instead of 10000, since the sectioning
+ % commands insert a \penalty10000, and we don't want to allow a break
+ % between a section heading and a defun.
+ \ifnum\lastpenalty=10002 \penalty2000 \fi
+ %
+ % Similarly, after a section heading, do not allow a break.
+ % But do insert the glue.
+ \medskip % preceded by discardable penalty, so not a breakpoint
+ \fi
+ %
+ \parindent=0in
+ \advance\leftskip by \defbodyindent
+ \exdentamount=\defbodyindent
+}
+
+% \dodefunx \startdefun \deffn
+% -- converts \deffn expansion to \deffnx, omitting \startdefun.
+\def\dodefunx \startdefun #1{%
+ % As above, allow line break if we have multiple x headers in a row.
+ % It's not a great place, though.
+ \ifnum\lastpenalty=10002 \penalty3000 \fi
+ %
+ % Check whether we are inside the corresponding @defun.
+ \def\temp{#1}%
+ \ifx\thisenv\temp
+ \else
+ \errmessage{\expandafter\string\temp x inside
+ \expandafter\noexpand\thisenv environment}%
+ \fi
+}
+
+% Without continued lines we'd just have:
+% \def\parsedefunline#1{\parseargusing\activeparens{\parsedefunlineX#1}}
+% \def\parsedefunlineX#1#2{\printdefunline #1#2\DefunTerm}
+% but with continuations, things are much more complicated.
+%
+\def\parsedefunline#1{%
+ \def\defunlinemacro{#1}% store \deffnheader (initially)
+ \parsedefunlineX
+}
+\def\parsedefunlineX{%
+ \parseargusing\activeparens\parsedefunlineY
+}
+\def\parsedefunlineY#1{%
+ % We have to prepend a token to prevent brace stripping;
+ % \defunlinemacro just comes handy.
+ \defunchkspace\defunlinemacro#1\DefunMid\ \DefunMid\DefunTerm
+}
+\def\defunchkspace#1\ \DefunMid#2\DefunTerm{%
+ \def\temp{#2}%
+ \ifx\temp\empty
+ % The line doesn't end with `@ '; in this case, #1 ends with \DefunMid.
+ \let\next\defunchktab
+ \else
+ % `@ ' was found and stripped.
+ \let\next\defunloop
+ \fi
+ \next#1\^^I\DefunMid\DefunTerm
+}
+\def\defunchktab#1\^^I\DefunMid#2\DefunTerm{%
+ \def\temp{#2}%
+ \ifx\temp\empty
+ % The line doesn't end with address@hidden', either.
+ \let\next\defunchkfinish
+ \else
+ % address@hidden' was found and stripped.
+ \let\next\defunloop
+ \fi
+ \next#1\^^I\DefunMid\DefunTerm
+}
+\def\defunloop#1\^^I\DefunMid\DefunTerm{%
+ % Expand the \defunlinemacro token at the beginning of #1.
+ \expandafter\def\expandafter\defunlinemacro
+ \expandafter{#1 }%
+ \parsedefunlineX
+}
+\def\defunchkfinish#1\DefunMid\^^I%\DefunMid\DefunTerm -- stays here
+{%
+ % #1 starts with \defunlinemacro, which is expanded and its expansion
+ % starts with eg. \deffnheader.
+ \expandafter\replaceeols #1\^^M%\DefunMid\DefunTerm -- stays here
+}
+
+% Each occurence of `\^^M' or `<space>\^^M' is replaced by a single space.
+%
+% The parameters start with \deffnheader token, so trere is no risk braces
+% could be stripped at #1. And we have a \DefunMid token just before
+% \DefunTerm, so we cannot loose braces at #2 either. Uff!
+%
+\def\replaceeols#1\^^M#2\DefunTerm{%
+ \stripDefunMid #2%
+ \ifx\temp\empty
+ % This \^^M is the terminating one.
+ \printdefunline #1\DefunTerm
+ \else
+ \replaceeolsX#1\^^M \^^M#2\DefunTerm
+ \fi
+}
+\def\replaceeolsX#1 \^^M{\replaceeolsY#1\^^M}
+\def\replaceeolsY#1\^^M#2\^^M{\replaceeols#1 }
+\def\stripDefunMid#1\DefunMid{\def\temp{#1}}
+
+% \printdefunline \deffnheader text\DefunTerm
+%
+\def\printdefunline#1\DefunTerm{%
+ \begingroup
+ % call \deffnheader:
+ #1 \endheader
+ % common ending:
+ \interlinepenalty = 10000
+ \advance\rightskip by 0pt plus 1fil
+ \endgraf
+ \nobreak\vskip -\parskip
+ \penalty 10002 % signal to \startdefun and \dodefunx
+ % Some of the @defun-type tags do not enable magic parentheses,
+ % rendering the following check redundant. But we don't optimize.
+ \checkparencounts
+ \endgroup
+}
+
+\def\Edefun{\endgraf\endgroup\medbreak}
+
+% \makedefun{deffn} creates \deffn, \deffnx and \Edeffn;
+% the only thing remainnig is to define \deffnheader.
+%
+\def\makedefun#1{%
+ \expandafter\let\csname E#1\endcsname = \Edefun
+ \edef\temp{\noexpand\domakedefun
+ \makecsname{#1}\makecsname{#1x}\makecsname{#1header}}%
+ \temp
+}
+
+% \domakedefun \deffn \deffnx \deffnheader
+%
+% Define \deffn and \deffnx, without parameters.
+% \deffnheader has to be defined explicitly.
+%
+\def\domakedefun#1#2#3{%
+ \def#1{%
+ \startdefun#1%
+ \parsedefunline#3%
+ }%
+ % A tricky way to recycle the code defined above:
+ \def#2{\expandafter\dodefunx#1}%
+}
+
+% Untyped functions (@deffn, @defop):
+
+\makedefun{deffn} % category name args
+\def\deffnheader{\deffngeneral{}}
+
+\makedefun{defop} % category class name args
+\def\defopheader#1 {\defopon{#1\ \putwordon}}
+
+% \defopon {category on}class name args
+\def\defopon#1#2 {\deffngeneral{\putwordon\ \code{#2}}{#1\ \code{#2}} }
+
+% \deffngeneral {subind}category name args
+%
+\def\deffngeneral#1#2 #3 #4\endheader{%
+ % Remember that \dosubin{fn}{xxx}{} is equivalent to \doind{fn}{xxx}.
+ \dosubind{fn}{\code{#3}}{#1}%
+ \defname{#2}{}{#3}\ampdefunargs{#4\unskip}%
+}
+
+% Typed functions (@deftypefn, @deftypeop):
+
+\makedefun{deftypefn} % category type name args
+\def\deftypefnheader{\deftypefngeneral{}}
+
+\makedefun{deftypeop} % category class type name args
+\def\deftypeopheader#1 {\deftypeopon{#1\ \putwordon}}
+
+% \deftypeopon {category on}class type name args
+\def\deftypeopon#1#2 {\deftypefngeneral{\putwordon\ \code{#2}}{#1\ \code{#2}} }
+
+% \deftypefngeneral {subind}category type name args
+%
+\def\deftypefngeneral#1#2 #3 #4 #5\endheader{%
+ \dosubind{fn}{\code{#4}}{#1}%
+ \defname{#2}{#3}{#4}\normaldefunargs{#5\unskip}%
+}
+
+% Typed variables (@deftypevr, @deftypecv):
+
+\makedefun{deftypevr}% category type var args
+\def\deftypevrheader{\deftypecvgeneral{}}
+
+\makedefun{deftypecv}% category class type var args
+\def\deftypecvheader#1 {\deftypecvof{#1\ \putwordof}}
+
+% \deftypecvof {category of}class type var args
+\def\deftypecvof#1#2 {\deftypecvgeneral{\putwordof\ \code{#2}}{#1\ \code{#2}} }
+
+% \deftypecvgeneral {subind}category type var args
+%
+\def\deftypecvgeneral#1#2 #3 #4 #5\endheader{%
+ \dosubind{vr}{\code{#4}}{#1}%
+ \defname{#2}{#3}{#4}\normaldefunargs{#5\unskip}%
+}
+
+% Untyped variables (@defvr, @defcv):
+\makedefun{defvr}% category var args
+\def\defvrheader#1 {\deftypevrheader{#1} {} }
+
+\makedefun{defcv}% category class var args
+\def\defcvheader#1 {\defcvof{#1\ \putwordof}}
+
+% \defcvof {category of}class var args
+\def\defcvof#1#2 {\deftypecvof{#1}#2 {} }
+
+% Type (@deftp):
+\makedefun{deftp}% category name args
+\def\deftpheader#1 #2 #3\endheader{%
+ \doind{tp}{\code{#2}}%
+ \defname{#1}{}{#2}\normaldefunargs{#3\unskip}%
+}
+
+% Remaining @defun-like shortcuts:
+\makedefun{defun} \def\defunheader{\deffnheader{\putwordDeffunc} }
+\makedefun{defmac} \def\defmacheader{\deffnheader{\putwordDefmac} }
+\makedefun{defspec} \def\defspecheader{\deffnheader{\putwordDefspec} }
+\makedefun{deftypefun}\def\deftypefunheader{\deftypefnheader{\putwordDeffunc} }
+\makedefun{defvar} \def\defvarheader{\defvrheader{\putwordDefvar} }
+\makedefun{defopt} \def\defoptheader{\defvrheader{\putwordDefopt} }
+\makedefun{deftypevar}\def\deftypevarheader{\deftypevrheader{\putwordDefvar} }
+\makedefun{defmethod} \def\defmethodheader{\defopon\putwordMethodon}
+\makedefun{deftypemethod}\def\deftypemethodheader{\deftypeopon\putwordMethodon}
+\makedefun{defivar} \def\defivarheader{\defcvof\putwordInstanceVariableof}
+\makedefun{deftypeivar}\def\deftypeivarheader{\deftypecvof\putwordInstanceVariableof}
+
+% \defname, which formats the name of the @def (not the args).
+% #1 is the category, such as "Function".
+% #2 is the return type, if any.
+% #3 is the function name.
+%
+% We are followed by (but not passed) the arguments, if any.
+%
+\def\defname#1#2#3{%
+ % Get the values of \leftskip and \rightskip as they were outside the @def...
+ \advance\leftskip by -\defbodyindent
+ %
+ % How we'll format the type name. Putting it in brackets helps
+ % distinguish it from the body text that may end up on the next line
+ % just below it.
+ \def\temp{#1}%
+ \setbox0=\hbox{\kern\deflastargmargin \ifx\temp\empty\else [\rm\temp]\fi}
+ %
+ % Figure out line sizes for the paragraph shape.
+ % The first line needs space for \box0; but if \rightskip is nonzero,
+ % we need only space for the part of \box0 which exceeds it:
+ \dimen0=\hsize \advance\dimen0 by -\wd0 \advance\dimen0 by \rightskip
+ % The continuations:
+ \dimen2=\hsize \advance\dimen2 by -\defargsindent
+ % (plain.tex says that \dimen1 should be used only as global.)
+ \parshape 2 0in \dimen0 \defargsindent \dimen2
+ %
+ % Put the type name to the right margin.
+ \noindent
+ \hbox to 0pt{%
+ \hfil\box0 \kern-\hsize
+ % \hsize has to be shortened this way:
+ \kern\leftskip
+ % Intentionally do not respect \rightskip, since we need the space.
+ }%
+ %
+ % Allow all lines to be underfull without complaint:
+ \tolerance=10000 \hbadness=10000
+ \exdentamount=\defbodyindent
+ {%
+ % defun fonts. We use typewriter by default (used to be bold) because:
+ % . we're printing identifiers, they should be in tt in principle.
+ % . in languages with many accents, such as Czech or French, it's
+ % common to leave accents off identifiers. The result looks ok in
+ % tt, but exceedingly strange in rm.
+ % . we don't want -- and --- to be treated as ligatures.
+ % . this still does not fix the ?` and !` ligatures, but so far no
+ % one has made identifiers using them :).
+ \df \tt
+ \def\temp{#2}% return value type
+ \ifx\temp\empty\else \tclose{\temp} \fi
+ #3% output function name
+ }%
+ {\rm\enskip}% hskip 0.5 em of \tenrm
+ %
+ \boldbrax
+ % arguments will be output next, if any.
+}
+
+% This expands the args, with & being treated magically.
+%
+\def\ampdefunargs{%
+ \magicamp
+ \normaldefunargs
+}
+
+% Print arguments in slanted typewriter, prevent hyphenation at `-' chars.
+%
+\def\normaldefunargs#1{%
+ % use sl by default (not ttsl), inconsistently with using tt for the
+ % name. This is because literal text is sometimes needed in the
+ % argument list (groff manual), and ttsl and tt are not very
+ % distinguishable.
+ % tt for the names.
+ \df \sl \hyphenchar\font=0
+ % On the other hand, if an argument has two dashes (for instance), we
+ % want a way to get ttsl. Let's try @var for that.
+ \let\var=\ttslanted
+ #1%
+ \sl\hyphenchar\font=45
+}
+
+% We want ()&[] to print specially on the defun line.
+%
+\def\activeparens{%
+ \catcode`\(=\active \catcode`\)=\active
+ \catcode`\[=\active \catcode`\]=\active
+ \catcode`\&=\active
+}
+
+% Make control sequences which act like normal parenthesis chars.
+\let\lparen = ( \let\rparen = )
+
+% Be sure that we always have a definition for `(', etc. For example,
+% if the fn name has parens in it, \boldbrax will not be in effect yet,
+% so TeX would otherwise complain about undefined control sequence.
+{
+ \activeparens
+ \global\let(=\lparen \global\let)=\rparen
+ \global\let[=\lbrack \global\let]=\rbrack
+ \global\let& = \&
+
+ \gdef\boldbrax{\let(=\opnr\let)=\clnr\let[=\lbrb\let]=\rbrb}
+ \gdef\magicamp{\let&=\amprm}
+}
+
+\newcount\parencount
+
+% If we encounter &foo, then turn on ()-hacking afterwards
+\newif\ifampseen
+\def\amprm#1 {\ampseentrue{\bf\ }}
+
+\def\parenfont{%
+ \ifampseen
+ % At the first level, print parens in roman,
+ % otherwise use the default font.
+ \ifnum \parencount=1 \rm \fi
+ \else
+ % The \sf parens (in \boldbrax) actually are a little bolder than
+ % the contained text. This is especially needed for [ and ] .
+ \sf
+ \fi
+}
+\def\infirstlevel#1{%
+ \ifampseen
+ \ifnum\parencount=1
+ #1%
+ \fi
+ \fi
+}
+\def\bfafterword#1 {#1 \bf}
+
+\def\opnr{%
+ \global\advance\parencount by 1
+ {\parenfont(}%
+ \infirstlevel \bfafterword
+}
+\def\clnr{%
+ {\parenfont)}%
+ \infirstlevel \sl
+ \global\advance\parencount by -1
+}
+
+\newcount\brackcount
+\def\lbrb{%
+ \global\advance\brackcount by 1
+ {\bf[}%
+}
+\def\rbrb{%
+ {\bf]}%
+ \global\advance\brackcount by -1
+}
+
+\def\checkparencounts{%
+ \ifnum\parencount=0 \else \badparencount \fi
+ \ifnum\brackcount=0 \else \badbrackcount \fi
+}
+\def\badparencount{%
+ \errmessage{Unbalanced parentheses in @def}%
+ \global\parencount=0
+}
+\def\badbrackcount{%
+ \errmessage{Unbalanced square braces in @def}%
+ \global\brackcount=0
+}
+
+
+\message{macros,}
+% @macro.
+
+% To do this right we need a feature of e-TeX, \scantokens,
+% which we arrange to emulate with a temporary file in ordinary TeX.
+\ifx\eTeXversion\undefined
+ \newwrite\macscribble
+ \def\scanmacro#1{%
+ \begingroup \newlinechar`\^^M
+ % Undo catcode changes of \startcontents and \doprintindex
+ address@hidden \catcode`\\=\other \escapechar=`\@
+ % Append \endinput to make sure that TeX does not see the ending newline.
+ \toks0={#1\endinput}%
+ \immediate\openout\macscribble=\jobname.tmp
+ \immediate\write\macscribble{\the\toks0}%
+ \immediate\closeout\macscribble
+ \let\xeatspaces\eatspaces
+ \input \jobname.tmp
+ \endgroup
+}
+\else
+\def\scanmacro#1{%
+\begingroup \newlinechar`\^^M
+% Undo catcode changes of \startcontents and \doprintindex
address@hidden \catcode`\\=\other \escapechar=`\@
+\let\xeatspaces\eatspaces\scantokens{#1\endinput}\endgroup}
+\fi
+
+\newcount\paramno % Count of parameters
+\newtoks\macname % Macro name
+\newif\ifrecursive % Is it recursive?
+\def\macrolist{} % List of all defined macros in the form
+ % \do\macro1\do\macro2...
+
+% Utility routines.
+% Thisdoes \let #1 = #2, except with \csnames.
+\def\cslet#1#2{%
+\expandafter\expandafter
+\expandafter\let
+\expandafter\expandafter
+\csname#1\endcsname
+\csname#2\endcsname}
+
+% Trim leading and trailing spaces off a string.
+% Concepts from aro-bend problem 15 (see CTAN).
address@hidden
+\gdef\eatspaces address@hidden }}
+\gdef\trim@ #1{\trim@@ @#1 @ #1 @ @@}
+\gdef\trim@@ #1@ #2@ #3@@{\trim@@@\empty #2 @}
+\def\unbrace#1{#1}
+\unbrace{\gdef\trim@@@ #1 } address@hidden
+}
+
+% Trim a single trailing ^^M off a string.
+{\catcode`\^^M=\other \catcode`\Q=3%
+\gdef\eatcr #1{\eatcra #1Q^^MQ}%
+\gdef\eatcra#1^^MQ{\eatcrb#1Q}%
+\gdef\eatcrb#1Q#2Q{#1}%
+}
+
+% Macro bodies are absorbed as an argument in a context where
+% all characters are catcode 10, 11 or 12, except \ which is active
+% (as in normal texinfo). It is necessary to change the definition of \.
+
+% It's necessary to have hard CRs when the macro is executed. This is
+% done by making ^^M (\endlinechar) catcode 12 when reading the macro
+% body, and then making it the \newlinechar in \scanmacro.
+
+\def\macrobodyctxt{%
+ \catcode`\~=\other
+ \catcode`\^=\other
+ \catcode`\_=\other
+ \catcode`\|=\other
+ \catcode`\<=\other
+ \catcode`\>=\other
+ \catcode`\+=\other
+ \catcode`\{=\other
+ \catcode`\}=\other
+ address@hidden
+ \catcode`\^^M=\other
+ \usembodybackslash}
+
+\def\macroargctxt{%
+ \catcode`\~=\other
+ \catcode`\^=\other
+ \catcode`\_=\other
+ \catcode`\|=\other
+ \catcode`\<=\other
+ \catcode`\>=\other
+ \catcode`\+=\other
+ address@hidden
+ \catcode`\\=\other}
+
+% \mbodybackslash is the definition of \ in @macro bodies.
+% It maps \foo\ => \csname macarg.foo\endcsname => #N
+% where N is the macro parameter number.
+% We define \csname macarg.\endcsname to be \realbackslash, so
+% \\ in macro replacement text gets you a backslash.
+
address@hidden @address@hidden@active
+ @address@hidden@address@hidden
+ @address@hidden@csname address@hidden
+}
+\expandafter\def\csname macarg.\endcsname{\realbackslash}
+
+\def\macro{\recursivefalse\parsearg\macroxxx}
+\def\rmacro{\recursivetrue\parsearg\macroxxx}
+
+\def\macroxxx#1{%
+ \getargs{#1}% now \macname is the macname and \argl the arglist
+ \ifx\argl\empty % no arguments
+ \paramno=0%
+ \else
+ \expandafter\parsemargdef \argl;%
+ \fi
+ \if1\csname ismacro.\the\macname\endcsname
+ \message{Warning: redefining \the\macname}%
+ \else
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname \the\macname\endcsname \relax
+ \else \errmessage{Macro name \the\macname\space already defined}\fi
+ \global\cslet{macsave.\the\macname}{\the\macname}%
+ \global\expandafter\let\csname ismacro.\the\macname\endcsname=1%
+ % Add the macroname to \macrolist
+ \toks0 = \expandafter{\macrolist\do}%
+ \xdef\macrolist{\the\toks0
+ \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname\endcsname}%
+ \fi
+ \begingroup \macrobodyctxt
+ \ifrecursive \expandafter\parsermacbody
+ \else \expandafter\parsemacbody
+ \fi}
+
+\defparsearg\unmacro{%
+ \if1\csname ismacro.#1\endcsname
+ \global\cslet{#1}{macsave.#1}%
+ \global\expandafter\let \csname ismacro.#1\endcsname=0%
+ % Remove the macro name from \macrolist:
+ \begingroup
+ \expandafter\let\csname#1\endcsname \relax
+ \let\do\unmacrodo
+ \xdef\macrolist{\macrolist}%
+ \endgroup
+ \else
+ \errmessage{Macro #1 not defined}%
+ \fi
+}
+
+% Called by \do from \dounmacro on each macro. The idea is to omit any
+% macro definitions that have been changed to \relax.
+%
+\def\unmacrodo#1{%
+ \ifx#1\relax
+ % remove this
+ \else
+ \noexpand\do \noexpand #1%
+ \fi
+}
+
+% This makes use of the obscure feature that if the last token of a
+% <parameter list> is #, then the preceding argument is delimited by
+% an opening brace, and that opening brace is not consumed.
+\def\getargs#1{\getargsxxx#1{}}
+\def\getargsxxx#1#{\getmacname #1 \relax\getmacargs}
+\def\getmacname #1 #2\relax{\macname={#1}}
+\def\getmacargs#1{\def\argl{#1}}
+
+% Parse the optional {params} list. Set up \paramno and \paramlist
+% so \defmacro knows what to do. Define \macarg.blah for each blah
+% in the params list, to be ##N where N is the position in that list.
+% That gets used by \mbodybackslash (above).
+
+% We need to get `macro parameter char #' into several definitions.
+% The technique used is stolen from LaTeX: let \hash be something
+% unexpandable, insert that wherever you need a #, and then redefine
+% it to # just before using the token list produced.
+%
+% The same technique is used to protect \eatspaces till just before
+% the macro is used.
+
+\def\parsemargdef#1;{\paramno=0\def\paramlist{}%
+ \let\hash\relax\let\xeatspaces\relax\parsemargdefxxx#1,;,}
+\def\parsemargdefxxx#1,{%
+ \if#1;\let\next=\relax
+ \else \let\next=\parsemargdefxxx
+ \advance\paramno by 1%
+ \expandafter\edef\csname macarg.\eatspaces{#1}\endcsname
+ {\xeatspaces{\hash\the\paramno}}%
+ \edef\paramlist{\paramlist\hash\the\paramno,}%
+ \fi\next}
+
+% These two commands read recursive and nonrecursive macro bodies.
+% (They're different since rec and nonrec macros end differently.)
+
address@hidden macro%
+{\xdef\temp{\eatcr{#1}}\endgroup\defmacro}%
address@hidden rmacro%
+{\xdef\temp{\eatcr{#1}}\endgroup\defmacro}%
+
+% This defines the macro itself. There are six cases: recursive and
+% nonrecursive macros of zero, one, and many arguments.
+% Much magic with \expandafter here.
+% \xdef is used so that macro definitions will survive the file
+% they're defined in; @include reads the file inside a group.
+\def\defmacro{%
+ \let\hash=##% convert placeholders to macro parameter chars
+ \ifrecursive
+ \ifcase\paramno
+ % 0
+ \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{%
+ \noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}}%
+ \or % 1
+ \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{%
+ \bgroup\noexpand\macroargctxt
+ \noexpand\braceorline
+ \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname}%
+ \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname##1{%
+ \egroup\noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}}%
+ \else % many
+ \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{%
+ \bgroup\noexpand\macroargctxt
+ \noexpand\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname}%
+ \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname##1{%
+ \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname ##1,}%
+ \expandafter\expandafter
+ \expandafter\xdef
+ \expandafter\expandafter
+ \csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname
+ \paramlist{\egroup\noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}}%
+ \fi
+ \else
+ \ifcase\paramno
+ % 0
+ \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{%
+ \noexpand\norecurse{\the\macname}%
+ \noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}\egroup}%
+ \or % 1
+ \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{%
+ \bgroup\noexpand\macroargctxt
+ \noexpand\braceorline
+ \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname}%
+ \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname##1{%
+ \egroup
+ \noexpand\norecurse{\the\macname}%
+ \noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}\egroup}%
+ \else % many
+ \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{%
+ \bgroup\noexpand\macroargctxt
+ \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname}%
+ \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname##1{%
+ \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname ##1,}%
+ \expandafter\expandafter
+ \expandafter\xdef
+ \expandafter\expandafter
+ \csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname
+ \paramlist{%
+ \egroup
+ \noexpand\norecurse{\the\macname}%
+ \noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}\egroup}%
+ \fi
+ \fi}
+
+\def\norecurse#1{\bgroup\cslet{#1}{macsave.#1}}
+
+% \braceorline decides whether the next nonwhitespace character is a
+% {. If so it reads up to the closing }, if not, it reads the whole
+% line. Whatever was read is then fed to the next control sequence
+% as an argument (by \parsebrace or \parsearg)
+\def\braceorline#1{\let\next=#1\futurelet\nchar\braceorlinexxx}
+\def\braceorlinexxx{%
+ \ifx\nchar\bgroup\else
+ \expandafter\parsearg
+ \fi \next}
+
+% We mant to disable all macros during \shipout so that they are not
+% expanded by \write.
+\def\turnoffmacros{\begingroup \def\do##1{\let\noexpand##1=\relax}%
+ \edef\next{\macrolist}\expandafter\endgroup\next}
+
+
+% @alias.
+% We need some trickery to remove the optional spaces around the equal
+% sign. Just make them active and then expand them all to nothing.
+\def\alias{\parseargusing\obeyspaces\aliasxxx}
+\def\aliasxxx #1{\aliasyyy#1\relax}
+\def\aliasyyy #1=#2\relax{%
+ {%
+ \expandafter\let\obeyedspace=\empty
+ \xdef\next{\global\let\makecsname{#1}=\makecsname{#2}}%
+ }%
+ \next
+}
+
+
+\message{cross references,}
+
+\newwrite\auxfile
+
+\newif\ifhavexrefs % True if xref values are known.
+\newif\ifwarnedxrefs % True if we warned once that they aren't known.
+
+% @inforef is relatively simple.
+\def\inforef #1{\inforefzzz #1,,,,**}
+\def\inforefzzz #1,#2,#3,#4**{\putwordSee{} \putwordInfo{} \putwordfile{}
\file{\ignorespaces #3{}},
+ node \samp{\ignorespaces#1{}}}
+
+% @node's only job in TeX is to define \lastnode, which is used in
+% cross-references.
+\defparsearg\node{\ENVcheck\nodexxx #1,\finishnodeparse}
+\def\nodexxx#1,#2\finishnodeparse{\gdef\lastnode{#1}}
+\let\nwnode=\node
+\let\lastnode=\empty
+
+% Write a cross-reference definition for the current node. #1 is the
+% type (Ynumbered, Yappendix, Ynothing).
+%
+\def\donoderef#1{%
+ \ifx\lastnode\empty\else
+ \setref{\lastnode}{#1}%
+ \global\let\lastnode=\empty
+ \fi
+}
+
+% @anchor{NAME} -- define xref target at arbitrary point.
+%
+\newcount\savesfregister
+%
+\gdef\savesf{\relax \ifhmode \savesfregister=\spacefactor \fi}
+\gdef\restoresf{\relax \ifhmode \spacefactor=\savesfregister \fi}
+\gdef\anchor#1{\savesf \setref{#1}{Ynothing}\restoresf \ignorespaces}
+
+% \setref{NAME}{SNT} defines a cross-reference point NAME (a node or an
+% anchor), namely NAME-title (the corresponding @chapter/etc. name),
+% NAME-pg (the page number), and NAME-snt (section number and type).
+% Called from \donoderef and \anchor.
+%
+% We take care not to fully expand the title, since it may contain
+% arbitrary macros.
+%
+% Use \turnoffactive so that punctuation chars such as underscore
+% and backslash work in node names.
+%
+\def\setref#1#2{%
+ \pdfmkdest{#1}%
+ \iflinks
+ {%
+ \turnoffactive
+ \edef\writexrdef##1##2{%
+ address@hidden #1 of \setref, expanded by the \edef
+ ##1}{##2}}% these are parameters of \writexrdef
+ }%
+ \toks0 = \expandafter{\thissection}%
+ \immediate \writexrdef{title}{\the\toks0 }%
+ \immediate \writexrdef{snt}{\csname #2\endcsname}% \Ynumbered etc.
+ \writexrdef{pg}{\folio}% will be written later, during \shipout
+ }%
+ \fi
+}
+
+% @xref, @pxref, and @ref generate cross-references. For \xrefX, #1 is
+% the node name, #2 the name of the Info cross-reference, #3 the printed
+% node name, #4 the name of the Info file, #5 the name of the printed
+% manual. All but the node name can be omitted.
+%
+\def\pxref#1{\putwordsee{} \xrefX[#1,,,,,,,]}
+\def\xref#1{\putwordSee{} \xrefX[#1,,,,,,,]}
+\def\ref#1{\xrefX[#1,,,,,,,]}
+\def\xrefX[#1,#2,#3,#4,#5,#6]{\begingroup
+ \unsepspaces
+ \def\printedmanual{\ignorespaces #5}%
+ \def\printednodename{\ignorespaces #3}%
+ \setbox1=\hbox{\printedmanual}%
+ \setbox0=\hbox{\printednodename}%
+ \ifdim \wd0 = 0pt
+ % No printed node name was explicitly given.
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname SETxref-automatic-section-title\endcsname\relax
+ % Use the node name inside the square brackets.
+ \def\printednodename{\ignorespaces #1}%
+ \else
+ % Use the actual chapter/section title appear inside
+ % the square brackets. Use the real section title if we have it.
+ \ifdim \wd1 > 0pt
+ % It is in another manual, so we don't have it.
+ \def\printednodename{\ignorespaces #1}%
+ \else
+ \ifhavexrefs
+ % We know the real title if we have the xref values.
+ \def\printednodename{\refx{#1-title}{}}%
+ \else
+ % Otherwise just copy the Info node name.
+ \def\printednodename{\ignorespaces #1}%
+ \fi%
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ %
+ % If we use \unhbox0 and \unhbox1 to print the node names, TeX does not
+ % insert empty discretionaries after hyphens, which means that it will
+ % not find a line break at a hyphen in a node names. Since some manuals
+ % are best written with fairly long node names, containing hyphens, this
+ % is a loss. Therefore, we give the text of the node name again, so it
+ % is as if TeX is seeing it for the first time.
+ \ifpdf
+ \leavevmode
+ \getfilename{#4}%
+ {\turnoffactive \otherbackslash
+ \ifnum\filenamelength>0
+ \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]}%
+ goto file{\the\filename.pdf} name{#1}%
+ \else
+ \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]}%
+ goto name{\pdfmkpgn{#1}}%
+ \fi
+ }%
+ \linkcolor
+ \fi
+ %
+ \ifdim \wd1 > 0pt
+ \putwordsection{} ``\printednodename'' \putwordin{} \cite{\printedmanual}%
+ \else
+ % _ (for example) has to be the character _ for the purposes of the
+ % control sequence corresponding to the node, but it has to expand
+ % into the usual \leavevmode...\vrule stuff for purposes of
+ % printing. So we \turnoffactive for the \refx-snt, back on for the
+ % printing, back off for the \refx-pg.
+ {\turnoffactive \otherbackslash
+ % Only output a following space if the -snt ref is nonempty; for
+ % @unnumbered and @anchor, it won't be.
+ \setbox2 = \hbox{\ignorespaces \refx{#1-snt}{}}%
+ \ifdim \wd2 > 0pt \refx{#1-snt}\space\fi
+ }%
+ % output the `[mynode]' via a macro.
+ \xrefprintnodename\printednodename
+ %
+ % But we always want a comma and a space:
+ ,\space
+ %
+ % output the `page 3'.
+ \turnoffactive \otherbackslash \putwordpage\tie\refx{#1-pg}{}%
+ \fi
+ \endlink
+\endgroup}
+
+% This macro is called from \xrefX for the `[nodename]' part of xref
+% output. It's a separate macro only so it can be changed more easily,
+% since not square brackets don't work in some documents. Particularly
+% one that Bob is working on :).
+%
+\def\xrefprintnodename#1{[#1]}
+
+% Things referred to by \setref.
+%
+\def\Ynothing{}
+\def\Yomitfromtoc{}
+\def\Ynumbered{%
+ \ifnum\secno=0
+ address@hidden \the\chapno
+ \else \ifnum\subsecno=0
+ address@hidden \the\chapno.\the\secno
+ \else \ifnum\subsubsecno=0
+ address@hidden \the\chapno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno
+ \else
+ address@hidden \the\chapno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno
+ \fi\fi\fi
+}
+\def\Yappendix{%
+ \ifnum\secno=0
+ address@hidden @char\the\appendixno{}%
+ \else \ifnum\subsecno=0
+ address@hidden @char\the\appendixno.\the\secno
+ \else \ifnum\subsubsecno=0
+ address@hidden @char\the\appendixno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno
+ \else
+ address@hidden
+ @char\the\appendixno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno
+ \fi\fi\fi
+}
+
+% Use TeX 3.0's \inputlineno to get the line number, for better error
+% messages, but if we're using an old version of TeX, don't do anything.
+%
+\ifx\inputlineno\thisisundefined
+ \let\linenumber = \empty % Pre-3.0.
+\else
+ \def\linenumber{\the\inputlineno:\space}
+\fi
+
+% Define \refx{NAME}{SUFFIX} to reference a cross-reference string named NAME.
+% If its value is nonempty, SUFFIX is output afterward.
+%
+\def\refx#1#2{%
+ {%
+ \indexnofonts
+ \otherbackslash
+ \expandafter\global\expandafter\let\expandafter\thisrefX
+ \csname X#1\endcsname
+ }%
+ \ifx\thisrefX\relax
+ % If not defined, say something at least.
+ \angleleft un\-de\-fined\angleright
+ \iflinks
+ \ifhavexrefs
+ \message{\linenumber Undefined cross reference `#1'.}%
+ \else
+ \ifwarnedxrefs\else
+ \global\warnedxrefstrue
+ \message{Cross reference values unknown; you must run TeX again.}%
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \else
+ % It's defined, so just use it.
+ \thisrefX
+ \fi
+ #2% Output the suffix in any case.
+}
+
+% This is the macro invoked by entries in the aux file.
+%
+\def\xrdef#1{\expandafter\gdef\csname X#1\endcsname}
+
+% Read the last existing aux file, if any. No error if none exists.
+% Open the new one.
+%
+\def\readauxfile{\begingroup
+ address@hidden
+ \catcode`\^^A=\other
+ \catcode`\^^B=\other
+ \catcode`\^^C=\other
+ \catcode`\^^D=\other
+ \catcode`\^^E=\other
+ \catcode`\^^F=\other
+ \catcode`\^^G=\other
+ \catcode`\^^H=\other
+ \catcode`\^^K=\other
+ \catcode`\^^L=\other
+ \catcode`\^^N=\other
+ \catcode`\^^P=\other
+ \catcode`\^^Q=\other
+ \catcode`\^^R=\other
+ \catcode`\^^S=\other
+ \catcode`\^^T=\other
+ \catcode`\^^U=\other
+ \catcode`\^^V=\other
+ \catcode`\^^W=\other
+ \catcode`\^^X=\other
+ \catcode`\^^Z=\other
+ \catcode`\^^[=\other
+ \catcode`\^^\=\other
+ \catcode`\^^]=\other
+ \catcode`\^^^=\other
+ \catcode`\^^_=\other
+ % It was suggested to set the catcode of ^ to 7, which would allow ^^e4 etc.
+ % in xref tags, i.e., node names. But since ^^e4 notation isn't
+ % supported in the main text, it doesn't seem desirable. Furthermore,
+ % that is not enough: for node names that actually contain a ^
+ % character, we would end up writing a line like this: 'xrdef {'hat
+ % b-title}{'hat b} and \xrdef does a \csname...\endcsname on the first
+ % argument, and \hat is not an expandable control sequence. It could
+ % all be worked out, but why? Either we support ^^ or we don't.
+ %
+ % The other change necessary for this was to define \auxhat:
+ % \def\auxhat{\def^{'hat }}% extra space so ok if followed by letter
+ % and then to call \auxhat in \setq.
+ %
+ \catcode`\^=\other
+ %
+ % Special characters. Should be turned off anyway, but...
+ \catcode`\~=\other
+ \catcode`\[=\other
+ \catcode`\]=\other
+ \catcode`\"=\other
+ \catcode`\_=\other
+ \catcode`\|=\other
+ \catcode`\<=\other
+ \catcode`\>=\other
+ \catcode`\$=\other
+ \catcode`\#=\other
+ \catcode`\&=\other
+ \catcode`\%=\other
+ \catcode`+=\other % avoid \+ for paranoia even though we've turned it off
+ %
+ % Make the characters 128-255 be printing characters
+ {%
+ \count 1=128
+ \def\loop{%
+ \catcode\count 1=\other
+ \advance\count 1 by 1
+ \ifnum \count 1<256 \loop \fi
+ }%
+ }%
+ %
+ % Turn off \ as an escape so we do not lose on
+ % entries which were dumped with control sequences in their names.
+ % For example, @xrdef{$\leq $-fun}{page ...} made by @defun ^^
+ % Reference to such entries still does not work the way one would wish,
+ % but at least they do not bomb out when the aux file is read in.
+ \catcode`\\=\other
+ %
+ % @ is our escape character in .aux files.
+ \catcode`\{=1
+ \catcode`\}=2
+ address@hidden
+ %
+ \openin 1 \jobname.aux
+ \ifeof 1 \else
+ \closein 1
+ \input \jobname.aux
+ \global\havexrefstrue
+ \fi
+ % Open the new aux file right away (otherwise the \immediate's in
+ % \setref cause spurious terminal output). TeX will close it
+ % automatically at exit.
+ \immediate\openout\auxfile=\jobname.aux
+\endgroup}
+
+
+\message{insertions,}
+% including footnotes.
+
+\newcount \footnoteno
+
+% The trailing space in the following definition for supereject is
+% vital for proper filling; pages come out unaligned when you do a
+% pagealignmacro call if that space before the closing brace is
+% removed. (Generally, numeric constants should always be followed by a
+% space to prevent strange expansion errors.)
+\def\supereject{\par\penalty -20000\footnoteno =0 }
+
+% @footnotestyle is meaningful for info output only.
+\let\footnotestyle=\comment
+
+{\catcode address@hidden
+%
+% Auto-number footnotes. Otherwise like plain.
+\gdef\footnote{%
+ \let\indent=\ptexindent
+ \let\noindent=\ptexnoindent
+ \global\advance\footnoteno by address@hidden
+ \edef\thisfootno{$^{\the\footnoteno}$}%
+ %
+ % In case the footnote comes at the end of a sentence, preserve the
+ % extra spacing after we do the footnote number.
+ address@hidden
+ address@hidden
+ %
+ % Remove inadvertent blank space before typesetting the footnote number.
+ \unskip
+ address@hidden
+ \dofootnote
+}%
+
+% Don't bother with the trickery in plain.tex to not require the
+% footnote text as a parameter. Our footnotes don't need to be so general.
+%
+% Oh yes, they do; otherwise, @ifset (and anything else that uses
+% \parseargline) fails inside footnotes because the tokens are fixed when
+% the footnote is read. --karl, 16nov96.
+%
+\gdef\dofootnote{%
+ \insert\footins\bgroup
+ % We want to typeset this text as a normal paragraph, even if the
+ % footnote reference occurs in (for example) a display environment.
+ % So reset some parameters.
+ \hsize=\pagewidth
+ \interlinepenalty\interfootnotelinepenalty
+ \splittopskip\ht\strutbox % top baseline for broken footnotes
+ \splitmaxdepth\dp\strutbox
+ address@hidden
+ address@hidden
+ address@hidden
+ address@hidden
+ address@hidden
+ \parindent\defaultparindent
+ %
+ \smallfonts \rm
+ %
+ % Because we use hanging indentation in footnotes, a @noindent appears
+ % to exdent this text, so make it be a no-op. makeinfo does not use
+ % hanging indentation so @noindent can still be needed within footnote
+ % text after an @example or the like (not that this is good style).
+ \let\noindent = \relax
+ %
+ % Hang the footnote text off the number. Use \everypar in case the
+ % footnote extends for more than one paragraph.
+ \everypar = {\hang}%
+ \textindent{\thisfootno}%
+ %
+ % Don't crash into the line above the footnote text. Since this
+ % expands into a box, it must come within the paragraph, lest it
+ % provide a place where TeX can split the footnote.
+ \footstrut
+ address@hidden
+}
+}%end \catcode address@hidden
+
+% In case a @footnote appears in a vbox, save the footnote text and create
+% the real \insert just after the vbox finished. Otherwise, the insertion
+% would be lost.
+% Similarily, if a @footnote appears inside an alignment, save the footnote
+% text to a box and make the \insert when a row of the table is finished.
+% And the same can be done for other insert classes. --kasal, 16nov03.
+
+% Replace the \insert primitive by a cheating macro.
+% Deeper inside, just make sure that the saved insertions are not spilled
+% out prematurely.
+%
+\def\startsavinginserts{%
+ \ifx \insert\ptexinsert
+ \let\insert\saveinsert
+ \else
+ \let\checkinserts\relax
+ \fi
+}
+
+% This \insert replacements works for both \insert\footins{xx} and
+% \insert\footins\bgroup xx\egroup, but it doesn't work for \insert27{xx}.
+%
+\def\saveinsert#1{%
+ \edef\next{\noexpand\savetobox \makeSAVEname#1}%
+ \afterassignment\next
+ % swallow the left brace
+ \let\temp =
+}
+\def\makeSAVEname#1{\makecsname{SAVE\expandafter\gobble\string#1}}
+\def\savetobox#1{\global\setbox#1 = \vbox\bgroup \unvbox#1}
+
+\def\checksaveins#1{\ifvoid#1\else \placesaveins#1\fi}
+
+\def\placesaveins#1{%
+ \ptexinsert \csname\expandafter\gobblesave\string#1\endcsname
+ {\box#1}%
+}
+
+% eat @SAVE -- beware, all of them have catcode \other:
+{
+ \def\dospecials{\do S\do A\do V\do E} \uncatcodespecials % ;-)
+ \gdef\gobblesave @SAVE{}
+}
+
+% initialization:
+\def\newsaveins #1{%
+ \edef\next{\noexpand\newsaveinsX \makeSAVEname#1}%
+ \next
+}
+\def\newsaveinsX #1{%
+ \csname newbox\endcsname #1% \newbox cannot be pronounced, as it is outer
+ \expandafter\def\expandafter\checkinserts\expandafter{\checkinserts
+ \checksaveins#1}%
+}
+
+% initialize:
+\let\checkinserts\empty
+\newsaveins\footins
+\newsaveins\margin
+
+
+% @image. We use the macros from epsf.tex to support this.
+% If epsf.tex is not installed and @image is used, we complain.
+%
+% Check for and read epsf.tex up front. If we read it only at @image
+% time, we might be inside a group, and then its definitions would get
+% undone and the next image would fail.
+\openin 1 = epsf.tex
+\ifeof 1 \else
+ \closein 1
+ % Do not bother showing banner with epsf.tex v2.7k (available in
+ % doc/epsf.tex and on ctan).
+ \def\epsfannounce{\toks0 = }%
+ \input epsf.tex
+\fi
+%
+% We will only complain once about lack of epsf.tex.
+\newif\ifwarnednoepsf
+\newhelp\noepsfhelp{epsf.tex must be installed for images to
+ work. It is also included in the Texinfo distribution, or you can get
+ it from ftp://tug.org/tex/epsf.tex.}
+%
+\def\image#1{%
+ \ifx\epsfbox\undefined
+ \ifwarnednoepsf \else
+ \errhelp = \noepsfhelp
+ \errmessage{epsf.tex not found, images will be ignored}%
+ \global\warnednoepsftrue
+ \fi
+ \else
+ \imagexxx #1,,,,,\finish
+ \fi
+}
+%
+% Arguments to @image:
+% #1 is (mandatory) image filename; we tack on .eps extension.
+% #2 is (optional) width, #3 is (optional) height.
+% #4 is (ignored optional) html alt text.
+% #5 is (ignored optional) extension.
+% #6 is just the usual extra ignored arg for parsing this stuff.
+\newif\ifimagevmode
+\def\imagexxx#1,#2,#3,#4,#5,#6\finish{\begingroup
+ \catcode`\^^M = 5 % in case we're inside an example
+ \normalturnoffactive % allow _ et al. in names
+ % If the image is by itself, center it.
+ \ifvmode
+ \imagevmodetrue
+ \nobreak\bigskip
+ % Usually we'll have text after the image which will insert
+ % \parskip glue, so insert it here too to equalize the space
+ % above and below.
+ \nobreak\vskip\parskip
+ \nobreak
+ \line\bgroup\hss
+ \fi
+ %
+ % Output the image.
+ \ifpdf
+ \dopdfimage{#1}{#2}{#3}%
+ \else
+ % \epsfbox itself resets \epsf?size at each figure.
+ \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}\ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \epsfxsize=#2\relax \fi
+ \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #3}\ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \epsfysize=#3\relax \fi
+ \epsfbox{#1.eps}%
+ \fi
+ %
+ \ifimagevmode \hss \egroup \bigbreak \fi % space after the image
+\endgroup}
+
+
+% @float FLOATTYPE,LOC ... @end float for displayed figures, tables, etc.
+% We don't actually implement floating yet, we just plop the float "here".
+% But it seemed the best name for the future.
+%
+\def\float{\parsearg\parsefloat}
+\def\parsefloat#1{\dofloat #1,\finish}
+
+% #1 is the text label for this float, typically "Figure", "Table",
+% "Example", etc. #2 is optional and ignored; it will be for specifying
+% the positions allowed to float to (here, top, bottom).
+%
+\def\dofloat#1,#2\finish{\vtop\bgroup
+ % xx should we indent the whole thing? center it?
+ %
+ % allow @[short]caption now.
+ \let\thiscaption=\empty
+ \def\caption##1{\def\thiscaption{##1}}%
+ %
+ \let\thisshortcaption=\empty
+ \def\shortcaption##1{\def\thisshortcaption{##1}}%
+ %
+ \def\Efloat{%
+ \ifx\thiscaption\empty \else
+ \vskip.5\parskip
+ \thiscaption
+ \vskip\parskip
+ \fi
+ \egroup % end of \vtop
+ }%
+}
+
+% @listoffloats FLOATTYPE - print a list of floats like a table of contents.
+\def\listoffloats{\parsearg\dolistoffloats}
+\def\dolistoffloats#1{%xx
+}
+
+% Default definitions.
address@hidden while not in @float environment}}
address@hidden while not in @float environment}}
+
+
+\message{localization,}
+% and i18n.
+
+% @documentlanguage is usually given very early, just after
+% @setfilename. If done too late, it may not override everything
+% properly. Single argument is the language abbreviation.
+% It would be nice if we could set up a hyphenation file here.
+%
+\defparsearg\documentlanguage{%
+ \tex % read txi-??.tex file in plain TeX.
+ % Read the file if it exists.
+ \openin 1 txi-#1.tex
+ \ifeof1
+ \errhelp = \nolanghelp
+ \errmessage{Cannot read language file txi-#1.tex}%
+ \let\temp = \relax
+ \else
+ \def\temp{\input txi-#1.tex }%
+ \fi
+ \temp
+ \endgroup
+}
+\newhelp\nolanghelp{The given language definition file cannot be found or
+is empty. Maybe you need to install it? In the current directory
+should work if nowhere else does.}
+
+
+% @documentencoding should change something in TeX eventually, most
+% likely, but for now just recognize it.
+\let\documentencoding = \comment
+
+
+% Page size parameters.
+%
+\newdimen\defaultparindent \defaultparindent = 15pt
+
+\chapheadingskip = 15pt plus 4pt minus 2pt
+\secheadingskip = 12pt plus 3pt minus 2pt
+\subsecheadingskip = 9pt plus 2pt minus 2pt
+
+% Prevent underfull vbox error messages.
+\vbadness = 10000
+
+% Don't be so finicky about underfull hboxes, either.
+\hbadness = 2000
+
+% Following George Bush, just get rid of widows and orphans.
+\widowpenalty=10000
+\clubpenalty=10000
+
+% Use TeX 3.0's \emergencystretch to help line breaking, but if we're
+% using an old version of TeX, don't do anything. We want the amount of
+% stretch added to depend on the line length, hence the dependence on
+% \hsize. We call this whenever the paper size is set.
+%
+\def\setemergencystretch{%
+ \ifx\emergencystretch\thisisundefined
+ % Allow us to assign to \emergencystretch anyway.
+ \def\emergencystretch{\dimen0}%
+ \else
+ \emergencystretch = .15\hsize
+ \fi
+}
+
+% Parameters in order: 1) textheight; 2) textwidth; 3) voffset;
+% 4) hoffset; 5) binding offset; 6) topskip; 7) physical page height; 8)
+% physical page width.
+%
+% We also call \setleading{\textleading}, so the caller should define
+% \textleading. The caller should also set \parskip.
+%
+\def\internalpagesizes#1#2#3#4#5#6#7#8{%
+ \voffset = #3\relax
+ \topskip = #6\relax
+ \splittopskip = \topskip
+ %
+ \vsize = #1\relax
+ \advance\vsize by \topskip
+ \outervsize = \vsize
+ \advance\outervsize by 2\topandbottommargin
+ \pageheight = \vsize
+ %
+ \hsize = #2\relax
+ \outerhsize = \hsize
+ \advance\outerhsize by 0.5in
+ \pagewidth = \hsize
+ %
+ \normaloffset = #4\relax
+ \bindingoffset = #5\relax
+ %
+ \ifpdf
+ \pdfpageheight #7\relax
+ \pdfpagewidth #8\relax
+ \fi
+ %
+ \setleading{\textleading}
+ %
+ \parindent = \defaultparindent
+ \setemergencystretch
+}
+
+% @letterpaper (the default).
+\def\letterpaper{{\globaldefs = 1
+ \parskip = 3pt plus 2pt minus 1pt
+ \textleading = 13.2pt
+ %
+ % If page is nothing but text, make it come out even.
+ \internalpagesizes{46\baselineskip}{6in}%
+ {\voffset}{.25in}%
+ {\bindingoffset}{36pt}%
+ {11in}{8.5in}%
+}}
+
+% Use @smallbook to reset parameters for 7x9.5 (or so) format.
+\def\smallbook{{\globaldefs = 1
+ \parskip = 2pt plus 1pt
+ \textleading = 12pt
+ %
+ \internalpagesizes{7.5in}{5in}%
+ {\voffset}{.25in}%
+ {\bindingoffset}{16pt}%
+ {9.25in}{7in}%
+ %
+ \lispnarrowing = 0.3in
+ \tolerance = 700
+ \hfuzz = 1pt
+ \contentsrightmargin = 0pt
+ \defbodyindent = .5cm
+}}
+
+% Use @afourpaper to print on European A4 paper.
+\def\afourpaper{{\globaldefs = 1
+ \parskip = 3pt plus 2pt minus 1pt
+ \textleading = 13.2pt
+ %
+ % Double-side printing via postscript on Laserjet 4050
+ % prints double-sided nicely when \bindingoffset=10mm and \hoffset=-6mm.
+ % To change the settings for a different printer or situation, adjust
+ % \normaloffset until the front-side and back-side texts align. Then
+ % do the same for \bindingoffset. You can set these for testing in
+ % your texinfo source file like this:
+ % @tex
+ % \global\normaloffset = -6mm
+ % \global\bindingoffset = 10mm
+ % @end tex
+ \internalpagesizes{51\baselineskip}{160mm}
+ {\voffset}{\hoffset}%
+ {\bindingoffset}{44pt}%
+ {297mm}{210mm}%
+ %
+ \tolerance = 700
+ \hfuzz = 1pt
+ \contentsrightmargin = 0pt
+ \defbodyindent = 5mm
+}}
+
+% Use @afivepaper to print on European A5 paper.
+% From address@hidden, 2 July 2000.
+% He also recommends making @example and @lisp be small.
+\def\afivepaper{{\globaldefs = 1
+ \parskip = 2pt plus 1pt minus 0.1pt
+ \textleading = 12.5pt
+ %
+ \internalpagesizes{160mm}{120mm}%
+ {\voffset}{\hoffset}%
+ {\bindingoffset}{8pt}%
+ {210mm}{148mm}%
+ %
+ \lispnarrowing = 0.2in
+ \tolerance = 800
+ \hfuzz = 1.2pt
+ \contentsrightmargin = 0pt
+ \defbodyindent = 2mm
+ \tableindent = 12mm
+}}
+
+% A specific text layout, 24x15cm overall, intended for A4 paper.
+\def\afourlatex{{\globaldefs = 1
+ \afourpaper
+ \internalpagesizes{237mm}{150mm}%
+ {\voffset}{4.6mm}%
+ {\bindingoffset}{7mm}%
+ {297mm}{210mm}%
+ %
+ % Must explicitly reset to 0 because we call \afourpaper.
+ \globaldefs = 0
+}}
+
+% Use @afourwide to print on A4 paper in landscape format.
+\def\afourwide{{\globaldefs = 1
+ \afourpaper
+ \internalpagesizes{241mm}{165mm}%
+ {\voffset}{-2.95mm}%
+ {\bindingoffset}{7mm}%
+ {297mm}{210mm}%
+ \globaldefs = 0
+}}
+
+% @pagesizes TEXTHEIGHT[,TEXTWIDTH]
+% Perhaps we should allow setting the margins, \topskip, \parskip,
+% and/or leading, also. Or perhaps we should compute them somehow.
+%
+\defparsearg\pagesizes{\pagesizesyyy #1,,\finish}
+\def\pagesizesyyy#1,#2,#3\finish{{%
+ \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}\ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \hsize=#2\relax \fi
+ \globaldefs = 1
+ %
+ \parskip = 3pt plus 2pt minus 1pt
+ \setleading{\textleading}%
+ %
+ \dimen0 = #1
+ \advance\dimen0 by \voffset
+ %
+ \dimen2 = \hsize
+ \advance\dimen2 by \normaloffset
+ %
+ \internalpagesizes{#1}{\hsize}%
+ {\voffset}{\normaloffset}%
+ {\bindingoffset}{44pt}%
+ {\dimen0}{\dimen2}%
+}}
+
+% Set default to letter.
+%
+\letterpaper
+
+
+\message{and turning on texinfo input format.}
+
+% Define macros to output various characters with catcode for normal text.
+\catcode`\"=\other
+\catcode`\~=\other
+\catcode`\^=\other
+\catcode`\_=\other
+\catcode`\|=\other
+\catcode`\<=\other
+\catcode`\>=\other
+\catcode`\+=\other
+\catcode`\$=\other
+\def\normaldoublequote{"}
+\def\normaltilde{~}
+\def\normalcaret{^}
+\def\normalunderscore{_}
+\def\normalverticalbar{|}
+\def\normalless{<}
+\def\normalgreater{>}
+\def\normalplus{+}
+\def\normaldollar{$}%$ font-lock fix
+
+% This macro is used to make a character print one way in ttfont
+% where it can probably just be output, and another way in other fonts,
+% where something hairier probably needs to be done.
+%
+% #1 is what to print if we are indeed using \tt; #2 is what to print
+% otherwise. Since all the Computer Modern typewriter fonts have zero
+% interword stretch (and shrink), and it is reasonable to expect all
+% typewriter fonts to have this, we can check that font parameter.
+%
+\def\ifusingtt#1#2{\ifdim \fontdimen3\font=0pt #1\else #2\fi}
+
+% Same as above, but check for italic font. Actually this also catches
+% non-italic slanted fonts since it is impossible to distinguish them from
+% italic fonts. But since this is only used by $ and it uses \sl anyway
+% this is not a problem.
+\def\ifusingit#1#2{\ifdim \fontdimen1\font>0pt #1\else #2\fi}
+
+% Turn off all special characters except @
+% (and those which the user can use as if they were ordinary).
+% Most of these we simply print from the \tt font, but for some, we can
+% use math or other variants that look better in normal text.
+
+\catcode`\"=\active
+\def\activedoublequote{{\tt\char34}}
+\let"=\activedoublequote
+\catcode`\~=\active
+\def~{{\tt\char126}}
+\chardef\hat=`\^
+\catcode`\^=\active
+\def^{{\tt \hat}}
+
+\catcode`\_=\active
+\def_{\ifusingtt\normalunderscore\_}
+% Subroutine for the previous macro.
+\def\_{\leavevmode \kern.07em \vbox{\hrule width.3em height.1ex}\kern .07em }
+
+\catcode`\|=\active
+\def|{{\tt\char124}}
+\chardef \less=`\<
+\catcode`\<=\active
+\def<{{\tt \less}}
+\chardef \gtr=`\>
+\catcode`\>=\active
+\def>{{\tt \gtr}}
+\catcode`\+=\active
+\def+{{\tt \char 43}}
+\catcode`\$=\active
+\def${\ifusingit{{\sl\$}}\normaldollar}%$ font-lock fix
+
+% If a .fmt file is being used, characters that might appear in a file
+% name cannot be active until we have parsed the command line.
+% So turn them off again, and have \everyjob (or @setfilename) turn them on.
+% \otherifyactive is called near the end of this file.
+\def\otherifyactive{\catcode`+=\other \catcode`\_=\other}
+
address@hidden
+
+% \rawbackslashxx outputs one backslash character in current font,
+% as in \char`\\.
+\global\chardef\rawbackslashxx=`\\
+
+% \rawbackslash defines an active \ to do \rawbackslashxx.
+% \otherbackslash defines an active \ to be a literal `\' character with
+% catcode other.
+{\catcode`\\=\active
+ @address@hidden@address@hidden
+ @address@hidden@address@hidden
+}
+
+% \realbackslash is an actual character `\' with catcode other.
+{\catcode`\\=\other @address@hidden
+
+% \normalbackslash outputs one backslash in fixed width font.
+\def\normalbackslash{{\tt\rawbackslashxx}}
+
+\catcode`\\=\active
+
+% Used sometimes to turn off (effectively) the active characters
+% even after parsing them.
address@hidden@turnoffactive{%
+ @let"address@hidden
+ @address@hidden
+ @address@hidden
+ @address@hidden
+ @address@hidden
+ @let|address@hidden
+ @let<address@hidden
+ @let>address@hidden
+ @address@hidden
+ @address@hidden %$ font-lock fix
+ @unsepspaces
+}
+
+% Same as @turnoffactive except outputs \ as {\tt\char`\\} instead of
+% the literal character `\'. (Thus, \ is not expandable when this is in
+% effect.)
+%
address@hidden@address@hidden @address@hidden
+
+% Make _ and + \other characters, temporarily.
+% This is canceled by @fixbackslash.
address@hidden
+
+% If a .fmt file is being used, we don't want the `\input texinfo' to show up.
+% That is what \eatinput is for; after that, the `\' should revert to printing
+% a backslash.
+%
address@hidden@eatinput input address@hidden
address@hidden@let\ = @eatinput
+
+% On the other hand, perhaps the file did not have a `\input texinfo'. Then
+% the first `\{ in the file would cause an error. This macro tries to fix
+% that, assuming it is called before the first `\' could plausibly occur.
+% Also back turn on active characters that might appear in the input
+% file name, in case not using a pre-dumped format.
+%
address@hidden@fixbackslash{%
+ @address@hidden @let\ = @normalbackslash @fi
+ @address@hidden
+ @address@hidden@active
+}
+
+% Say @foo, not \foo, in error messages.
address@hidden = `@@
+
+% These look ok in all fonts, so just make them not special.
address@hidden@& = @other
address@hidden@# = @other
address@hidden@% = @other
+
address@hidden Set initial fonts.
address@hidden
address@hidden
+
+
address@hidden Local variables:
address@hidden eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
address@hidden page-delimiter: "^\\\\message"
address@hidden time-stamp-start: "def\\\\texinfoversion{"
address@hidden time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H"
address@hidden time-stamp-end: "}"
address@hidden End:
+
address@hidden vim:sw=2:
+
address@hidden
+ arch-tag: e1b36e32-c96e-4135-a41a-0b2efa2ea115
address@hidden ignore
Index: contrib/txipsfonts-gildea.diff
===================================================================
RCS file: contrib/txipsfonts-gildea.diff
diff -N contrib/txipsfonts-gildea.diff
--- /dev/null 1 Jan 1970 00:00:00 -0000
+++ contrib/txipsfonts-gildea.diff 2 Jan 2013 01:00:29 -0000 1.1
@@ -0,0 +1,167 @@
+Date: Sun, 09 Jun 2002 00:40:14 -0400
+From: Stephen Gildea
+To: address@hidden (Karl Berry)
+cc: address@hidden
+Subject: Re: Texinfo fonts
+
+I used to like to use Adobe Times, Helvetica, and Courier because a
+major output format for us is PDF, and bitmapped fonts in a PDF file
+look ugly with acroread. I don't use this as much as I used to now that
+I can get Type 1 CM fonts.
+
+There are parts of this patch that look ugly, but it works for me.
+It would be great to see something like this support in the Texinfo
+distribution.
+
+ < Stephen
+
+*** texinfo.tex Mon Apr 19 17:13:00 1999
+--- ps_texinfo.tex Mon Apr 19 17:17:50 1999
+***************
+*** 58,69 ****
+ % It is possible to adapt texinfo.tex for other languages. You can get
+ % the existing language-specific files from ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/texinfo/.
+
+! \message{Loading texinfo [version \texinfoversion]:}
+
+ % If in a .fmt file, print the version number
+ % and turn on active characters that we couldn't do earlier because
+ % they might have appeared in the input file name.
+! \everyjob{\message{[Texinfo version \texinfoversion]}%
+ \catcode`+=\active \catcode`\_=\active}
+
+ % Save some parts of plain tex whose names we will redefine.
+--- 58,69 ----
+ % It is possible to adapt texinfo.tex for other languages. You can get
+ % the existing language-specific files from ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/texinfo/.
+
+! \message{Loading texinfo [version \texinfoversion ps]:}
+
+ % If in a .fmt file, print the version number
+ % and turn on active characters that we couldn't do earlier because
+ % they might have appeared in the input file name.
+! \everyjob{\message{[Texinfo version \texinfoversion ps]}%
+ \catcode`+=\active \catcode`\_=\active}
+
+ % Save some parts of plain tex whose names we will redefine.
+***************
+*** 858,890 ****
+ \newcount\mainmagstep
+ \mainmagstep=\magstephalf
+
+ % Set the font macro #1 to the font named #2, adding on the
+ % specified font prefix (normally `cm').
+ % #3 is the font's design size, #4 is a scale factor
+! \def\setfont#1#2#3#4{\font#1=\fontprefix#2#3 scaled #4}
+
+ % Use cm as the default font prefix.
+ % To specify the font prefix, you must define \fontprefix
+ % before you read in texinfo.tex.
+ \ifx\fontprefix\undefined
+! \def\fontprefix{cm}
+ \fi
+ % Support font families that don't use the same naming scheme as CM.
+! \def\rmshape{r}
+! \def\rmbshape{bx} %where the normal face is bold
+! \def\bfshape{b}
+! \def\bxshape{bx}
+! \def\ttshape{tt}
+! \def\ttbshape{tt}
+! \def\ttslshape{sltt}
+! \def\itshape{ti}
+! \def\itbshape{bxti}
+! \def\slshape{sl}
+! \def\slbshape{bxsl}
+! \def\sfshape{ss}
+! \def\sfbshape{ss}
+! \def\scshape{csc}
+! \def\scbshape{csc}
+
+ \ifx\bigger\relax
+ \let\mainmagstep=\magstep1
+--- 858,916 ----
+ \newcount\mainmagstep
+ \mainmagstep=\magstephalf
+
++ % expand #1, a control sequence, without the leading escape char
++ \def\csstringname#1{\expandafter\csstrcdr\string#1;}
++ \def\csstrcdr#1#2;{#2}
++
++
+ % Set the font macro #1 to the font named #2, adding on the
+ % specified font prefix (normally `cm').
+ % #3 is the font's design size, #4 is a scale factor
+! \def\setfont#1#2#3#4{\dimen255=#3pt\divide\dimen255by1000
+! \multiply\dimen255by#4%
+! \global\expandafter\font\csname
f/\csstringname#1\endcsname=\fontprefix#2\fontencoding\space at\dimen255
+! \global\def#1{\csname f/\csstringname#1\endcsname
+! \def\fcurshape{#2}%
+! \def\fcursize{#3}%
+! \def\fcurscale{#4}}}
+!
+
+ % Use cm as the default font prefix.
+ % To specify the font prefix, you must define \fontprefix
+ % before you read in texinfo.tex.
+ \ifx\fontprefix\undefined
+! \def\fontprefix{p}
+ \fi
+ % Support font families that don't use the same naming scheme as CM.
+! \def\fontencoding{7t}
+! \def\rmshape{tmr}
+! \def\rmbshape{tmb} %where the normal face is bold
+! \def\bfshape{tmb}
+! \def\bxshape{tmb}
+! \def\ttshape{crr}
+! \def\ttbshape{crb}
+! \def\ttslshape{crro}
+! \def\itshape{tmri}
+! \def\itbshape{tmbi}
+! \def\slshape{tmro}
+! \def\slbshape{tmbo}
+! \def\sfshape{hvr}
+! \def\sfbshape{hvb}
+! \def\scshape{tmrc}
+! \def\scbshape{tmbc}
+!
+! % the reason we save all the \fcur* stuff in \setfont
+! % is so we can do some nice symbols:
+!
+! \def\setcurtextsymbolfont{\def\fontencoding{8r}%
+! \expandafter\setfont
+! \csname\fontname\font/\fontencoding\endcsname
+! \fcurshape\fcursize\fcurscale
+! \csname\fontname\font/\fontencoding\endcsname}
+!
+! \def\copyright{{\setcurtextsymbolfont\char'251}}
+! \def\bullet{{\setcurtextsymbolfont\char'225}}
+!
+
+ \ifx\bigger\relax
+ \let\mainmagstep=\magstep1
+***************
+*** 1052,1059 ****
+ \textfonts
+
+ % Define these so they can be easily changed for other fonts.
+! \def\angleleft{$\langle$}
+! \def\angleright{$\rangle$}
+
+ % Count depth in font-changes, for error checks
+ \newcount\fontdepth \fontdepth=0
+--- 1078,1092 ----
+ \textfonts
+
+ % Define these so they can be easily changed for other fonts.
+!
+! \def\setcursymbolfont{\def\fontencoding{}%
+! \expandafter\setfont
+! \csname\fontname\font/syr\endcsname
+! {syr}\fcursize\fcurscale
+! \csname\fontname\font/syr\endcsname}
+!
+! \def\angleleft{{\setcursymbolfont\char'341}}
+! \def\angleright{{\setcursymbolfont\char'361}}
+
+ % Count depth in font-changes, for error checks
+ \newcount\fontdepth \fontdepth=0
Index: contrib/texifont/README
===================================================================
RCS file: contrib/texifont/README
diff -N contrib/texifont/README
--- /dev/null 1 Jan 1970 00:00:00 -0000
+++ contrib/texifont/README 2 Jan 2013 01:00:29 -0000 1.1
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+$Id: README,v 1.1 2013/01/02 01:00:29 karl Exp $
+texinfo/contrib/texifont/README
+
+Everything in this directory is public domain.
+
+The main source file is fsel.tex, tested by ftest.tex, documentation
+(such as it is) in texifont.txi.
+
+The story here is that Oleg Katsitadze and I (Karl Berry) collaborated
+in the mid-2000s on a new font system for Texinfo (and that could work
+with Eplain). Oleg wrote essentially all the code, while I advised on
+the design, etc.
+
+The idea was to support all the widely-available free font families,
+getting away from of the current hardwiring of Computer Modern in
+texinfo.tex. The example at the end of documentation gives the basic
+flavor. As it stands, it is not hooked into texinfo.tex or Texinfo
+documents at all. That is not the hard part :).
+
+Unfortunately, it never came to fruition. Even more unfortunately, Oleg
+and I can't even give any real specifics of what the "next thing" to do
+is, we've lost the details in the haze of time. As I recall, the
+current problem was something about caching of glyphs to avoid
+unnecessary (and greatly excessive) switching of fonts, and that is
+where "attributes" (fattr.tex) was coming in, but it was never finished.
+
+Anyway, I'm not sanguine about anyone ever doing anything with this, but
+just in case some super-duper TeX hacker has too much time on their
+hands :) and wants to pick it up, here it is. Contact
address@hidden ...
Index: contrib/texifont/enctest.tex
===================================================================
RCS file: contrib/texifont/enctest.tex
diff -N contrib/texifont/enctest.tex
--- /dev/null 1 Jan 1970 00:00:00 -0000
+++ contrib/texifont/enctest.tex 2 Jan 2013 01:00:30 -0000 1.1
@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
address@hidden
+\input ienc
+\input oenc
+\input fsel
address@hidden
+
+\def\changedocenc#1 {%
+ \message{^^J** #1}%
+ \documentencoding #1
+}
+
+\hfuzz=\maxdimen
+%\tracingfonts2
+
+\setfontencoding{T1}\setfontfamily{LMRoman}\selectfont
+\changedocenc ISO-8859-1
+\input sample.latin1 % Icelandic
+
+\bigskip
+\changedocenc ISO-8859-15
+\input sample.latin9 % French
+
+\bigskip
+\changedocenc ISO-8859-2
+\input sample.latin2 % Czech
+
+\bigskip
+\changedocenc ISO-8859-2
+\setfontencoding{OT1}\setfontfamily{CMRoman}\selectfont
+\input sample.latin2 % Czech
+
+\bigskip
+\setfontencoding{T2A}\setfontfamily{LHRoman}\selectfont
+\changedocenc KOI8-R
+\input sample.koi8r % Russian
+
+\bigskip
+\changedocenc CP1251
+\input sample.cp1251 % Russian
+
+\bye
+
+% Local variables:
+% compile-command: "tex --interact=nonstopmode enctest.tex"
+% End:
Index: contrib/texifont/fattr.tex
===================================================================
RCS file: contrib/texifont/fattr.tex
diff -N contrib/texifont/fattr.tex
--- /dev/null 1 Jan 1970 00:00:00 -0000
+++ contrib/texifont/fattr.tex 2 Jan 2013 01:00:30 -0000 1.1
@@ -0,0 +1,803 @@
+% font set Computer Modern, Latin Modern, Bera
+% font family CMRoman, CMTypewriter, CMSansSerif
+%
+% font feature slant, weight, width
+% font attribute sl, it, bold, cond
+%
+% fontfile
+%
+% Font features and attributes:
+%
+% size design point size
+% encoding ot1, oml, oms, omx, t1, ts1, t2a
+% slant up, sl, it, ui, cursive
+% weight lt, med, semib, bold, bx,
+% width cond, normal, ext
+% figures oldfigures, liningfigures
+% caps normalcaps, allcaps, smallcaps, nocaps
+
address@hidden
+%
+% \fsz:CMRoman/<OT1>/<up>/<med>/<normal>/<liningfigures>/<normalcaps>
+% ->
+% cmr5/5,cmr7/7,cmr8/8,cmr9/9,cmr10/10,cmr12/12,cmr17/17,.
+%
+% {CMRoman}{b}{bx}
+% {OML,CMRoman}{m}{up}
+% {OML,CMRoman}{bx}{up}
+% {OML,CMRoman}{b}{bx}
+% {CMSans}{it}{sl}
+% {CMSans}{b}{bx}
+% {CMSans,OML}{}{CMRoman}
+% {ConcreteRoman}{b}{LMSans,b}
+% {OT1,CMMath}{}{CMRoman,n}
+% {OMX,CMMath}{bx}{m}
+%
+
+\input eplain
+
+%
+%
+%
+% Font-related logging. Meanings of \ftracelevel values are:
+%
+% 0 - none
+% 1 - warning
+% 2 - debug
+% 3 - verbose
+\newcount\ftracelevel
+\ftracelevel=1
+%
address@hidden@trace0}%
address@hidden address@hidden
address@hidden@trace2}%
address@hidden
+ \ifnum#1<\ftracelevel
+ \expandafter\message
+ \else
+ \expandafter\gobble
+ \fi
+}%
+%
+%
+%
+% Defining new fonts.
+%
+% \newfont MAG-FACTOR FILE-NAME DESIGN-SIZE [ATTRIBUTES]
+%
+% If ATTRIBUTES is not given, will reuse ATTRIBUTES from the
+% last \newfont call with ATTRIBUTES given. To define a font with
+% empty attributes, pass \empty or {} for ATTRIBUTES.
address@hidden@attributes\empty
+%
+{\catcode`\^^M=12 % Comment out all line ends from now on.
+\gdef\newfont{\begingroup \catcode`\^^M=12 address@hidden
address@hidden #2 #3^^M{\endgroup%
+ address@hidden
+ address@hidden
+ address@hidden@font#3 ^^M%
+}%
address@hidden@font #1 #2^^M{% DESIGN-SIZE [ATTRIBUTES]
+ address@hidden Convert font size into a dimen.
+ \if^^M#2^^M% Assume #2 contains no (leading) ^^Ms.
+ % #2 is empty, continue to use the current address@hidden@attributes.
+ \else%
+ address@hidden@address@hidden Redefine address@hidden@attributes, removing
the space.
+ \fi%
+ address@hidden
+}%
address@hidden@address@hidden address@hidden@attributes{#1}}%
+}%
+%
address@hidden
+% address@hidden@address@hidden@address@hidden
+%}%
+%
address@hidden
+ % Empty address@hidden, address@hidden, ..., address@hidden<MAX-ITEM-IDX>.
+ address@hidden@reset
+ address@hidden@i:address@hidden@attributes\do{%
+ address@hidden@address@hidden@i
+ \expandafter\edef\csname address@hidden
+ }%
+ % Combine all address@hidden<X> into address@hidden
+ address@hidden:address@hidden@collect}%
+ \expandafter\let\expandafter\temp \csname address@hidden \endcsname
+ %
+ \ifx\temp\relax
+ \let\do\relax
+ address@hidden
+ {\do \the\dimen@ \space address@hidden address@hidden
+ address@hidden: Started font def with
+ "\csname address@hidden".}%
+ \else
+ address@hidden@}%
+ \divide\dimen@ by1000
+ \multiply\dimen@ address@hidden
+ address@hidden
+ address@hidden
+ % Try inserting the new size.
+ \temp\relax
+ % If the new size hasn't been inserted, append it now.
+ address@hidden
+ \let\do\relax
+ address@hidden {%
+ address@hidden \do address@hidden address@hidden address@hidden
+ }%
+ address@hidden: Updated font def to
+ "\csname address@hidden".}%
+ \fi
+ \fi
+}%
+%
+% address@hidden FONT-SIZE MAG-FACTOR FILE-NAME
+%
+% Insert new font file into the list of font files in address@hidden,
+% preserving ascending order of scaled design sizes.
+%
+% Pass in new font's design size in address@hidden, mag factor
+% in address@hidden, font file name in address@hidden, pre-computed
+% scaled size in address@hidden
address@hidden #2 #3{%
+ address@hidden@prefix}%
+ % We are comparing scaled font sizes, not design sizes.
+ address@hidden@ii by1000 address@hidden by#2\relax
+ %
+ \ifdim address@hidden < \dimen@
+ % Not inserting yet, go on to the next font file.
+ address@hidden@ \noexpand\do #1 #2 {#3}}%
+ \else
+ % Time to insert the new font file. If we are adding a font file
+ % for the same design size/mag factor, the new def will override
+ % the old, but give out a warning.
+ address@hidden #1 #2 {#3}}%
+ \ifnum address@hidden
+ \ifdim address@hidden
+ address@hidden: Warning: Replacing font "#3" (address@hidden)
+ with font "address@hidden" (address@hidden @address@hidden).}%
+ address@hidden
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ address@hidden@
+ \noexpand\do address@hidden \space address@hidden \space address@hidden
+ address@hidden
+ % No need to parse further, just append the rest of the list.
+ address@hidden
+ \fi
+}%
+%
address@hidden
+ \let\do\relax
+ address@hidden address@hidden #1}%
+ address@hidden: Updated font def to
+ "\csname address@hidden".}%
+}%
+%
+%
+%
+% Defining new font features and attributes.
+%
+\newcount\fcacheidx % Font cache index.
+\newcount\ffeatcount % Font feature count.
+% We'll build up the following as we add font features.
address@hidden
address@hidden
address@hidden@reset\empty
address@hidden@collect\empty
+%
+% \newfontattr FONTFEATURE FONTATTR
+\def\newfontattr #1 #2 {%
+ % Define a new font attribute, if it's not defined yet.
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname fa:#2\endcsname \relax
+ \else
+ \errmessage{Font attribute "#2" already defined as part
+ of font feature "\csname address@hidden faf:#2\endcsname\endcsname"}%
+ \fi
+ \expandafter\xdef\csname fa:#2\endcsname{\the\fcacheidx}%
+ \expandafter\xdef\csname address@hidden
+ % Invalidate current font cache (and update index for the next font
+ % attribute).
+ \global\advance\fcacheidx by1
+ %
+ % Define a new font feature, if it's not defined yet.
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname ff:#1\endcsname \relax
+ \expandafter\xdef\csname ff:#1\endcsname{\the\ffeatcount}%
+ \expandafter\xdef\csname address@hidden
+ % Update address@hidden to clear the new font feature cell \ffN.
+ address@hidden@reset}%
+ address@hidden@
+ \let\expandafter\noexpand\csname ff\the\ffeatcount\endcsname
+ \noexpand\empty}%
+ % Update address@hidden@reset to clear the new font feature cell
address@hidden
+ address@hidden@address@hidden
+ address@hidden@reset{\the\toks@
+ \let\expandafter\noexpand\csname address@hidden
+ \noexpand\empty}%
+ % Update address@hidden to include the new font feature cell \ffN.
+ address@hidden@collect}%
+ address@hidden@
+ ^^A\expandafter\noexpand\csname ff\the\ffeatcount\endcsname}%
+ % Update address@hidden@collect to include the new font feature cell \ffN.
+ address@hidden@address@hidden
+ address@hidden@collect{\the\toks@
+ ^^A\expandafter\noexpand\csname address@hidden
+ % Set \ffN to \empty, otherwise it will be set to \relax the first
+ % time we try to access it through \csname...\endcsname, and we
+ % depend on it to be either a number or \empty.
+ \global\expandafter\let\csname ff\the\ffeatcount\endcsname \empty
+ %
+ \global\advance\ffeatcount by1
+ % We've added a new font feature, so we should invalidate current
+ % font cache. But we've already done so above when adding the new
+ % font attribute.
+ %\global\advance\fcacheidx by1
+ \fi
+ % Assign the font attribute to the font feature.
+ \expandafter\xdef\csname faf:#2\endcsname{\csname ff:#1\endcsname}%
+}%
+%
+% \newfontattrs FONTFEATURE FONTATTRIBUTE[,...]
+\def\newfontattrs #1 #2 {%
+ \for\temp:=#2\do{\newfontattr #1 {\temp} }%
+}%
+%
+%
+%
+% Setting a font.
+%
address@hidden@mag address@hidden@mag=1000
address@hidden@
+% Set a font based on the current values of \ff0, \ff1, ..., or
+% execute #1 if such font is not defined.
address@hidden
+ address@hidden: (Started search for a font.}%
+ % Check the cache.
+ \expandafter\let\expandafter\temp
+ \csname f\the\fcacheidx:address@hidden@size:address@hidden
+ \ifx\temp\relax
+ % Not in the cache.
+ \let\do\relax
+ \expandafter\let\expandafter\temp \csname f:address@hidden
+ \ifx\temp\relax
+ address@hidden is not defined.}%
+ #1% Execute the no-font action.
+ \else
+ address@hidden@ % Fake previous size for the first font in the list.
+ address@hidden
+ address@hidden@size
+ address@hidden@address@hidden
+ \temp\relax
+ address@hidden@address@hidden@ \else
+ address@hidden address@hidden@mag
+ address@hidden address@hidden@
+ \fi
+ address@hidden font "address@hidden", mag factor address@hidden@,
+ scaled size address@hidden
+ % Save it in the cache.
+ \global \expandafter\font
+ \csname f\the\fcacheidx:address@hidden@size:address@hidden
+ address@hidden \space address@hidden
+ % Set it.
+ \csname f\the\fcacheidx:address@hidden@size:address@hidden
+ \fi
+ \else
+ % Got a cache hit.
+ address@hidden font in the cache.}%
+ \temp
+ \fi
+ address@hidden search for a font.)}%
+}%
+%
+% address@hidden@size DESIGN-SIZE MAG-FACTOR FILE-NAME
+%
+% Pass in the desired font size in address@hidden Font file name is saved
+% in address@hidden, font's mag factor in address@hidden@.
address@hidden@size #1 #2 #3{%
+ address@hidden at font def "#3" (address@hidden).}%
+ address@hidden@ % Get the size of the previous font from the list.
+ % Scale design size of the next font as per current base mag factor.
+ address@hidden
+ address@hidden@mag \else
+ \divide\dimen@ address@hidden@mag \multiply\dimen@ by#2\relax
+ \fi
+ % Calculate the "dividing" point size.
+ address@hidden@ % Don't clobber address@hidden
+ \advance\count@ address@hidden % Curr size - prev size.
+ % Don't do the following line -- .3333*3pt < 1pt.
+ address@hidden by.3333\count@ % 1/3 of the way from prev to curr.
+ \divide\count@ by3
+ address@hidden by\count@ sp% 1/3 of the way from prev to curr.
+ %
+ \ifdim address@hidden > address@hidden
+ % The previous font's size is too small. The current font might
+ % or might not be the one we need, but we assume it is, in case
+ % it's the last one in the list.
+ address@hidden
+ address@hidden@=#2\relax
+ \else
+ % The target size is close enough to the prev font's size, so we take that.
+ address@hidden
+ % This is the case when we need a size smaller than the very
+ % first font in the list.
+ address@hidden
+ address@hidden@=#2\relax
+ \fi
+ address@hidden@gobble
+ \fi
+}%
+%
address@hidden@gobble#1\relax{}%
+%
+%
+%
+% Font feature manipulations.
+%
address@hidden@size address@hidden@size=10pt
+% \setfont{ATTRS}
+\def\setfont{%
+ % Empty \ff0, \ff1, ..., \ff<ffeature_count - 1>.
+ address@hidden
+ \addfontattrs % Substitutes and sets the font.
+}%
+%
+% \modfont{REM-FEATURES}{ADD-OR-MOD-ATTRS}
+\def\modfont#1{%
+ \unsetfontfeatures{#1}%
+ \addfontattrs % Substitutes and sets the font.
+}%
+%
+% \addfontattrs{ADD-OR-MOD-ATTRS}
+\def\addfontattrs#1{%
+ % For each feature with attribute in #1, set \ff<f> to `<a> ', where
+ % <f> is the feature index and <a> is the attribute index. For a
+ % number or a dimen in #1, set address@hidden@size. Dimen specs starting
+ % with '.' (e.g., '.1pt') are not supported.
+ address@hidden:=#1\do{%
+ address@hidden@finish % Gobbles 'pt' when address@hidden is '10pt'.
+ \ifnum9<address@hidden
+ \finish
+ % A number or a dimen.
+ address@hidden@i}%
+ address@hidden@size=\dimen@
+ \else
+ \finish
+ % Not a number.
+ address@hidden@address@hidden
+ \expandafter\edef\csname ff\tempb\endcsname {\tempa\space}%
+ \fi
+ }%
+ % Try to set the font; if it's not defined, do substitution and try
+ % to set the resulting font. Do font substitution inside a group so
+ % that the current set of font attributes is not clobbered.
+ address@hidden@subst address@hidden@address@hidden
+}%
+%
+% Take a dimension or a number, and save it in address@hidden In case of a
+% number, assume `pt' units.
address@hidden
+ address@hidden@finish
+ address@hidden \finish
+}%
address@hidden@finish#1\finish{}%
+%
address@hidden@nofont{%
+ \dumpfontfeatures
+ \errmessage{^^JFound no font def for the selected feature set}%
+}%
+%
+% \remfontfeatures{REM-FEATURES}
+\def\remfontfeatures#1{%
+ \unsetfontfeatures{#1}%
+ % Try to set the font; if it's not defined, do substitution and try
+ % to set the resulting font. Do font substitution inside a group so
+ % that the current set of font attributes is not clobbered.
+ address@hidden@subst address@hidden@address@hidden
+}%
+%
+\def\unsetfontfeatures#1{%
+ % Unset \ff<f> for each feature <f> in #1.
+ address@hidden:=#1\do{%
+ \expandafter\let\expandafter\temp\csname ff:address@hidden
+ \ifx\temp\relax
+ \errmessage{Undefined font feature "address@hidden"}%
+ \fi
+ \expandafter\let \csname ff\temp\endcsname \empty
+ }%
+}%
+%
+% Pretty-print the current settings of font features.
+\def\dumpfontfeatures{%
+ \message{^^J\the\inputlineno: font size address@hidden@size, features (}%
+ address@hidden
+ \message{).}%
+}%
+%
address@hidden
+ \fori0\ffeatcount{%
+ \edef\temp{\csname address@hidden
+ #1{%
+ \csname address@hidden@\endcsname=%
+ \ifx\temp\empty
+ <unset>%
+ \else
+ address@hidden
+ \fi
+ }%
+ }%
+}%
+%
address@hidden {\csname address@hidden
+%
+%
+%
+% Construction of font filter strings.
+%
+% \fontsubstpre =MATCH-ATTR -REM-FEATURES +ADD-OR-MOD-ATTRS
+%
+% Install a new font substitution to be applied before other font
+% substitutions.
+\def\fontsubstpre{%
+ address@hidden@pre
+ address@hidden
+}%
+%
+% \fontsubstpost =MATCH-ATTR -REM-FEATURES +ADD-OR-MOD-ATTRS
+%
+% Install a new font substitution to be applied after other font
+% substitutions.
+\def\fontsubstpost{%
+ address@hidden@post
+ address@hidden
+}%
+%
+% address@hidden =MATCH-ATTR -REM-FEATURES +ADD-OR-MOD-ATTRS
address@hidden
+ % Construct the match string in address@hidden@list.
+ address@hidden@address@hidden@address@hidden % =MATCH-ATTR
+}%
+%
+% \fontsubst@ -REM-FEATURES +ADD-OR-MOD-ATTRS
address@hidden
+ % Construct the rem string in address@hidden@list.
+ address@hidden@flist\fontsubst@@address@hidden@list % -REM-FEATURES
+}%
+%
+% \fontsubst@ +ADD-OR-MOD-ATTRS
+\def\fontsubst@@{%
+ % Construct the add string in address@hidden@list.
+ address@hidden@address@hidden@address@hidden +ADD-OR-MOD-ATTRS
+}%
+%
address@hidden
+ % Add the new substitution to either head or tail of the current
+ % substitution list.
+ address@hidden
+ address@hidden@address@hidden
+}%
+%
address@hidden
+ address@hidden@list address@hidden
+ address@hidden@list address@hidden
+ address@hidden@list address@hidden
+ address@hidden@list
+}%
+%
address@hidden
+ address@hidden@list
+ address@hidden@list address@hidden
+ address@hidden@list address@hidden
+ address@hidden@list address@hidden
+}%
+%
+% Initialize the font substitution list to empty.
address@hidden@list\empty
+%
+% Given the name of an attribute, return index of the attribute
+% in \tempa and index of the attribute's feature in \tempb.
address@hidden@af#1{%
+ % Get attribute's index.
+ \expandafter\let\expandafter\tempa\csname fa:#1\endcsname
+ \ifx\tempa\relax
+ \errmessage{Undefined font attribute "#1"}%
+ \fi
+ % Get feature index for the attribute.
+ \expandafter\let\expandafter\tempb\csname faf:#1\endcsname
+ \ifx\tempb\relax
+ \errmessage{Undefined font attribute "#1"}%
+ \fi
+}%
+%
+% Given a comma-separated list of attributes #4, construct a string
+% (saving it in macro #2) as a sequence of `F.A,' specs, where F is
+% the index of the feature to which attribute belongs, and A is the
+% index of the attribute. After that, call #1. #3 is an ignored
+% syntax sugar ("=" or "+") from the user-visible command.
address@hidden@falist#1#2#3#4 {%
+ \let#2\empty % Start with a clean slate.
+ \let\do\relax
+ address@hidden:=#4\do{%
+ address@hidden@address@hidden
+ \edef#2{#2\do\tempb.\tempa,}% Append the spec to the list.
+ }%
+ #1%
+}%
+%
+% Given a comma-separated list of features #4, construct a string
+% (saving it in macro #2) as a sequence of `F,' specs, where F is the
+% feature index. After that, call #1. After that, call #1. #3 is an
+% ignored syntax sugar ("-") from the user-visible command.
address@hidden@flist#1#2#3#4 {%
+ \let#2\empty
+ \let\do\relax
+ address@hidden:=#4\do{%
+ \expandafter\let\expandafter\temp\csname ff:address@hidden
+ \ifx\temp\relax
+ \errmessage{Undefined font feature "address@hidden"}%
+ \fi
+ \edef#2{#2\do\temp,}%
+ }%
+ #1%
+}%
+%
+% \fori{FROM-INCL}{TO-EXCL}{EXEC}
+\def\fori#1#2#3{%
+ address@hidden
+ \loop
+ #3\relax
+ \advance\count@ by1
+ \ifnum\count@<#2\repeat
+}%
+%
+%
+%
+% Generic filter parsing macros. Configure by defining these
+% callbacks (before running address@hidden@filter on the filter string):
+%
+% address@hidden@address@hidden, - match the pair filter/attribute.
+% address@hidden@address@hidden - unset feature `F,'.
+% address@hidden@address@hidden - add the pair `F.A,'.
+% address@hidden@address@hidden - action at the end of the filter
(upon
+% successful match).
+% address@hidden@address@hidden - action for
address@hidden@address@hidden
+% and address@hidden@address@hidden
+%
+% To skip one filter, address@hidden@address@hidden can
+% call address@hidden@address@hidden To skip all remaining filters,
+% call address@hidden@address@hidden
+%
+% Note: Theoretically, we can use a construct like
+%
+% \csname address@hidden faf:A\endcsname\endcsname
+%
+% to get the feature corresponding to attribute A. But this would
+% fail with an incomprehensible error message (`missing \endcsname')
+% if \csname faf:A\endcsname is undefined, so we'd have to test this
+% before each use. To avoid the overhead, we just add the font
+% feature index to the font filter.
+%
+%
+% address@hidden@filter
+% address@hidden address@hidden address@hidden [...]]\relax
address@hidden@filter{%
+ address@hidden@address@hidden
+ address@hidden@address@hidden@rem
+}%
+%
+% address@hidden@address@hidden address@hidden address@hidden ... \relax
address@hidden@address@hidden
+ address@hidden@address@hidden
+ address@hidden@address@hidden@add
+}%
+%
+% address@hidden@address@hidden address@hidden ... \relax
address@hidden@address@hidden
+ address@hidden@address@hidden
+ address@hidden@address@hidden@end
+}%
+%
address@hidden@address@hidden@address@hidden@address@hidden@address@hidden
address@hidden@filter}%
address@hidden@address@hidden@address@hidden@skip}%
+%
+%
+%
+% Filter parsing callbacks for font substitution.
+%
+% Apply only the first font substitution matching the current font.
address@hidden@once{%
+ address@hidden@address@hidden@address@hidden@init
+ address@hidden@address@hidden@address@hidden
+ address@hidden@address@hidden@address@hidden
+ address@hidden@address@hidden@address@hidden
+ address@hidden@address@hidden@address@hidden
+ address@hidden@filter address@hidden@list \relax
+}%
+%
+% Apply all font substitutions in order, allowing substitutions to be
+% chained.
address@hidden
+ address@hidden@address@hidden@address@hidden@init
+ address@hidden@address@hidden@address@hidden
+ address@hidden@address@hidden@address@hidden
+ address@hidden@address@hidden@address@hidden
+ address@hidden@address@hidden@address@hidden
+ address@hidden: (Running font substitution filter:}%
+ address@hidden@filter address@hidden@list \relax
+ address@hidden)}%
+}%
+%
+% Match one feature.
address@hidden@address@hidden
+ address@hidden(}%
+ address@hidden@match
+ \do
+}%
+%
address@hidden@match#1.#2,{%
+ address@hidden \csname address@hidden address@hidden
+ % This funky way to compare the two numbers takes care of \ff#1
+ % being \empty. However, keep in mind that if \ff#1 is undefined,
+ % the following will make it a \relax. Space at the end of \ff#1
+ % will be gobbled by TeX, because it's a space following a number.
+ \ifnum 1#2=1\csname ff#1\endcsname \else
+ address@hidden skipping, unmatched
+ \csname address@hidden address@hidden
+ address@hidden@address@hidden % Skip to the next filter.
+ \fi
+}%
+%
+% Remove one feature.
address@hidden@rem#1,{%
+ address@hidden \csname address@hidden
+ \expandafter\let\csname ff#1\endcsname \empty
+}%
+%
+% Add attribute #2 (which must belong to feature #1).
address@hidden@add#1.#2,{%
+ address@hidden \csname address@hidden address@hidden
+ \expandafter\def\csname ff#1\endcsname{#2 }%
+}%
+%
address@hidden@address@hidden)address@hidden@address@hidden
address@hidden@address@hidden)address@hidden@filter}%
address@hidden@address@hidden)}}%
+%
+%
+%
+% Filter parsing callbacks for pretty-printing the current font filter
+% string.
+%
+% Pretty-print the current font filter string.
address@hidden@address@hidden@list}%
+%
+% Pretty-print the given font filter string.
address@hidden@filter#1{%
+ address@hidden@address@hidden@address@hidden@init
+ address@hidden@address@hidden@address@hidden@init
+ address@hidden@address@hidden@address@hidden@init
+ address@hidden@address@hidden@address@hidden
+ address@hidden@address@hidden
+ \message{\the\inputlineno: (Dumping font substitution filter:}%
+ address@hidden@filter #1\relax
+ \message{^^J)}%
+}%
address@hidden@address@hidden
+ \message{^^J(^^J=}%
+ \def\do##1.##2,{\message{\csname address@hidden address@hidden
+ \do
+}%
address@hidden@address@hidden
+ \message{^^J-}%
+ \def\do##1,{\message{\csname address@hidden
+ \do
+}%
address@hidden@address@hidden
+ \message{^^J+}%
+ \def\do##1.##2,{\message{\csname address@hidden address@hidden
+ \do
+}%
address@hidden@again{\message{^^J)address@hidden@filter}%
+
+\endinput
+
+
+\ftracelevel=3
+
+\newfontattr family CMRoman
+\newfontattr family CMTypewriter
+\newfontattr family CMSansSerif
+\newfontattr encoding OT1
+\newfontattr encoding OML
+\newfontattr encoding OMS
+\newfontattr encoding OMX
+\newfontattr slant up
+\newfontattr slant sl
+\newfontattr slant it
+\newfontattr slant ui
+
+\fontsubstpre =CMRoman -slant +OT1
+%\dumpfontfilter
+
+\fontsubstpre =up - +CMRoman,OML
+%\dumpfontfilter
+
+\fontsubstpost =CMTypewriter -encoding +
+%\dumpfontfilter
+
+\fontsubstpost =CMRoman,up,OML -slant +OMX
+%\dumpfontfilter
+
+\fontsubstpre =it,CMTypewriter,OMX -family,encoding +OT1
+%\dumpfontfilter
+
+\fontsubstpost =CMSansSerif,ui -encoding +CMTypewriter,OMX,it
+%\dumpfontfilter
+
+\fontsubstpost =it,CMTypewriter,OMX -encoding,family +ui,OMS
+
+\dumpfontfilter
+\dumpfontfeatures
+
+%\newfont 10 cmbx10 {}
address@hidden
+\newfont 10 1000 cmti10 CMRoman,it,OT1
address@hidden
+\newfont 10 1000 cmt10 CMRoman,OT1
address@hidden
+\newfont 12pt 1000 cmti12 CMRoman,it,OT1
address@hidden
+\newfont 10 1000 cmmi10 ui,OMS
address@hidden
+\newfont 8 1000 cmti8 CMRoman,it,OT1
address@hidden
+\newfont 11 1000 cmti11 CMRoman,it,OT1
address@hidden
+\newfont 8 1000 cmt8 CMRoman,OT1
address@hidden
+\newfont 9 1000 cmt9 CMRoman,OT1
address@hidden
+\newfont 0.2cm 1000 cmti1cm CMRoman,it,OT1
address@hidden
+\newfont 1.in 1000 cmin it,OT1
address@hidden
+\newfont 5. 1000 cmot1 OT1
address@hidden
+
+\setfont {CMRoman,it,0.3cm,OMS}% -> family=CMRoman encoding=OT1
slant=<unset>
+\dumpfontfeatures
+\setfont {CMTypewriter,it,OMX}% -> family=<unset> encoding=OT1 slant=it
+\dumpfontfeatures
+\addfontattrs {7,up}% -> family=CMRoman encoding=OT1
slant=<unset>
+\dumpfontfeatures
+\remfontfeatures{family}% -> family=<unset> encoding=OT1
slant=<unset>
+\dumpfontfeatures
+\modfont {}{CMSansSerif,ui}% -> family=<unset> encoding=OMS slant=ui
+\dumpfontfeatures
+\remfontfeatures{}% -> family=<unset> encoding=OMS slant=ui
+\dumpfontfeatures
+\addfontattrs {}% -> family=<unset> encoding=OMS slant=ui
+\dumpfontfeatures
+\modfont {}{}% -> family=<unset> encoding=OMS slant=ui
+\dumpfontfeatures
+
+\message{^^J*********************************************************}
+
+\newfontattr family TestFamily
+\newfont 5. 1000 sz5-1.0-1 TestFamily
address@hidden
+\newfont 5. 1000 sz5-1.0-2 TestFamily
address@hidden
+\newfont 5. 1400 sz5-1.4-1 TestFamily
address@hidden
+\newfont 5. 900 sz5-0.9-1 TestFamily
address@hidden
+\newfont 5. 900 sz5-0.9-2 TestFamily
address@hidden
+\newfont 5. 1400 sz5-1.4-2 TestFamily
address@hidden
+\setfont {CMRoman,9pt}% ->
+
+
+\newfont 10 1000 cmr10 CMRoman,rm,OT1
address@hidden
+
+\bye
Index: contrib/texifont/fattr.tex.pairs
===================================================================
RCS file: contrib/texifont/fattr.tex.pairs
diff -N contrib/texifont/fattr.tex.pairs
--- /dev/null 1 Jan 1970 00:00:00 -0000
+++ contrib/texifont/fattr.tex.pairs 2 Jan 2013 01:00:30 -0000 1.1
@@ -0,0 +1,644 @@
+% font set Computer Modern, Latin Modern, Bera
+% font family CMRoman, CMTypewriter, CMSansSerif
+%
+% font feature slant, weight, width
+% font attribute sl, it, bold, cond
+%
+% fontfile
+%
+% Font features and attributes:
+%
+% size design point size
+% encoding ot1, oml, oms, omx, t1, ts1, t2a
+% slant up, sl, it, ui, cursive
+% weight lt, med, semib, bold, bx,
+% width cond, normal, ext
+% figures oldfigures, liningfigures
+% caps normalcaps, allcaps, smallcaps, nocaps
+
+\input eplain
+
address@hidden
+%
+% \fsz:CMRoman/<OT1>/<up>/<med>/<normal>/<liningfigures>/<normalcaps>
+% ->
+% cmr5/5,cmr7/7,cmr8/8,cmr9/9,cmr10/10,cmr12/12,cmr17/17,.
+%
+% {CMRoman}{b}{bx}
+% {OML,CMRoman}{m}{up}
+% {OML,CMRoman}{bx}{up}
+% {OML,CMRoman}{b}{bx}
+% {CMSans}{it}{sl}
+% {CMSans}{b}{bx}
+% {CMSans,OML}{}{CMRoman}
+% {ConcreteRoman}{b}{LMSans,b}
+% {OT1,CMMath}{}{CMRoman,n}
+% {OMX,CMMath}{bx}{m}
+%
+
+%
+%
+%
+% Font-related logging. Meanings of \ftracelevel values are:
+%
+% 0 - none
+% 1 - warning
+% 2 - debug
+% 3 - verbose
+\newcount\ftracelevel
+\ftracelevel=1
+%
address@hidden@trace0 }%
address@hidden address@hidden }%
address@hidden@trace2 }%
address@hidden
+ \ifnum#1<\ftracelevel
+ \expandafter\message
+ \else
+ \expandafter\gobble
+ \fi
+}%
+%
+%
+%
+% Construction of font filter strings.
+%
+% \fontsubstpre{MATCH-ATTR}{REM-FEATURES}{ADD-OR-MOD-ATTRS}
+%
+% Install a new font substitution to be applied before other font
+% substitutions.
+\def\fontsubstpre{%
+ address@hidden@pre
+ address@hidden
+}%
+%
+% \fontsubstpost{MATCH-ATTR}{REM-FEATURES}{ADD-OR-MOD-ATTRS}
+%
+% Install a new font substitution to be applied after other font
+% substitutions.
+\def\fontsubstpost{%
+ address@hidden@post
+ address@hidden
+}%
+%
+% address@hidden
address@hidden
+ % Construct the match string in address@hidden@list.
+ address@hidden@address@hidden@address@hidden
+}%
+%
+% address@hidden
address@hidden
+ % Construct the rem string in address@hidden@list.
+ address@hidden@flist\fontsubst@@address@hidden@list%{REM-FEATURES}
+}%
+%
+% address@hidden
+\def\fontsubst@@{%
+ % Construct the add string in address@hidden@list.
+ address@hidden@address@hidden@address@hidden
+}%
+%
address@hidden
+ % Add the new substitution to either head or tail of the current
+ % substitution list.
+ address@hidden
+ address@hidden@address@hidden
+}%
+%
address@hidden
+ address@hidden@list address@hidden
+ address@hidden@list address@hidden
+ address@hidden@list address@hidden
+ address@hidden@list
+}%
+%
address@hidden
+ address@hidden@list
+ address@hidden@list address@hidden
+ address@hidden@list address@hidden
+ address@hidden@list address@hidden
+}%
+%
+% Initialize the font substitution list to empty.
address@hidden@list\empty
+%
+% Given the name of an attribute, return index of the attribute
+% in \tempa and index of the attribute's feature in \tempb.
address@hidden@af#1{%
+ % Get attribute's index.
+ \expandafter\let\expandafter\tempa\csname fa:#1\endcsname
+ \ifx\tempa\relax
+ \errmessage{Undefined font attribute `#1'}%
+ \fi
+ % Get feature index for the attribute.
+ \expandafter\let\expandafter\tempb\csname faf:#1\endcsname
+ \ifx\tempb\relax
+ \errmessage{Undefined font attribute `#1'}%
+ \fi
+}%
+%
+% Given a comma-separated list of attributes #3, construct a string
+% (saving it in macro #2) as a sequence of `F.A,' specs, where F is
+% the index of the feature to which attribute belongs, and A is the
+% index of the attribute. After that, call #1.
address@hidden@falist#1#2#3{%
+ \let#2\empty % Start with a clean slate.
+ \let\do\relax
+ address@hidden:=#3\do{%
+ address@hidden@address@hidden
+ \edef#2{#2\do\tempb.\tempa,}% Append the spec to the list.
+ }%
+ #1%
+}%
+%
+% Given a comma-separated list of features #3, construct a string
+% (saving it in macro #2) as a sequence of `F,' specs, where F is the
+% feature index. After that, call #1.
address@hidden@flist#1#2#3{%
+ \let#2\empty
+ \let\do\relax
+ address@hidden:=#3\do{%
+ \expandafter\let\expandafter\temp\csname ff:address@hidden
+ \ifx\temp\relax
+ \errmessage{Undefined font feature address@hidden'}%
+ \fi
+ \edef#2{#2\do\temp,}%
+ }%
+ #1%
+}%
+%
+% \fori{FROM-INCL}{TO-EXCL}{EXEC}
+\def\fori#1#2#3{%
+ address@hidden
+ \loop
+ #3\relax
+ \advance\count@ by1
+ \ifnum\count@<#2\repeat
+}%
+%
+%
+%
+% Font feature manipulations.
+%
+% \setfont{ATTRS}
+\def\setfont{%
+ % Empty \ff0, \ff1, ..., \ff<ffeature_count - 1>.
+ address@hidden
+ \addfontattrs % Substitutes and sets the font.
+}%
+%
+% \modfont{REM-FEATURES}{ADD-OR-MOD-ATTRS}
+\def\modfont#1{%
+ \unsetfontfeatures{#1}%
+ \addfontattrs % Substitutes and sets the font.
+}%
+%
+% \addfontattrs{ADD-OR-MOD-ATTRS}
+\def\addfontattrs#1{%
+ % For each feature with attribute in #1, set \ff<f> to <a>, where
+ % <f> is the feature index and <a> is the attribute index.
+ address@hidden:=#1\do{%
+ address@hidden@address@hidden
+ \expandafter\let\csname ff\tempb\endcsname \tempa
+ }%
+ % Substitute the font.
+ address@hidden
+ % Set the font, if we've found one.
+}%
+%
+% \remfontfeatures{REM-FEATURES}
+\def\remfontfeatures#1{%
+ \unsetfontfeatures{#1}%
+ % Substitute the font.
+ address@hidden
+ % Set the font, if we've found one.
+}%
+%
+\def\unsetfontfeatures#1{%
+ % Unset \ff<f> for each feature <f> in #1.
+ address@hidden:=#1\do{%
+ \expandafter\let\expandafter\temp\csname ff:address@hidden
+ \ifx\temp\relax
+ \errmessage{Undefined font feature address@hidden'}%
+ \fi
+ \expandafter\let \csname ff\temp\endcsname \empty
+ }%
+}%
+%
+% Pretty-print the current settings of font features.
+\def\dumpfontfeatures{%
+ address@hidden This will be used for features which are not set,
+ % for which \ffN is \empty.
+ \message{^^JCurrent font features: (}%
+ \fori0\ffeatcount{\message{%
+ \csname address@hidden@\endcsname.%
+ address@hidden address@hidden
+ \message{)}%
+}%
address@hidden address@hidden
+%
+%
+%
+% Generic filter parsing macros. Configure by defining these
+% callbacks (before running address@hidden@filter on the filter string):
+%
+% address@hidden@address@hidden, - match the pair filter/attribute
+% address@hidden@address@hidden - unset feature `F,'
+% address@hidden@address@hidden - add the pair `F.A,'
+% address@hidden@address@hidden - action at the end of the filter.
+%
+% We could avoid adding font feature together with an attribute and
+% use a construct like \csname address@hidden faf:A\endcsname\endcsname
+% to get the feature corresponding to attribute A. But this would
+% fail with an incomprehensible error message (`missing \endcsname')
+% if \csname faf:A\endcsname is undefined, so we'd have to test this
+% before each use. To avoid the overhead, we just add the font
+% feature index to the font filter.
+%
+% address@hidden@filter
+% address@hidden address@hidden address@hidden [...]]\relax
address@hidden@filter{%
+ address@hidden@address@hidden
+ address@hidden@address@hidden@rem
+}%
address@hidden@address@hidden@verbose{^^J)address@hidden@filter}%
+%
+% address@hidden@address@hidden address@hidden address@hidden ... \relax
address@hidden@address@hidden
+ address@hidden@address@hidden
+ address@hidden@address@hidden@add
+}%
+%
+% address@hidden@address@hidden address@hidden ... \relax
address@hidden@address@hidden
+ address@hidden@address@hidden
+ address@hidden@address@hidden@add
+}%
+%
address@hidden@address@hidden@address@hidden@address@hidden@address@hidden
address@hidden@address@hidden
+%
+%
+%
+% Filter parsing callbacks for font substitution.
+%
+% Apply only the first font substitution matching the current font.
address@hidden@once{%
+ address@hidden@address@hidden@address@hidden@init
+ address@hidden@address@hidden@address@hidden
+ address@hidden@address@hidden@address@hidden
+ address@hidden@address@hidden@address@hidden
+ address@hidden@filter address@hidden@list \relax
+}%
+%
+% Apply all font substitutions in order, allowing substitutions to be
+% chained.
address@hidden
+ address@hidden@address@hidden@address@hidden@init
+ address@hidden@address@hidden@address@hidden
+ address@hidden@address@hidden@address@hidden
+ address@hidden@address@hidden@address@hidden@again
+ address@hidden@filter address@hidden@list \relax
+}%
+%
+% Match one feature.
address@hidden@address@hidden
+ address@hidden(}%
+ address@hidden@match
+ \do
+}%
+%
address@hidden@match#1.#2,{%
+ address@hidden \csname address@hidden address@hidden
+ % This funky way to compare the two numbers takes care of \ff#1
+ % being \empty. However, keep in mind that if \ff#1 is undefined,
+ % the following will make it a \relax.
+ \ifnum 1#2=1\csname ff#1\endcsname \else
+ address@hidden skipping unmatched
+ \csname address@hidden address@hidden
+ address@hidden@address@hidden % Skip to the next filter.
+ \fi
+}%
+%
+% Remove one feature.
address@hidden@rem#1,{%
+ address@hidden \csname address@hidden
+ \expandafter\let\csname ff#1\endcsname \empty
+}%
+%
+% Add attribute #2 (which must belong to feature #1).
address@hidden@add#1.#2,{%
+ address@hidden \csname address@hidden address@hidden
+ \expandafter\def\csname ff#1\endcsname{#2}%
+}%
+%
address@hidden@address@hidden)address@hidden@address@hidden
+%
+%
+%
+% Filter parsing callbacks for pretty-printing the current font filter
+% string.
+%
+%\def\dumpfontfilter{%
+%}%
+% Pretty-print the current font filter string.
address@hidden@address@hidden@list}%
+%
+% Pretty-print the given font filter string.
address@hidden@filter#1{%
+ \message{^^J(}%
+ \let\do\space
+ address@hidden@address@hidden
+}%
+%
address@hidden@address@hidden@address@hidden@end#4\relax{%
+ \message{^^J=#1^^J-#2^^J+#3^^J}%
+ \def\temp{#4}%
+ \ifx\temp\empty
+ \message{^^J)}%
+ address@hidden@address@hidden
+ \else
+ address@hidden@filter@
+ \fi
+ #4\relax
+}%
+%
+%
+%
+% Defining new font features.
+%
+\newcount\fcacheidx % Font cache index.
+\newcount\ffeatcount % Font feature count.
address@hidden % We'll build this up as we add font features.
+%
+% \newfontattr FONTFEATURE FONTATTR
+\def\newfontattr #1 #2 {%
+ % Define a new font attribute, if it's not defined yet.
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname fa:#2\endcsname \relax
+ \else
+ \errmessage{Font attribute `#2' already defined as part
+ of font feature `\csname address@hidden faf:#2\endcsname\endcsname'}%
+ \fi
+ \expandafter\xdef\csname fa:#2\endcsname{\the\fcacheidx}%
+ \expandafter\xdef\csname address@hidden
+ % Invalidate current font cache (and update index for the next font
+ % attribute).
+ \global\advance\fcacheidx by1
+ %
+ % Define a new font feature, if it's not defined yet.
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname ff:#1\endcsname \relax
+ \expandafter\xdef\csname ff:#1\endcsname{\the\ffeatcount}%
+ \expandafter\xdef\csname address@hidden
+ % Update address@hidden to clear the new font feature cell \ffN.
+ address@hidden@reset}%
+ address@hidden@
+ \let\expandafter\noexpand\csname ff\the\ffeatcount\endcsname
+ \noexpand\empty}%
+ % Set \ffN to \empty, otherwise it will be set to \relax the first
+ % time we try to access it through \csname...\endcsname, and we
+ % depend on it to be either a number or \empty.
+ \global\expandafter\let\csname ff\the\ffeatcount\endcsname \empty
+ %
+ \global\advance\ffeatcount by1
+ % We've added a new font feature, so we should invalidate current
+ % font cache. But we've already done so above when adding the new
+ % font attribute.
+ %\global\advance\fcacheidx by1
+ \fi
+ % Assign the font attribute to the font feature.
+ \expandafter\xdef\csname faf:#2\endcsname{\csname ff:#1\endcsname}%
+}%
+%
+% \newfontfamily FONTSET FONTFAMILY
+\def\newfontfamily #1 #2 {%
+ address@hidden family}%
+ address@hidden:#1}{#2}%
+}%
+%
+% address@hidden {PARENT-PREFIX} {PARENT-NAME} {CHILD-PREFIX} {CHILD-NAME}
{CHILD-DESCR}
address@hidden
+ % Define parent.
+ \expandafter\gdef\csname #1:#2\endcsname
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname#1:#2\endcsname\relax
+ \expandafter\gdef\csname#1:#2\endcsname{}%
+ \else
+ \let\do\space
+ \errmessage{#3 #2 already defined as `\csname#1:#2\endcsname'}%
+ \fi
+}%
+
+
+
+\ftracelevel=3
+
+\newfontattr family CMRoman
+\newfontattr family CMTypewriter
+\newfontattr family CMSansSerif
+\newfontattr encoding OT1
+\newfontattr encoding OML
+\newfontattr encoding OMS
+\newfontattr encoding OMX
+\newfontattr slant up
+\newfontattr slant sl
+\newfontattr slant it
+\newfontattr slant ui
+
+%\expandafter\def\csname ff:family\endcsname{0}%
+%\expandafter\def\csname ff:encoding\endcsname{1}%
+%\expandafter\def\csname ff:slant\endcsname{2}%
+%
+%\expandafter\def\csname fa:CMRoman\endcsname{0}%
+%\expandafter\def\csname fa:CMTypewriter\endcsname{1}%
+%\expandafter\def\csname fa:CMSansSerif\endcsname{2}%
+%
+%\expandafter\def\csname fa:OT1\endcsname{3}%
+%\expandafter\def\csname fa:OML\endcsname{4}%
+%\expandafter\def\csname fa:OMS\endcsname{5}%
+%\expandafter\def\csname fa:OMX\endcsname{6}%
+%
+%\expandafter\def\csname fa:up\endcsname{7}%
+%\expandafter\def\csname fa:sl\endcsname{8}%
+%\expandafter\def\csname fa:it\endcsname{9}%
+%\expandafter\def\csname fa:ui\endcsname{10}%
+%
+%\ffeatcount=3
+%\fattrcount=11
+%
+%\expandafter\def\csname faf:CMRoman\endcsname{0}%
+%\expandafter\def\csname faf:CMTypewriter\endcsname{0}%
+%\expandafter\def\csname faf:CMSansSerif\endcsname{0}%
+%
+%\expandafter\def\csname faf:OT1\endcsname{1}%
+%\expandafter\def\csname faf:OML\endcsname{1}%
+%\expandafter\def\csname faf:OMS\endcsname{1}%
+%\expandafter\def\csname faf:OMX\endcsname{1}%
+%
+%\expandafter\def\csname faf:up\endcsname{2}%
+%\expandafter\def\csname faf:sl\endcsname{2}%
+%\expandafter\def\csname faf:it\endcsname{2}%
+%\expandafter\def\csname faf:ui\endcsname{2}%
+
+\let\do\relax
+
+\fontsubstpre{CMRoman}{slant}{OT1}
address@hidden@list}
+
+\fontsubstpre{up}{}{CMRoman,OML}
address@hidden@list}
+
+\fontsubstpost{CMSansSerif}{}{OMX}
address@hidden@list}
+
+\fontsubstpost{CMTypewriter}{encoding}{}
address@hidden@list}
+
+\fontsubstpost{CMRoman,up,OML}{slant}{OT1}
address@hidden@list}
+
+\fontsubstpre{it,CMTypewriter,OMX}{family,encoding}{OT1}
address@hidden@list}
+
+\fontsubstpost{it,CMTypewriter,OMX}{encoding,family}{ui,OMS}
address@hidden@list}
+
+% 0.0, 2.9, 1.5
+\setfont{CMRoman,it,OMS}% -> , 4, 9
+\dumpfontfeatures
+% 0.1, 2.9, 1.5
+%\setfont{CMTypewriter,it,OMS}% -> 1, , 9
+%% 0.2, 2.9, 1.5
+%\setfont{CMSansSerif,it,OMS}% -> 2, 6, 9
+%% 0.1, 2.9, 1.6
+%\setfont{CMTypewriter,it,OMX}% -> , 5, 10
+%% 0.0, 2.7, 1.3
+%\setfont{CMRoman,up,OT1}% -> , 4, 7
+% 0.0, 2.7, 1.4
+%\setfont{CMRoman,up,OML}% -> 0, 3,
+\dumpfontfilter
+
+
+%% 0.0, 2.9, 1.4
+%\setfont{CMRoman,it,OML}% -> , 4, 9
+%\dumpffs
+%\modfont{}{CMTypewriter}% -> 1, 4, 9 -> 1, , 9
+%\dumpffs
+%\modfont{slant}{ui,CMSansSerif}% -> 2, , 10 ->
+%\dumpffs
+
+\bye
+
+
+
+% \setfont{CMRoman,b,sl}
+% \modfont{}{up} % CMRoman,b,up
+
+
+\def\test{ii,iv,iii,i}
+\def\i{0}
+\def\ii{1}
+\def\iii{2}
+\def\iv{3}
+
+\count0=2147483647
address@hidden
+
+% address@hidden
address@hidden
+ address@hidden
+ % Empty address@hidden, address@hidden, ..., address@hidden<MAX-ITEM-IDX>.
+ \fori{0}{#1}{\expandafter\let\csname address@hidden@\endcsname \empty}%
+ % Set address@hidden<X>, where <X> is the value of \<ITEM-CS-PREFIX><ITEM>.
+ address@hidden@i:=#2\do{%
+ \expandafter\edef\csname address@hidden@address@hidden
+ \csname address@hidden@i\endcsname,%
+ }%
+ }%
+ % Combine all address@hidden<X> into address@hidden
+ \fori{0}{#1}{%
+ address@hidden
+ address@hidden
+ \csname address@hidden@\endcsname
+ }%
+ }%
+}%
+
address@hidden
address@hidden
+\bye
+
+
+
+
+% address@hidden {PREFIX} {NAME} {DESCR}
address@hidden
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname#1:#2\endcsname\relax
+ \expandafter\gdef\csname#1:#2\endcsname{}%
+ \else
+ \let\do\space
+ \errmessage{#3 #2 already defined as `\csname#1:#2\endcsname'}%
+ \fi
+}%
+
+% address@hidden {PARENT} {CHILD}
address@hidden
+ \let\do\relax
+ \expandafter\edef\expandafter\temp\expandafter{%
+ \csname #1\endcsname \do #2}%
+ \global\expandafter\let\csname #1\endcsname \temp
+}%
+
+% \newfontset FONTSET
+\def\newfontset #1 {%
+ address@hidden set}
+}%
+
+% \newfontfamily FONTSET FONTFAMILY
+\def\newfontfamily #1 #2 {%
+ address@hidden family}%
+ address@hidden:#1}{#2}%
+}%
+
+% \newfontfeature FONTFEATURE
+\def\newfontfeature #1 {%
+ address@hidden feature}%
+}%
+
+% \newfontattr FONTFEATURE FONTATTR
+\def\newfontattr #1 #2 {%
+ address@hidden attribute}%
+ address@hidden:#1}{#2}%
+}%
+
+% \newfont FONTFAMILY SIZE ENCODING ATTRIBUTES
+\def\newfont #1 #2 #3 #4 {%
+}%
+
address@hidden
+\bgroup
+ \uccode`a=#2%
+ \uppercase{%
+\egroup
+ \xdef#1{a#1}%
+ }%
+}%
+
+\def\fori#1#2#3{%
+ address@hidden
+ \loop
+ #3\relax
+ \advance\count@ by1
+ \ifnum\count@<#2\repeat
+}%
+
address@hidden
+ \gdef#1{fa:}%
+ address@hidden
+}%
+
+\newcount\numfontfeatures
+
address@hidden@attributes
address@hidden
+
+\bye
Index: contrib/texifont/fdefs.tex
===================================================================
RCS file: contrib/texifont/fdefs.tex
diff -N contrib/texifont/fdefs.tex
--- /dev/null 1 Jan 1970 00:00:00 -0000
+++ contrib/texifont/fdefs.tex 2 Jan 2013 01:00:30 -0000 1.1
@@ -0,0 +1,176 @@
+\input fattr
+\ftracelevel=4
+
+\newfontattrs encoding OT1,OMS,OML,OMX,T1,TS1,T2A
+\newfontattrs slant upright,slanted,italic,unitalic,cursive
+\newfontattrs weight light,medium,semibold,bold,boldext
+\newfontattrs figstyle oldfigs,liningfigs
+\newfontattrs caps normalcaps,capssmallcaps,allcaps,nocaps
+
+%
+%
+%\newfont 1000 aoeu 12.3 aa,b,c
+%\newfont 1000 hhth 83.6pt
+%\newfont 1000 xufd 24.8
+%
+%\newfont 1000 huxo 8.3pt dd
+%\newfont 1000 ofeo 35.4
+%\newfont 1000 ixqe 217pt
+%
+%\newfont 1000 huxo 9pt {}
+%\newfont 1000 ofeo 2pt
+%\newfont 1000 ixqe 4
+%\bye
+%
+%
+
+
+%
+% Computer Modern Roman.
+%
+\newfontattr family CMRoman
+% Medium weight.
+% Upright.
+\newfont 1000 cmr5 5 CMRoman,OT1,upright,medium,liningfigs,normalcaps
+\newfont 1000 cmr6 6 {}
+\newfont 1000 cmr7 7 {}
+\newfont 1000 cmr8 8 {}
+\newfont 1000 cmr9 9 {}
+\newfont 1000 cmr10 10 {}
+\newfont 1000 cmr12 12 {}
+\newfont 1000 cmr17 17 {}
+% Italic.
+\newfont 1000 cmti7 7 CMRoman,OT1,italic,medium,liningfigs,normalcaps
+\newfont 1000 cmti8 8 {}
+\newfont 1000 cmti9 9 {}
+\newfont 1000 cmti10 10 {}
+\newfont 1000 cmti12 12 {}
+% Slanted.
+\newfont 1000 cmsl6 6 CMRoman,OT1,slanted,medium,liningfigs,normalcaps %
From cmextra.
+\newfont 1000 cmsl8 8 {}
+\newfont 1000 cmsl9 9 {}
+\newfont 1000 cmsl10 10 {}
+\newfont 1000 cmsl12 12 {}
+% Caps and small caps.
+\newfont 1000 cmcsc10 10 CMRoman,OT1,upright,medium,liningfigs,capssmallcaps
+% Unslanted italic (for slanted pound sterling).
+\newfont 1000 cmu10 10 CMRoman,OT1,unitalic,medium,liningfigs,normalcaps
+%
+% Bold weight.
+\newfont 1000 cmb10 10 CMRoman,OT1,upright,bold,liningfigs,normalcaps
+\fontsubstpost =CMRoman,bold - +boldext
+%
+% Bold extended.
+% Upright.
+\newfont 1000 cmbx5 5 CMRoman,OT1,upright,boldext,liningfigs,normalcaps
+\newfont 1000 cmbx6 6 {}
+\newfont 1000 cmbx7 7 {}
+\newfont 1000 cmbx8 8 {}
+\newfont 1000 cmbx9 9 {}
+\newfont 1000 cmbx10 10 {}
+\newfont 1000 cmbx12 12 {}
+% Italic.
+\newfont 1000 cmbxti7 7 CMRoman,OT1,italic,boldext,liningfigs,normalcaps %
from cmextra
+\newfont 1000 cmbxti10 10 {}
+\newfont 1000 cmbxti12 12 {} % from cmextra
+% Slanted.
+\newfont 1000 cmbxsl10 10 CMRoman,OT1,slanted,boldext,liningfigs,normalcaps
+%
+% Math letters.
+\fontsubstpost =CMRoman,OML - +upright
+\fontsubstpost =CMRoman,OML - +oldfigs
+% Medium weight.
+\newfont 1000 cmmi5 5 CMRoman,OML,upright,medium,oldfigs,normalcaps
+\newfont 1000 cmmi6 6 {}
+\newfont 1000 cmmi7 7 {}
+\newfont 1000 cmmi8 8 {}
+\newfont 1000 cmmi9 9 {}
+\newfont 1000 cmmi10 10 {}
+\newfont 1000 cmmi12 12 {}
+% Bold extended.
+\newfont 1000 cmmib5 5 CMRoman,OML,upright,boldext,oldfigs,normalcaps
+\newfont 1000 cmmib6 6 {}
+\newfont 1000 cmmib7 7 {}
+\newfont 1000 cmmib8 8 {}
+\newfont 1000 cmmib9 9 {}
+\newfont 1000 cmmib10 10 {}
+%
+% Math symbols.
+\fontsubstpost =CMRoman,OMS - +upright
+% Medium weight.
+\newfont 1000 cmsy5 5 CMRoman,OMS,upright,medium
+\newfont 1000 cmsy6 6 {}
+\newfont 1000 cmsy7 7 {}
+\newfont 1000 cmsy8 8 {}
+\newfont 1000 cmsy9 9 {}
+\newfont 1000 cmsy10 10 {}
+% Bold extended.
+\newfont 1000 cmbsy5 5 CMRoman,OMS,upright,boldext
+\newfont 1000 cmbsy6 6 {}
+\newfont 1000 cmbsy7 7 {}
+\newfont 1000 cmbsy8 8 {}
+\newfont 1000 cmbsy9 9 {}
+\newfont 1000 cmbsy10 10 {}
+%
+% Computer Modern Sans.
+%
+\newfontattr family CMSans
+\fontsubstpost =CMSans,OML - +CMRoman
+\fontsubstpost =CMSans,OMS - +CMRoman
+\fontsubstpost =CMSans,italic - +slanted
+\fontsubstpost =CMSans,bold - +boldext
+% Medium weight.
+% Upright.
+\newfont 1000 cmss8 8 CMSans,OT1,upright,medium,liningfigs,normalcaps
+\newfont 1000 cmss9 9 {}
+\newfont 1000 cmss10 10 {}
+\newfont 1000 cmss12 12 {}
+\newfont 1000 cmss17 17 {}
+% Slanted.
+\newfont 1000 cmssi8 8 CMSans,OT1,slanted,medium,liningfigs,normalcaps
+\newfont 1000 cmssi9 9 {}
+\newfont 1000 cmssi10 10 {}
+\newfont 1000 cmssi12 12 {}
+\newfont 1000 cmssi17 17 {}
+%
+% Bold extended.
+\newfont 1000 cmssbx10 10 CMSans,OT1,upright,boldext,liningfigs,normalcaps
+\newfont 1000 cmssbxo10 10 CMSans,OT1,slanted,boldext,liningfigs,normalcaps %
from cmextra
+%
+% Computer Modern Typewriter.
+%
+\newfontattr family CMMono
+\fontsubstpost =CMMono,OML - +CMRoman,oldfigs
+\fontsubstpost =CMMono,OMS - +CMRoman
+% Medium weight.
+% Upright.
+\newfont 1000 cmtt8 8 CMMono,OT1,upright,medium,liningfigs,normalcaps
+\newfont 1000 cmtt9 9 {}
+\newfont 1000 cmtt10 10 {}
+\newfont 1000 cmtt12 12 {}
+% Italic.
+\newfont 1000 cmitt9 9 CMMono,OT1,italic,medium,liningfigs,normalcaps % from
cmextra
+\newfont 1000 cmitt10 10 {}
+\newfont 1000 cmitt12 12 {} % from cmextra
+% Slanted.
+\newfont 1000 cmsltt9 9 CMMono,OT1,slanted,medium,liningfigs,normalcaps %
from cmextra
+\newfont 1000 cmsltt10 10 {}
+
+
+\setfont{OML,CMRoman,upright,medium,liningfigs,normalcaps}
+
+ABCabcdf
+
+\addfontattrs{CMMono}
+\dumpfontfeatures
+ABCabcdf
+
+\addfontattrs{CMRoman}
+\dumpfontfeatures
+ABCabcdf
+
+\addfontattrs{OT1}
+\dumpfontfeatures
+ABCabcdf
+
+\bye
Index: contrib/texifont/fsel.tex
===================================================================
RCS file: contrib/texifont/fsel.tex
diff -N contrib/texifont/fsel.tex
--- /dev/null 1 Jan 1970 00:00:00 -0000
+++ contrib/texifont/fsel.tex 2 Jan 2013 01:00:30 -0000 1.1
@@ -0,0 +1,1703 @@
+%
+% These are in Texinfo.
+%
+% We never want plain's \outer definition of \+ in Texinfo.
+% For @tex, we can use \tabalign.
+\let\+ = \relax
+%
+\def\gobble#1{}%
+\def\linenumber{l.\the\inputlineno:\space}%
+\newlinechar = `^^J
+% Set the baselineskip to #1, and the lineskip and strut size
+% correspondingly. There is no deep meaning behind these magic numbers
+% used as factors; they just match (closely enough) what Knuth defined.
+%
+\def\lineskipfactor{.08333}%
+\def\strutheightpercent{.70833}%
+\def\strutdepthpercent {.29167}%
+%
+\def\setleading#1{%
+ \normalbaselineskip = #1\relax
+ \normallineskip = \lineskipfactor\normalbaselineskip
+ \normalbaselines
+ \setbox\strutbox =\hbox{%
+ \vrule width0pt height\strutheightpercent\baselineskip
+ depth \strutdepthpercent \baselineskip
+ }%
+}%
+%
+% End of Texinfo defs.
+%
+% Specify amount and type of font-related logging:
+% 0 notifications and warnings go to the log file only;
+% 1 only warning go to the console;
+% 2 notifications and warnings go to the console;
+% 3 notifications go to the console, all warnings are made into errors.
+%
+% In all cases notifications and warnings go to the log file.
+\newcount\tracingfonts
+\tracingfonts1
+%
+\def\fontnotify{%
+ \ifcase\tracingfonts
+ \expandafter\wlog
+ \or % 1
+ \expandafter\wlog
+ \else % 2-...
+ \expandafter\message
+ \fi
+}%
+%
+\def\fontwarn{%
+ \ifcase\tracingfonts
+ \expandafter\wlog
+ \or % 1
+ \expandafter\message
+ \or % 2
+ \expandafter\message
+ \else % 3-...
+ \expandafter\errmessage
+ \fi
+}%
+%
+% We will sometimes temporarily turn these off (e.g., to avoid
+% \message and \setbox interfering with \accent).
address@hidden
address@hidden
address@hidden
+% Font and shape identification strings.
address@hidden@encoding/address@hidden/address@hidden/address@hidden
address@hidden@string/address@hidden:address@hidden
+%
+% \declarefontfamily FAMILY FACTOR LINESKIP
+%
+% Declare font FAMILY, and set it's scale FACTOR (relative to the
+% Computer Modern family) and LINESKIP factor (which will be applied
+% to the current font size to obtain basic baseline skip). Every font
+% family must be declared before any font declaration \declarefont
+% using that family.
+\def\declarefontfamily#1 #2 #3 {%
+ % Warn if the family has already been declared.
+ \expandafter \ifx \csname address@hidden/#1\endcsname\relax \else
+ \fontwarn{^^JWarning: redeclaring font family `#1'.}%
+ \fi
+ \expandafter\def\csname address@hidden/#1\endcsname{#2}%
+ \expandafter\def\csname address@hidden/#1\endcsname{#3}%
+ % Initialize the family's encoding list to an empty list.
+ \expandafter\let \csname address@hidden@list/#1\endcsname \empty
+}%
+%
+% \declaremathfontfamily FAMILY FACTOR LINESKIP TEXTENC L-SKEW S-SKEW
+%
+% Declare math font family. Parameters:
+%
+% FAMILY font family name;
+% FACTOR scale factor (relative to the Computer Modern family);
+% LINESKIP lineskip factor (which will be applied to the current
+% font size to obtain basic baseline skip);
+% TEXTENC font encoding to use for the family 0 (this is to
+% distinguish fonts with T1 and OT1 encodings for the
+% `text' font, since T1 and OT1 have accents in
+% different slots);
+% L-SKEW skew char for family 1 (math letters);
+% S-SKEW skew char for family 2 (math symbols).
+\def\declaremathfontfamily#1 #2 #3 #4 #5 #6 {%
+ \declarefontfamily #1 #2 #3
+ \expandafter\def\csname address@hidden/#1\endcsname{#4}%
+ \expandafter\def\csname address@hidden/#1\endcsname{#5}%
+ \expandafter\def\csname address@hidden/#1\endcsname{#6}%
+}%
+%
+% \mathfontfamilyhook FAMILY {TEXT}
+%
+% Define a hook to be called every time the fonts for math FAMILY are
+% set up.
+\def\mathfontfamilyhook#1 #2{%
+ \expandafter\def\csname address@hidden@#1\endcsname{#2}%
+}%
+%
+% \mathfontfamilyprehook FAMILY {TEXT}
+%
+% Define a hook to be called when the math FAMILY is loaded.
+\def\mathfontfamilyprehook#1 #2{%
+ \expandafter\def\csname address@hidden@#1\endcsname{#2}%
+}%
+%
+% \mathfontfamilyposthook FAMILY {TEXT}
+%
+% Define a hook to be called when the math FAMILY is unloaded.
+\def\mathfontfamilyposthook#1 #2{%
+ \expandafter\def\csname address@hidden@#1\endcsname{#2}%
+}%
+%
+% \fontbasefamily FAMILY
+%
+% Declare FAMILY as the "base" family, which means that its fonts
+% will be displayed at their "natural" sizes, and all other families
+% will be scaled to match FAMILY.
+\def\fontbasefamily#1 {%
+ % Check that the family has been declared.
+ \expandafter \ifx \csname address@hidden/#1\endcsname\relax
+ \errmessage{Error: setting base family to an unknown family `#1'}%
+ \fi
+ address@hidden address@hidden/#1\endcsname}%
+ % Reload the current font (it may change if the base factor changed).
+ \selectfont
+}%
+%
+% \fontfamily STYLE FAMILY
+%
+% FIXME doc.
+\def\mathword{math}%
address@hidden@math\empty % Avoid `Undefined' errors in \csname the first time.
+\def\fontfamily#1 #2 {%
+ \edef\temp{#1}%
+ \ifx\temp\mathword
+ % Call post-hook for the old math family.
+ \csname address@hidden@address@hidden@math\endcsname
+ \expandafter\edef \csname address@hidden@\mathword\endcsname{#2}%
+ % Define accents for the encoding of the \fam0 font.
+ \expandafter\csname \csname address@hidden/#2\endcsname @address@hidden
+ % FIXME Need to call \resetmathfonts now, or call pre-hook after
+ % the first call to \resetmathfonts, otherwise errors are possible
+ % about undefined glyphs.
+ % Call pre-hook for the new math family.
+ \csname address@hidden@#2\endcsname
+ \else
+ \expandafter\edef \csname address@hidden@#1\endcsname{#2}%
+ \fi
+}%
+%
+% FIXME Rename.
address@hidden
+ \expandafter\let\expandafter address@hidden \csname
address@hidden@#1\endcsname
+ \selectfont
+}%
+%
+% \declarefont ENC FAMILY SER SH L-U SZ FONT
+%
+% Declare a FAMILY font in ENC encoding, SER series and SH shape, for
+% the size range L-U. SZ is the design size of the font, FONT is the
+% font file name. L-U defines the size range as [L,U). All sizes (L,
+% U, SZ) may contain optional unit specifier; if it is missing, `pt'
+% is assumed.
+\def\declarefont #1 #2 #3 #4 #5-#6 #7 #8 {%
+ % Check that FAMILY has been declared.
+ \expandafter \ifx \csname address@hidden/#2\endcsname\relax
+ \errmessage{Error: declaring font `#8' for an unknown family `#2'}%
+ \fi
+ % Convert all sizes into integers, scaled 10 times.
+ address@hidden@address@hidden@}% L
+ address@hidden@address@hidden@}% U
+ address@hidden@address@hidden@}% SZ
+ % Construct internal font shape name as \sh/ENC/FAMILY/SER/SH.
+ \expandafter\def\expandafter\temp\expandafter{%
+ \csname sh/#1/#2/#3/#4\endcsname
+ }%
+ % Add the font specification as the quad L U SZ FONT to the
+ % beginning of the font list for this shape.
+ \expandafter\ifx\temp\relax
+ \let\tempd\empty
+ \else
+ \edef\tempd{\temp}% Previous def of the shape name.
+ \fi
+ \expandafter\edef\temp{\tempa\space\tempb\space\tempc\space#8 \tempd}%
+ % Add the encoding to the list of encodings for this family, if it's
+ % not been added yet.
+ \expandafter\ifx \csname address@hidden/#2/#1\endcsname \relax
+ \expandafter\let\expandafter\temp \csname address@hidden@list/#2\endcsname
+ \expandafter\edef \csname address@hidden@list/#2\endcsname{\temp\space #1}%
+ \fi
+ % Set the flag that this family supports this encoding.
+ \expandafter\let\csname address@hidden/#2/#1\endcsname\empty
+}%
+%
+% \fontmap ENC1 FAM1 SER1 SH1 > ENC2 FAM2 SER2 SH2
+%
+% Define font mapping. Ideally, any of the attributes can be an `*',
+% but only a useful subset is currently supported for the first half
+% (see address@hidden@map). It should be easy to extend this subset if
+% need be.
+%
+% If an `*' appears in the first half (`from-attributes'), its
+% meaning is "apply this map to fonts having anything for this
+% attribute". If an `*' appears in the second half (`to-attributes'),
+% its meaning is "leave this attribute unchanged from the respective
+% from-attribute".
+%
+% E1 F1 S1 s1 > E2 F2 S2 s2
+\def\fontmap#1 #2 #3 #4 > #5 #6 #7 #8 {%
+ \expandafter\def\csname fmap/#1/#2/#3/#4\endcsname{#5/#6/#7/#8}%
+}%
+%
+% \fontmapshape FAMILY1 SH1 > FAMILY2 SH2
+%
+% Define generic shape mapping: requests for FAMILY1 fonts in shape
+% SH1 and any encoding and series will be redirected to FAMILY2 fonts
+% in shape SH2 and the same encoding and series.
+\def\fontmapshape#1 #2 > #3 #4 {%
+ \fontmap * #1 * #2 > * #3 * #4
+}%
+%
+% \fontmapseries FAMILY1 SER1 > FAMILY2 SER2
+%
+% Define generic series mapping: requests for FAMILY1 fonts in series
+% SER1 and any encoding and shape will be redirected to FAMILY2 fonts
+% in series SER2 and the same encoding and shape.
+\def\fontmapseries#1 #2 > #3 #4 {%
+ \fontmap * #1 #2 * > * #3 #4 *
+}%
+%
+% \fontmapfamily FAMILY1 ENC FAMILY2
+%
+% Define family mapping: requests for FAMILY1 fonts in encoding ENC
+% will be redirected to FAMILY2 fonts in the same encoding.
+\def\fontmapfamily#1 #2 #3 {%
+ \fontmap #2 #1 * * > * #3 * *
+ % Remember that this family supports this encoding.
+ \expandafter\let\csname address@hidden/#1/#2\endcsname\empty
+}%
+%
+% Take a dimension or a number (in which case assume `pt' units) and
+% convert it into an integer (in \dimen@) ten times the dimension's
+% representation in points. We attempt to round properly, to the
+% extent that TeX's integer arithmetics allows. Note that we take
+% 0.1pt = 6554 (6553.6 rounded to the nearest integer), but maybe
+% 6553 would have been better because it rounds the 100ths of a point
+% better (e.g., in 10.85pt), for which we care more than for the
+% 1000ths / 10000ths of a point (e.g., in 10.849pt).
address@hidden@address@hidden
+ address@hidden
+ \advance\dimen@ by.05pt % 0.1pt / 2.
+ \divide\dimen@ by6554 % = 0.1pt = (Xpt / 0.1pt * 0.1pt) * 10 / 1pt.
+}%
+% Take a dimension or a number, and save it in address@hidden In case of a
+% number, assume `pt' units.
address@hidden
+ address@hidden@finish
+ address@hidden \finish
+}%
address@hidden@finish#1\finish{}%
+%
+% These generally should not be used by the end user. To actually
+% select the font specified by one or several of the following, say
+% \selectfont.
address@hidden
address@hidden
address@hidden
address@hidden
address@hidden@address@hidden@address@hidden
+% User-space commands to set (some of) the above.
+\def\mdseries{\setfontseries{m}\selectfont}%
+\def\bfseries{\setfontseries{bx}\selectfont}%
+\def\upshape{\setfontshape{n}\selectfont}%
+\def\itshape{\setfontshape{it}\selectfont}%
+\def\slshape{\setfontshape{sl}\selectfont}%
+\def\scshape{\setfontshape{sc}\selectfont}%
+%
+% Scale address@hidden
address@hidden@size#1{%
+ address@hidden
+ address@hidden@}%
+}%
+% Scale the current font. #1 is the magnification factor.
+\def\scalefont#1{%
+ address@hidden@size{#1}%
+ \selectfont
+}%
+% Scale current font size by #1. Result in \dimen@ (in points).
+% Clobbers address@hidden
+\def\scalefontsize#1{%
+ address@hidden
+ address@hidden@\p@
+ \divide\dimen@ by10
+}%
+% Scale integer #1 by #2, taking care of the rounding. Result in
+% address@hidden
+\def\scalecount#1#2{%
+ address@hidden
+ \multiply\count@ by#2%
+ \advance\count@ by500%
+ \divide\count@ by1000
+}%
+%
+% Parameters for math fonts.
+%
+% FIXME These parameters probably have to be per-font-family.
address@hidden@factor{700 }%
address@hidden@factor{500 }%
+% Theoretically, these have to be per-font-family, but practically
+% plain TeX settings work with most families; and for families with
+% which these don't work (PXMath, TXMath, CharterMath, ArevMath) these
+% settings are still the best possible -- do these families have a bug
+% (or maybe some weird design decisions)?
address@hidden }%
address@hidden }%
address@hidden }%
address@hidden }%
+%
+% Setup math fonts. This is called for every math mode switch from
+% \everymath. Texinfo doesn't use display math, so we don't bother
+% with \everydisplay. NOTE: One alternative to setting math fonts at
+% the beginning of every math mode is to set them at every change of a
+% font attribute which affects math fonts (i.e., size, series, but
+% _not_ shape). This would mean that lots of fonts will be loaded,
+% while in most cases the user will never use math with those settings.
+\everymath{\resetmathfonts}%
+\def\resetmathfonts{%
+ % Save all current font attributes -- we'll clobber them.
+ address@hidden@address@hidden
+ address@hidden@address@hidden
+ address@hidden@address@hidden
+ address@hidden@address@hidden
+ address@hidden@address@hidden
+ address@hidden@fontwarn
+ % Don't report non-existent fonts -- we'll ignore them and hope that
+ % the user won't use them.
+ address@hidden
+ % Set math families for the style switches.
+ address@hidden
+ address@hidden
+ address@hidden
+ address@hidden@address@hidden
+ \itshape address@hidden@family\itfam
+ \slshape address@hidden@family\slfam
+ \setfontshape{n}\bfseries address@hidden@family\bffam
+ % Restore warnings.
+ address@hidden@fontwarn
+ % Now set the math fonts. The shape is always a `.'.
+ address@hidden@address@hidden
+ address@hidden@address@hidden
+ address@hidden
+ % Text size.
+ address@hidden@families\textfont
+ % Script size.
+ address@hidden@address@hidden@factor
+ address@hidden@families\scriptfont
+ % Script-script size.
+ address@hidden@address@hidden
+ address@hidden@address@hidden@factor
+ address@hidden@families\scriptscriptfont
+ % Call the fonts hook for this family.
+ address@hidden@address@hidden
+ \csname address@hidden@address@hidden@math\endcsname
+ % Restore font attributes.
+ address@hidden@address@hidden
+ address@hidden@address@hidden
+ address@hidden@address@hidden
+ address@hidden@address@hidden
+ address@hidden@address@hidden
+ \selectfont
+}%
+%
+% Select style #1 and set math family #2 to the font. FIXME Rename.
address@hidden
+ address@hidden
+ address@hidden@family{#2}%
+}%
+% Set \textfont of math family #1 to address@hidden@command, unless the
+% font command is \relax.
address@hidden@family#1{%
+ address@hidden@command\relax\else
+ address@hidden@command
+ \fi
+}%
+% Set up #1 (\textfont, \scriptfont or \scriptscriptfont) fonts for
+% families 0, 1, 2 and 3 with the current size. address@hidden must be set
+% to the math font family.
address@hidden@families#1{%
+ \setfontencoding{\csname address@hidden/address@hidden@font
+ address@hidden@command
+ address@hidden #11 = address@hidden@command
+ address@hidden@command = \csname address@hidden/address@hidden
+ address@hidden #12 = address@hidden@command
+ address@hidden@command = \csname address@hidden/address@hidden
+ address@hidden #13 = address@hidden@command
+}%
+%
+% We need separate \rmfam -- math fonts define their own "text" fonts
+% which they use for the accents, and the user's "roman" family should
+% not interfere with that.
+\newfam\rmfam
address@hidden
+\newfam\sffam % \sffam is not in plain TeX.
address@hidden
+\let\li = \sf % Sometimes we call it \li, not \sf.
address@hidden
+\def\it{\itshape \fam=\itfam}%
+\def\sl{\slshape \fam=\slfam}%
+\def\bf{\bfseries \fam=\bffam}%
+% We don't need math for this font style.
address@hidden
+%
address@hidden
+ {\hbox{$
+ \expandafter\scalefontsize address@hidden
+ \left#2\vbox address@hidden@space
+ $}}%
+}%
address@hidden
address@hidden
address@hidden
address@hidden
+%
+% The accents are in different slots in OT1 and T1, so these will
+% redefine the accents (see \setfontfamily).
+\expandafter\def\csname address@hidden@textenc\endcsname{%
+ \def\acute{\mathaccent"7013 }%
+ \def\grave{\mathaccent"7012 }%
+ \def\ddot{\mathaccent"707F }%
+ \def\tilde{\mathaccent"707E }%
+ \def\bar{\mathaccent"7016 }%
+ \def\breve{\mathaccent"7015 }%
+ \def\check{\mathaccent"7014 }%
+ \def\hat{\mathaccent"705E }%
+ \def\dot{\mathaccent"705F }%
+}%
+\expandafter\def\csname address@hidden@textenc\endcsname{%
+ \def\acute{\mathaccent"7001 }%
+ \def\grave{\mathaccent"7000 }%
+ \def\ddot{\mathaccent"7004 }%
+ \def\tilde{\mathaccent"7003 }%
+ \def\bar{\mathaccent"7009 }%
+ \def\breve{\mathaccent"7008 }%
+ \def\check{\mathaccent"7007 }%
+ \def\hat{\mathaccent"7002 }%
+ \def\dot{\mathaccent"700A }%
+}%
+%
+% We keep track of the combinations of current encoding list (set by
+% @documentencoding) and current font family encoding list, for the
+% sake of glyph caching.
address@hidden
address@hidden
+%
address@hidden@index{%
+ \expandafter\let\expandafter\temp \csname address@hidden@list/address@hidden
+ address@hidden/address@hidden@list/\temp}%
+ \expandafter\ifx \csname address@hidden \relax
+ \global\advance address@hidden by1
+ \expandafter\xdef \csname address@hidden address@hidden
+ address@hidden@count\relax
+ \else
+ address@hidden address@hidden
+ \fi
+}%
+%
+% \selectfont
+%
+% Select the font as specified by the values of address@hidden and set line
+% skip and strut box for the font's size.
+\def\selectfont{%
+ address@hidden
+ address@hidden@command % Select the font.
+ address@hidden@index % For proper glyph caching.
+ % Set strutbox and line skips accordingly.
+ \ifx\temp\relax\else
+ % The code below only produces lineskips which are multiples of
+ % 0.1pt. The maximum dimension it can deal with is 214.7pt. This
+ % means that, for a font with the relative factor of 1000 and the
+ % lineskip factor of 1200, the maximum font size is 178.9pt (which
+ % is 214.7pt / 1.2), which should be more than enough for Texinfo.
+ address@hidden address@hidden/address@hidden % This family's lineskip
factor.
+ \multiply\count@ address@hidden % Requested font size (in pt, x10).
+ \multiply\count@ by\csname address@hidden/address@hidden % This family's
factor.
+ \divide\count@ address@hidden % Base factor.
+ \advance\count@ by500 % For the rounding.
+ \divide\count@ by1000
+ address@hidden@ pt
+ \divide\dimen@ by10
+ address@hidden Setting line skip to address@hidden
+ address@hidden@
+ \fi
+}%
+%
address@hidden
+ % Expand address@hidden once now, we might use it several times.
+ address@hidden@address@hidden
+ % Also define a shortcut for the corresponding font command.
+ address@hidden@command{\expandafter\noexpand
address@hidden@string\endcsname}%
+ % First check if the requested font is in the cache.
+ \expandafter\let\expandafter \temp address@hidden@command
+ \ifx\temp\relax
+ % No, it's not in the cache, search for the font.
+ address@hidden@size
+ \expandafter\let\expandafter \temp address@hidden@command
+ \ifx\temp\relax
+ % The font is not found, check whether it is mapped.
+ address@hidden@map
+ \expandafter\let\expandafter \temp address@hidden@command
+ \ifx\temp\relax
+ % No, it's not mapped either, issue a warning.
+ address@hidden Warning: font address@hidden@string\space
+ is not declared, leaving the font unchanged.}%
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \else
+ % The font is in the cache, report it.
+ address@hidden In font cache: address@hidden@string\space
+ (address@hidden@string\endcsname).}%
+ \fi
+}%
+%
+% Search for the font as specified by the values of address@hidden If it's
+% found, load it and add it to the cache.
address@hidden@size{%
+ % Check that there's a definition for the requested font shape
+ % (declared by \declarefont).
+ \expandafter\let\expandafter \temp \csname sh/address@hidden
+ \ifx\temp\relax \else
+ % The shape was defined. It should contain mapping of size ranges
+ % to fonts. Search the font for the requested size.
+ address@hidden@range\temp\finish
+ \fi
+}%
+% L U SZ FN the-rest-of-the-list
address@hidden@range#1 #2 #3 #4 #5\finish{%
+ % See if we have not yet reached the end of the list.
+ \def\temp{#5}%
+ \ifx\temp\empty
+ \let\next\gobble % Yeah, the end, gobble \finish below.
+ \else
+ address@hidden@range % No, continue recursively.
+ \fi
+ % If address@hidden belongs in [#1,#2), we have found our range.
+ address@hidden<#1 \else address@hidden<#2
+ address@hidden
+ address@hidden@finish % Stop the recursive list search.
+ \fi\fi
+ \next#5\finish
+}%
+%
+% Load the font as specified by address@hidden and add it to the cache. #1 is
+% the font file name, #2 is the design size.
address@hidden
+ % Calculate the scale factor for this font. Because of the way we
+ % do this, the maximum possible font size, for a font with the
+ % relative factor of 1000, is 214.7pt, which should be more than
+ % enough for Texinfo.
+ \count@ \csname address@hidden/address@hidden % This family's factor.
+ \multiply\count@ address@hidden % Requested size.
+ \multiply\count@ by1000
+ \divide\count@ by#2 % This font's design size.
+ \divide\count@ address@hidden % Base factor.
+ % Report the font.
+ address@hidden Adding to font cache:
+ address@hidden@string \space -> #1 scaled address@hidden
+ % Load it. The name we define will be used in "cache" lookups of
+ % this font.
+ \global\expandafter\font address@hidden@command #1 scaled address@hidden
+}%
+%
+% Search font mappings for the requested font (as per the address@hidden
+% macros) and set address@hidden@command if it's found. Mappings can contain
+% globbing characters (`*'), but for the from-attributes, we only
+% support a subset of possible combinations, see the comments below.
+% To-attributes can have any combination of `*'s.
address@hidden@map{%
+ % * F1 * s1
+ address@hidden address@hidden@shape
+ \else
+ % * F1 S1 *
+ address@hidden address@hidden@series*%
+ \else
+ % ENC F1 S1 *
+ address@hidden address@hidden@address@hidden
+ \else
+ % ENC F1 * *
+ address@hidden address@hidden@family**%
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \fi
+}%
+%
+% Note: calls address@hidden@map if the map exists.
address@hidden
+ TT\fi % Cancel out the preceding \if -- we'll roll our own.
+ address@hidden \csname fmap/#1/#2/#3/#4\endcsname
+ address@hidden
+ address@hidden@false
+ \else
+ address@hidden Mapping font: #1/#2/#3/#4 -> address@hidden
+ address@hidden@map address@hidden
+ address@hidden@true
+ \fi
+}%
address@hidden@false{\expandafter\iffalse}%
address@hidden@true{\expandafter\iftrue}%
+%
address@hidden@map#1/#2/#3/#4\finish{%
+ \begingroup % Save the address@hidden and address@hidden@... macros.
+ address@hidden@attrib address@hidden
+ address@hidden@attrib address@hidden {#2}%
+ address@hidden@attrib address@hidden {#3}%
+ address@hidden@attrib address@hidden {#4}%
+ \selectfont
+ \global\expandafter\let\expandafter \gtemp address@hidden@command
+ \endgroup % Restore the address@hidden and address@hidden@... macros.
+ % Define the font selection command for the new font.
+ \global\expandafter\let address@hidden@command \gtemp
+}%
+%
+\def\asteriskword{*}%
+%
address@hidden@attrib#1#2{%
+ \edef\temp{#2}%
+ \ifx\temp\asteriskword
+ % Leave the attribute unchanged.
+ \else
+ \let#1\temp
+ \fi
+}%
+%
+% Computer Modern Roman.
+%
+\declarefontfamily CMRoman 1000 1200
+% Medium weight.
+% Upright. ser sh [l,u) sz font
+\declarefont OT1 CMRoman m n 0-5.5 5 cmr5
+\declarefont OT1 CMRoman m n 5.5-6.5 6 cmr6
+\declarefont OT1 CMRoman m n 6.5-7.5 7 cmr7
+\declarefont OT1 CMRoman m n 7.5-8.5 8 cmr8
+\declarefont OT1 CMRoman m n 8.5-9.5 9 cmr9
+\declarefont OT1 CMRoman m n 9.5-10.5 10 cmr10
+\declarefont OT1 CMRoman m n 10.5-14 12 cmr12
+\declarefont OT1 CMRoman m n 14-10000 17 cmr17
+% Italic.
+\declarefont OT1 CMRoman m it 0-7.5 7 cmti7
+\declarefont OT1 CMRoman m it 7.5-8.5 8 cmti8
+\declarefont OT1 CMRoman m it 8.5-9.5 9 cmti9
+\declarefont OT1 CMRoman m it 9.5-10.5 10 cmti10
+\declarefont OT1 CMRoman m it 10.5-10000 12 cmti12
+% Slanted.
+\declarefont OT1 CMRoman m sl 0-6.8 6 cmsl6 % from cmextra
+\declarefont OT1 CMRoman m sl 6.8-8.5 8 cmsl8
+\declarefont OT1 CMRoman m sl 8.5-9.5 9 cmsl9
+\declarefont OT1 CMRoman m sl 9.5-10.5 10 cmsl10
+\declarefont OT1 CMRoman m sl 10.5-10000 12 cmsl12
+% Caps and small caps.
+\declarefont OT1 CMRoman m sc 0-10000 10 cmcsc10
+% Unslanted italic (for slanted pound sterling).
+\declarefont OT1 CMRoman m ui 0-10000 10 cmu10
+%
+% Bold weight.
+\declarefont OT1 CMRoman b n 0-10000 10 cmb10
+\fontmapseries CMRoman b > * bx
+%
+% Bold extended.
+% Upright. ser sh [l,u) sz font
+\declarefont OT1 CMRoman bx n 0-5.5 5 cmbx5
+\declarefont OT1 CMRoman bx n 5.5-6.5 6 cmbx6
+\declarefont OT1 CMRoman bx n 6.5-7.5 7 cmbx7
+\declarefont OT1 CMRoman bx n 7.5-8.5 8 cmbx8
+\declarefont OT1 CMRoman bx n 8.5-9.5 9 cmbx9
+\declarefont OT1 CMRoman bx n 9.5-10.5 10 cmbx10
+\declarefont OT1 CMRoman bx n 10.5-10000 12 cmbx12
+% Italic.
+\declarefont OT1 CMRoman bx it 0-8.5 7 cmbxti7 % from cmextra
+\declarefont OT1 CMRoman bx it 8.5-11 10 cmbxti10
+\declarefont OT1 CMRoman bx it 11-10000 12 cmbxti12 % from cmextra
+% Slanted.
+\declarefont OT1 CMRoman bx sl 0-10000 10 cmbxsl10
+%
+% Math letters.
+\fontmap OML CMRoman m * > * * * n
+\fontmap OML CMRoman bx * > * * * n
+\fontmap OML CMRoman b * > * * bx *
+% Medium weight. ser sh [l,u) sz font
+\declarefont OML CMRoman m n 0-5.5 5 cmmi5
+\declarefont OML CMRoman m n 5.5-6.5 6 cmmi6
+\declarefont OML CMRoman m n 6.5-7.5 7 cmmi7
+\declarefont OML CMRoman m n 7.5-8.5 8 cmmi8
+\declarefont OML CMRoman m n 8.5-9.5 9 cmmi9
+\declarefont OML CMRoman m n 9.5-10.5 10 cmmi10
+\declarefont OML CMRoman m n 10.5-10000 12 cmmi12
+% Bold extended.
+\declarefont OML CMRoman bx n 0-5.5 5 cmmib5
+\declarefont OML CMRoman bx n 5.5-6.5 6 cmmib6
+\declarefont OML CMRoman bx n 6.5-7.5 7 cmmib7
+\declarefont OML CMRoman bx n 7.5-8.5 8 cmmib8
+\declarefont OML CMRoman bx n 8.5-9.5 9 cmmib9
+\declarefont OML CMRoman bx n 9.5-10000 10 cmmib10
+%
+% Math symbols.
+\fontmap OMS CMRoman m * > * * * n
+\fontmap OMS CMRoman bx * > * * * n
+\fontmap OMS CMRoman b * > * * bx *
+% Medium weight. ser sh [l,u) sz font
+\declarefont OMS CMRoman m n 0-5.5 5 cmsy5
+\declarefont OMS CMRoman m n 5.5-6.5 6 cmsy6
+\declarefont OMS CMRoman m n 6.5-7.5 7 cmsy7
+\declarefont OMS CMRoman m n 7.5-8.5 8 cmsy8
+\declarefont OMS CMRoman m n 8.5-9.5 9 cmsy9
+\declarefont OMS CMRoman m n 9.5-10000 10 cmsy10
+% Bold extended.
+\declarefont OMS CMRoman bx n 0-5.5 5 cmbsy5
+\declarefont OMS CMRoman bx n 5.5-6.5 6 cmbsy6
+\declarefont OMS CMRoman bx n 6.5-7.5 7 cmbsy7
+\declarefont OMS CMRoman bx n 7.5-8.5 8 cmbsy8
+\declarefont OMS CMRoman bx n 8.5-9.5 9 cmbsy9
+\declarefont OMS CMRoman bx n 9.5-10000 10 cmbsy10
+%
+% Computer Modern Sans.
+%
+\declarefontfamily CMSans 1000 1200
+\fontmapshape CMSans it > * sl
+\fontmapseries CMSans b > * bx
+\fontmapfamily CMSans OML CMRoman
+\fontmapfamily CMSans OMS CMRoman
+% Medium weight.
+% Upright. ser sh [l,u) sz font
+\declarefont OT1 CMSans m n 0-8.5 8 cmss8
+\declarefont OT1 CMSans m n 8.5-9.5 9 cmss9
+\declarefont OT1 CMSans m n 9.5-10.5 10 cmss10
+\declarefont OT1 CMSans m n 10.5-14 12 cmss12
+\declarefont OT1 CMSans m n 14-10000 17 cmss17
+% Slanted.
+\declarefont OT1 CMSans m sl 0-8.5 8 cmssi8
+\declarefont OT1 CMSans m sl 8.5-9.5 9 cmssi9
+\declarefont OT1 CMSans m sl 9.5-10.5 10 cmssi10
+\declarefont OT1 CMSans m sl 10.5-14 12 cmssi12
+\declarefont OT1 CMSans m sl 14-10000 17 cmssi17
+%
+% Bold extended.
+\declarefont OT1 CMSans bx n 0-10000 10 cmssbx10
+\declarefont OT1 CMSans bx sl 0-10000 10 cmssbxo10 % from cmextra
+%
+% Computer Modern Typewriter.
+%
+\declarefontfamily CMMono 1000 1200
+\fontmapfamily CMMono OML CMRoman
+\fontmapfamily CMMono OMS CMRoman
+% Medium weight.
+% Upright. ser sh [l,u) sz font
+\declarefont OT1 CMMono m n 0-8.5 8 cmtt8
+\declarefont OT1 CMMono m n 8.5-9.5 9 cmtt9
+\declarefont OT1 CMMono m n 9.5-10.5 10 cmtt10
+\declarefont OT1 CMMono m n 10.5-10000 12 cmtt12
+% Italic.
+\declarefont OT1 CMMono m it 0-9.5 9 cmitt9 % from cmextra
+\declarefont OT1 CMMono m it 9.5-10.5 10 cmitt10
+\declarefont OT1 CMMono m it 10.5-10000 12 cmitt12 % from cmextra
+% Slanted.
+\declarefont OT1 CMMono m sl 0-9.5 9 cmsltt9 % from cmextra
+\declarefont OT1 CMMono m sl 9.5-10000 10 cmsltt10
+%
+% Latin Modern Roman.
+%
+\declarefontfamily LMRoman 1000 1200
+% Medium weight.
+% Upright. ser sh [l,u) sz font
+\declarefont T1 LMRoman m n 0-5.5 5 ec-lmr5
+\declarefont T1 LMRoman m n 5.5-6.5 6 ec-lmr6
+\declarefont T1 LMRoman m n 6.5-7.5 7 ec-lmr7
+\declarefont T1 LMRoman m n 7.5-8.5 8 ec-lmr8
+\declarefont T1 LMRoman m n 8.5-9.5 9 ec-lmr9
+\declarefont T1 LMRoman m n 9.5-10.5 10 ec-lmr10
+\declarefont T1 LMRoman m n 10.5-14 12 ec-lmr12
+\declarefont T1 LMRoman m n 14-10000 17 ec-lmr17
+\declarefont TS1 LMRoman m n 0-5.5 5 ts1-lmr5
+\declarefont TS1 LMRoman m n 5.5-6.5 6 ts1-lmr6
+\declarefont TS1 LMRoman m n 6.5-7.5 7 ts1-lmr7
+\declarefont TS1 LMRoman m n 7.5-8.5 8 ts1-lmr8
+\declarefont TS1 LMRoman m n 8.5-9.5 9 ts1-lmr9
+\declarefont TS1 LMRoman m n 9.5-10.5 10 ts1-lmr10
+\declarefont TS1 LMRoman m n 10.5-14 12 ts1-lmr12
+\declarefont TS1 LMRoman m n 14-10000 17 ts1-lmr17
+% Italic.
+\declarefont T1 LMRoman m it 0-7.5 7 ec-lmri7
+\declarefont T1 LMRoman m it 7.5-8.5 8 ec-lmri8
+\declarefont T1 LMRoman m it 8.5-9.5 9 ec-lmri9
+\declarefont T1 LMRoman m it 9.5-10.5 10 ec-lmri10
+\declarefont T1 LMRoman m it 10.5-10000 12 ec-lmri12
+\declarefont TS1 LMRoman m it 0-7.5 7 ts1-lmri7
+\declarefont TS1 LMRoman m it 7.5-8.5 8 ts1-lmri8
+\declarefont TS1 LMRoman m it 8.5-9.5 9 ts1-lmri9
+\declarefont TS1 LMRoman m it 9.5-10.5 10 ts1-lmri10
+\declarefont TS1 LMRoman m it 10.5-10000 12 ts1-lmri12
+% Slanted.
+\declarefont T1 LMRoman m sl 6.8-8.5 8 ec-lmro8
+\declarefont T1 LMRoman m sl 8.5-9.5 9 ec-lmro9
+\declarefont T1 LMRoman m sl 9.5-10.5 10 ec-lmro10
+\declarefont T1 LMRoman m sl 10.5-14 12 ec-lmro12
+\declarefont T1 LMRoman m sl 14-10000 17 ec-lmro17
+\declarefont TS1 LMRoman m sl 6.8-8.5 8 ts1-lmro8
+\declarefont TS1 LMRoman m sl 8.5-9.5 9 ts1-lmro9
+\declarefont TS1 LMRoman m sl 9.5-10.5 10 ts1-lmro10
+\declarefont TS1 LMRoman m sl 10.5-14 12 ts1-lmro12
+\declarefont TS1 LMRoman m sl 14-10000 17 ts1-lmro17
+% Caps and small caps.
+\declarefont T1 LMRoman m sc 0-10000 10 ec-lmcsc10
+\declarefont TS1 LMRoman m sc 0-10000 10 ts1-lmcsc10
+%
+% Bold weight.
+\declarefont T1 LMRoman b n 0-10000 10 ec-lmb10
+\fontmapseries LMRoman b > * bx % For the `it' shape.
+\declarefont T1 LMRoman b sl 0-10000 10 ec-lmbo10
+\declarefont TS1 LMRoman b n 0-10000 10 ts1-lmb10
+\declarefont TS1 LMRoman b sl 0-10000 10 ts1-lmbo10
+%
+% Bold extended.
+% Upright. ser sh [l,u) sz font
+\declarefont T1 LMRoman bx n 0-5.5 5 ec-lmbx5
+\declarefont T1 LMRoman bx n 5.5-6.5 6 ec-lmbx6
+\declarefont T1 LMRoman bx n 6.5-7.5 7 ec-lmbx7
+\declarefont T1 LMRoman bx n 7.5-8.5 8 ec-lmbx8
+\declarefont T1 LMRoman bx n 8.5-9.5 9 ec-lmbx9
+\declarefont T1 LMRoman bx n 9.5-10.5 10 ec-lmbx10
+\declarefont T1 LMRoman bx n 10.5-10000 12 ec-lmbx12
+\declarefont TS1 LMRoman bx n 0-5.5 5 ts1-lmbx5
+\declarefont TS1 LMRoman bx n 5.5-6.5 6 ts1-lmbx6
+\declarefont TS1 LMRoman bx n 6.5-7.5 7 ts1-lmbx7
+\declarefont TS1 LMRoman bx n 7.5-8.5 8 ts1-lmbx8
+\declarefont TS1 LMRoman bx n 8.5-9.5 9 ts1-lmbx9
+\declarefont TS1 LMRoman bx n 9.5-10.5 10 ts1-lmbx10
+\declarefont TS1 LMRoman bx n 10.5-10000 12 ts1-lmbx12
+% Italic.
+\declarefont T1 LMRoman bx it 0-10000 10 ec-lmbxi10
+\declarefont TS1 LMRoman bx it 0-10000 10 ts1-lmbxi10
+% Slanted.
+\declarefont T1 LMRoman bx sl 0-10000 10 ec-lmbxo10
+\declarefont TS1 LMRoman bx sl 0-10000 10 ts1-lmbxo10
+%
+% Latin Modern Sans.
+%
+\declarefontfamily LMSans 1000 1200
+\fontmapshape LMSans it > * sl
+\fontmapseries LMSans b > * bx
+% Medium weight.
+% Upright. ser sh [l,u) sz font
+\declarefont T1 LMSans m n 0-8.5 8 ec-lmss8
+\declarefont T1 LMSans m n 8.5-9.5 9 ec-lmss9
+\declarefont T1 LMSans m n 9.5-10.5 10 ec-lmss10
+\declarefont T1 LMSans m n 10.5-14 12 ec-lmss12
+\declarefont T1 LMSans m n 14-10000 17 ec-lmss17
+% Slanted.
+\declarefont T1 LMSans m sl 0-8.5 8 ec-lmsso8
+\declarefont T1 LMSans m sl 8.5-9.5 9 ec-lmsso9
+\declarefont T1 LMSans m sl 9.5-10.5 10 ec-lmsso10
+\declarefont T1 LMSans m sl 10.5-14 12 ec-lmsso12
+\declarefont T1 LMSans m sl 14-10000 17 ec-lmsso17
+%
+% Bold extended.
+\declarefont T1 LMSans bx n 0-10000 10 ec-lmssbx10
+\declarefont T1 LMSans bx sl 0-10000 10 ec-lmssbo10
+%
+% Latin Modern Typewriter.
+%
+\declarefontfamily LMMono 1000 1200
+% Medium weight.
+% Upright. ser sh [l,u) sz font
+\declarefont T1 LMMono m n 0-8.5 8 ec-lmtt8
+\declarefont T1 LMMono m n 8.5-9.5 9 ec-lmtt9
+\declarefont T1 LMMono m n 9.5-10.5 10 ec-lmtt10
+\declarefont T1 LMMono m n 10.5-10000 12 ec-lmtt12
+% Italic.
+\declarefont T1 LMMono m it 0-10000 10 ec-lmtti10
+% Slanted.
+\declarefont T1 LMMono m sl 0-10000 10 ec-lmtto10
+%
+% Computer Modern Bright.
+%
+\declarefontfamily CMBright 1000 1250
+\fontmapshape CMBright it > * sl
+\fontmapseries CMBright bx > * sb
+% Medium weight.
+% Upright. ser sh [l,u) sz font
+\declarefont T1 CMBright m n 0-8.5 8 ebmr8
+\declarefont T1 CMBright m n 8.5-9.5 9 ebmr9
+\declarefont T1 CMBright m n 9.5-14 10 ebmr10
+\declarefont T1 CMBright m n 14-10000 17 ebmr17
+% Slanted.
+\declarefont T1 CMBright m sl 0-8.5 8 ebmo8
+\declarefont T1 CMBright m sl 8.5-9.5 9 ebmo9
+\declarefont T1 CMBright m sl 9.5-14 10 ebmo10
+\declarefont T1 CMBright m sl 14-10000 17 ebmo17
+%
+% Semi-bold weight.
+% Upright.
+\declarefont T1 CMBright sb n 0-8.5 8 ebsr8
+\declarefont T1 CMBright sb n 8.5-9.5 9 ebsr9
+\declarefont T1 CMBright sb n 9.5-14 10 ebsr10
+\declarefont T1 CMBright sb n 14-10000 17 ebsr17
+% Slanted.
+\declarefont T1 CMBright sb sl 0-8.5 8 ebso8
+\declarefont T1 CMBright sb sl 8.5-9.5 9 ebso9
+\declarefont T1 CMBright sb sl 9.5-14 10 ebso10
+\declarefont T1 CMBright sb sl 14-10000 17 ebso17
+%
+% Bold extended.
+\declarefont T1 CMBright bx n 0-10000 10 ebbx10
+%
+% Computer Modern Bright Typewriter.
+%
+\declarefontfamily CMBrightMono 1000 1250
+\fontmapshape CMBrightMono it > * sl
+% Medium weight. ser sh [l,u) sz font
+\declarefont T1 CMBrightMono m n 0-10000 10 ebtl10
+\declarefont T1 CMBrightMono m sl 0-10000 10 ebto10
+%
+% European Concrete Roman.
+%
+\declarefontfamily ConcreteRoman 1000 1250
+\fontmapseries ConcreteRoman b > LMSans b
+\fontmapseries ConcreteRoman bx > LMSans bx
+% Medium weight.
+% Upright. ser sh [l,u) sz font
+\declarefont T1 ConcreteRoman m n 0-5.5 5 eorm5
+\declarefont T1 ConcreteRoman m n 5.5-6.5 6 eorm6
+\declarefont T1 ConcreteRoman m n 6.5-7.5 7 eorm7
+\declarefont T1 ConcreteRoman m n 7.5-8.5 8 eorm8
+\declarefont T1 ConcreteRoman m n 8.5-9.5 9 eorm9
+\declarefont T1 ConcreteRoman m n 9.5-10000 10 eorm10
+% Italic.
+\declarefont T1 ConcreteRoman m it 0-10000 10 eoti10
+% Slanted.
+\declarefont T1 ConcreteRoman m sl 0-5.5 5 eosl5
+\declarefont T1 ConcreteRoman m sl 5.5-6.5 6 eosl6
+\declarefont T1 ConcreteRoman m sl 6.5-7.5 7 eosl7
+\declarefont T1 ConcreteRoman m sl 7.5-8.5 8 eosl8
+\declarefont T1 ConcreteRoman m sl 8.5-9.5 9 eosl9
+\declarefont T1 ConcreteRoman m sl 9.5-10000 10 eosl10
+% Caps and small caps.
+\declarefont T1 ConcreteRoman m sc 0-10000 10 eocc10
+%
+% LH Roman.
+%
+\declarefontfamily LHRoman 1000 1200
+\fontmapfamily LHRoman T1 LMRoman
+\fontmapfamily LHRoman TS1 LMRoman
+% Medium weight.
+% Upright. ser sh [l,u) sz font
+\declarefont T2A LHRoman m n 0-5.5 5 larm0500
+\declarefont T2A LHRoman m n 5.5-6.5 6 larm0600
+\declarefont T2A LHRoman m n 6.5-7.5 7 larm0700
+\declarefont T2A LHRoman m n 7.5-8.5 8 larm0800
+\declarefont T2A LHRoman m n 8.5-9.5 9 larm0900
+\declarefont T2A LHRoman m n 9.5-10.4 10 larm1000
+\declarefont T2A LHRoman m n 10.4-11.4 10.95 larm1095
+\declarefont T2A LHRoman m n 11.4-13.1 12 larm1200
+\declarefont T2A LHRoman m n 13.1-15.6 14.4 larm1440
+\declarefont T2A LHRoman m n 15.6-18.8 17.28 larm1728
+\declarefont T2A LHRoman m n 18.8-22.5 20.74 larm2074
+\declarefont T2A LHRoman m n 22.5-27 24.88 larm2488
+\declarefont T2A LHRoman m n 27-32.5 29.86 larm2986
+\declarefont T2A LHRoman m n 32.5-10000 35.83 larm3583
+% Bold weight. ser sh [l,u) sz font
+\declarefont T2A LHRoman b n 0-5.5 5 larb0500
+\declarefont T2A LHRoman b n 5.5-6.5 6 larb0600
+\declarefont T2A LHRoman b n 6.5-7.5 7 larb0700
+\declarefont T2A LHRoman b n 7.5-8.5 8 larb0800
+\declarefont T2A LHRoman b n 8.5-9.5 9 larb0900
+\declarefont T2A LHRoman b n 9.5-10.4 10 larb1000
+\declarefont T2A LHRoman b n 10.4-11.4 10.95 larb1095
+\declarefont T2A LHRoman b n 11.4-13.1 12 larb1200
+\declarefont T2A LHRoman b n 13.1-15.6 14.4 larb1440
+\declarefont T2A LHRoman b n 15.6-18.8 17.28 larb1728
+\declarefont T2A LHRoman b n 18.8-22.5 20.74 larb2074
+\declarefont T2A LHRoman b n 22.5-27 24.88 larb2488
+\declarefont T2A LHRoman b n 27-32.5 29.86 larb2986
+\declarefont T2A LHRoman b n 32.5-10000 35.83 larb3583
+% Bold extended. ser sh [l,u) sz font
+\declarefont T2A LHRoman bx n 0-5.5 5 labx0500
+\declarefont T2A LHRoman bx n 5.5-6.5 6 labx0600
+\declarefont T2A LHRoman bx n 6.5-7.5 7 labx0700
+\declarefont T2A LHRoman bx n 7.5-8.5 8 labx0800
+\declarefont T2A LHRoman bx n 8.5-9.5 9 labx0900
+\declarefont T2A LHRoman bx n 9.5-10.4 10 labx1000
+\declarefont T2A LHRoman bx n 10.4-11.4 10.95 labx1095
+\declarefont T2A LHRoman bx n 11.4-13.1 12 labx1200
+\declarefont T2A LHRoman bx n 13.1-15.6 14.4 labx1440
+\declarefont T2A LHRoman bx n 15.6-18.8 17.28 labx1728
+\declarefont T2A LHRoman bx n 18.8-22.5 20.74 labx2074
+\declarefont T2A LHRoman bx n 22.5-27 24.88 labx2488
+\declarefont T2A LHRoman bx n 27-32.5 29.86 labx2986
+\declarefont T2A LHRoman bx n 32.5-10000 35.83 labx3583
+%
+% Bera Roman (Bitstream Vera Serif).
+%
+\declarefontfamily BeraRoman 900 1375
+\fontmapshape BeraRoman it > * sl
+\fontmapseries BeraRoman b > * bx
+% Medium weight. ser sh [l,u) sz font
+\declarefont T1 BeraRoman m n 0-10000 10 fver8t
+\declarefont T1 BeraRoman m sl 0-10000 10 fvero8t
+% Bold extended.
+\declarefont T1 BeraRoman bx n 0-10000 10 fveb8t
+\declarefont T1 BeraRoman bx sl 0-10000 10 fvebo8t
+%
+% Bera Sans (Bitstream Vera Sans).
+%
+\declarefontfamily BeraSans 900 1375
+\fontmapshape BeraSans it > * sl
+\fontmapseries BeraSans b > * bx
+% Medium weight. ser sh [l,u) sz font
+\declarefont T1 BeraSans m n 0-10000 10 fvsr8t
+\declarefont T1 BeraSans m sl 0-10000 10 fvsro8t
+% Bold extended.
+\declarefont T1 BeraSans bx n 0-10000 10 fvsb8t
+\declarefont T1 BeraSans bx sl 0-10000 10 fvsbo8t
+%
+% Bera Mono (Bitstream Vera Mono).
+%
+\declarefontfamily BeraMono 900 1375
+\fontmapshape BeraMono it > * sl
+\fontmapseries BeraMono bx > * b
+% Medium weight. ser sh [l,u) sz font
+\declarefont T1 BeraMono m n 0-10000 10 fvmr8t
+\declarefont T1 BeraMono m sl 0-10000 10 fvmro8t
+% Bold weight.
+\declarefont T1 BeraMono b n 0-10000 10 fvmb8t
+\declarefont T1 BeraMono b sl 0-10000 10 fvmbo8t
+%
+% Bitstream Charter.
+%
+\declarefontfamily Charter 1000 1275
+\fontmapseries Charter b > * bx
+% Medium weight. ser sh [l,u) sz font
+\declarefont T1 Charter m n 0-10000 10 bchr8t
+\declarefont T1 Charter m it 0-10000 10 bchri8t
+\declarefont T1 Charter m sl 0-10000 10 bchro8t
+\declarefont T1 Charter m sc 0-10000 10 bchrc8t
+% Bold extended.
+\declarefont T1 Charter bx n 0-10000 10 bchb8t
+\declarefont T1 Charter bx it 0-10000 10 bchbi8t
+\declarefont T1 Charter bx sl 0-10000 10 bchbo8t
+\declarefont T1 Charter bx sc 0-10000 10 bchbc8t
+%
+% URW Nimbus Roman (Times) + TeX Gyre Termes.
+%
+\declarefontfamily NimbusRoman 1000 1200
+\fontmapseries NimbusRoman b > * bx
+\fontmapshape NimbusRoman sl > * it % For TS1.
+\fontmapshape NimbusRoman sc > * n % For TS1.
+% Medium weight. ser sh [l,u) sz font
+\declarefont T1 NimbusRoman m n 0-10000 10 ptmr8t
+\declarefont TS1 NimbusRoman m n 0-10000 10 ts1-qtmr
+\declarefont T1 NimbusRoman m it 0-10000 10 ptmri8t
+\declarefont TS1 NimbusRoman m it 0-10000 10 ts1-qtmri
+\declarefont T1 NimbusRoman m sl 0-10000 10 ptmro8t
+\declarefont T1 NimbusRoman m sc 0-10000 10 ptmrc8t
+% Bold extended.
+\declarefont T1 NimbusRoman bx n 0-10000 10 ptmb8t
+\declarefont TS1 NimbusRoman bx n 0-10000 10 ts1-qtmb
+\declarefont T1 NimbusRoman bx it 0-10000 10 ptmbi8t
+\declarefont TS1 NimbusRoman bx it 0-10000 10 ts1-qtmbi
+\declarefont T1 NimbusRoman bx sl 0-10000 10 ptmbo8t
+\declarefont T1 NimbusRoman bx sc 0-10000 10 ptmbc8t
+%
+% URW Nimbus Sans (Helvetica).
+%
+\declarefontfamily NimbusSans 950 1250
+\fontmapshape NimbusSans it > * sl
+\fontmapseries NimbusSans b > * bx
+% Medium weight. ser sh [l,u) sz font
+\declarefont T1 NimbusSans m n 0-10000 10 phvr8t
+\declarefont T1 NimbusSans m sl 0-10000 10 phvro8t
+\declarefont T1 NimbusSans m sc 0-10000 10 phvrc8t
+% Bold extended.
+\declarefont T1 NimbusSans bx n 0-10000 10 phvb8t
+\declarefont T1 NimbusSans bx sl 0-10000 10 phvbo8t
+\declarefont T1 NimbusSans bx sc 0-10000 10 phvbc8t
+%
+% URW Nimbus Mono (Courier).
+%
+\declarefontfamily NimbusMono 1000 1200
+\fontmapshape NimbusMono it > * sl
+\fontmapseries NimbusMono bx > * b
+% Medium weight. ser sh [l,u) sz font
+\declarefont T1 NimbusMono m n 0-10000 10 pcrr8t
+\declarefont T1 NimbusMono m sl 0-10000 10 pcrro8t
+\declarefont T1 NimbusMono m sc 0-10000 10 pcrrc8t
+% Bold weight.
+\declarefont T1 NimbusMono b n 0-10000 10 pcrb8t
+\declarefont T1 NimbusMono b sl 0-10000 10 pcrbo8t
+\declarefont T1 NimbusMono b sc 0-10000 10 pcrbc8t
+%
+% URW Palladio (Palatino) + TeX Gyre Pagella.
+%
+\declarefontfamily URWPalladio 1000 1275
+\fontmapseries URWPalladio b > * bx
+\fontmapshape URWPalladio sl > * it % For TS1.
+\fontmapshape URWPalladio sc > * n % For TS1.
+% Medium weight. ser sh [l,u) sz font
+\declarefont T1 URWPalladio m n 0-10000 10 pplr8t
+\declarefont TS1 URWPalladio m n 0-10000 10 ts1-qplr
+\declarefont T1 URWPalladio m it 0-10000 10 pplri8t
+\declarefont TS1 URWPalladio m it 0-10000 10 ts1-qplri
+\declarefont T1 URWPalladio m sl 0-10000 10 pplro8t
+\declarefont T1 URWPalladio m sc 0-10000 10 pplrc8t
+% Bold extended.
+\declarefont T1 URWPalladio bx n 0-10000 10 pplb8t
+\declarefont TS1 URWPalladio bx n 0-10000 10 ts1-qplb
+\declarefont T1 URWPalladio bx it 0-10000 10 pplbi8t
+\declarefont TS1 URWPalladio bx it 0-10000 10 ts1-qplbi
+\declarefont T1 URWPalladio bx sl 0-10000 10 pplbo8t
+\declarefont T1 URWPalladio bx sc 0-10000 10 pplbc8t
+%
+% URW Bookman.
+%
+\declarefontfamily URWBookman 1000 1260
+\fontmapshape URWBookman it > * sl
+\fontmapseries URWBookman bx > * b
+% Medium weight. ser sh [l,u) sz font
+\declarefont T1 URWBookman m n 0-10000 10 pbkl8t
+\declarefont T1 URWBookman m sl 0-10000 10 pbklo8t
+\declarefont T1 URWBookman m sc 0-10000 10 pbklc8t
+% Bold weight.
+\declarefont T1 URWBookman b n 0-10000 10 pbkd8t
+\declarefont T1 URWBookman b sl 0-10000 10 pbkdo8t
+\declarefont T1 URWBookman b sc 0-10000 10 pbkdc8t
+%
+% URW Century Schoolbook.
+%
+\declarefontfamily CenturySchoolbook 1000 1300
+\fontmapseries CenturySchoolbook b > * bx
+% Medium weight. ser sh [l,u) sz font
+\declarefont T1 CenturySchoolbook m n 0-10000 10 pncr8t
+\declarefont T1 CenturySchoolbook m it 0-10000 10 pncri8t
+\declarefont T1 CenturySchoolbook m sl 0-10000 10 pncro8t
+\declarefont T1 CenturySchoolbook m sc 0-10000 10 pncrc8t
+% Bold extended.
+\declarefont T1 CenturySchoolbook bx n 0-10000 10 pncb8t
+\declarefont T1 CenturySchoolbook bx it 0-10000 10 pncbi8t
+\declarefont T1 CenturySchoolbook bx sl 0-10000 10 pncbo8t
+\declarefont T1 CenturySchoolbook bx sc 0-10000 10 pncbc8t
+%
+% Antykwa Torunska.
+%
+\declarefontfamily AntykwaTorunska 1000 1280
+\fontmapshape AntykwaTorunska sl > * it
+\fontmapseries AntykwaTorunska b > * bx
+% Medium weight. ser sh [l,u) sz font
+\declarefont T1 AntykwaTorunska m n 0-10000 10 ec-anttr
+\declarefont T1 AntykwaTorunska m it 0-10000 10 ec-anttri
+\declarefont T1 AntykwaTorunska m sc 0-10000 10 ec-anttrcap
+% Bold extended.
+\declarefont T1 AntykwaTorunska bx n 0-10000 10 ec-anttb
+\declarefont T1 AntykwaTorunska bx it 0-10000 10 ec-anttbi
+\declarefont T1 AntykwaTorunska bx sc 0-10000 10 ec-anttbcap
+%
+% Iwona.
+%
+\declarefontfamily Iwona 1000 1200
+\fontmapshape Iwona it > * sl
+\fontmapseries Iwona bx > * b
+% Light weight. ser sh [l,u) sz font
+\declarefont T1 Iwona l n 0-10000 10 ec-iwonal
+\declarefont T1 Iwona l sl 0-10000 10 ec-iwonali
+\declarefont T1 Iwona l sc 0-10000 10 ec-iwonalcap
+% Light condensed.
+\declarefont T1 Iwona lc n 0-10000 10 ec-iwonacl
+\declarefont T1 Iwona lc sl 0-10000 10 ec-iwonacli
+\declarefont T1 Iwona lc sc 0-10000 10 ec-iwonaclcap
+% Medium weight.
+\declarefont T1 Iwona m n 0-10000 10 ec-iwonar
+\declarefont T1 Iwona m sl 0-10000 10 ec-iwonari
+\declarefont T1 Iwona m sc 0-10000 10 ec-iwonarcap
+% Medium condensed.
+\declarefont T1 Iwona c n 0-10000 10 ec-iwonacr
+\declarefont T1 Iwona c sl 0-10000 10 ec-iwonacri
+\declarefont T1 Iwona c sc 0-10000 10 ec-iwonacrcap
+% Semi-bold weight.
+\declarefont T1 Iwona sb n 0-10000 10 ec-iwonam
+\declarefont T1 Iwona sb sl 0-10000 10 ec-iwonami
+\declarefont T1 Iwona sb sc 0-10000 10 ec-iwonamcap
+% Semi-bold condensed. ser sh [l,u) sz font
+\declarefont T1 Iwona sbc n 0-10000 10 ec-iwonacm
+\declarefont T1 Iwona sbc sl 0-10000 10 ec-iwonacmi
+\declarefont T1 Iwona sbc sc 0-10000 10 ec-iwonacmcap
+% Bold weight.
+\declarefont T1 Iwona b n 0-10000 10 ec-iwonab
+\declarefont T1 Iwona b sl 0-10000 10 ec-iwonabi
+\declarefont T1 Iwona b sc 0-10000 10 ec-iwonabcap
+% Bold condensed.
+\declarefont T1 Iwona bc n 0-10000 10 ec-iwonacb
+\declarefont T1 Iwona bc sl 0-10000 10 ec-iwonacbi
+\declarefont T1 Iwona bc sc 0-10000 10 ec-iwonacbcap
+% Extra bold weight.
+\declarefont T1 Iwona eb n 0-10000 10 ec-iwonah
+\declarefont T1 Iwona eb sl 0-10000 10 ec-iwonahi
+\declarefont T1 Iwona eb sc 0-10000 10 ec-iwonahcap
+% Extra bold condensed.
+\declarefont T1 Iwona ebc n 0-10000 10 ec-iwonach
+\declarefont T1 Iwona ebc sl 0-10000 10 ec-iwonachi
+\declarefont T1 Iwona ebc sc 0-10000 10 ec-iwonachcap
+%
+% URW Gothic (AvantGarde).
+%
+\declarefontfamily URWGothic 900 1450
+\fontmapshape URWGothic it > * sl
+\fontmapseries URWGothic bx > * b
+% Medium weight. ser sh [l,u) sz font
+\declarefont T1 URWGothic m n 0-10000 10 pagk8t
+\declarefont T1 URWGothic m sl 0-10000 10 pagko8t
+\declarefont T1 URWGothic m sc 0-10000 10 pagkc8t
+% Bold weight.
+\declarefont T1 URWGothic b n 0-10000 10 pagd8t
+\declarefont T1 URWGothic b sl 0-10000 10 pagdo8t
+\declarefont T1 URWGothic b sc 0-10000 10 pagdc8t
+%
+% URW Chancery.
+%
+\declarefontfamily URWChancery 1150 1150
+% Medium weight. ser sh [l,u) sz font
+\declarefont T1 URWChancery m it 0-10000 10 pzcmi8t
+%
+% Eurosym. The T1 encoding we use is just a stub.
+%
+\declarefontfamily Eurosym 1000 1200
+\fontmapshape Eurosym it > * sl
+\fontmapshape Eurosym sc > * n
+\fontmapseries Eurosym bx > * b
+% Medium weight. ser sh [l,u) sz font
+\declarefont T1 Eurosym m n 0-10000 10 feymr10
+\declarefont T1 Eurosym m sl 0-10000 10 feymo10
+% Bold weight.
+\declarefont T1 Eurosym b n 0-10000 10 feybr10
+\declarefont T1 Eurosym b sl 0-10000 10 feybo10
+%
+% Math fonts.
+%
+% Macros to restore some plain TeX math defs, needed by post-hooks of
+% some math font families, e.g., Belleek and EulerMath. address@hidden'
+% are "action" macros; address@hidden@...' are saved plain TeX defs. We only
+% restore the defs which can be clobbered by the pre-hooks; add new
+% ones as they become needed.
address@hidden
+ \mathcode`0"7030
+ \mathcode`1"7031
+ \mathcode`2"7032
+ \mathcode`3"7033
+ \mathcode`4"7034
+ \mathcode`5"7035
+ \mathcode`6"7036
+ \mathcode`7"7037
+ \mathcode`8"7038
+ \mathcode`9"7039
+}%
+%
address@hidden@greek{%
+ address@hidden@Gamma
+ address@hidden@Delta
+ address@hidden@Theta
+ address@hidden@Lambda
+ address@hidden@Xi
+ address@hidden@Pi
+ address@hidden@Sigma
+ address@hidden@Upsilon
+ address@hidden@Phi
+ address@hidden@Psi
+ address@hidden@Omega
+}%
address@hidden@Gamma\Gamma
address@hidden@Delta\Delta
address@hidden@Theta\Theta
address@hidden@Lambda\Lambda
address@hidden@Xi\Xi
address@hidden@Pi\Pi
address@hidden@Sigma\Sigma
address@hidden@Upsilon\Upsilon
address@hidden@Phi\Phi
address@hidden@Psi\Psi
address@hidden@Omega\Omega
address@hidden@varsigma\varsigma
address@hidden@varrho\varrho
+%
address@hidden@greek{%
+ address@hidden@varsigma
+ address@hidden@varrho
+}%
address@hidden@varsigma\varsigma
address@hidden@varrho\varrho
+%
address@hidden
+ \mathcode`!"5021 % Why the heck is this a closing delimiter?
+ address@hidden@infty
+ address@hidden@Re
+ address@hidden@Im
+}%
address@hidden@infty\infty
address@hidden@Re\Re
address@hidden@Im\Im
+%
address@hidden
+ \mathcode`+="202B
+ address@hidden@triangleleft
+ address@hidden@triangleright
+}%
address@hidden@triangleleft\triangleleft
address@hidden@triangleright\triangleright
+%
address@hidden
+ \mathcode`:"303A
+ \mathcode`="303D
+ address@hidden@relbar
+ address@hidden@Relbar
+}%
address@hidden@relbar\relbar
address@hidden@Relbar\Relbar
+%
address@hidden
+ \mathcode`("4028 \delcode`("028300
+ \mathcode`)"5029 \delcode`)"029301
+ \mathcode`["405B \delcode`["05B302
+ \mathcode`]"505D \delcode`]"05D303
+ \delcode`/"02F30E
+}%
+%
address@hidden@address@hidden
address@hidden@vec\vec
+%
+{\catcode`'\active
address@hidden'address@hidden@prime}%
address@hidden@prime'%
address@hidden@prime{\def'}%
+}%
+%
address@hidden
+ address@hidden@rightarrowfill
+ address@hidden@leftarrowfill
+}%
address@hidden@rightarrowfill\rightarrowfill
address@hidden@leftarrowfill\leftarrowfill
+%
+% Computer Modern Math.
+%
+\declaremathfontfamily CMMath 1000 1200 OT1 127 48
+\fontmap OT1 CMMath * * > * CMRoman * n
+\fontmapseries CMMath b > * bx
+\fontmap OMX CMMath bx * > * * m *
+% Math letters.
+% Medium weight. ser sh [l,u) sz font
+\declarefont OML CMMath m . 0-5.5 5 cmmi5
+\declarefont OML CMMath m . 5.5-6.5 6 cmmi6
+\declarefont OML CMMath m . 6.5-7.5 7 cmmi7
+\declarefont OML CMMath m . 7.5-8.5 8 cmmi8
+\declarefont OML CMMath m . 8.5-9.5 9 cmmi9
+\declarefont OML CMMath m . 9.5-10.5 10 cmmi10
+\declarefont OML CMMath m . 10.5-10000 12 cmmi12
+%
+% Bold extended.
+\declarefont OML CMMath bx . 0-5.5 5 cmmib5
+\declarefont OML CMMath bx . 5.5-6.5 6 cmmib6
+\declarefont OML CMMath bx . 6.5-7.5 7 cmmib7
+\declarefont OML CMMath bx . 7.5-8.5 8 cmmib8
+\declarefont OML CMMath bx . 8.5-9.5 9 cmmib9
+\declarefont OML CMMath bx . 9.5-10000 10 cmmib10
+%
+% Math symbols.
+% Medium weight. ser sh [l,u) sz font
+\declarefont OMS CMMath m . 0-5.5 5 cmsy5
+\declarefont OMS CMMath m . 5.5-6.5 6 cmsy6
+\declarefont OMS CMMath m . 6.5-7.5 7 cmsy7
+\declarefont OMS CMMath m . 7.5-8.5 8 cmsy8
+\declarefont OMS CMMath m . 8.5-9.5 9 cmsy9
+\declarefont OMS CMMath m . 9.5-10000 10 cmsy10
+% Bold extended.
+\declarefont OMS CMMath bx . 0-5.5 5 cmbsy5
+\declarefont OMS CMMath bx . 5.5-6.5 6 cmbsy6
+\declarefont OMS CMMath bx . 6.5-7.5 7 cmbsy7
+\declarefont OMS CMMath bx . 7.5-8.5 8 cmbsy8
+\declarefont OMS CMMath bx . 8.5-9.5 9 cmbsy9
+\declarefont OMS CMMath bx . 9.5-10000 10 cmbsy10
+%
+% Math operators.
+% Medium weight.
+\declarefont OMX CMMath m . 0-7.5 7 cmex7
+\declarefont OMX CMMath m . 7.5-8.5 8 cmex8
+\declarefont OMX CMMath m . 8.5-9.5 9 cmex9
+\declarefont OMX CMMath m . 9.5-10000 10 cmex10
+%
+% Computer Modern Bright Math.
+%
+\declaremathfontfamily CMBrightMath 1000 1250 OT1 127 48
+\fontmapseries CMBrightMath bx > * m
+\fontmapfamily CMBrightMath OMX CMMath
+% ser sh [l,u) sz font
+\declarefont OT1 CMBrightMath m . 0-8.5 8 cmbr8
+\declarefont OT1 CMBrightMath m . 8.5-9.5 9 cmbr9
+\declarefont OT1 CMBrightMath m . 9.5-14 10 cmbr10
+\declarefont OT1 CMBrightMath m . 14-10000 17 cmbr17
+\declarefont OML CMBrightMath m . 0-8.5 8 cmbrmi8
+\declarefont OML CMBrightMath m . 8.5-9.5 9 cmbrmi9
+\declarefont OML CMBrightMath m . 9.5-10000 10 cmbrmi10
+\declarefont OMS CMBrightMath m . 0-8.5 8 cmbrsy8
+\declarefont OMS CMBrightMath m . 8.5-9.5 9 cmbrsy9
+\declarefont OMS CMBrightMath m . 9.5-10000 10 cmbrsy10
+%
+% Belleek.
+%
+\declaremathfontfamily Belleek 1000 1200 OT1 45 -1
+\fontmapseries Belleek bx > * m
+\mathfontfamilyprehook Belleek {%
+ % Uppercase Greek letters.
+ \mathchardef\Gamma"130
+ \mathchardef\Delta"131
+ \mathchardef\Theta"132
+ \mathchardef\Lambda"133
+ \mathchardef\Xi"134
+ \mathchardef\Pi"135
+ \mathchardef\Sigma"136
+ \mathchardef\Upsilon"137
+ \mathchardef\Phi"138
+ \mathchardef\Psi"139
+ \mathchardef\Omega"17F
+ % Binary operations.
+ \mathchardef\triangleleft"2247
+ \mathchardef\triangleright"2246
+ % Relations.
+ \mathchardef\Relbar"3248
+ % Delimiters.
+ \mathcode`("412E \delcode`(="12E300
+ \mathcode`)"512F \delcode`)="12F301
+ % Accents.
+ \def\vec{\mathaccent"0245 }%
+ % FIXME Other glyphs: mtmi: \tieaccent
+}%
+\mathfontfamilyposthook Belleek {%
+ address@hidden@greek
+ address@hidden
+ address@hidden
+ address@hidden
+ address@hidden
+}%
+\declarefont OT1 Belleek m . 0-10000 10 ptmr7t
+\declarefont OT1 Belleek bx . 0-10000 10 ptmb7t
+\declarefont OML Belleek m . 0-10000 10 mtmi
+\declarefont OMS Belleek m . 0-10000 10 mtsy
+\declarefont OMX Belleek m . 0-10000 10 mtex
+%
+% Pazo Math.
+%
+\declaremathfontfamily PazoMath 1000 1275 OT1 127 48
+\fontmapseries PazoMath bx > * b
+\fontmap OMX PazoMath b * > * * m *
+% ser sh [l,u) sz font
+\declarefont OT1 PazoMath m . 0-10000 10 zplmr7t
+\declarefont OT1 PazoMath b . 0-10000 10 zplmb7t
+\declarefont OML PazoMath m . 0-10000 10 zplmr7m
+\declarefont OML PazoMath b . 0-10000 10 zplmb7m
+\declarefont OMS PazoMath m . 0-10000 10 zplmr7y
+\declarefont OMS PazoMath b . 0-10000 10 zplmb7y
+\declarefont OMX PazoMath m . 0-10000 10 zplmr7v
+%
+% PX Fonts Math.
+%
+\declaremathfontfamily PXFontsMath 1000 1275 OT1 127 48
+\fontmapseries PXFontsMath bx > * b
+\declarefont OT1 PXFontsMath m . 0-10000 10 pxr
+\declarefont OT1 PXFontsMath b . 0-10000 10 pxb
+\declarefont OML PXFontsMath m . 0-10000 10 pxmi
+\declarefont OML PXFontsMath b . 0-10000 10 pxbmi
+\declarefont OMS PXFontsMath m . 0-10000 10 pxsy
+\declarefont OMS PXFontsMath b . 0-10000 10 pxbsy
+\declarefont OMX PXFontsMath m . 0-10000 10 pxex
+\declarefont OMX PXFontsMath b . 0-10000 10 pxbex
+%
+% TX Fonts Math.
+%
+\declaremathfontfamily TXFontsMath 1000 1200 OT1 127 48
+\fontmapseries TXFontsMath bx > * b
+\declarefont OT1 TXFontsMath m . 0-10000 10 txr
+\declarefont OT1 TXFontsMath b . 0-10000 10 txb
+\declarefont OML TXFontsMath m . 0-10000 10 txmi
+\declarefont OML TXFontsMath b . 0-10000 10 txbmi
+\declarefont OMS TXFontsMath m . 0-10000 10 txsy
+\declarefont OMS TXFontsMath b . 0-10000 10 txbsy
+\declarefont OMX TXFontsMath m . 0-10000 10 txex
+\declarefont OMX TXFontsMath b . 0-10000 10 txbex
+%
+% Charter Math (from Math Design).
+%
+\declaremathfontfamily CharterMath 1000 1275 OT1 127 48
+
+\fontmapseries CharterMath b > * bx
+\declarefont OT1 CharterMath m . 0-10000 10 mdbchr7t
+\declarefont OT1 CharterMath bx . 0-10000 10 mdbchb7t
+\declarefont OML CharterMath m . 0-10000 10 mdbchri7m
+\declarefont OML CharterMath bx . 0-10000 10 mdbchbi7m
+\declarefont OMS CharterMath m . 0-10000 10 mdbchr7y
+\declarefont OMS CharterMath bx . 0-10000 10 mdbchb7y
+\declarefont OMX CharterMath m . 0-10000 10 mdbchr7v
+\declarefont OMX CharterMath bx . 0-10000 10 mdbchb7v
+%
+% Arev Math.
+%
+% FIXME LaTeX has 127 for \textfont0. What's it for?
+\declaremathfontfamily ArevMath 900 1375 OT1 127 48
+\fontmapseries ArevMath b > * bx
+\fontmapseries ArevMath bx > * m
+\fontmapfamily ArevMath OMX CharterMath
+\declarefont OT1 ArevMath m . 0-10000 10 zavmr7t
+\declarefont OT1 ArevMath bx . 0-10000 10 zavmb7t
+\declarefont OML ArevMath m . 0-10000 10 zavmri7m
+\declarefont OML ArevMath bx . 0-10000 10 zavmbi7m
+\declarefont OMS ArevMath m . 0-10000 10 zavmr7y
+%
+% Iwona Math.
+%
+\declaremathfontfamily IwonaMath 1000 1200 OT1 -1 -1
+\fontmapseries IwonaMath bx > * b
+\declarefont OT1 IwonaMath l . 0-10000 10 rm-iwonal
+\declarefont OT1 IwonaMath lc . 0-10000 10 rm-iwonacl
+\declarefont OT1 IwonaMath m . 0-10000 10 rm-iwonar
+\declarefont OT1 IwonaMath c . 0-10000 10 rm-iwonacr
+\declarefont OT1 IwonaMath sb . 0-10000 10 rm-iwonam
+\declarefont OT1 IwonaMath sbc . 0-10000 10 rm-iwonacm
+\declarefont OT1 IwonaMath b . 0-10000 10 rm-iwonab
+\declarefont OT1 IwonaMath bc . 0-10000 10 rm-iwonacb
+\declarefont OT1 IwonaMath eb . 0-10000 10 rm-iwonah
+\declarefont OT1 IwonaMath ebc . 0-10000 10 rm-iwonach
+% Math letters.
+\declarefont OML IwonaMath l . 0-10000 10 mi-iwonali
+\declarefont OML IwonaMath lc . 0-10000 10 mi-iwonacli
+\declarefont OML IwonaMath m . 0-10000 10 mi-iwonari
+\declarefont OML IwonaMath c . 0-10000 10 mi-iwonacri
+\declarefont OML IwonaMath sb . 0-10000 10 mi-iwonami
+\declarefont OML IwonaMath sbc . 0-10000 10 mi-iwonacmi
+\declarefont OML IwonaMath b . 0-10000 10 mi-iwonabi
+\declarefont OML IwonaMath bc . 0-10000 10 mi-iwonacbi
+\declarefont OML IwonaMath eb . 0-10000 10 mi-iwonahi
+\declarefont OML IwonaMath ebc . 0-10000 10 mi-iwonachi
+% Math symbols.
+\declarefont OMS IwonaMath l . 0-10000 10 sy-iwonalz
+\declarefont OMS IwonaMath lc . 0-10000 10 sy-iwonaclz
+\declarefont OMS IwonaMath m . 0-10000 10 sy-iwonarz
+\declarefont OMS IwonaMath c . 0-10000 10 sy-iwonacrz
+\declarefont OMS IwonaMath sb . 0-10000 10 sy-iwonamz
+\declarefont OMS IwonaMath sbc . 0-10000 10 sy-iwonacmz
+\declarefont OMS IwonaMath b . 0-10000 10 sy-iwonabz
+\declarefont OMS IwonaMath bc . 0-10000 10 sy-iwonacbz
+\declarefont OMS IwonaMath eb . 0-10000 10 sy-iwonahz
+\declarefont OMS IwonaMath ebc . 0-10000 10 sy-iwonachz
+% Math operators.
+\declarefont OMX IwonaMath l . 0-10000 10 ex-iwonal
+\declarefont OMX IwonaMath lc . 0-10000 10 ex-iwonacl
+\declarefont OMX IwonaMath m . 0-10000 10 ex-iwonar
+\declarefont OMX IwonaMath c . 0-10000 10 ex-iwonacr
+\declarefont OMX IwonaMath sb . 0-10000 10 ex-iwonam
+\declarefont OMX IwonaMath sbc . 0-10000 10 ex-iwonacm
+\declarefont OMX IwonaMath b . 0-10000 10 ex-iwonab
+\declarefont OMX IwonaMath bc . 0-10000 10 ex-iwonacb
+\declarefont OMX IwonaMath eb . 0-10000 10 ex-iwonah
+\declarefont OMX IwonaMath ebc . 0-10000 10 ex-iwonach
+%
+% Euler Math.
+%
+\declaremathfontfamily EulerMath 1000 1250 T1 127 176
+\fontmapseries EulerMath bx > * m
+% Text font.
+\declarefont T1 EulerMath m . 0-5.5 5 eorm5
+\declarefont T1 EulerMath m . 5.5-6.5 6 eorm6
+\declarefont T1 EulerMath m . 6.5-7.5 7 eorm7
+\declarefont T1 EulerMath m . 7.5-8.5 8 eorm8
+\declarefont T1 EulerMath m . 8.5-9.5 9 eorm9
+\declarefont T1 EulerMath m . 9.5-10000 10 eorm10
+% Math letters.
+\declarefont OML EulerMath m . 0-6 5 zeurm5
+\declarefont OML EulerMath m . 6-8 7 zeurm7
+\declarefont OML EulerMath m . 8-10000 10 zeurm10
+\declarefont OML EulerMath bx . 0-6 5 zeurb5
+\declarefont OML EulerMath bx . 6-8 7 zeurb7
+\declarefont OML EulerMath bx . 8-10000 10 zeurb10
+% Math symbols.
+\declarefont OMS EulerMath m . 0-6 5 zeusm5
+\declarefont OMS EulerMath m . 6-8 7 zeusm7
+\declarefont OMS EulerMath m . 8-10000 10 zeusm10
+\declarefont OMS EulerMath bx . 0-6 5 zeusb5
+\declarefont OMS EulerMath bx . 6-8 7 zeusb7
+\declarefont OMS EulerMath bx . 8-10000 10 zeusb10
+% Extra math operators.
+\declarefont OMX EulerMath m . 0-10000 10 zeuex10
+% Hooks. Based on gkpmac.tex and eulervm.sty.
+\mathfontfamilyprehook EulerMath {%
+ % Digits.
+ \mathcode`0"7130
+ \mathcode`1"7131
+ \mathcode`2"7132
+ \mathcode`3"7133
+ \mathcode`4"7134
+ \mathcode`5"7135
+ \mathcode`6"7136
+ \mathcode`7"7137
+ \mathcode`8"7138
+ \mathcode`9"7139
+ % Uppercase Greek letters.
+ \mathchardef\Gamma"100
+ \mathchardef\Delta"101
+ \mathchardef\Theta"102
+ \mathchardef\Lambda"103
+ \mathchardef\Xi"104
+ \mathchardef\Pi"105
+ \mathchardef\Sigma"106
+ \mathchardef\Upsilon"107
+ \mathchardef\Phi"108
+ \mathchardef\Psi"109
+ \mathchardef\Omega"10A
+ % Euler doesn't have these.
+ \let\varsigma\sigma
+ \let\varrho\rho
+ % Ordinary.
+ \mathcode`!"02A1
+ \mathchardef\infty"0399
+ \mathchardef\Re"023C
+ \mathchardef\Im"023D
+ % Binary operations.
+ \mathcode`+"22AB
+ % Relations.
+ \mathcode`:"32BA
+ \mathcode`="32BD
+ address@hidden"181
+ address@hidden
+ \mathchardef\Relbar"3182
+ % Delimiters.
+ \mathcode`("42A8 \delcode`("2A8300
+ \mathcode`)"52A9 \delcode`)"2A9301
+ \mathcode`["42DB \delcode`["2DB302
+ \mathcode`]"52DD \delcode`]"2DD303
+ \delcode`/"13D30E
+ % Miscellaneous.
+ address@hidden@address@hidden
+ address@hidden@minus\mkern-6mu%
+ address@hidden
+ \mkern-6mu\mathord\rightarrow$}%
+ address@hidden
+ address@hidden
+ address@hidden
+}%
+%
+\mathfontfamilyposthook EulerMath {%
+ address@hidden
+ address@hidden@greek
+ address@hidden@greek
+ address@hidden
+ address@hidden
+ address@hidden
+ address@hidden
+ address@hidden
+ address@hidden
+}%
+%
+% FIXME TeX-Gyre, Kerkis, Fourier-GUTenberg, Antykwa Torunska.
+%
+% Defaults.
+\setfontencoding{OT1}%
+\setfontfamily{CMRoman}%
+\setfontseries{m}%
+\setfontshape{n}%
+\setfontsize{11}%
+% Set some internal parameters for bootstrapping.
address@hidden@list
+ \csname address@hidden@list/US-ASCII\endcsname
+\fontbasefamily CMRoman % This calls \selectfont.
+%
+\fontfamily roman CMRoman
+\fontfamily sans CMSans
+\fontfamily mono CMMono
+\fontfamily math CMMath
+%
+\documentencoding US-ASCII
+%
+\endinput
Index: contrib/texifont/ftest.tex
===================================================================
RCS file: contrib/texifont/ftest.tex
diff -N contrib/texifont/ftest.tex
--- /dev/null 1 Jan 1970 00:00:00 -0000
+++ contrib/texifont/ftest.tex 2 Jan 2013 01:00:30 -0000 1.1
@@ -0,0 +1,445 @@
address@hidden
+\input ienc
+\input oenc
+\input fsel
address@hidden
+
+\tracingstats1
+\tracingfonts=0 % For this font sampler, too many messages.
+
+\hoffset=-.25in
+\hsize=7in
+\parindent=.5in
+% Avoid any over- and underfull boxes and hyphenation.
+\raggedbottom
+\tolerance=10000
+\hbadness=10000
+\hfuzz=\maxdimen
+\hyphenpenalty=10000
+\rightskip=0pt plus2pc
+
+
+\def\title#1{%
+ \vfil\eject
+ \begingroup
+ \immediate\write16{*** #1}
+ \setfontfamily{CMRoman}
+ \setfontseries{bx}
+ \setfontshape{n}
+ \setfontsize{17}
+ \selectfont
+ \noindent #1\vskip12pt
+ \endgroup
+}
+
+\def\dofamilies{%
+ \begingroup
+ \do{CMRoman}%
+ \do{CMSans}%
+ \do{CMMono}%
+ \setfontencoding{T1}%
+ \do{LMRoman}%
+ \do{LMSans}%
+ \do{LMMono}%
+ \do{CMBright}
+ \do{CMBrightMono}
+ \do{ConcreteRoman}%
+ \do{BeraRoman}%
+ \do{BeraSans}%
+ \do{BeraMono}%
+ \do{Charter}%
+ \do{NimbusRoman}%
+ \do{NimbusSans}%
+ \do{NimbusMono}%
+ \do{URWPalladio}%
+ \do{URWBookman}%
+ \do{CenturySchoolbook}%
+ \do{AntykwaTorunska}%
+ \do{Iwona}%
+ \do{URWGothic}%
+ \setfontshape{it}%
+ \do{URWChancery}%
+ \endgroup
+}
+
+
+%
+% Font switching test.
+%
+\title{Font/base family switching}
+
+\begingroup
+ \def\teststring{%
+ \begingroup
+ \par
+ Default (CMRoman~OT1 medium upright 11pt)~--
+ \setfontseries{b}\selectfont bold~--
+ \bfseries bold extended~--
+ \itshape italic~--
+ \mdseries medium~--
+
+ \setfontsize{14}\selectfont 14\thinspace pt~--
+ \slshape slanted~--
+ \setfontencoding{T1}%
+ \setfontfamily{NimbusRoman}\selectfont NimbusRoman~T1~--
+ \itshape italic~--
+ \setfontfamily{NimbusSans}\selectfont NimbusSans~--
+ \upshape upright~--
+ \bfseries bold extended~--
+ \setfontfamily{NimbusMono}\selectfont NimbusMono~--
+
+ \setfontsize{10}\selectfont 10\thinspace pt~--
+ \itshape italic~--
+ \mdseries medium~--
+ \upshape upright~--
+ \setfontfamily{LMSans}\selectfont LMSans~--
+ \itshape italic~--
+ \setfontfamily{ConcreteRoman}\selectfont ConcreteRoman~--
+ \upshape upright
+ \vskip1pc
+ \endgroup
+ }
+
+ Now the base family is CMRoman:
+ \teststring
+
+ \fontbasefamily NimbusSans
+ Now the base family is NimbusSans:
+ \teststring
+\endgroup
+
+
+%
+% Math test.
+%
+\title{Math}
+
+\begingroup
+ \def\teststring{%
+ $\displaystyle
+ \Longrightarrow
+ 5! - f'(x) + \Re z \times \Im z;\quad
+ \bar u < \tilde e + \vec p - \hat x \cdot \widehat x \ge
+ \widehat{xy} = \widehat{xyz};\allowbreak\quad
+ \gamma, \epsilon, \varepsilon, \sigma, \varsigma, \rho, \varrho,
+ \Gamma, {\it \Gamma};\allowbreak\quad
+ (\exp i),\> [\mathop{\sf sin} \varphi],\>
+ \{\mathop{\tt lim}_{x_1\to\infty} c^{-x_1}\};\allowbreak\quad
+ \biggl(\sum_{i=1}^n a^{b_i}\biggr);\quad
+ \int_{y_2,\ldots,y_n\ge0} x\mskip\thinmuskip dy_2;\quad
+ (| \bigl(\big| \Bigl(\Big| \biggl(\bigg| \Biggl(\Bigg|.
+ $
+ }
+ \def\testfamily#1 #2 #3 #4 {%
+ \par
+ \setfontfamily{#1}\selectfont
+ \fontfamily roman #1
+ \fontfamily sans #2
+ \fontfamily mono #3
+ \fontfamily math #4
+ \hangindent=\parindent \hangafter=1
+ \noindent #4:\quad \teststring\medskip
+ }%
+ \def\test{%
+ \setfontencoding{OT1}%
+ \testfamily CMRoman CMSans CMMono CMMath
+ \setfontencoding{T1}%
+ \testfamily LMRoman LMSans LMMono CMMath
+ \testfamily ConcreteRoman LMSans LMMono EulerMath
+ \testfamily CMBright CMBright CMBrightMono CMBrightMath
+ \testfamily URWPalladio NimbusSans BeraMono PazoMath
+ \testfamily URWPalladio NimbusSans BeraMono PXFontsMath
+ \testfamily NimbusRoman NimbusSans NimbusMono TXFontsMath
+ \testfamily NimbusRoman NimbusSans NimbusMono Belleek
+ \testfamily Charter NimbusSans NimbusMono CharterMath
+ \testfamily BeraSans BeraSans BeraMono ArevMath
+ \testfamily Iwona Iwona LMMono IwonaMath
+ }
+ \test
+ \vskip1pc \hrule \nobreak\vskip1pc
+
+ \bfseries
+ \test
+ \vskip1pc \hrule \nobreak\vskip1pc
+
+ \mdseries\itshape
+ \test
+ \vskip1pc \hrule \nobreak\vskip1pc
+
+ \upshape\setfontsize{17}\selectfont
+ \test
+\endgroup
+
+
+%
+% Test for relative font scaling.
+%
+\title{Relative scaling of font families}
+
+\begingroup
+ \def\do#1{%
+ {\setfontfamily{CMRoman}\setfontencoding{OT1}\selectfont CMRoman}\quad
+ {\setfontfamily{#1}\selectfont #1}\smallskip
+ }
+ \line{\vbox{\hsize=.5\hsize \dofamilies}\qquad
+ \vbox{\hsize=.5\hsize \setfontseries{bx}\dofamilies}}
+\endgroup
+
+%
+% Test for baseline skips.
+%
+\title{Baseline skips}
+
+\begingroup
+ \def\do#1{%
+ \begingroup
+ \setfontfamily{#1}\selectfont
+ (#1).
+ Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetuer adipiscing elit. Sed
+ bibendum nulla id ante. Suspendisse nibh elit, ultricies
+ commodo, ultrices eget, sagittis a, erat. Praesent et
+ augue. Morbi sem. Phasellus augue. Ut bibendum. Sed urna enim,
+ luctus et, gravida vel, malesuada quis, velit. Fusce egestas
+ sapien quis leo.
+ \vskip5pt
+ \endgroup
+ }
+ \dofamilies
+\endgroup
+
+%
+% Showcase for the font families we support.
+%
+\title{Font families showcase}
+
+\def\teststring{What a mess. }
+\def\test#1{%
+ #1%
+ \upshape \teststring
+ \itshape \teststring
+ \slshape \teststring
+ \scshape \teststring
+}
+
+\def\nextfamily#1 {%
+ \vskip2ex\relax
+
\setfontfamily{#1}\setfontsize{11}\setfontseries{m}\setfontshape{n}\selectfont
+ \hrule
+ \nobreak\vskip2ex\relax
+}
+
+\def\nextsize#1 {%
+ \vskip1ex
+ \setfontsize{#1}\setfontseries{m}\setfontshape{n}\selectfont
+ \textindent{\numwithunit{#1}:}%
+ \test\mdseries\par
+ \test{\setfontseries{b}\selectfont}\par
+ \test\bfseries\par
+}%
+\def\numwithunit#1{%
+ \def\num{#1}%
+ \afterassignment\getunit
+ \dimen255=#1pt\relax
+}%
+\def\getunit#1\relax{%
+ \def\temp{#1}%
+ \num \ifx\temp\empty \thinspace [pt]\fi
+}%
+
+
+\nextfamily CMRoman
+CMRoman. The ``bold'' and ``bold extended'' series are missing the
+``caps and small caps'' shape. The ``italic'' and ``slanted'' shapes
+of the ``bold'' series are mapped to the corresponding shapes of the
+``bold extended'' series.
+\nextsize 10
+\nextsize 1pc
+
+\nextfamily CMSans
+CMSans. For all series, ``italic'' is mapped to ``slanted''. All
+series are missing the ``caps and small caps'' shape. Entire ``bold''
+series is mapped to the ``bold extended'' series.
+\nextsize 10
+\nextsize 1pc
+
+\nextfamily CMMono
+CMMono. There are no ``bold'' and ``bold extended'' series. All
+series are missing the ``caps and small caps'' shape.
+\nextsize 10
+\nextsize 1pc
+
+\nextfamily LMRoman
+LMRoman. Maps to CMRoman for the OT1 encodings, so this is actually
+CMRoman now.
+\nextsize 10
+\nextsize 1pc
+
+\nextfamily LMSans
+LMSans. Maps to CMSans for the OT1 encodings, so this is actually
+CMSans now.
+\nextsize 10
+\nextsize 1pc
+
+\nextfamily LMMono
+LMMono. Maps to CMMono for the OT1 encodings, so this is actually
+CMMono now.
+\nextsize 10
+\nextsize 1pc
+
+
+\setfontencoding{T1}
+
+\nextfamily LMRoman
+LMRoman T1.
+\nextsize 10
+\nextsize 1pc
+
+\nextfamily LMSans
+LMSans T1. The ``bold'' series is mapped to the ``bold extended''
+series.
+\nextsize 10
+\nextsize 1pc
+
+\nextfamily LMMono
+LMMono T1. The ``bold'' and ``bold extended'' series are missing.
+\nextsize 10
+\nextsize 1pc
+
+\nextfamily CMBright
+CMBright T1.
+\nextsize 10
+\nextsize 1pc
+
+\nextfamily CMBrightMono
+CMBrightMono T1.
+\nextsize 10
+\nextsize 1pc
+
+\nextfamily ConcreteRoman
+ConcreteRoman T1. Only the T1 encoding is currently defined. The
+``bold'' and ``bold extended'' series are mapped to LMSans T1.
+\nextsize 10
+\nextsize 1pc
+
+\nextfamily BeraRoman
+BeraRoman. The ``bold'' series maps to the ``bold extended'' series.
+``Slanted'' shapes are artificially slanted. All series are missing
+the ``caps and small caps'' shape.
+\nextsize 10
+\nextsize 1pc
+
+\nextfamily BeraSans
+BeraSans. The ``bold'' series is mapped to the ``bold extended''
+series. All series are missing the ``caps and small caps'' shape.
+\nextsize 10
+\nextsize 1pc
+
+\nextfamily BeraMono
+BeraMono. The ``bold extended'' series is mapped to the ``bold''
+series. All series are missing the ``caps and small caps'' shape.
+\nextsize 10
+\nextsize 1pc
+
+\nextfamily Charter
+Charter. The ``bold'' series is mapped to the ``bold extended''
+series.
+\nextsize 10
+\nextsize 1pc
+
+\nextfamily NimbusRoman
+NimbusRoman. The ``bold'' series is mapped to the ``bold extended''
+series.
+\nextsize 10
+\nextsize 1pc
+
+\nextfamily NimbusSans
+NimbusSans. For all series, ``italic'' is mapped to ``slanted''. The
+``bold'' series is mapped to the ``bold extended'' series. In one
+case, this results in double mapping: bx/it maps to b/it which maps
+to b/sl (check out the log file).
+\nextsize 10
+\nextsize 1pc
+
+\nextfamily NimbusMono
+NimbusMono. For all series, ``italic'' is mapped to ``slanted''. The
+``bold extended'' series is mapped to the ``bold'' series. In one
+case, this results in double mapping: bx/it maps to b/it which maps
+to b/sl (check out the log file).
+\nextsize 10
+\nextsize 1pc
+
+\nextfamily URWPalladio
+URWPalladio. The ``bold'' series is mapped to the ``bold extended''
+series.
+\nextsize 10
+\nextsize 1pc
+
+\nextfamily URWBookman
+URWBookman. The ``bold extended'' series is mapped to the ``bold''
+series.
+\nextsize 10
+\nextsize 1pc
+
+\nextfamily CenturySchoolbook
+CenturySchoolbook. The ``bold'' series is mapped to the ``bold
+extended'' series.
+\nextsize 10
+\nextsize 1pc
+
+\nextfamily AntykwaTorunska
+AntykwaTorunska. The ``bold'' series is mapped to the ``bold
+extended'' series. For all series, ``slanted'' is mapped to
+``italic''.
+\nextsize 10
+\nextsize 1pc
+
+
+
+\nextfamily Iwona
+Iwona. The ``bold extended'' series is mapped to the ``bold'' series.
+For all series, ``italic'' is mapped to ``slanted''.
+\nextsize 10
+\nextsize 1pc
+
+\vskip 1pc
+\setfontsize{10pt}\setfontseries{m}\setfontshape{n}\selectfont
+Iwona also supports ``light'', ``semi-bold'' and ``extra-bold''
+series, with ``condensed'' variants:
+
+\def\\#1{\setfontseries{#1}\selectfont\teststring}
+
+\\{l} (light).\par
+\\{lc} (light condensed).
+
+\\{m} (medium).\par
+\\{c} (medium condensed).
+
+\\{sb} (semi-bold).\par
+\\{sbc} (semi-bold condensed).
+
+\\{b} (bold).\par
+\\{bc} (bold condensed).
+
+\\{eb} (extra-bold).\par
+\\{ebc} (extra-bold condensed).
+
+
+
+\nextfamily URWGothic
+URWGothic. The ``bold extended'' series is mapped to the ``bold''
+series.
+\nextsize 10
+\nextsize 1pc
+
+\nextfamily URWChancery
+\itshape
+URWChancery. Only the ``medium italic'' shape is available.
+\nextsize 10
+\nextsize 1pc
+
+\bye
+
+% Local variables:
+% compile-command: "tex --interact=nonstopmode ftest"
+% page-delimiter: "^% \f"
+% End:
Index: contrib/texifont/ienc.tex
===================================================================
RCS file: contrib/texifont/ienc.tex
diff -N contrib/texifont/ienc.tex
--- /dev/null 1 Jan 1970 00:00:00 -0000
+++ contrib/texifont/ienc.tex 2 Jan 2013 01:00:31 -0000 1.1
@@ -0,0 +1,544 @@
+% Some of the macros here (\iCh, address@hidden, address@hidden@loop)
originated in
+% LaTeX's inputenc.dtx (\DeclareInputText, \DeclareInputMath,
+% address@hidden@loop). It's not clear whether copyright applies on these
+% small fragments, especially since they have been modified, but just
+% in case, we have permission from the LaTeX Project to distribute
+% them under the GPL.
+%
+% The idea is quite simple -- make all non-ASCII characters active and
+% give them encoding-independent definitions. The font encoding code
+% will map these definitions to relevant font slots based on the
+% current font encoding.
+%
+%
+% \iCh SLOT{TEXT}
+%
+% Define expansion of active character SLOT (*three* arguments as
+% decimal digits) to be TEXT commands. Since in text space matters,
+% we have to guard against TEXT which end in a macro, by checking
+% whether TEXT's \meaning ends in a space. If it does, then we add
+% braces around the definition, in order to avoid any space after the
+% active char being gobbled up once the text is written out to an
+% auxiliary file. FIXME Is this needed?
+\def\iCh#1#2#3#4{%
+ \def\tempa##1 ${}%$ font-lock fix.
+ \def\tempb{#4}%
+ \ifcat_\expandafter\tempa\meaning\tempb$ $_%
+ address@hidden
+ \else
+ address@hidden
+ \fi
+}%
+%
+% address@hidden
+%
+% Define expansion of active character SLOT to be TEXT commands.
+% To get the active character, we use the fact that \uppercase
+% preserves catcodes of characters: we (temporarily) declare the
+% SLOT char to be the uppercase of ~ (which is active while we're in
+% texinfo.tex) and then "uppercase" it.
address@hidden
+ \bgroup
+ \uccode`\~#1%
+ \uppercase{%
+ \egroup
+ \def~%
+ }%
+}%
+%
+% \documentencoding ENC
+%
+% Set input encoding to ENC. It first sets all the characters
+% 128-255 to be active (and sets their initial definition to be
+% address@hidden@undefined). It then calls the macro which defines the
+% input encoding. Name of the current encoding is stored in
+% \documenttencodingname.
+\def\documentencoding#1 {%
+ % Make sure that the encoding is defined.
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname denc/#1\endcsname \relax
+ \message{^^JWarning: document encoding `#1' is not defined,^^J
+ leaving document encoding unchanged.}%
+ \else
+ % Keyboard characters which don't get a definition will be mapped to
+ % address@hidden@undefined.
+ address@hidden@address@hidden@address@hidden
+ % Save encoding name.
+ \edef\documentencodingname{#1}%
+ % Make all potential input characters active.
+ address@hidden@loop\^^80\^^ff%
+ % Call the command which will redefine the active characters
+ % according to the document encoding.
+ \csname denc/#1\endcsname
+ % Set up the current font encoding list, which defines priority of
+ % font encodings when searching for a glyph.
+ address@hidden@list
+ \csname address@hidden@list/#1\endcsname
+ % Update encoding list index, for proper glyph caching.
+ address@hidden@index
+ \fi
+}%
+%
+% Default definition for active characters.
address@hidden@address@hidden
+ \errmessage{Keyboard character used is undefined in input encoding `#1'}%
+}%
+%
+% Make characters #1 to #2 inclusive active and undefined.
address@hidden@loop#1#2{%
+ address@hidden
+ \loop
+ address@hidden
+ \bgroup
+ \uccode`\~\count@
+ \uppercase{%
+ \egroup
+ address@hidden@undefined
+ }%
+ \ifnum\count@<`#2\relax
+ address@hidden@ne
+ \repeat
+}%
+%
+% address@hidden
+%
+% Define input ("document") encoding ENC and save DEF-COMMANDS which
+% set up the encoding. FENC-LIST defines priorities of font encodings
+% which are searched for glyphs while this document encoding is
+% active.
address@hidden
+ \expandafter\edef\csname address@hidden@list/#1\endcsname{#2\space}%
+ \expandafter\def\csname denc/#1\endcsname
+}%
+%
+% US-ASCII -- leaves all characters above 127 as undefined.
address@hidden OMS OML}{}%
+% End of US-ASCII.
+%
+% Characters common to ISO-8859-1 and ISO-8859-15.
address@hidden@address@hidden@xv{%
+\iCh160\tie
+\iCh161\exclamdown
+\iCh162\textcent
+\iCh163\pounds
+\iCh165\textyen
+\iCh167\textsection
+\iCh169\copyright
+\iCh170\ordf
+\iCh171\textguillemotleft
+\iCh172\textlnot % FIXME What about \lnot?
+\iCh173\-%
+\iCh174\registeredsymbol
+\iCh175{\={}}%
+\iCh176\textdegree
+\iCh177\textplusminus
+\iCh178\texttwosuperior
+\iCh179\textthreesuperior
+\iCh181\textmu
+\iCh182\textparagraph
+\iCh183\textperiodcentered
+\iCh185\textonesuperior
+\iCh186\ordm
+\iCh187\textguillemotright
+\iCh191\questiondown
+\iCh192{\`A}%
+\iCh193{\'A}%
+\iCh194{\^A}%
+\iCh195{\~A}%
+\iCh196{\"A}%
+\iCh197{\ringaccent A}%
+\iCh198\AE
+\iCh199{\,C}%
+\iCh200{\`E}%
+\iCh201{\'E}%
+\iCh202{\^E}%
+\iCh203{\"E}%
+\iCh204{\`I}%
+\iCh205{\'I}%
+\iCh206{\^I}%
+\iCh207{\"I}%
+\iCh208\DH
+\iCh209{\~N}%
+\iCh210{\`O}%
+\iCh211{\'O}%
+\iCh212{\^O}%
+\iCh213{\~O}%
+\iCh214{\"O}%
+\iCh215\textmultiply
+\iCh216\O
+\iCh217{\`U}%
+\iCh218{\'U}%
+\iCh219{\^U}%
+\iCh220{\"U}%
+\iCh221{\'Y}%
+\iCh222\TH
+\iCh223\ss
+\iCh224{\`a}%
+\iCh225{\'a}%
+\iCh226{\^a}%
+\iCh227{\~a}%
+\iCh228{\"a}%
+\iCh229{\ringaccent a}%
+\iCh230\ae
+\iCh231{\,c}%
+\iCh232{\`e}%
+\iCh233{\'e}%
+\iCh234{\^e}%
+\iCh235{\"e}%
+\iCh236{\`i}%
+\iCh237{\'i}%
+\iCh238{\^i}%
+\iCh239{\"i}%
+\iCh240\dh
+\iCh241{\~n}%
+\iCh242{\`o}%
+\iCh243{\'o}%
+\iCh244{\^o}%
+\iCh245{\~o}%
+\iCh246{\"o}%
+\iCh247\textdivide
+\iCh248\o
+\iCh249{\`u}%
+\iCh250{\'u}%
+\iCh251{\^u}%
+\iCh252{\"u}%
+\iCh253{\'y}%
+\iCh254\th
+\iCh255{\"y}%
+}% End of characters common to ISO-8859-1 and ISO-8859-15.
+%
+% ISO-8859-1.
address@hidden TS1 OT1 OMS OML}{%
address@hidden@address@hidden@xv
+\iCh164\textcurrency
+\iCh166\textbrokenbar
+\iCh168{\"{}}%
+\iCh180{\'{}}%
+\iCh184{\,{}}% FIXME LaTeX has it as `\c\ ' (`\ ' instead of `{}'), check why
(alignment?).
+\iCh188\textonequarter
+\iCh189\textonehalf
+\iCh190\textthreequarters
+}% End of ISO-8859-1.
+%
+% ISO-8859-15.
address@hidden TS1 OT1 OMS OML}{%
address@hidden@address@hidden@xv
+\iCh164\euro
+\iCh166{\v S}%
+\iCh168{\v s}%
+\iCh180{\v Z}%
+\iCh184{\v z}%
+\iCh188\OE
+\iCh189\oe
+\iCh190{\"Y}%
+}% End of ISO-8859-15.
+%
+% ISO-8859-2.
address@hidden TS1 OT1 OMS OML}{%
+\iCh160\tie
+\iCh161{\k A}%
+\iCh162{\u{}}%
+\iCh163{\L}%
+\iCh164\textcurrency
+\iCh165{\v L}%
+\iCh166{\' S}%
+\iCh167\textsection
+\iCh168{\"{}}%
+\iCh169{\v S}%
+\iCh170{\, S}%
+\iCh171{\v T}%
+\iCh172{\'Z}%
+\iCh173\-%
+\iCh174{\v Z}%
+\iCh175{\dotaccent Z}%
+\iCh176\textdegree
+\iCh177{\k a}%
+\iCh178{\k{}}% FIXME LaTeX has it as `\k\ ' (`\ ' instead of `{}'), check why
(alignment?).
+\iCh179\l
+\iCh180{\'{}}%
+\iCh181{\v l}%
+\iCh182{\'s}%
+\iCh183{\v{}}%
+\iCh184{\,{}}% FIXME LaTeX has it as `\c\ ' (`\ ' instead of `{}'), check why
(alignment?).
+\iCh185{\v s}%
+\iCh186{\, s}%
+\iCh187{\v t}%
+\iCh188{\'z}%
+\iCh189{\H{}}%
+\iCh190{\v z}%
+\iCh191{\dotaccent z}%
+\iCh192{\'R}%
+\iCh193{\'A}%
+\iCh194{\^A}%
+\iCh195{\u A}%
+\iCh196{\"A}%
+\iCh197{\'L}%
+\iCh198{\'C}%
+\iCh199{\,C}%
+\iCh200{\v C}%
+\iCh201{\'E}%
+\iCh202{\k E}%
+\iCh203{\"E}%
+\iCh204{\v E}%
+\iCh205{\'I}%
+\iCh206{\^I}%
+\iCh207{\v D}%
+\iCh208\DJ
+\iCh209{\'N}%
+\iCh210{\v N}%
+\iCh211{\'O}%
+\iCh212{\^O}%
+\iCh213{\H O}%
+\iCh214{\"O}%
+\iCh215\textmultiply
+\iCh216{\v R}%
+\iCh217{\ringaccent U}%
+\iCh218{\'U}%
+\iCh219{\H U}%
+\iCh220{\"U}%
+\iCh221{\'Y}%
+\iCh222{\,T}%
+\iCh223{\ss}%
+\iCh224{\'r}%
+\iCh225{\'a}%
+\iCh226{\^a}%
+\iCh227{\u a}%
+\iCh228{\"a}%
+\iCh229{\'l}%
+\iCh230{\'c}%
+\iCh231{\,c}%
+\iCh232{\v c}%
+\iCh233{\'e}%
+\iCh234{\k e}%
+\iCh235{\"e}%
+\iCh236{\v e}%
+\iCh237{\'i}%
+\iCh238{\^i}%
+\iCh239{\v d}%
+\iCh240\dj
+\iCh241{\'n}%
+\iCh242{\v n}%
+\iCh243{\'o}%
+\iCh244{\^o}%
+\iCh245{\H o}%
+\iCh246{\"o}%
+\iCh247\textdivide
+\iCh248{\v r}%
+\iCh249{\ringaccent u}%
+\iCh250{\'u}%
+\iCh251{\H u}%
+\iCh252{\"u}%
+\iCh253{\'y}%
+\iCh254{\,t}%
+\iCh255{\dotaccent{}}%
+}% End of ISO-8859-2.
+%
+% KOI8-R.
address@hidden T1 TS1 OT1 OMS OML}{%
+% FIXME \textblacksquare, \surd, \sim, \leq, \geq?
+\iCh149\bullet
+\iCh154\tie
+\iCh156\textdegree
+\iCh157\texttwosuperior
+\iCh158\textperiodcentered
+\iCh159\textdivide
+\iCh163\cyryo
+\iCh179\CYRYO
+\iCh191\copyright
+\iCh192\cyryu
+\iCh193\cyra
+\iCh194\cyrb
+\iCh195\cyrc
+\iCh196\cyrd
+\iCh197\cyre
+\iCh198\cyrf
+\iCh199\cyrg
+\iCh200\cyrh
+\iCh201\cyri
+\iCh202\cyrishrt
+\iCh203\cyrk
+\iCh204\cyrl
+\iCh205\cyrm
+\iCh206\cyrn
+\iCh207\cyro
+\iCh208\cyrp
+\iCh209\cyrya
+\iCh210\cyrr
+\iCh211\cyrs
+\iCh212\cyrt
+\iCh213\cyru
+\iCh214\cyrzh
+\iCh215\cyrv
+\iCh216\cyrsftsn
+\iCh217\cyrery
+\iCh218\cyrz
+\iCh219\cyrsh
+\iCh220\cyrerev
+\iCh221\cyrshch
+\iCh222\cyrch
+\iCh223\cyrhrdsn
+\iCh224\CYRYU
+\iCh225\CYRA
+\iCh226\CYRB
+\iCh227\CYRC
+\iCh228\CYRD
+\iCh229\CYRE
+\iCh230\CYRF
+\iCh231\CYRG
+\iCh232\CYRH
+\iCh233\CYRI
+\iCh234\CYRISHRT
+\iCh235\CYRK
+\iCh236\CYRL
+\iCh237\CYRM
+\iCh238\CYRN
+\iCh239\CYRO
+\iCh240\CYRP
+\iCh241\CYRYA
+\iCh242\CYRR
+\iCh243\CYRS
+\iCh244\CYRT
+\iCh245\CYRU
+\iCh246\CYRZH
+\iCh247\CYRV
+\iCh248\CYRSFTSN
+\iCh249\CYRERY
+\iCh250\CYRZ
+\iCh251\CYRSH
+\iCh252\CYREREV
+\iCh253\CYRSHCH
+\iCh254\CYRCH
+\iCh255\CYRHRDSN
+}% End of KOI8-R.
+%
+% CP1251.
address@hidden T1 TS1 OT1 OMS OML}{%
+\iCh128\CYRDJE
+\iCh129{\'\CYRG}%
+\iCh130\textquotesinglbase
+\iCh131{\'\cyrg}%
+\iCh132\textquotedblbase
+\iCh133\dots
+\iCh134\textdagger
+\iCh135\textdaggerdbl
+\iCh136\euro
+\iCh137\textperthousand
+\iCh138\CYRLJE
+\iCh139\textguilsinglleft
+\iCh140\CYRNJE
+\iCh141{\'\CYRK}%
+\iCh142\CYRTSHE
+\iCh143\CYRDZHE
+\iCh144\cyrdje
+\iCh145\textquoteleft
+\iCh146\textquoteright
+\iCh147\textquotedblleft
+\iCh148\textquotedblright
+\iCh149\bullet
+\iCh150\textendash
+\iCh151\textemdash
+\iCh153\texttrademark
+\iCh154\cyrlje
+\iCh155\textguilsinglright
+\iCh156\cyrnje
+\iCh157{\'\cyrk}%
+\iCh158\cyrtshe
+\iCh159\cyrdzhe
+\iCh160\tie
+\iCh161\CYRUSHRT
+\iCh162\cyrushrt
+\iCh163\CYRJE
+\iCh164\textcurrency
+\iCh165\CYRGUP
+\iCh166\textbrokenbar
+\iCh167\textsection
+\iCh168\CYRYO
+\iCh169\copyright
+\iCh170\CYRIE
+\iCh171\textguillemotleft
+\iCh172\textlnot
+\iCh173\-%
+\iCh174\registeredsymbol
+\iCh175\CYRYI
+\iCh176\textdegree
+\iCh177\textplusminus
+\iCh178\CYRII
+\iCh179\cyrii
+\iCh180\cyrgup
+\iCh181\textmu
+\iCh182\textparagraph
+\iCh183\textperiodcentered
+\iCh184\cyryo
+\iCh185\textnumero
+\iCh186\cyrie
+\iCh187\textguillemotright
+\iCh188\cyrje
+\iCh189\CYRDZE
+\iCh190\cyrdze
+\iCh191\cyryi
+\iCh192\CYRA
+\iCh193\CYRB
+\iCh194\CYRV
+\iCh195\CYRG
+\iCh196\CYRD
+\iCh197\CYRE
+\iCh198\CYRZH
+\iCh199\CYRZ
+\iCh200\CYRI
+\iCh201\CYRISHRT
+\iCh202\CYRK
+\iCh203\CYRL
+\iCh204\CYRM
+\iCh205\CYRN
+\iCh206\CYRO
+\iCh207\CYRP
+\iCh208\CYRR
+\iCh209\CYRS
+\iCh210\CYRT
+\iCh211\CYRU
+\iCh212\CYRF
+\iCh213\CYRH
+\iCh214\CYRC
+\iCh215\CYRCH
+\iCh216\CYRSH
+\iCh217\CYRSHCH
+\iCh218\CYRHRDSN
+\iCh219\CYRERY
+\iCh220\CYRSFTSN
+\iCh221\CYREREV
+\iCh222\CYRYU
+\iCh223\CYRYA
+\iCh224\cyra
+\iCh225\cyrb
+\iCh226\cyrv
+\iCh227\cyrg
+\iCh228\cyrd
+\iCh229\cyre
+\iCh230\cyrzh
+\iCh231\cyrz
+\iCh232\cyri
+\iCh233\cyrishrt
+\iCh234\cyrk
+\iCh235\cyrl
+\iCh236\cyrm
+\iCh237\cyrn
+\iCh238\cyro
+\iCh239\cyrp
+\iCh240\cyrr
+\iCh241\cyrs
+\iCh242\cyrt
+\iCh243\cyru
+\iCh244\cyrf
+\iCh245\cyrh
+\iCh246\cyrc
+\iCh247\cyrch
+\iCh248\cyrsh
+\iCh249\cyrshch
+\iCh250\cyrhrdsn
+\iCh251\cyrery
+\iCh252\cyrsftsn
+\iCh253\cyrerev
+\iCh254\cyryu
+\iCh255\cyrya
+}% End of CP1251.
+%
+\endinput
Index: contrib/texifont/oenc.tex
===================================================================
RCS file: contrib/texifont/oenc.tex
diff -N contrib/texifont/oenc.tex
--- /dev/null 1 Jan 1970 00:00:00 -0000
+++ contrib/texifont/oenc.tex 2 Jan 2013 01:00:31 -0000 1.1
@@ -0,0 +1,990 @@
+%
+% Intro
+% =====
+%
+% A glyph can be accessed with one of the three different kinds of
+% macros:
+%
+% command a macro without arguments, e.g., |\textdegree|;
+%
+% composite a macro taking one argument, producing a single glyph
+% from a font;
+%
+% accent a macro taking one argument, producing a glyph (the
+% argument) with another glyph (accent) superimposed.
+%
+% Accents can place an accent mark on any glyph, but typographically
+% this often doesn't look good. Therefore some fonts provide some
+% accented glyphs designed by a designer ("composites"). For example,
+% typing |\'a| will result in the acute accent (|\'|) being placed
+% over the glyph |a| in some encodings (e.g., in OT1), but will
+% produce a single glyph (|a| with acute) in others (e.g., T1).
+%
+% Note that a font may contain both composites (for some letters) and
+% accent marks. When a composite is not available in the font, the
+% accent can be used to typeset the desired glyph.
+%
+% Besides the visual advantages, composites are preferable for a
+% technical reason -- TeX does not hyphenate words which contain
+% accents.
+%
+% Glyph searching
+% ===============
+%
+% Glyph searching means identifying a font encoding which both
+% contains the glyph and is supported by the current font family.
+%
+% The simplest approach at glyph searching is to search through the
+% list of encodings in which the glyph exists to find the first one
+% supported by the current font family.
+%
+% This however can result in using unnecessarily large number of
+% fonts. In order to decrease the font usage we can provide hints to
+% the glyph searching mechanism as to which font encodings are the
+% most likely to contain glyphs under different circumstances.
+%
+% There is some relation between input encodings and font encodings,
+% although it is not necessarily a one-to-one (or a many-to-one)
+% mapping. Each input encoding defines a list of font encodings which
+% should be tried first (we call it "the current font encoding list",
+% |address@hidden@list|). These are encodings which cover the input
+% encoding completely. Only if we don't find an encoding in this list
+% which is both supported by the current font family and contains the
+% glyph, we start searching the glyph's encoding list.
+%
+% Searching for a glyph involves an ambiguity -- the same glyph be
+% typeset as either an accent over a letter, or as a single composite
+% glyph. Ideally a composite is preferable, but if an accent is
+% available without changing the current font, we might prefer the
+% accent.
+%
+% This is how we do the searching:
+%
+% 1) Check the current encoding + current font encoding list (set up
+% by |@documentencoding|) "breadth-first", i.e., preferring accents
+% in an earlier encoding over composites in later encodings. This
+% is to hopefully minimize the font usage, as we would find "the
+% earliest" usable font.
+%
+% 2) If the glyph was not found in step 1, search the glyph's encoding
+% list. We now prefer composites -- we'll consider an accent only
+% when none of the composite's encodings is supported by the
+% current font family. We now don't care about font usage and
+% search "the best" glyph, as this is a (supposedly rare) situation
+% when a "non-standard" font will get used anyway, e.g., when a
+% user requests a Cyrillic glyph while inside a Latin environment.
+%
+% Cache
+% =====
+%
+% After we've found the glyph we can cache it, i.e., arrange for the
+% the glyph's macro the next time to typeset the glyph without doing
+% the searching again.
+%
+% Such cache however must be aware of changes in settings which affect
+% glyph searching, which are:
+%
+% 1) the current font encoding (E);
+% 2) the current font encoding list, set up by |@documentencoding| (EL);
+% 3) font encoding list of the current font family (FEL).
+%
+% Therefore, the first thing we do is assign a unique index to every
+% combination of E+EL+FEL we encounter in the document. Whenever we
+% change E, EL or FEL we check if the new combination have already
+% been assigned an index; if not, we allocate next index for the new
+% combination (see |address@hidden@index|). When we cache a glyph we
+% use this index to remember for which combination of E+EL+FEL this
+% cache entry is for.
+%
+% This is how glyph caching works. Let's say we have to typeset
+% |\'a|. |\'| (being a composite or an accent) calls a macro named
+% |\N\'-a| (single command sequence, N is the index of the current
+% E+EL+FEL combination) if it's defined; if it's not defined, |\'|
+% calls glyph searching macro. After the glyph searching macro finds
+% the glyph corresponding to |\'a|, it defines the macro named
+% |\N\'-a| to typeset that glyph (using either accent or composite,
+% whatever was found), so the next time we encounter |\'a| we won't
+% search for the glyph (unless the E+EL+FEL combination has changed
+% and |\'a| had not yet been cached for that combo).
+%
+% The drawback of this method is that TeX's memory gets filled with
+% many cache entries for every E+EL+FEL combo ever used in the
+% document. It's possible to construct the glyph cache in a way to
+% avoid this -- for example, to define only one cache macro for |\'a|,
+% and add to it a new branch for each new E+EL+FEL combination, but
+% naturally this will be slower.
+%
+% Internal macros ("variables")
+% =============================
+%
+% address@hidden font encoding currently being defined.
+%
+% address@hidden/NAME list of encodings for the glyph NAME.
+%
+% address@hidden@list "the current font encoding list" (see "Glyph
+% searching" above).
+%
+% ENC/NAME definition of glyph NAME in encoding ENC.
+%
+% @enc encoding of the glyph (set after finding the
+% glyph / retrieving the glyph from the cache).
+%
+% address@hidden@ENC macro that defines address@hidden to be ENC.
+%
+% N\NAME cache entry for glyph \NAME under a combination of
+% E+EL+FEL number N.
+%
+%
+%
+% \fCmd{COMMAND}{TEXT}
+%
+% Define a command that does not take arguments. Call address@hidden@enc
+% inside TEXT if you need to restore the original encoding (remember,
+% before the command is called, the encoding is changed to the one for
+% which the command was defined, which can be different from the
+% current user's encoding).
+\def\fCmd#1#2{%
+ address@hidden@command #1}%
+ address@hidden@address@hidden
+ address@hidden@enc address@hidden@egroup}%
+}%
+%
+% \fSym{COMMAND}{SLOT}
+%
+% Define a font glyph in SLOT.
+\def\fSym#1#2{\fCmd{#1}{\char#2 }}%
+%
+% \fCmdd{COMMAND}{TEXT}
+%
+% Define a command that takes one argument. Call address@hidden@enc
+% inside TEXT before typesetting the argument, to restore the original
+% encoding (remember, before the command is called, the encoding is
+% changed to the one for which the command was defined, which can be
+% different from the current user's encoding).
+\def\fCmdd#1#2{%
+ address@hidden@accent #1}% When searching, treat it as an accent.
+ address@hidden@address@hidden
+ address@hidden@enc address@hidden@egroup}%
+}%
+%
+% \fCmp{COMMAND}{ARG}{TEXT}
+%
+% Define a composite command. If there's a corresponding accent,
+% composite will override the accent when the argument is ARG.
+\def\fCmp#1#2#3{%
+ address@hidden@composite #1}%
+ address@hidden@address@hidden
+ address@hidden@enc address@hidden@egroup}%
+}%
+%
+% \fCmpSym{COMMAND}{ARG}{SLOT}
+%
+% Same as \fCmp, but define a composite glyph in SLOT.
+\def\fCmpSym#1#2#3{\fCmp#1#2{\char#3}}%
+%
+% \fAcc{COMMAND}{SLOT}
+%
+% Define an accent in SLOT. If there are corresponding composite
+% commands for some arguments, they will override the accent for those
+% arguments.
+\def\fAcc#1#2{%
+ address@hidden@accent #1}%
+ address@hidden@address@hidden
+ address@hidden@accent{#2}}%
+}%
+%
+%
+%
+% address@hidden@address@hidden
+%
+% Define a glyph in the current encoding.
address@hidden@address@hidden
+ % Add the font encoding to the encoding list for the command.
+ \expandafter\def\expandafter\temp\expandafter{%
+ \csname address@hidden/\string#1\endcsname
+ }%
+ \expandafter\ifx\temp\relax
+ \let\tempa\empty
+ \else
+ \edef\tempa{\temp}%
+ \fi
+ address@hidden
+ % Start definition of the glyph command for the current encoding.
+ \expandafter\def address@hidden/\string#1\endcsname
+}%
+%
+% address@hidden@enc
+%
+% Start a group with address@hidden@bgroup and change font encoding to
address@hidden,
+% if the current encoding is different. The original encoding is
+% saved, call address@hidden@enc inside the command's def to restore it.
address@hidden@enc{%
+ address@hidden@bgroup
+ % Save original encoding -- the glyph macro might need to restore
+ % it, e.g., to typeset its argument.
+ address@hidden@address@hidden
+ % Switch encoding, if needed. address@hidden is set when the glyph is
+ % found or retrieved from the cache.
+ address@hidden@enc \else
+ address@hidden
+ \fi
+}%
+%
+% address@hidden@enc
+%
+% Restore encoding saved by address@hidden@enc.
address@hidden@enc{%
+ address@hidden@address@hidden \else
+ address@hidden@enc}\selectfont
+ \fi
+}%
+%
+% These are used by glyphs to start and end a group isolating a font
+% encoding change. Accents turn these off to avoid any grouping
+% inside their argument, because grouping breaks accents.
address@hidden@bgroup\bgroup
address@hidden@egroup\egroup
+%
+% address@hidden@accent{SLOT}{ARG}
+%
+% Typeset an accent in SLOT over the ARG.
address@hidden@accent#1#2{%
+ \bgroup
+ % Avoid starting any more groups -- they're not needed because we
+ % already have one, and a group between the accent and the
+ % accented letter will break the accent.
+ address@hidden@bgroup\empty
+ address@hidden@egroup\empty
+ % Preload any fonts in advance, to prevent grouping (possible when
+ % loading fonts) from messing with the accent. Also save the
+ % space factor of the argument -- we'll need to restore it,
+ % otherwise, e.g., \'A will have the factor of 1000 instead of 999.
+ address@hidden
+ address@hidden@address@hidden
+ % Save the current font encoding and switch it.
+ address@hidden@enc
+ % Start the accent.
+ \accent#1
+ % Turn off \fontnotify and \setleading, because their \message and
+ % \setbox will break the accent. We don't turn off \fontwarn
+ % because a warning would mean that the fonts are broken anyway,
+ % and a warning might help diagnosing.
+ address@hidden
+ address@hidden
+ % Restore the original encoding.
+ address@hidden@enc
+ % Typeset the argument.
+ address@hidden@address@hidden % Restore the space factor.
+ \egroup
+}%
+%
+%
+%
+% address@hidden@command{COMMAND}
+%
+% Search for the glyph COMMAND and typeset it.
address@hidden@command#1{%
+ % Check the cache of the current font encoding list.
+ \expandafter\let \expandafter\temp
+ \csname address@hidden
+ %
+ \ifx\temp\relax
+ % The glyph is not in the cache, search.
+ %\message{^^J Glyph command `\string#1' is not
+ % in the cache (idx address@hidden).}%
+ address@hidden@cmd{\string#1}%
+ address@hidden@arg\empty
+ address@hidden@arg\empty
+ address@hidden@encodings
+ \else
+ % The glyph is in the cache.
+ %\message{^^J Glyph command `\string#1' is
+ % in the cache (idx address@hidden).}%
+ \temp
+ \fi
+}%
+%
+% address@hidden@composite{COMMAND}{ARGUMENT}
+%
+% Search for the composite COMMAND + ARGUMENT and typeset it. If such
+% composite is not defined but an accent named COMMAND is, the accent
+% will be substituted.
address@hidden@composite#1#2{%
+ % Check the cache with the current font encoding list. \empty after
+ % #2 is for a situation like \'{} (empty ARGUMENT).
+ \expandafter\let \expandafter\temp
+ \csname address@hidden
+ %
+ \ifx\temp\relax
+ % The glyph is not in the cache, search.
+ %\message{^^J Glyph composite `\string#1{\string#2\empty}' is not
+ % in the cache (idx address@hidden).}%
+ address@hidden@arg{-\string#2\empty}%
+ address@hidden@cmd{\string#1}%
+ address@hidden@arg{{#2}}%
+ address@hidden@encodings
+ \else
+ % The glyph is in the cache.
+ %\message{^^J Glyph composite `\string#1{\string#2\empty}' is
+ % in the cache (idx address@hidden).}%
+ \temp
+ \fi
+}%
+%
+% address@hidden@accent{COMMAND}{ARGUMENT}
+%
+% Search for the accent COMMAND and typeset it over the ARGUMENT. If a
+% composite with the name COMMAND is defined with the ARGUMENT, it
+% might be used in preference to the accent.
address@hidden@address@hidden@composite
+%
+%
+%
+% address@hidden@encodings
+%
+% Search for a glyph (accent/composite/command), first in the current
+% encoding, then in the current font encoding list (set up by
+% @documentencoding), then in all encodings in which the glyph
+% appears. After the glyph is found, define the cache entry for the
+% glyph and typeset the glyph.
address@hidden@encodings{%
+ address@hidden
+ address@hidden@address@hidden@arg
+ % Check the current font encoding + the current font encoding list
+ % breadth-first. We want to find a glyph as early in the list as
+ % possible (to hopefully minimize number of fonts that get loaded),
+ % therefore we prefer an accent in an earlier encoding over a
+ % composite in a later encoding, hence the "breadth first" search.
+ address@hidden@address@hidden
+ address@hidden@breadthfirst \temp
+ %
+ address@hidden
+ % Nothing found, so we try a different tactic. We check encoding
+ % list of the glyph to find the first encoding which is supported
+ % by the current font family. One complication is that a glyph
+ % can appear as a command, a composite or an accent, so we need to
+ % check all possibilities (but preferring composites over
+ % accents).
+ %
+ % Check the composite. If address@hidden@arg is \empty, this will check
+ % encoding list of the command, which is exactly what we need.
+ address@hidden@glyph
+ \csname address@hidden/address@hidden@address@hidden@arg\endcsname
+ %
+ address@hidden
+ % Nothing found, check the font encoding list of the command / accent.
+ address@hidden@arg\empty % It's not a composite, so we don't need arg
part.
+ address@hidden@glyph
+ \csname address@hidden/address@hidden@cmd\endcsname
+ %
+ address@hidden
+ % Still nothing found, which means the current family does not
+ % support any of the composite's / command's / accent's encodings.
+ \errmessage{^^JThe font family address@hidden does not support
+ the command address@hidden@address@hidden@arg'}%
+ \fi
+ \else
+ % We've found a composite (or a command), so we don't need the arg below.
+ address@hidden@arg\empty
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ % Make the cache entry.
+ \edef\temp##1{%
+ \expandafter\gdef\expandafter\noexpand
+ \csname address@hidden@address@hidden@address@hidden
+ % Set address@hidden to the encoding of the glyph.
+ \expandafter\noexpand
+ \csname address@hidden@address@hidden
+ % Call the glyph's definition for the encoding we've found.
+ \expandafter\noexpand
+ address@hidden/address@hidden@address@hidden@arg\endcsname ##1%
+ }%
+ }%
+ address@hidden@arg}%
+ % Typeset the glyph.
+ \csname address@hidden@address@hidden@address@hidden
+}%
+%
+% address@hidden@breadthfirst \ENC-LIST
+%
+% Search (recursively) for a glyph in encodings from \ENC-LIST,
+% preferring an accent in an earlier encoding over a composite in a
+% later encoding. When the glyph is found, address@hidden, address@hidden@arg
and
+% address@hidden@arg are set accordingly (see address@hidden@encodings).
address@hidden@breadthfirst#1{%
+ address@hidden@address@hidden % address@hidden@address@hidden needs this.
+ address@hidden@address@hidden #1\finish
+}%
+%
address@hidden@address@hidden #2\finish{%
+ % See if this is the last encoding in the list.
+ \def\temp{#2}%
+ \ifx\temp\empty % Yes, gobble the list's sentinel.
+ address@hidden@finish
+ \fi
+ % See if this encoding is supported by the current family.
+ \expandafter\ifx \csname address@hidden/address@hidden/#1\endcsname \relax
+ \else
+ % See if the encoding contains the composite (or the command, when
+ % address@hidden@arg is \empty).
+ \expandafter\ifx \csname #1/address@hidden@address@hidden@arg\endcsname
\relax
+ % No, but maybe the encoding contains the accent. (This might
+ % also check the second time for the command if it was not found
+ % above.)
+ \expandafter\ifx \csname #1/address@hidden@cmd\endcsname \relax \else
+ address@hidden@arg\empty % address@hidden@encodings needs this.
+ address@hidden
+ address@hidden@finish % Gobble the rest of the list.
+ \fi
+ \else % Yes, this encoding contains the composite (or a command).
+ address@hidden@arg\empty % address@hidden@encodings needs this.
+ address@hidden
+ address@hidden@finish % Gobble the rest of the list.
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ %
+ \next#2\finish
+}%
+%
+% address@hidden@glyph \ENC-LIST
+%
+% Search (recursively) for a particular type of glyph
+% (command/composite/accent, determined by the combination of
+% address@hidden@cmd and address@hidden@arg) in encodings from \ENC-LIST.
address@hidden@glyph#1{%
+ \ifx#1\relax \else
+ address@hidden@address@hidden % address@hidden@address@hidden needs this.
+ address@hidden@address@hidden
+ \fi
+}%
+%
address@hidden@address@hidden #2\finish{%
+ % See if this is the last encoding in the list.
+ \def\temp{#2}%
+ \ifx\temp\empty % Yes, gobble the list's sentinel.
+ address@hidden@finish
+ \fi
+ % See if this encoding is supported by the current family.
+ \expandafter\ifx \csname address@hidden/address@hidden/#1\endcsname \relax
+ \else % Yes, see if the encoding contains the glyph.
+ \expandafter\ifx \csname #1/address@hidden@address@hidden@arg\endcsname
\relax
+ \else
+ address@hidden
+ address@hidden@finish % Gobble the rest of the list.
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ %
+ \next#2\finish
+}%
+%
+%
+%
+% Font ("output") encodings. LaTeX's ltoutenc.dtx v1.99h has been
+% used as reference.
+%
+% Some commands common to several encodings.
+%
+\def\registeredsymbol{\leavevmode\raise.7ex\hbox{\textregistered}}
address@hidden
+\def\aa{\ringaccent a}%
+\def\AA{\ringaccent A}%
address@hidden@address@hidden@enc #2}%
+ address@hidden address@hidden@enc #2%
+ address@hidden
address@hidden@address@hidden@enc#1\crcr
+ address@hidden
address@hidden@address@hidden@enc#2\crcr
+ address@hidden to.2ex{\hbox{\char#1}\vss}\hidewidth}}}%
+%
+% This defines encoding used when defining font glyph and commands.
address@hidden
+ address@hidden
+ \expandafter\def\csname address@hidden@address@hidden
+}%
+%
+% OT1.
address@hidden
+\fSym\ptexi{16}
+\fSym\j{17}
+\fAcc\`{18}
address@hidden@enc\`\ptexi}
+\fAcc\'{19}
+\fCmp\'address@hidden@enc\'\ptexi}
+\fAcc\v{20}
+\fAcc\u{21}
+\fAcc\={22}
+\fAcc\ringaccent{23}
+\fCmp\ringaccent address@hidden@-1ex%
+ address@hidden'27}}A}
+\fSym\ss{25}
+\fSym\ae{26}
+\fSym\oe{27}
+\fSym\o{28}
+\fSym\AE{29}
+\fSym\OE{30}
+\fSym\O{31}
+\fCmd\l{\char32l}
+\fCmd\L{\leavevmode\setbox0\hbox{L}\hbox to\wd0{\hss\char32L}}
+\fCmd\textquotedblright{`\"}
address@hidden>address@hidden
+\fCmd\textquoteright{`\'}
+\fCmd\exclamdown{!`}
+\fCmd\questiondown{?`}
+\fSym\textquotedblleft{92}
+\fAcc\^{94}
address@hidden@enc\^\ptexi}
+\fAcc\dotaccent{95}
+\fCmpSym\dotaccent i{`\i}
+\fCmpSym\dotaccent\i{`\i}
+\fCmd\textquoteleft{`\`}
+\fSym\textendash{123}
+\fSym\textemdash{124}
+\fAcc\H{125}
+\fAcc\~{126}
+\fAcc\"{127}
+\fCmp\"address@hidden@enc\"\ptexi}
address@hidden>address@hidden
+ \setfontshape{ui}\selectfont\fi\$}}
address@hidden
+\fCmdd\,address@hidden
address@hidden
address@hidden
+\fCmd\ordf{\leavevmode\raise1ex\hbox{\scalefont{727}\underbar{a}}}
+\fCmd\ordm{\leavevmode\raise1ex\hbox{\scalefont{727}\underbar{o}}}
address@hidden i\kern-0.02em address@hidden
address@hidden I\kern-0.02em address@hidden
+\fCmd\textonesuperior{$^{\hbox{\scalefont{727}1}}$}
+\fCmd\texttwosuperior{$^{\hbox{\scalefont{727}2}}$}
+\fCmd\textthreesuperior{$^{\hbox{\scalefont{727}3}}$}
+\fCmd\textonequarter{$\hbox{\scalefont{727}1}\over\hbox{\scalefont{727}4}$}
+\fCmd\textonehalf{$\hbox{\scalefont{727}1}\over\hbox{\scalefont{727}2}$}
+\fCmd\textthreequarters{$\hbox{\scalefont{727}3}\over\hbox{\scalefont{727}4}$}
+% End of OT1.
+%
+% OML.
address@hidden
+\fSym\textless{`\<}
+\fSym\textgreater{`\>}
+%\fSym\star{63}% FIXME this requires redefining \point.
+\fAcc\tieaccent{127}
+% End of OML.
+%
+% OMS.
address@hidden
+\fSym\minus0
+\fSym\textperiodcentered1
+\fSym\textmultiply2
+\fSym\texttimes2
+\fSym\textdivide4
+\fSym\textdiv4
+\fSym\textplusminus6
+\fSym\textpm6
+\fSym\bullet{15}
+\fCmd\textdegree{$^{\hbox{\char14}}$}%
+% FIXME @result, @expansion, @print, @equiv?
+\fSym\{{102}
+\fSym\}{103}
+\fSym\textbackslash{110}% FIXME name.
+\fSym\textsection{120}
+\fSym\textdagger{121}
+\fSym\textdaggerdbl{122}
+\fSym\textparagraph{123}
+\fSym\textbigcircle{13}
address@hidden
+ address@hidden@enc\scalefont{600}#1}\hfil\crcr
+ \raise.35ex\hbox{\scalefont{780}\textbigcircle}}}}%
address@hidden
address@hidden
address@hidden C}}
+% End of OMS.
+%
+% Common glyphs of the T* encodings.
address@hidden@common{%
+\fAcc\`0
+\fAcc\'1
+\fAcc\^2
+\fAcc\~3
+\fAcc\"4
+\fAcc\H5
+\fAcc\ringaccent6
+\fAcc\v7
+\fAcc\u8
+\fAcc\=9
+\fAcc\dotaccent{10}
+\fCmpSym\dotaccent i{`\i}
+\fCmpSym\dotaccent\i{`\i}
+\fCmdd\,address@hidden
address@hidden@enc ##1\crcr\hidewidth\char12}}}
address@hidden@enc ##1\crcr\hidewidth\char12\hidewidth}}}
+\fCmp\k address@hidden@enc\ogonekcentered o}
+\fCmp\k address@hidden@enc\ogonekcentered O}
+\fSym\textquotedblleft{16}
+\fSym\textquotedblright{17}
+\fSym\textendash{21}
+\fSym\textemdash{22}
+\fCmd\textperthousand{\%\char 24 }
+\fCmd\textpertenthousand{\%\char 24\char 24 }
+\fSym\ptexi{25}
+\fSym\j{26}
+\fSym\textvisiblespace{32}
+\fCmd\textquotedbl{`\"}
+\fCmd\textdollar{`\$}
+\fSym\textquoteright{`\'}
+\fSym\textless{`\<}
+\fSym\textgreater{`\>}
+\fSym\textbackslash{92}% FIXME name.
+\fSym\textquoteleft{`\`}
+\fSym\{{123}
+\fSym\}{125}
address@hidden
address@hidden
+}%
+% End of common glyphs of the T* encodings.
+%
+% T1.
address@hidden
address@hidden@common % The common glyphs.
+\fSym\textquotesinglbase{13}% FIXME LaTeX calls it `\quotesinglbase'.
+\fSym\textguilsinglleft{14}% FIXME LaTeX calls it `\guilsinglleft'.
+\fSym\textguilsinglright{15}% FIXME LaTeX calls it `\guilsinglright'.
+\fSym\textquotedblbase{18}% FIXME LaTeX calls it `\quotedblbase'.
+\fSym\textguillemotleft{19}% FIXME LaTeX calls it `\guillemotleft'.
+\fSym\textguillemotright{20}% FIXME LaTeX calls it `\guillemotright'.
+\fCmpSym\u A{128}
+\fCmpSym\k A{129}
+\fCmpSym\'C{130}
+\fCmpSym\v C{131}
+\fCmpSym\v D{132}
+\fCmpSym\v E{133}
+\fCmpSym\k E{134}
+\fCmpSym\u G{135}
+\fCmpSym\'L{136}
+\fCmpSym\v L{137}
+\fSym\L{138}
+\fCmpSym\'N{139}
+\fCmpSym\v N{140}
+\fSym\NG{141}
+\fCmpSym\H O{142}
+\fCmpSym\'R{143}
+\fCmpSym\v R{144}
+\fCmpSym\'S{145}
+\fCmpSym\v S{146}
+\fCmpSym\,S{147}
+\fCmpSym\v T{148}
+\fCmpSym\,T{149}
+\fCmpSym\H U{150}
+\fCmpSym\ringaccent U{151}
+\fCmpSym\"Y{152}
+\fCmpSym\'Z{153}
+\fCmpSym\v Z{154}
+\fCmpSym\dotaccent Z{155}
+\fSym\IJ{156}
+\fCmpSym\dotaccent I{157}
+\fSym\dj{158}% FIXME AGL calls it dcroat.
+\fSym\textsection{159}
+\fCmpSym\u a{160}
+\fCmpSym\k a{161}
+\fCmpSym\'c{162}
+\fCmpSym\v c{163}
+\fCmpSym\v d{164}
+\fCmpSym\v e{165}
+\fCmpSym\k e{166}
+\fCmpSym\u g{167}
+\fCmpSym\'l{168}
+\fCmpSym\v l{169}
+\fSym\l{170}
+\fCmpSym\'n{171}
+\fCmpSym\v n{172}
+\fSym\ng{173}
+\fCmpSym\H o{174}
+\fCmpSym\'r{175}
+\fCmpSym\v r{176}
+\fCmpSym\'s{177}
+\fCmpSym\v s{178}
+\fCmpSym\,s{179}
+\fCmpSym\v t{180}
+\fCmpSym\,t{181}
+\fCmpSym\H u{182}
+\fCmpSym\ringaccent u{183}
+\fCmpSym\"y{184}
+\fCmpSym\'z{185}
+\fCmpSym\v z{186}
+\fCmpSym\dotaccent z{187}
+\fSym\ij{188}
+\fSym\exclamdown{189}
+\fSym\questiondown{190}
+\fSym\pounds{191}
+\fCmpSym\`A{192}
+\fCmpSym\'A{193}
+\fCmpSym\^A{194}
+\fCmpSym\~A{195}
+\fCmpSym\"A{196}
+\fCmpSym\ringaccent A{197}
+\fSym\AE{198}
+\fCmpSym\,C{199}
+\fCmpSym\`E{200}
+\fCmpSym\'E{201}
+\fCmpSym\^E{202}
+\fCmpSym\"E{203}
+\fCmpSym\`I{204}
+\fCmpSym\'I{205}
+\fCmpSym\^I{206}
+\fCmpSym\"I{207}
+\fSym\DH{208}% FIXME AGL calls it eth.
+\fSym\DJ{208}% FIXME AGL calls it dcroat.
+\fCmpSym\~N{209}
+\fCmpSym\`O{210}
+\fCmpSym\'O{211}
+\fCmpSym\^O{212}
+\fCmpSym\~O{213}
+\fCmpSym\"O{214}
+\fSym\OE{215}
+\fSym\O{216}
+\fCmpSym\`U{217}
+\fCmpSym\'U{218}
+\fCmpSym\^U{219}
+\fCmpSym\"U{220}
+\fCmpSym\'Y{221}
+\fSym\TH{222}% FIXME AGL calls it thorn.
+\fSym\SS{223}
+\fCmpSym\`a{224}
+\fCmpSym\'a{225}
+\fCmpSym\^a{226}
+\fCmpSym\~a{227}
+\fCmpSym\"a{228}
+\fCmpSym\ringaccent a{229}
+\fSym\ae{230}
+\fCmpSym\,c{231}
+\fCmpSym\`e{232}
+\fCmpSym\'e{233}
+\fCmpSym\^e{234}
+\fCmpSym\"e{235}
+\fCmpSym\`i{236}
+\fCmpSym\'i{237}
+\fCmpSym\^i{238}
+\fCmpSym\"i{239}
+\fSym\dh{240}% FIXME AGL calls it eth.
+\fCmpSym\~n{241}
+\fCmpSym\`o{242}
+\fCmpSym\'o{243}
+\fCmpSym\^o{244}
+\fCmpSym\~o{245}
+\fCmpSym\"o{246}
+\fSym\oe{247}
+\fSym\o{248}
+\fCmpSym\`u{249}
+\fCmpSym\'u{250}
+\fCmpSym\^u{251}
+\fCmpSym\"u{252}
+\fCmpSym\'y{253}
+\fSym\th{254}% FIXME AGL calls it thorn.
+\fSym\ss{255}
+% End of T1.
+%
+% T2A.
address@hidden
address@hidden@common % The common glyphs.
+\fSym\CYRpalochka{13}
+\fAcc\f{18}
+\fAcc\C{19}
+\fAcc\U{20}
+\fSym\textnumero{157}
+\fSym\textsection{158}
+\fSym\textquotedblbase{189}% FIXME LaTeX calls this \quotedblbase.
+\fSym\textguillemotleft{190}% FIXME LaTeX calls it `\guillemotleft'.
+\fSym\textguillemotright{191}% FIXME LaTeX calls it `\guillemotright'.
+\fSym\CYRA{192}
+\fSym\cyra{224}
+\fSym\CYRB{193}
+\fSym\cyrb{225}
+\fSym\CYRV{194}
+\fSym\cyrv{226}
+\fSym\CYRG{195}
+\fSym\cyrg{227}
+\fSym\CYRD{196}
+\fSym\cyrd{228}
+\fSym\CYRE{197}
+\fSym\cyre{229}
+\fSym\CYRZH{198}
+\fSym\cyrzh{230}
+\fSym\CYRZ{199}
+\fSym\cyrz{231}
+\fSym\CYRI{200}
+\fSym\cyri{232}
+\fSym\CYRISHRT{201}
+\fSym\cyrishrt{233}
+\fSym\CYRK{202}
+\fSym\cyrk{234}
+\fSym\CYRL{203}
+\fSym\cyrl{235}
+\fSym\CYRM{204}
+\fSym\cyrm{236}
+\fSym\CYRN{205}
+\fSym\cyrn{237}
+\fSym\CYRO{206}
+\fSym\cyro{238}
+\fSym\CYRP{207}
+\fSym\cyrp{239}
+\fSym\CYRR{208}
+\fSym\cyrr{240}
+\fSym\CYRS{209}
+\fSym\cyrs{241}
+\fSym\CYRT{210}
+\fSym\cyrt{242}
+\fSym\CYRU{211}
+\fSym\cyru{243}
+\fSym\CYRF{212}
+\fSym\cyrf{244}
+\fSym\CYRH{213}
+\fSym\cyrh{245}
+\fSym\CYRC{214}
+\fSym\cyrc{246}
+\fSym\CYRCH{215}
+\fSym\cyrch{247}
+\fSym\CYRSH{216}
+\fSym\cyrsh{248}
+\fSym\CYRSHCH{217}
+\fSym\cyrshch{249}
+\fSym\CYRHRDSN{218}
+\fSym\cyrhrdsn{250}
+\fSym\CYRERY{219}
+\fSym\cyrery{251}
+\fSym\CYRSFTSN{220}
+\fSym\cyrsftsn{252}
+\fSym\CYREREV{221}
+\fSym\cyrerev{253}
+\fSym\CYRYU{222}
+\fSym\cyryu{254}
+\fSym\CYRYA{223}
+\fSym\cyrya{255}
+\fSym\CYRGUP{128}
+\fSym\cyrgup{160}
+\fSym\CYRGHCRS{129}
+\fSym\cyrghcrs{161}
+\fSym\CYRDJE{130}
+\fSym\cyrdje{162}
+\fSym\CYRTSHE{131}
+\fSym\cyrtshe{163}
+\fSym\CYRSHHA{132}
+\fSym\cyrshha{164}
+\fSym\CYRZHDSC{133}
+\fSym\cyrzhdsc{165}
+\fSym\CYRZDSC{134}
+\fSym\cyrzdsc{166}
+\fSym\CYRLJE{135}
+\fSym\cyrlje{167}
+\fSym\CYRYI{136}
+\fSym\cyryi{168}
+\fSym\CYRKDSC{137}
+\fSym\cyrkdsc{169}
+\fSym\CYRKBEAK{138}
+\fSym\cyrkbeak{170}
+\fSym\CYRKVCRS{139}
+\fSym\cyrkvcrs{171}
+\fSym\CYRAE{140}
+\fSym\cyrae{172}
+\fSym\CYRNDSC{141}
+\fSym\cyrndsc{173}
+\fSym\CYRNG{142}
+\fSym\cyrng{174}
+\fSym\CYRDZE{143}
+\fSym\cyrdze{175}
+\fSym\CYROTLD{144}
+\fSym\cyrotld{176}
+\fSym\CYRSDSC{145}
+\fSym\cyrsdsc{177}
+\fSym\CYRUSHRT{146}
+\fSym\cyrushrt{178}
+\fSym\CYRY{147}
+\fSym\cyry{179}
+\fSym\CYRYHCRS{148}
+\fSym\cyryhcrs{180}
+\fSym\CYRHDSC{149}
+\fSym\cyrhdsc{181}
+\fSym\CYRDZHE{150}
+\fSym\cyrdzhe{182}
+\fSym\CYRCHVCRS{151}
+\fSym\cyrchvcrs{183}
+\fSym\CYRCHRDSC{152}
+\fSym\cyrchrdsc{184}
+\fSym\CYRIE{153}
+\fSym\cyrie{185}
+\fSym\CYRSCHWA{154}
+\fSym\cyrschwa{186}
+\fSym\CYRNJE{155}
+\fSym\cyrnje{187}
+\fSym\CYRYO{156}
+\fSym\cyryo{188}
+\fSym\CYRII{73}
+\fSym\cyrii{105}
+\fSym\CYRJE{74}
+\fSym\cyrje{106}
+\fSym\CYRQ{81}
+\fSym\cyrq{113}
+\fSym\CYRW{87}
+\fSym\cyrw{119}
+\fCmpSym\"\CYRE{156}
+\fCmpSym\"\cyre{188}
+\fCmpSym\U\CYRI{201}
+\fCmpSym\U\cyri{233}
+\fCmpSym\"\CYRII{136}
+\fCmpSym\"\cyrii{168}
+\fCmpSym\,\CYRZ{134}
+\fCmpSym\,\cyrz{166}
+\fCmpSym\k\CYRS{145}
+\fCmpSym\k\cyrs{177}
+\fCmpSym\U\CYRU{146}
+\fCmpSym\U\cyru{178}
+% End of T2A.
+%
+% TS1.
address@hidden
+\fAcc\tieaccent{26}
+\fCmd\textdollar{`\$}
+\fSym\textfractionsolidus{47}
+\fSym\minus{61}
+\fSym\textbigcircle{79}
+\fCmdd\textcircled{{\ooalign{\hfil\raise.34ex%
+ address@hidden@enc\scalefont{560}#1}\hfil\crcr\hbox{\textbigcircle}}}}
+%\fSym\star{98}% FIXME this requires redefining \point.
+\fSym\textdagger{132}
+\fSym\textdaggerdbl{133}
+\fSym\textperthousand{135}
+\fSym\bullet{136}
+\fSym\texttrademark{151}
+\fSym\textpertenthousand{152}
+\fSym\textnumero{155}
+\fSym\textcent{162}
+\fSym\pounds{163}
+\fSym\textcurrency{164}
+\fSym\textyen{165}
+\fSym\textbrokenbar{166}
+\fSym\textsection{167}
+\fSym\copyright{169}
+\fSym\ordf{170}
+\fSym\textlnot{172}% FIXME What about \lnot?
+\fSym\textregistered{174}
+\fSym\textdegree{176}
+\fSym\textplusminus{177}
+\fSym\textpm{177}
+\fSym\texttwosuperior{178}
+\fSym\textthreesuperior{179}
+\fSym\textmu{181}
+\fSym\textparagraph{182}
+\fSym\textperiodcentered{183}
+\fSym\textonesuperior{185}
+\fSym\ordm{186}
+\fSym\textonequarter{188}
+\fSym\textonehalf{189}
+\fSym\textthreequarters{190}
+\fSym\euro{191}
+\fSym\textmultiply{214}
+\fSym\texttimes{214}
+\fSym\textdivide{246}
+\fSym\textdiv{246}
+% End of TS1.
+%
+% Free the memory.
address@hidden@common\undefined
+%
+\endinput
Index: contrib/texifont/otest.tex
===================================================================
RCS file: contrib/texifont/otest.tex
diff -N contrib/texifont/otest.tex
--- /dev/null 1 Jan 1970 00:00:00 -0000
+++ contrib/texifont/otest.tex 2 Jan 2013 01:00:31 -0000 1.1
@@ -0,0 +1,157 @@
address@hidden
+\input ienc
+\input oenc
+\input fsel
+
+
+%\tracingfonts2
+\def\msg#1{\medskip\leftline{#1}\message{^^J^^J** #1}\ignorespaces}
+
+
+
+\msg{Copyright and registered}
+
+x\copyright\ x\registeredsymbol
+
+{\setfontencoding{T1}\setfontfamily{LMRoman}\selectfont
+x\copyright\ x\registeredsymbol}
+
+
+
+% Declare a test font family, with very different fonts (visually) for
+% OT1 and T1.
+\declarefontfamily TestFam 1000 1200
+\fontmapfamily TestFam OT1 CMSans
+\fontmapfamily TestFam T1 URWPalladio
+\fontmapfamily TestFam TS1 LMRoman
+\fontmapfamily TestFam OML CMRoman
+\fontmapfamily TestFam OMS CMRoman
+\fontmapfamily TestFam T2A LHRoman
+
+% Define some encoding-specific glyphs.
address@hidden
+\fAcc\a{19}% \'
+\fCmp\a e{\'e}
+\fCmp\a address@hidden@enc\'e}
+\fCmp\a g{\'g}
+\fCmp\a address@hidden@enc\'g}
+\fCmp\a m{\b{oo}}
+\fCmp\a address@hidden@enc\b{oo}}
+\fCmp\a n{\b \copyright}
+\fCmp\a address@hidden@enc\b \copyright}
+\fCmd\copyright{WrongEncoding}
+%
address@hidden
+\fAcc\b{127}% \tieafter
+
address@hidden
+
+
+
+\msg{Dollar, pounds, euro (in OT1)}
+
+\textdollar{\itshape\textdollar}
+{\bfseries\textdollar{\itshape\textdollar}}
+
+% There's no bold `ui' font, so we don't get a bold \pounds.
+\pounds{\itshape\pounds}
+{\bfseries\pounds{\itshape\pounds}}
+
+\euro{\itshape\euro}
+{\bfseries\euro{\itshape\euro}}
+
+
+
+\msg{Cache}
+% To see this test working, you must uncomment the messages in
+% address@hidden@command and address@hidden@composite (but this will break
+% accents, so for other test comment them out again).
+
+% The cache is global and does not depend on font shape.
+{\bf
+ \textregistered\textless\'a\texttimes\'g \tieaccent{oo}
+ \message{^^J*}
+}\quad
+\textregistered\textless\'a\texttimes\'g \tieaccent{oo}
+\message{^^J**}
+
+\documentencoding ISO-8859-1
+% Now the new cache will be filled because \documentencoding changed
+% the current font encoding list.
+{\bf
+ \textregistered\textless\'a\texttimes\'g \tieaccent{oo}
+ \message{^^J*}
+}\quad
+\textregistered\textless\'a\texttimes\'g \tieaccent{oo}
+\message{^^J**}
+
+\setfontencoding{T1}\setfontfamily{TestFam}\selectfont
+% Again, another cache because encodings list of TestFam is different
+% from that of CMRoman.
+{\bf
+ \textregistered\textless\'a\texttimes\'g \tieaccent{oo} \CYRZH
+ \message{^^J*}
+}\quad
+\textregistered\textless\'a\texttimes\'g \tieaccent{oo} \CYRZH
+\message{^^J**}
+
+
+% We are now in ISO-8859-1 input encoding and T1 encoding of TestFam.
+
+
+\msg{Accents}
+\'{}
+\'a
+\'ô
+\'\copyright
+\quad
+% |a| in T1 (the current encoding), the accent in OT1 (the only
+% encoding containing |\a|).
+\a a
+\a ô
+\a \copyright
+\quad
+% Argument of the accent can contain an expandable command (including
+% an active character) only as a first token. But even then, it's
+% best if it's the only token in the argument, because |\bf a| and
+% |\bfa| will not be distinguished by the cache.
+\a{\bf c}
+%\a{\bf ô}% Doesn't work.
+\def\boldohat{\bf ô}%
+\a\boldohat
+%\a{\bf \ae}% Doesn't work.
+\def\boldae{\bf\ae}%
+\a\boldae
+
+
+
+\msg{Composites}
+\'e
+\'g
+\quad
+% Improperly defined composite -- |\a e| does not restore the original
+% encoding before calling another glyph macro (|\'e|), which results
+% in |e| being typeset in the encoding of the |\a e| composite (OT1).
+\a e
+\a g
+% Now the original encoding is properly restored -- therefore |\'e|
+% is called from T1; since T1 contains the composite |\'e|, we get
+% that. For |\'g| we get an accent since there's no such composite.
+\a E
+\a G
+\quad
+% A more complex example with the actual accent coming from yet
+% another encoding.
+\a m
+\a M
+\quad
+% And now even the accent's argument is from a different encoding.
+\a n
+\a N
+
+\bye
+
+% Local variables:
+% compile-command: "tex --interact=nonstopmode otest.tex"
+% coding: latin-1
+% End:
Index: contrib/texifont/sample.cp1251
===================================================================
RCS file: contrib/texifont/sample.cp1251
diff -N contrib/texifont/sample.cp1251
--- /dev/null 1 Jan 1970 00:00:00 -0000
+++ contrib/texifont/sample.cp1251 2 Jan 2013 01:00:31 -0000 1.1
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+% -*- mode: TeX; coding: cp1251; -*-
+% From http://www.unicode.org/standard/translations/russian.html
+Ïî ñâîåé ïðèðîäå êîìïüþòåðû ìîãóò ðàáîòàòü ëèøü ñ ÷èñëàìè. È äëÿ òîãî,
+÷òîáû îíè ìîãëè õðàíèòü â ïàìÿòè áóêâû èëè äðóãèå ñèìâîëû, êàæäîìó
+òàêîìó ñèìâîëó äîëæíî áûòü ïîñòàâëåíî â ñîîòâåòñòâèå ÷èñëî. Äî òîãî,
+êàê ïîÿâèëñÿ Unicode, â ìèðå èìåëè õîæäåíèå ñîòíè ðàçëè÷íûõ ñõåì
+ïîäîáíîãî êîäèðîâàíèÿ ñèìâîëîâ. Íî íè îäíà èç ýòèõ ñõåì íå áûëà ñòîëü
+óíèâåðñàëüíîé, ÷òîáû îïèñàòü âñå íåîáõîäèìûå ñèìâîëû: íàïðèìåð, òîëüêî
+äëÿ êîäèðîâàíèÿ áóêâ, âõîäÿùèõ â àëôàâèòû ÿçûêîâ Åâðîïåéñêîãî
+Ñîîáùåñòâà, íåîáõîäèìî áûëî èñïîëüçîâàòü íåñêîëüêî ðàçëè÷íûõ
+êîäèðîâîê. Ïî áîëüøîìó ñ÷¸òó äàæå è äëÿ îòäåëüíîãî ÿçûêà, ñêàæåì,
+àíãëèéñêîãî, íå ñóùåñòâîâàëî åäèíîé ñèñòåìû êîäèðîâàíèÿ, âêëþ÷àâøåé â
+ñåáÿ âñå îáû÷íî èñïîëüçóåìûå áóêâû, çíàêè ïóíêòóàöèè è òåõíè÷åñêèå
+ñèìâîëû.
+
+Áîëåå òîãî, âñå ýòè ñõåìû êîäèðîâàíèÿ ÷àñòî äàæå íå áûëè ñîâìåñòèìû
+äðóã ñ äðóãîì. Ê ïðèìåðó, äâå ðàçíûå êîäèðîâêè ìîãëè èñïîëüçîâàòü îäèí
+è òîò æå êîä äëÿ ïðåäñòàâëåíèÿ äâóõ ðàçíûõ ñèìâîëîâ èëè ïðèñâàèâàòü
+ðàçíûå êîäû îäíîé è òîé æå áóêâå. Â ýòîé ñèòóàöèè äëÿ ëþáîãî
+êîìïüþòåðà, à îñîáåííî ñåðâåðà, ïðèõîäèëîñü ïîääåðæèâàòü íåñêîëüêî
+ðàçíûõ êîäèðîâîê, êîòîðûå ìîãëè ïîíàäîáèòüñÿ, íî äàæå è òîãäà ïðè
+ïåðåäà÷å äàííûõ íà äðóãóþ ïëàòôîðìó èëè ïðè èõ ïðåîáðàçîâàíèè â äðóãóþ
+êîäèðîâêó âñåãäà îñòàâàëñÿ ðèñê, ÷òî ýòè äàííûå îêàæóòñÿ ïîâðåæä¸ííûìè.
+\endinput
Index: contrib/texifont/sample.koi8r
===================================================================
RCS file: contrib/texifont/sample.koi8r
diff -N contrib/texifont/sample.koi8r
--- /dev/null 1 Jan 1970 00:00:00 -0000
+++ contrib/texifont/sample.koi8r 2 Jan 2013 01:00:31 -0000 1.1
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+% -*- mode: TeX; coding: koi8-r; -*-
+% From http://www.unicode.org/standard/translations/russian.html
+ðÏ Ó×ÏÅÊ ÐÒÉÒÏÄÅ ËÏÍÐØÀÔÅÒÙ ÍÏÇÕÔ ÒÁÂÏÔÁÔØ ÌÉÛØ Ó ÞÉÓÌÁÍÉ. é ÄÌÑ ÔÏÇÏ,
+ÞÔÏÂÙ ÏÎÉ ÍÏÇÌÉ ÈÒÁÎÉÔØ × ÐÁÍÑÔÉ ÂÕË×Ù ÉÌÉ ÄÒÕÇÉÅ ÓÉÍ×ÏÌÙ, ËÁÖÄÏÍÕ
+ÔÁËÏÍÕ ÓÉÍ×ÏÌÕ ÄÏÌÖÎÏ ÂÙÔØ ÐÏÓÔÁ×ÌÅÎÏ × ÓÏÏÔ×ÅÔÓÔ×ÉÅ ÞÉÓÌÏ. äÏ ÔÏÇÏ,
+ËÁË ÐÏÑ×ÉÌÓÑ Unicode, × ÍÉÒÅ ÉÍÅÌÉ ÈÏÖÄÅÎÉÅ ÓÏÔÎÉ ÒÁÚÌÉÞÎÙÈ ÓÈÅÍ
+ÐÏÄÏÂÎÏÇÏ ËÏÄÉÒÏ×ÁÎÉÑ ÓÉÍ×ÏÌÏ×. îÏ ÎÉ ÏÄÎÁ ÉÚ ÜÔÉÈ ÓÈÅÍ ÎÅ ÂÙÌÁ ÓÔÏÌØ
+ÕÎÉ×ÅÒÓÁÌØÎÏÊ, ÞÔÏÂÙ ÏÐÉÓÁÔØ ×ÓÅ ÎÅÏÂÈÏÄÉÍÙÅ ÓÉÍ×ÏÌÙ: ÎÁÐÒÉÍÅÒ, ÔÏÌØËÏ
+ÄÌÑ ËÏÄÉÒÏ×ÁÎÉÑ ÂÕË×, ×ÈÏÄÑÝÉÈ × ÁÌÆÁ×ÉÔÙ ÑÚÙËÏ× å×ÒÏÐÅÊÓËÏÇÏ
+óÏÏÂÝÅÓÔ×Á, ÎÅÏÂÈÏÄÉÍÏ ÂÙÌÏ ÉÓÐÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÔØ ÎÅÓËÏÌØËÏ ÒÁÚÌÉÞÎÙÈ
+ËÏÄÉÒÏ×ÏË. ðÏ ÂÏÌØÛÏÍÕ ÓÞ£ÔÕ ÄÁÖÅ É ÄÌÑ ÏÔÄÅÌØÎÏÇÏ ÑÚÙËÁ, ÓËÁÖÅÍ,
+ÁÎÇÌÉÊÓËÏÇÏ, ÎÅ ÓÕÝÅÓÔ×Ï×ÁÌÏ ÅÄÉÎÏÊ ÓÉÓÔÅÍÙ ËÏÄÉÒÏ×ÁÎÉÑ, ×ËÌÀÞÁ×ÛÅÊ ×
+ÓÅÂÑ ×ÓÅ ÏÂÙÞÎÏ ÉÓÐÏÌØÚÕÅÍÙÅ ÂÕË×Ù, ÚÎÁËÉ ÐÕÎËÔÕÁÃÉÉ É ÔÅÈÎÉÞÅÓËÉÅ
+ÓÉÍ×ÏÌÙ.
+
+âÏÌÅÅ ÔÏÇÏ, ×ÓÅ ÜÔÉ ÓÈÅÍÙ ËÏÄÉÒÏ×ÁÎÉÑ ÞÁÓÔÏ ÄÁÖÅ ÎÅ ÂÙÌÉ ÓÏ×ÍÅÓÔÉÍÙ
+ÄÒÕÇ Ó ÄÒÕÇÏÍ. ë ÐÒÉÍÅÒÕ, Ä×Å ÒÁÚÎÙÅ ËÏÄÉÒÏ×ËÉ ÍÏÇÌÉ ÉÓÐÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÔØ ÏÄÉÎ
+É ÔÏÔ ÖÅ ËÏÄ ÄÌÑ ÐÒÅÄÓÔÁ×ÌÅÎÉÑ Ä×ÕÈ ÒÁÚÎÙÈ ÓÉÍ×ÏÌÏ× ÉÌÉ ÐÒÉÓ×ÁÉ×ÁÔØ
+ÒÁÚÎÙÅ ËÏÄÙ ÏÄÎÏÊ É ÔÏÊ ÖÅ ÂÕË×Å. ÷ ÜÔÏÊ ÓÉÔÕÁÃÉÉ ÄÌÑ ÌÀÂÏÇÏ
+ËÏÍÐØÀÔÅÒÁ, Á ÏÓÏÂÅÎÎÏ ÓÅÒ×ÅÒÁ, ÐÒÉÈÏÄÉÌÏÓØ ÐÏÄÄÅÒÖÉ×ÁÔØ ÎÅÓËÏÌØËÏ
+ÒÁÚÎÙÈ ËÏÄÉÒÏ×ÏË, ËÏÔÏÒÙÅ ÍÏÇÌÉ ÐÏÎÁÄÏÂÉÔØÓÑ, ÎÏ ÄÁÖÅ É ÔÏÇÄÁ ÐÒÉ
+ÐÅÒÅÄÁÞÅ ÄÁÎÎÙÈ ÎÁ ÄÒÕÇÕÀ ÐÌÁÔÆÏÒÍÕ ÉÌÉ ÐÒÉ ÉÈ ÐÒÅÏÂÒÁÚÏ×ÁÎÉÉ × ÄÒÕÇÕÀ
+ËÏÄÉÒÏ×ËÕ ×ÓÅÇÄÁ ÏÓÔÁ×ÁÌÓÑ ÒÉÓË, ÞÔÏ ÜÔÉ ÄÁÎÎÙÅ ÏËÁÖÕÔÓÑ ÐÏ×ÒÅÖÄ£ÎÎÙÍÉ.
+\endinput
Index: contrib/texifont/sample.latin1
===================================================================
RCS file: contrib/texifont/sample.latin1
diff -N contrib/texifont/sample.latin1
--- /dev/null 1 Jan 1970 00:00:00 -0000
+++ contrib/texifont/sample.latin1 2 Jan 2013 01:00:31 -0000 1.1
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+% -*- mode: TeX; coding: latin-1; -*-
+% From http://www.unicode.org/standard/translations/icelandic.html
+Tölvur geta í eðli sínu aðeins unnið með tölur. Þær geyma bókstafi og
+önnur skriftákn með því að úthluta þeim tölu. Áður en Unicode kom til
+voru hundruð mismunandi túlkunarkerfa sem úthlutuðu þessum
+tölum. Ekkert eitt túlkunarkerfi gat innihaldið nægilegan fjölda
+skriftákna; t.d. þarfnast Evrópusambandið nokkurra mismunandi kerfa
+til að spanna öll tungumál þess. Jafnvel fyrir eitt tungumál, eins og
+ensku, var eitt túlkunarkerfi ekki nóg fyrir alla bókstafi,
+greinarmerki og algengustu einingatákn.
+
+Túlkunarkerfin hafa einnig verið í andstöðu hvert við annað, þ.e. tvö
+kerfi geta notað sömu tölu fyrir tvö ólík skriftákn eða notað tvær
+mismunandi tölur fyrir sama táknið. Sérhver tölva þarf (sérstaklega
+miðlarar) að styðja margs konar túlkanir á stöfum; engu að síður er
+alltaf hætta á stafabrenglun þegar gögn fara á milli tölva og á milli
+mismunandi túlkunarkerfa.
+\endinput
Index: contrib/texifont/sample.latin2
===================================================================
RCS file: contrib/texifont/sample.latin2
diff -N contrib/texifont/sample.latin2
--- /dev/null 1 Jan 1970 00:00:00 -0000
+++ contrib/texifont/sample.latin2 2 Jan 2013 01:00:31 -0000 1.1
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+% -*- mode: TeX; coding: latin-2; -*-
+% From http://www.unicode.org/standard/translations/czech.html
+Poèítaèe, ze své podstaty, pracují pouze s èísly. Písmena a dal¹í
+znaky ukládají tak, ¾e ka¾dému z nich pøiøadí èíslo. Pøed vznikem
+Unicode existovaly stovky rozdílných kódovacích systémù pro
+pøiøazování tìchto èísel. ®ádné z tìchto kódování nemohlo obsahovat
+dostatek znakù: napøíklad Evropská unie sama potøebuje nìkolik rùzných
+kódování, aby pokryla v¹echny své jazyky. Dokonce i pro jeden jediný
+jazyk, jako je angliètina, nevyhovovalo ¾ádné kódování pro v¹echny
+písmena, interpunkci a bì¾nì pou¾ívané technické symboly.
+
+Tyto kódovací systémy také byly v konfliktu jeden s druhým. To
+znamená, ¾e dvì kódování mohou pou¾ívat stejné èíslo pro dva rùzné
+znaky, nebo pou¾ívat rùzná èísla pro stejný znak. Jakýkoli poèítaè
+(zvlá¹tì servery) musí podporovat mnoho rùzných kódování; pøesto,
+kdykoli jsou data pøedávána mezi rùznými kódováními nebo platformami,
+hrozí, ¾e tato data budou po¹kozena.
+\endinput
Index: contrib/texifont/sample.latin9
===================================================================
RCS file: contrib/texifont/sample.latin9
diff -N contrib/texifont/sample.latin9
--- /dev/null 1 Jan 1970 00:00:00 -0000
+++ contrib/texifont/sample.latin9 2 Jan 2013 01:00:32 -0000 1.1
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+% -*- mode: TeX; coding: latin-9; -*-
+% From http://www.unicode.org/standard/translations/french.html
+Fondamentalement, les ordinateurs ne comprennent que les nombres. Ils
+codent les lettres et autres caractères sous formes de nombres. Avant
+l'invention d'Unicode, des centaines de systèmes de codage de
+caractères ont été créés. Pas un seul d'entre eux n'était satisfaisant:
+par exemple, l'Union Européenne a besoin de plusieurs systèmes de
+codage pour couvrir toutes ses langues d'usage. Même pour une seule
+langue comme le français, aucun système de codage ne couvrait toutes
+les lettres, les signes de ponctuation et les symboles techniques en
+usage courant.
+
+Ces systèmes de codage sont souvent incompatibles entre eux. Ainsi,
+deux systèmes peuvent utiliser le même nombre pour deux caractères
+différents ou utiliser différents nombres pour le même caractère. Les
+ordinateurs, et plus particulièrement les serveurs, doivent supporter
+plusieurs systèmes de codage de caractères, ce qui crée un risque de
+corruption des données à chaque transition.
+\endinput
Index: contrib/texifont/texifont.pdf
===================================================================
RCS file: contrib/texifont/texifont.pdf
diff -N contrib/texifont/texifont.pdf
Binary files /dev/null and /tmp/cvsYG4laS differ
Index: contrib/texifont/texifont.txi
===================================================================
RCS file: contrib/texifont/texifont.txi
diff -N contrib/texifont/texifont.txi
--- /dev/null 1 Jan 1970 00:00:00 -0000
+++ contrib/texifont/texifont.txi 2 Jan 2013 01:00:33 -0000 1.1
@@ -0,0 +1,680 @@
+\input texinfo.tex @c -*-texinfo-*-
address@hidden texifont
address@hidden GNU Texinfo font subsystem
+
address@hidden Originally written by Oleg Katsidatze and Karl Berry, 2006.
address@hidden Public domain.
+
address@hidden fn cp
+
address@hidden
address@hidden GNU Texinfo font subsystem
address@hidden titlepage
+
+
address@hidden
+
+
address@hidden
address@hidden Top
address@hidden GNU Texinfo font subsystem
+
+Unfinished chapter on GNU Texinfo font subsystem, also unfinished.
address@hidden ifnottex
+
address@hidden
+* Font management:: Defining font families.
+* Index::
address@hidden menu
+
+
address@hidden Font management
address@hidden Font management
+
+Texinfo's font management macros allow customization of fonts used in
+the printed document.
+
+
address@hidden
+* Introduction::
+* Font definition macros::
+* Font selection macros::
+* Font substitution macros::
+* Font collections::
+* Input encodings::
+* Font encodings::
address@hidden menu
+
address@hidden Introduction
address@hidden Introduction
+
+In this chapter we introduce the basic concepts of font management in
+Texinfo.
+
address@hidden
+* Font features and attributes::
+* Current font attribute set::
+* Font substitution::
address@hidden menu
+
address@hidden Font features and attributes
address@hidden Font features and attributes
+
address@hidden font feature
address@hidden feature, of font
address@hidden font attribute
address@hidden attribute, of font
+Each font can be characterized by a number of @dfn{features}. For
+example, a font can be characterized by weight (boldness of glyph
+strokes), slant (inclination of glyph strokes), etc.
+
+Font @dfn{attribute} is a particular representation of a feature. For
+example, the ``weight'' feature can be represented by attributes
+``light'', ``medium'', ``semibold'', ``bold'', etc.; the ``slant''
+feature by attributes ``upright'', ``slanted'', ``italic'', etc.
+
+Most font features describe physical appearance of a font. However,
+two special features describe organizational aspects of fonts---font
+family and font encoding.
+
address@hidden font family
address@hidden family, of font
+A collection of related fonts is grouped into a @dfn{font family}.
+All fonts in a font family generally have the same or similar design,
+representing variations on that particular design. For example, a
+font family may include an upright font, an italic font and a bold
+upright font. Examples of font families: Computer Modern Roman,
+Times, Helvetica.
+
address@hidden font encoding
address@hidden encoding, of font
address@hidden encoding} specifies the set and the order of characters
+represented within a font. Examples of font encodings: OT1 (Latin
+upper- and lower-case characters, arabic numerals and some additional
+glyphs), T1 (characters of Western-European scripts), T2A (characters
+of Cyrillic scripts). For a guide to @TeX{} font encodings, see
address@hidden://@/www.ctan.org/@/tex-archive/@/help/@/Catalogue/@/entries/@/encguide.html}.
+
+
address@hidden Current font attribute set
address@hidden Current font attribute set
+
+At font definition time, each font is associated with a set of
+attributes. Naturally, only one attribute can be specified per
+feature, but not every feature has to be represented.
+
+A font then can be selected by specifying a list of attributes. At
+all times, Texinfo maintains a @dfn{current font attribute set}.
+Texinfo provides macros to initialize this set, as well as to modify
+it by adding attributes or removing attributes corresponding to
+certain features. If a font definition is found which matches every
+attribute in the resulting attribute set, the corresponding font is
+selected.
+
+For example, let's assume the current font attribute set consists of
+the following attributes:
+
address@hidden @samp
address@hidden CMRoman
+``family'' feature
address@hidden OT1
+``encoding'' feature
address@hidden bold
+``weight'' feature
address@hidden table
+
address@hidden
+If now we instruct Texinfo to add attributes @samp{light} and
address@hidden and to remove the @samp{encoding} feature, the font
+attribute set becomes:
+
address@hidden @samp
address@hidden CMRoman
address@hidden light
+replaces the @samp{bold} attribute of the ``weight'' feature
address@hidden italic
+``slant'' feature
address@hidden table
+
address@hidden
+Of course, in order for this font change specification to be
+successful, a font must be associated previously with such font
+attribute set.
+
+
address@hidden Font substitution
address@hidden Font substitution
+
+Sometimes it can be convenient to replace some attributes when a font
+with a certain set of attributes is requested. For example, a font
+family may contain slanted but not italic fonts. If we only define
+slanted fonts, all macros explicitly requesting italic font will fail
+when such font family is used. But we may decide that it is
+acceptable to use slanted fonts wherever italic fonts are being used.
+To achieve this, one solution is to create fake italic font
+definitions by duplicating definitions of slanted fonts and replacing
+the @samp{slanted} attribute with @samp{italic}. An alternative,
+simpler solution is to define font substitution, indicating that all
+requests for a font with the @samp{italic} attribute should be
+satisfied with a font with the @samp{slanted} attribute and all other
+font attributes unchanged.
+
+It is possible to specify more complex font substitutions which
+replace/add several attributes and/or remove attributes corresponding
+to certain features. All defined substitutions are applied in turn,
+starting with the current font attribute set, with the later
+substitutions performed on the result of the previous, so that it's
+possible to define chains of substitutions. Note that font
+substitution works with attribute sets; only the final attribute set
+is used to look up the corresponding font, so intermediate sets do not
+have to be associated with any font.
+
+Unlike font selection, font substitution is ``permissive'', that is,
+in order for a font substitution to be applied, its attribute set
+doesn't need to match the current font attribute set exactly, it can
+just be a subset of the font attribute set. For example, if a font
+substitution is defined to apply to the set of two attributes
address@hidden and @samp{OT1}, the substitution will also apply to any
+of the following attribute sets:
+
address@hidden
address@hidden @samp{CMRoman}, @samp{OT1}, @samp{upright};
address@hidden @samp{CMRoman}, @samp{OT1}, @samp{bold};
address@hidden @samp{CMRoman}, @samp{OT1}, @samp{upright}, @samp{bold};
address@hidden itemize
+
address@hidden
+but to none of the following:
+
address@hidden
address@hidden @samp{CMRoman};
address@hidden @samp{OT1};
address@hidden @samp{CMRoman}, @samp{upright};
address@hidden @samp{OT1}, @samp{upright}.
address@hidden itemize
+
+
+``Restrictive'' font substitutions, where attribute sets have to mach
+exactly, are (currently?) not supported.
+
+
address@hidden Other
address@hidden Other
+
address@hidden factor} is an integer equal to magnification ratio
address@hidden
+
+
address@hidden Font definition macros
address@hidden Font definition macros
+
address@hidden newfontarrs
+Font attributes can be defined with the command
+
address@hidden
+@@newfontatrrs @var{feature} @var{attribute-list}
address@hidden example
+
address@hidden
+where @var{feature} is the font feature to associate the attributes
+with, @var{attribute-list} is a comma-separated list of one or more
+attributes to define. It is not an error to define an already defined
+attribute, as long as that attribute is associated with the same font
+feature as before.
+
+For example, the following command
+
address@hidden
+@@newfontattrs encoding OT1,OMS,OML,OMX
address@hidden example
+
address@hidden
+defines the classic @TeX{} font encodings. After the above
+definition, the following command will be valid:
+
address@hidden
+@@newfontattrs encoding OT1,T1
address@hidden example
+
address@hidden
+but the following command will generate an error (feature names are
+case-sensitive):
+
address@hidden
+@@newfontattrs Encoding OT1
address@hidden example
+
address@hidden newfont
+A font can be defined with the command
+
address@hidden
+@@newfont @var{scale} @var{font} @var{size}
@var{lskip}[,@var{reduced},@var{small},@var{smaller}] address@hidden
address@hidden example
+
address@hidden
+Here optional parts are in square brackets. The arguments are as
+follows:
+
address@hidden @var
address@hidden scale
+Font's relative scaling factor (see below).
+
address@hidden font
+Font file name (e.g., @file{cmr10}).
+
address@hidden size
+Design size of the font (see below) specified as a @TeX{} dimension or
+a number (in which case @TeX{} points are assumed).
+
address@hidden lskip
+Recommended line skip scaling factor which will be multiplied by the
+selected font size to get the actual line skip.
+
address@hidden reduced
+Scaling factor for a reduced-size font (``one size smaller''), used
+for acronyms. Default is 909 (10/11).
+
address@hidden small
+Scaling factor for a small-size font (``two sizes smaller''), used
+for indices, footnotes, small examples, etc. Default is 818 (9/11).
+
address@hidden smaller
+Scaling factor for an even-smaller-size font (``three sizes
+smaller''), used for superscripts, subscripts, the @LaTeX{} logo, etc.
+Default is 727 (8/11).
+
address@hidden attr-list
+List of attributes to associate with the font. If omitted, attributes
+from the last @code{@@newfont} command are applied.
address@hidden table
+
address@hidden scheme doesn't provide for situation when we want different
address@hidden, @var{small} and @var{smaller} settings for the same
+font for different size ranges.}
+
+
address@hidden scaling factor, of a font
address@hidden font scaling factor
+Different font families have different notions of font size. For
+example, Bera fonts at address@hidden look much bigger than Computer
+Modern fonts at address@hidden When mixing fonts and font families,
+their sizes must be scaled to achieve visual uniformity. This is what
+the relative scaling factor (the first argument of @code{@@newfont})
+is for---it specifies the scaling factor which needs to be applied to
+a font to match a corresponding font from the Computer Modern
+collection of fonts (which are the default fonts of Texinfo).
+
address@hidden it makes better sense to specify @var{scale} for the entire
+family and not for individual fonts. Not sure if fonts from the same
+family would ever need different scaling factors. One (hypothetical?)
+case I can think of is when a font family provides fonts at several
+design sizes, and those design sizes scale differently to the
+corresponding Computer Modern design sizes, so each design size has to
+be tweaked individually.}
+
address@hidden design size, of a font
address@hidden size, design, of a font
address@hidden font design size
+Each font has a @dfn{design size}, which is the size in which the
+designer intended the font to be displayed (the @var{size} argument of
address@hidden@@newfont}). To produce a font in a size other than the design
+size, Texinfo can scale a font. Many font families provide fonts in
+only one design size, usually address@hidden When fonts are provided in
+several design sizes, it is best to define all the provided design
+sizes.
+
+For example, Computer Modern Roman font family provides five design
+sizes (address@hidden, address@hidden, address@hidden, address@hidden and
address@hidden) for
+the italic medium-weight face, but only one design size (address@hidden)
+for the upright caps and small caps face. The font encoding for both
+faces is @acronym{OT1}. Therefore, part of the definition of the
+CMRoman font family dealing with italic and caps and small caps faces
+might look like the following:
+
address@hidden
+@@newfontattrs family CMRoman
+@@newfontattrs encoding OT1
+@@newfontattrs slant upright,italic
+@@newfontattrs caps normalcaps,capssmallcaps
+
+@@newfont 1000 cmti7 7 1350 CMRoman,OT1,italic,normalcaps
+@@newfont 1000 cmti8 8 1300
+@@newfont 1000 cmti9 9 1250,1
+@@newfont 1000 cmti10 10 1200
+@@newfont 1000 cmti12 12 1150
+@@newfont 1000 cmcsc10 10 1200 CMRoman,OT1,upright,capssmallcaps
address@hidden example
+
+
address@hidden Font selection macros
address@hidden Font selection macros
+
address@hidden setfont
address@hidden setting current attributes list
address@hidden current attributes list, setting
address@hidden setting a font
address@hidden selecting a font
address@hidden font, setting
address@hidden font, selecting
+The @code{@@setfont} command sets the current attribute list and then
+selects the font associated with that list:
+
address@hidden
+@@address@hidden@address@hidden
address@hidden example
+
address@hidden modfont
+If you don't want to specify all attributes but just want to add
+certain attributes to the current attribute list and/or remove
+attributes for certain features, use the command
+
address@hidden
+@@address@hidden@address@hidden@address@hidden@}
address@hidden example
+
address@hidden
+Any attributes corresponding to features from @var{feature-list} will
+be removed from the current attribute list, attributes from
address@hidden will be added to it, and the resulting attribute
+list will be used by Texinfo to select a font.
+
+
address@hidden
+* Relative font scaling::
address@hidden menu
+
address@hidden Relative font scaling
address@hidden Relative font scaling
+
address@hidden scaling of fonts
address@hidden fontbasescale
+By default, all fonts are scaled to match the Computer Modern fonts,
+and the Computer Modern fonts come out at their ``natural'' sizes.
+This happens when base font scaling factor is set to 1000, the
+relative scaling factor of the Computer Modern fonts. You can set a
+different base scaling factor using the command
+
address@hidden
+@@fontbasescale @var{scale}
address@hidden example
+
address@hidden
+If @var{scale} is omitted, the current font's relative scaling factor
+will be used.
+
+
address@hidden Font substitution macros
address@hidden Font substitution macros
+
+Each font substitution consists of three sets: filter (set of
+attributes), removed features (set of features) and added attributes
+(set of attributes). When selecting a font, Texinfo applies the list
+of defined substitutions to the current attribute list, and uses the
+resulting attribute list to selects a font.
+
+ examines each substitution in turn, applying
+those whose filter matches the current attribute list (i.e., those
+whose filter contains each attribute from the list) to the result of
+the previous substitutions on the current attribute list. The
+resulting attribute list as used to select a font.
+
+To add a substitution to the head of the substitution list, use the
+command
+
address@hidden
+@@fontsubstpre address@hidden address@hidden address@hidden
address@hidden example
+
+The following command adds a substitution to the tail of the
+substitution list:
address@hidden
+@@fontsubstpost address@hidden address@hidden address@hidden
address@hidden example
+
+
address@hidden Font collections
address@hidden Font collections
+
address@hidden@@declarefontcollection}
+
address@hidden@@fontcollection}
+
+
address@hidden
+* Font styles::
+* Font style selection::
+* Font styles for document elements::
address@hidden menu
+
address@hidden Font styles
address@hidden Font styles
+
address@hidden font styles
address@hidden styles, fonts
+Font styles are a way to apply one of the defined font families to the
+text. It is possible to specify font styles for the various elements
+of a document individually, such as body text, page headings and
+footings, table of contents, indexes, and chapter, section, subsection
+and sub-subsection titles.
+
address@hidden
+* Font style selection::
+* Font styles for document elements::
address@hidden menu
+
+
address@hidden Font style selection
address@hidden Font style selection
+
+Below are the styles defined by Texinfo, with the corresponding
+default meanings and commands which select them. All the style
+commands take a single argument in braces and typeset it according to
+font attributes specified for the style.
+
address@hidden @samp
address@hidden serif
address@hidden serif
+serifed fonts (CMRoman), applied with @code{@@serif}.
+
address@hidden sansserif
address@hidden sans
+sans serif fonts (CMSans), applied with @code{@@sansserif}.
+
address@hidden t
address@hidden mono
+monospace fonts (CMMono), applied with @code{@@t}.
+
address@hidden r
address@hidden default
+fonts used in absence of any style switches, and applied with
address@hidden@@r} (CMRoman).
+
address@hidden math
+fonts used in math mode (CMMath), no explicit switches.
address@hidden table
+
+For example, the command
+
address@hidden
+@@address@hidden@}
address@hidden example
+
address@hidden
+typesets @samp{text} using the @samp{sans} font style (which results
+in a sans serif font by default).
+
+
address@hidden Font styles for document elements
address@hidden Font styles for document elements
+
+It is possible to customize each of the above styles separately for
+each element of the document. Texinfo associates styles with the
+following elements:
+
address@hidden @samp
address@hidden *
+Default, used for body text. Attributes from this `element' are also
+inherited by other elements, unless those elements redefine them.
+
address@hidden heading
address@hidden footing
+Page headings and footings.
+
address@hidden toc
+The table of contents.
+
address@hidden shorttoc
+The short table of contents.
+
address@hidden shorttocchapter
+Chapters in the short table of contents.
+
address@hidden index
+Indexes.
+
address@hidden indexinitials
+Initials in the index.
+
address@hidden title
+Document title.
+
address@hidden chapter
address@hidden section
address@hidden subsection
address@hidden subsubsection
+Chapter, section, subsection and sub-subsection titles.
address@hidden table
+
address@hidden fontfamily
+To associate a font family with a particular style for a particular
+document element, use the following command:
+
address@hidden
+@@fontfamily @var{element} @var{style} @var{family}
address@hidden example
+
address@hidden fontaxes
+To specify which font axes should be used, use the command
+
address@hidden
+@@fontaxes @var{element} @var{style} @var{axes}
address@hidden example
+
address@hidden
+where @var{axes} is a comma-separated list of axes, or a single
address@hidden if none.
+
address@hidden fontsize
address@hidden fontshape
address@hidden fontweight
+The following commands will set font size, shape and weight to be used
+for a document element:
+
address@hidden
+@@fontsize @var{element} @var{point-size}
+@@fontshape @var{element} @var{shape}
+@@fontweight @var{element} @var{weight}
address@hidden example
+
address@hidden unsetfonts
+Before you start defining font attributes for the styles, it might be
+a good idea to @code{@@unsetfonts}, which unsets all font attribute
+definitions except the defaults, which are set as follows:
+
address@hidden
+@@fontfamily * default CMRoman
+@@fontfamily * serif CMRoman
+@@fontfamily * sans CMSans
+@@fontfamily * mono CMMono
+@@fontfamily * math CMMath
+
+@@fontaxes * default .
+@@fontaxes * serif .
+@@fontaxes * sans .
+@@fontaxes * mono .
+@@fontaxes * math .
+
+@@fontsize * 11
+@@fontweight * m
+@@fontshape * n
address@hidden example
+
address@hidden setfonts
address@hidden resetfonts
+After you have finished specifying font attributes for the styles, you
+should activate them with @code{@@setfonts}. To revert to the default
+styles, call @code{@@resetfonts}.
+
+Below is a complete example of a document style specification.
+
address@hidden
+@@c Use Computer Modern fonts with no axes (the defaults).
+@@unsetfonts
+
+@@c The body text will be 12pt medium-weight upright font.
+@@fontsize * 12
+
+@@c Page headings are in a smaller italic font; footings are in
+@@c smaller upright.
+@@fontsize heading 10
+@@fontshape heading it
+@@fontsize footing 10
+
+@@c TOC is in the default face and smaller; indexes are in the default
+@@c face and even smaller.
+@@fontsize toc 11
+@@fontsize index 10
+
+@@c Font attributes for the title. We are not going to use @@serif,
+@@c @@sans, etc., so we don't care about non-default styles.
+@@fontfamily title * SomeFunkyFontFamily
+@@fontaxes title * of,pf
+@@fontsize title 20
+@@fontweight title bx
+@@fontshape title it
+
+@@c Use sans fonts for chapters, sections and subsections. We exchange
+@@c the meanings of @@sans and @@serif.
+
+@@fontfamily chapter * CMSans
+@@fontfamily chapter serif CMSans
+@@fontfamily chapter sans CMRoman
+@@fontfamily chapter math CMBrightMath
+@@fontsize chapter 17
+
+@@fontfamily section * CMSans
+@@fontfamily section serif CMSans
+@@fontfamily section sans CMRoman
+@@fontfamily section math CMBrightMath
+@@fontsize section 14
+
+@@fontfamily subsection * CMSans
+@@fontfamily subsection serif CMSans
+@@fontfamily subsection sans CMRoman
+@@fontfamily subsection math CMBrightMath
+@@fontsize subsection 12
+
+@@c Don't forget to activate the styles.
+@@setfonts
address@hidden example
+
+
address@hidden Input encodings
address@hidden Input encodings
+
+
address@hidden Font encodings
address@hidden Font encodings
+
+
address@hidden Index
address@hidden Index
+
address@hidden cp
+
+
address@hidden
+
address@hidden Local variables:
address@hidden compile-command: "texi2pdf texifont.txi && xpdf -remote key
-raise -reload"
address@hidden End:
Index: contrib/texifont/tests/Makefile
===================================================================
RCS file: contrib/texifont/tests/Makefile
diff -N contrib/texifont/tests/Makefile
--- /dev/null 1 Jan 1970 00:00:00 -0000
+++ contrib/texifont/tests/Makefile 2 Jan 2013 01:00:33 -0000 1.1
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+TEX=tex
+DIFF=diff
+
+define run_test
+$(TEX) address@hidden 2>&1 \
+ | $(DIFF) -u -I '^This is TeX, Version 3\..*' address@hidden -
+endef
+
+$(foreach target,newfont subst,$def_test)
+
+define def_test
+all: $(target)
+$(target)::
+ $(run_test)
+endef
+
+#.PHONY: all
+#
+#$(call def_test,newfont)
+#
+#all: newfont
+#
+#all: subst
+#
+#newfont::
+# $(run_test)
+#
+#subst::
+# $(run_test)
Index: contrib/texifont/tests/newfont.out
===================================================================
RCS file: contrib/texifont/tests/newfont.out
diff -N contrib/texifont/tests/newfont.out
--- /dev/null 1 Jan 1970 00:00:00 -0000
+++ contrib/texifont/tests/newfont.out 2 Jan 2013 01:00:33 -0000 1.1
@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
+This is TeX, Version 3.141592 (Web2C 7.5.6)
+(./newfont.tex (../fattr.tex (/usr/share/texmf-texlive/tex/eplain/eplain.tex))
+
+**** Simple font defs.
+17: Started font def with "\do 8.0pt 1000 {a8}".
+
+18: Updated font def to "\do 8.0pt 1000 {a8}\do 10.0pt 1000 {a10}".
+
+19: Updated font def to "\do 8.0pt 1000 {a8}\do 10.0pt 1000 {a10}\do 12.0pt 100
+0 {a12}".
+
+21: Warning: Replacing font "a12" (address@hidden) with font "b12"
(address@hidden).
+
+21: Updated font def to "\do 8.0pt 1000 {a8}\do 10.0pt 1000 {a10}\do 12.0pt 100
+0 {b12}".
+
+22: Warning: Replacing font "a10" (address@hidden) with font "b10"
(address@hidden).
+
+22: Updated font def to "\do 8.0pt 1000 {a8}\do 10.0pt 1000 {b10}\do 12.0pt 100
+0 {b12}".
+
+23: Warning: Replacing font "a8" (address@hidden) with font "b8"
(address@hidden).
+
+23: Updated font def to "\do 8.0pt 1000 {b8}\do 10.0pt 1000 {b10}\do 12.0pt 100
+0 {b12}".
+**** Simple font defs with mag factor variations.
+
+27: Started font def with "\do 12.0pt 1000 {c12}".
+
+28: Updated font def to "\do 8.0pt 1000 {c8}\do 12.0pt 1000 {c12}".
+
+29: Updated font def to "\do 8.0pt 1000 {c8}\do 10.0pt 1000 {c10}\do 12.0pt 100
+0 {c12}".
+
+31: Updated font def to "\do 8.0pt 1000 {c8}\do 10.0pt 1000 {c10}\do 10.0pt 120
+0 {c10}\do 12.0pt 1000 {c12}".
+
+32: Updated font def to "\do 8.0pt 1000 {c8}\do 10.0pt 1000 {c10}\do 10.0pt 120
+0 {c10}\do 12.0pt 1000 {c12}\do 12.0pt 1100 {c12}".
+
+33: Updated font def to "\do 8.0pt 1000 {c8}\do 10.0pt 1000 {c10}\do 8.0pt 1300
+ {c8}\do 10.0pt 1200 {c10}\do 12.0pt 1000 {c12}\do 12.0pt 1100 {c12}".
+
+**** Same design size and mag factor, different feature sets.
+
+37: Started font def with "\do 10.0pt 1000 {d10}".
+
+38: Started font def with "\do 10.0pt 1000 {d10}".
+
+39: Started font def with "\do 10.0pt 1000 {d10}".
+
+40: Started font def with "\do 10.0pt 1000 {d10}".
+
+41: Started font def with "\do 10.0pt 1000 {d10}".
+
+42: Started font def with "\do 10.0pt 1000 {d10}".
+
+**** Same design size, different mag factors.
+
+46: Started font def with "\do 10.0pt 1000 {e1.0}".
+
+47: Updated font def to "\do 10.0pt 1000 {e1.0}\do 10.0pt 1400 {e1.4}".
+
+48: Updated font def to "\do 10.0pt 800 {e0.8}\do 10.0pt 1000 {e1.0}\do 10.0pt
+1400 {e1.4}".
+50: Started font def with "\do 10.0pt 1000 {f1.0}".
+
+51: Updated font def to "\do 10.0pt 800 {f0.8}\do 10.0pt 1000 {f1.0}".
+
+52: Updated font def to "\do 10.0pt 800 {f0.8}\do 10.0pt 1000 {f1.0}\do 10.0pt
+1400 {f1.4}".
+
+53: Updated font def to "\do 10.0pt 800 {f0.8}\do 10.0pt 1000 {f1.0}\do 10.0pt
+1200 {f1.2}\do 10.0pt 1400 {f1.4}". )
+No pages of output.
+Transcript written on newfont.log.
Index: contrib/texifont/tests/newfont.tex
===================================================================
RCS file: contrib/texifont/tests/newfont.tex
diff -N contrib/texifont/tests/newfont.tex
--- /dev/null 1 Jan 1970 00:00:00 -0000
+++ contrib/texifont/tests/newfont.tex 2 Jan 2013 01:00:34 -0000 1.1
@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
+\input ../fattr
+
+\ftracelevel=3
+
+\newfontattr family Fam1
+\newfontattr family Fam2
+\newfontattr family Fam3
+\newfontattr encoding Enc1
+\newfontattr encoding Enc2
+\newfontattr encoding Enc3
+\newfontattr encoding Enc4
+\newfontattr slant Slant1
+\newfontattr slant Slant2
+
+\message{^^J**** Simple font defs.}
+
+\newfont 8 1000 a8 Fam1
+\newfont 10 1000 a10 Fam1
+\newfont 12 1000 a12 Fam1
+
+\newfont 12 1000 b12 Fam1
+\newfont 10 1000 b10 Fam1
+\newfont 8 1000 b8 Fam1
+
+\message{^^J**** Simple font defs with mag factor variations.}
+
+\newfont 12 1000 c12 Fam1,Enc1
+\newfont 8 1000 c8 Enc1,Fam1
+\newfont 10 1000 c10 Fam1,Enc1
+
+\newfont 10 1200 c10 Fam1,Enc1
+\newfont 12 1100 c12 Fam1,Enc1
+\newfont 8 1300 c8 Fam1,Enc1
+
+\message{^^J**** Same design size and mag factor, different feature sets.}
+
+\newfont 10 1000 d10 Fam2
+\newfont 10 1000 d10 Fam2,Enc2
+\newfont 10 1000 d10 Fam1,Enc2
+\newfont 10 1000 d10 Fam1,Enc3
+\newfont 10 1000 d10 Fam1,Enc2,Slant1
+\newfont 10 1000 d10 Fam1,Slant2,Enc2
+
+\message{^^J**** Same design size, different mag factors.}
+
+\newfont 10 1000 e1.0 Fam3
+\newfont 10 1400 e1.4 Fam3
+\newfont 10 800 e0.8 Fam3
+
+\newfont 10 1000 f1.0 Fam3,Enc4
+\newfont 10 800 f0.8 Fam3,Enc4
+\newfont 10 1400 f1.4 Fam3,Enc4
+\newfont 10 1200 f1.2 Fam3,Enc4
+
+\bye
Index: contrib/texifont/tests/subst.tex
===================================================================
RCS file: contrib/texifont/tests/subst.tex
diff -N contrib/texifont/tests/subst.tex
--- /dev/null 1 Jan 1970 00:00:00 -0000
+++ contrib/texifont/tests/subst.tex 2 Jan 2013 01:00:34 -0000 1.1
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+\input ../fattr
+
+\ftracelevel=3
+
+\newfontattr family Fam1
+\newfontattr family Fam2
+\newfontattr family Fam3
+\newfontattr encoding Enc1
+\newfontattr encoding Enc2
+\newfontattr encoding Enc3
+\newfontattr encoding Enc4
+\newfontattr slant Slant1
+\newfontattr slant Slant2
+\newfontattr slant Slant3
+\newfontattr slant Slant4
+
+\fontsubstpre = Fam1
+ - slant
+ + Enc1
+
+\bye
Index: util/deref.c
===================================================================
RCS file: util/deref.c
diff -N util/deref.c
--- util/deref.c 1 Jul 2007 21:20:33 -0000 1.3
+++ /dev/null 1 Jan 1970 00:00:00 -0000
@@ -1,208 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * deref.c
- *
- * Make all texinfo references into the one argument form.
- *
- * Arnold Robbins
- * address@hidden
- * Written: December, 1991
- * Released: November, 1998
- *
- * Copyright 1991, 1998 Arnold David Robbins
- *
- * DEREF is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
- * (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * DEREF is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
- */
-
-/*
- * LIMITATIONS:
- * One texinfo cross reference per line.
- * Cross references may not cross newlines.
- * Use of fgets for input (to be fixed).
- */
-
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <ctype.h>
-#include <errno.h>
-
-/* for gcc on the 3B1, delete if this gives you grief */
-extern int fclose(FILE *fp);
-extern int fprintf(FILE *fp, const char *str, ...);
-/* extern int sprintf(char *str, const char *fmt, ...); */
-extern int fputs(char *buf, FILE *fp);
-
-extern char *strerror(int errno);
-extern char *strchr(char *cp, int ch);
-extern int strncmp(const char *s1, const char *s2, int count);
-
-extern int errno;
-
-void process(FILE *fp);
-void repair(char *line, char *ref, int toffset);
-
-int Errs = 0;
-char *Name = "stdin";
-int Line = 0;
-char *Me;
-
-/* main --- handle arguments, global vars for errors */
-
-int
-main(int argc, char **argv)
-{
- FILE *fp;
-
- Me = argv[0];
-
- if (argc == 1)
- process(stdin);
- else
- for (argc--, argv++; *argv != NULL; argc--, argv++) {
- if (argv[0][0] == '-' && argv[0][1] == '\0') {
- Name = "stdin";
- Line = 0;
- process(stdin);
- } else if ((fp = fopen(*argv, "r")) != NULL) {
- Name = *argv;
- Line = 0;
- process(fp);
- fclose(fp);
- } else {
- fprintf(stderr, "%s: can not open: %s\n",
- *argv, strerror(errno));
- Errs++;
- }
- }
- return Errs != 0;
-}
-
-/* isref --- decide if we've seen a texinfo cross reference */
-
-int
-isref(char *cp)
-{
- if (strncmp(cp, "@ref{", 5) == 0)
- return 5;
- if (strncmp(cp, "@xref{", 6) == 0)
- return 6;
- if (strncmp(cp, "@pxref{", 7) == 0)
- return 7;
- return 0;
-}
-
-/* process --- read files, look for references, fix them up */
-
-void
-process(FILE *fp)
-{
- char buf[BUFSIZ];
- char *cp;
- int count;
-
- while (fgets(buf, sizeof buf, fp) != NULL) {
- Line++;
- cp = strchr(buf, '@');
- if (cp == NULL) {
- fputs(buf, stdout);
- continue;
- }
- do {
- count = isref(cp);
- if (count == 0) {
- cp++;
- cp = strchr(cp, '@');
- if (cp == NULL) {
- fputs(buf, stdout);
- goto next;
- }
- continue;
- }
- /* got one */
- repair(buf, cp, count);
- break;
- } while (cp != NULL);
- next: ;
- }
-}
-
-/* repair --- turn all texinfo cross references into the one argument form */
-
-void
-repair(char *line, char *ref, int toffset)
-{
- int braces = 1; /* have seen first left brace */
- char *cp;
-
- ref += toffset;
-
- /* output line up to and including left brace in reference */
- for (cp = line; cp <= ref; cp++)
- putchar(*cp);
-
- /* output node name */
- for (; *cp && *cp != '}' && *cp != ',' && *cp != '\n'; cp++)
- putchar(*cp);
-
- if (*cp != '}') { /* could have been one arg xref */
- /* skip to matching right brace */
- for (; braces > 0; cp++) {
- switch (*cp) {
- case '@':
- cp++; /* blindly skip next character */
- break;
- case '{':
- braces++;
- break;
- case '}':
- braces--;
- break;
- case '\n':
- case '\0':
- Errs++;
- fprintf(stderr,
- "%s: %s: %d: mismatched braces\n",
- Me, Name, Line);
- goto out;
- default:
- break;
- }
- }
- out:
- ;
- }
-
- putchar('}');
- if (*cp == '}')
- cp++;
-
- /* now the rest of the line */
- for (; *cp; cp++)
- putchar(*cp);
- return;
-}
-
-/* strerror --- return error string, delete if in your library */
-
-char *
-strerror(int errno)
-{
- static char buf[100];
- extern int sys_nerr;
- extern char *sys_errlist[];
-
- if (errno < sys_nerr && errno >= 0)
- return sys_errlist[errno];
-
- sprintf(buf, "unknown error %d", errno);
- return buf;
-}
Index: util/fix-info-dir
===================================================================
RCS file: util/fix-info-dir
diff -N util/fix-info-dir
--- util/fix-info-dir 1 Feb 2003 14:18:59 -0000 1.2
+++ /dev/null 1 Jan 1970 00:00:00 -0000
@@ -1,317 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/sh
-#fix-info-dir (GNU texinfo)
-VERSION=1.1
-#Copyright (C) 1998, 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-#fix-info-dir comes with NO WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law.
-#You may redistribute copies of fix-info-dir
-#under the terms of the GNU General Public License.
-#For more information about these matters, see the files named COPYING."
-#fix-info-dir was derived from update-info and gen-dir-node
-# The skeleton file contains info topic names in the
-# order they should appear in the output. There are three special
-# lines that alter the behavior: a line consisting of just "--" causes
-# the next line to be echoed verbatim to the output. A line
-# containing just "%%" causes all the remaining filenames (wildcards
-# allowed) in the rest of the file to be ignored. A line containing
-# just "!!" exits the script when reached (unless preceded by a line
-# containing just "--").
-#Author: Richard L. Hawes, address@hidden
-
-# ###SECTION 1### Constants
-set -h 2>/dev/null
-# ENVIRONMENT
-if test -z "$TMPDIR"; then
- TMPDIR="/usr/tmp"
-fi
-if test -z "$LINENO"; then
- LINENO="0"
-fi
-
-MENU_BEGIN='^\*\([ ]\)\{1,\}Menu:'
-MENU_ITEM='^\* ([^ ]).*:([ ])+\('
-MENU_FILTER1='s/^\*\([ ]\)\{1,\}/* /'
-MENU_FILTER2='s/\([ ]\)\{1,\}$//g'
-
-TMP_FILE1="${TMPDIR}/fx${$}.info"
-TMP_FILE2="${TMPDIR}/fy${$}.info"
-TMP_FILE_LIST="$TMP_FILE1 $TMP_FILE2"
-
-TRY_HELP_MSG="Try --help for more information"
-
-# ###SECTION 100### main program
-#variables set by options
-CREATE_NODE=""
-DEBUG=":"
-MODE=""
-#
-Total="0"
-Changed=""
-
-while test "$*"; do
- case "$1" in
- -c|--create) CREATE_NODE="y";;
- --debug) set -eux; DEBUG="set>&2";;
- -d|--delete) MODE="Detect_Invalid";;
- +d);;
- --version)
-cat<<VersionEOF
-fix-info-dir (GNU Texinfo) $VERSION
-Copyright (C) 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-fix-info-dir comes with NO WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law.
-You may redistribute copies of fix-info-dir
-under the terms of the GNU General Public License.
-For more information about these matters, see the files named COPYING.
-Author: Richard L. Hawes
-VersionEOF
- exit;;
-
- --help)
-cat<<HelpEndOfFile
-Usage: fix-info-dir [OPTION]... [INFO_DIR/[DIR_FILE]] [SKELETON]
-
-It detects and inserts missing menu items into the info dir file.
-The info dir must be the current directory.
-
-Options:
--c, --create create a new info node
--d, --delete delete invalid menu items (ignore missing menu items)
- --debug print debug information to standard error path
- --help print this help message and exit
- --version print current version and exit
-Backup of the info node has a '.old' suffix added. This is a shell script.
-Environment Variables: TMPDIR
-Email bug reports to address@hidden
-HelpEndOfFile
- exit;;
-
- [-+]*) echo "$0:$LINENO: \"$1\" is not a valid option">&2
- echo "$TRY_HELP_MSG">&2
- exit 2;;
- *) break;;
- esac
- shift
-done
-
-ORIGINAL_DIR=`pwd`
-
-if test "$#" -gt "0"; then
- INFO_DIR="$1"
- shift
-else
- INFO_DIR=$DEFAULT_INFO_DIR
-fi
-
-if test ! -d "${INFO_DIR}"; then
- DIR_FILE=`basename ${INFO_DIR}`;
- INFO_DIR=`dirname ${INFO_DIR}`;
-else
- DIR_FILE="dir"
-fi
-
-cd "$INFO_DIR"||exit
-
-
-if test "$CREATE_NODE"; then
- if test "$#" -gt "0"; then
- if test `expr $1 : /` = '1'; then
- SKELETON="$1"
- else
- SKELETON="$ORIGINAL_DIR/$1"
- fi
- if test ! -r "$SKELETON" && test -f "$SKELETON"; then
- echo "$0:$LINENO: $SKELETON is not readable">&2
- exit 2
- fi
- shift
- else
- SKELETON=/dev/null
-
- fi
-else
- if test ! -f "$DIR_FILE"; then
- echo "$0:$LINENO: $DIR_FILE is irregular or nonexistant">&2
- exit 2
- elif test ! -r "$DIR_FILE"; then
- echo "$0:$LINENO: $DIR_FILE is not readable">&2
- exit 2
- elif test ! -w "$DIR_FILE"; then
- echo "$0:$LINENO: $DIR_FILE is not writeable">&2
- exit 2
- fi
-fi
-
-if test "$#" -gt "0"; then
- echo "$0:$LINENO: Too many parameters">&2
- echo "$TRY_HELP_MSG">&2
- exit 2
-fi
-
-if test -f "$DIR_FILE"; then
- cp "$DIR_FILE" "$DIR_FILE.old"
- echo "Backed up $DIR_FILE to $DIR_FILE.old."
-fi
-
-if test "$CREATE_NODE"; then
- if test "$MODE"; then
- echo "$0:$LINENO: ERROR: Illogical option combination: -d -c">&2
- echo "$TRY_HELP_MSG">&2
- exit 2
- fi
- echo "Creating new Info Node: `pwd`/$DIR_FILE"
- Changed="y"
-
-{
-
- ### output the dir header
- echo "-*- Text -*-"
- echo "This file was generated automatically by $0."
- echo "This version was generated on `date`"
- echo "by address@hidden for `pwd`"
-
- cat<<DIR_FILE_END_OF_FILE
-This is the file .../info/$DIR_FILE, which contains the topmost node of the
-Info hierarchy. The first time you invoke Info you start off
-looking at that node, which is ($DIR_FILE)Top.
-
-
-File: $DIR_FILE Node: Top This is the top of the INFO tree
-
- This (the Directory node) gives a menu of major topics.
- Typing "q" exits, "?" lists all Info commands, "d" returns here,
- "h" gives a primer for first-timers,
- "mEmacs<Return>" visits the Emacs topic, etc.
-
- In Emacs, you can click mouse button 2 on a menu item or cross reference
- to select it.
-
-* Menu: The list of major topics begins on the next line.
-
-DIR_FILE_END_OF_FILE
-
-### go through the list of files in the skeleton. If an info file
-### exists, grab the ENTRY information from it. If an entry exists
-### use it, otherwise create a minimal $DIR_FILE entry.
-
- # Read one line from the file. This is so that we can echo lines with
- # whitespace and quoted characters in them.
- while read fileline; do
- # flag fancy features
- if test ! -z "$echoline"; then # echo line
- echo "$fileline"
- echoline=""
- continue
- elif test "${fileline}" = "--"; then
- # echo the next line
- echoline="1"
- continue
- elif test "${fileline}" = "%%"; then
- # skip remaining files listed in skeleton file
- skip="1"
- continue
- elif test "${fileline}" = "!!"; then
- # quit now
- break
- fi
-
- # handle files if they exist
- for file in $fileline""; do
- fname=
- if test -z "$file"; then
- break
- fi
- # Find the file to operate upon.
- if test -r "$file"; then
- fname="$file"
- elif test -r "${file}.info"; then
- fname="${file}.info"
- elif test -r "${file}.gz"; then
- fname="${file}.gz"
- elif test -r "${file}.info.gz"; then
- fname="${file}.info.gz"
- else
- echo "$0:$LINENO: can't find info file for
${file}?">&2
- continue
- fi
-
- # if we found something and aren't skipping, do the
entry
- if test "$skip"; then
- continue
- fi
-
- infoname=`echo $file|sed -e 's/.info$//'`
- entry=`zcat -f $fname|\
- sed -e '1,/START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY/d'\
- -e '/END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY/,$d'`
- if [ ! -z "${entry}" ]; then
- echo "${entry}"
- else
- echo "* ${infoname}: (${infoname})."
- fi
- Total=`expr "$Total" + "1"`
- done
- done
-}>$DIR_FILE<$SKELETON
-fi
-
-trap ' eval "$DEBUG"; rm -f $TMP_FILE_LIST; exit ' 0
-trap ' rm -f $TMP_FILE_LIST
- exit ' 1
-trap ' rm -f $TMP_FILE_LIST
- echo "$0:$LINENO: received INT signal.">&2
- exit ' 2
-trap ' rm -f $TMP_FILE_LIST
- echo "$0:$LINENO: received QUIT signal.">&2
- exit ' 3
-
-sed -e "1,/$MENU_BEGIN/d" -e "$MENU_FILTER1" -e "$MENU_FILTER2"<$DIR_FILE\
-|sed -n -e '/\* /{
-s/).*$//g
-s/\.gz$//
-s/\.info$//
-s/^.*(//p
-}'|sort -u>$TMP_FILE1
-ls -F|sed -e '/\/$/d' -e '/[-.][0-9]/d'\
- -e "/^$DIR_FILE\$/d" -e "/^$DIR_FILE.old\$/d"\
- -e 's/address@hidden//' -e 's/\.gz$//' -e 's/\.info$//'|sort>$TMP_FILE2
-
-if test -z "$MODE"; then
- #Detect Missing
- DONE_MSG="total menu item(s) were inserted into `pwd`/$DIR_FILE"
- for Info_Name in `comm -13 $TMP_FILE1 $TMP_FILE2`; do
- if test -r "$Info_Name"; then
- Info_File="$Info_Name"
- elif test -r "${Info_Name}.info"; then
- Info_File="${Info_Name}.info"
- elif test -r "${Info_Name}.gz"; then
- Info_File="${Info_Name}.gz"
- elif test -r "${Info_Name}.info.gz"; then
- Info_File="${Info_Name}.info.gz"
- else
- echo "$0:$LINENO: can't find info file for
${Info_Name}?">&2
- continue
- fi
- Changed="y"
- if install-info $Info_File $DIR_FILE; then
- Total=`expr "$Total" + "1"`
- fi
- done
-else
- # Detect Invalid
- DONE_MSG="total invalid menu item(s) were removed from `pwd`/$DIR_FILE"
- for Info_Name in `comm -23 $TMP_FILE1 $TMP_FILE2`; do
- Changed="y"
- if install-info --remove $Info_Name $DIR_FILE; then
- Total=`expr "$Total" + "1"`
- fi
- done
-fi
-
-# print summary
-if test "$Changed"; then
- echo "$Total $DONE_MSG"
-else
- echo "Nothing to do"
-fi
-rm -f $TMP_FILE_LIST
-eval "$DEBUG"
-exit 0
Index: util/fixfonts
===================================================================
RCS file: util/fixfonts
diff -N util/fixfonts
--- util/fixfonts 25 Aug 2002 23:38:39 -0000 1.1
+++ /dev/null 1 Jan 1970 00:00:00 -0000
@@ -1,84 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/sh
-# Make links named `lcircle10' for all TFM and GF/PK files, if no
-# lcircle10 files already exist.
-
-# Don't override definition of prefix and/or libdir if they are
-# already defined in the environment.
-if test "z${prefix}" = "z" ; then
- prefix=/usr/local
-else
- # prefix may contain references to other variables, thanks to make.
- eval prefix=\""${prefix}"\"
-fi
-
-if test "z${libdir}" = "z" ; then
- libdir="${prefix}/lib/tex"
-else
- # libdir may contain references to other variables, thanks to make.
- eval libdir=\""${libdir}"\"
-fi
-
-texlibdir="${libdir}"
-texfontdir="${texlibdir}/fonts"
-
-# Directories for the different font formats, in case they're not all
-# stored in one place.
-textfmdir="${textfmdir-${texfontdir}}"
-texpkdir="${texpkdir-${texfontdir}}"
-texgfdir="${texgfdir-${texfontdir}}"
-
-test "z${TMPDIR}" = "z" && TMPDIR="/tmp"
-
-tempfile="${TMPDIR}/circ$$"
-tempfile2="${TMPDIR}/circ2$$"
-
-# EXIT SIGHUP SIGINT SIGQUIT SIGTERM
-#trap 'rm -f "${tempfile}" "${tempfile2}"' 0 1 2 3 15
-
-# Find all the fonts with names that include `circle'.
-(cd "${texfontdir}"; find . -name '*circle*' -print > "${tempfile}")
-
-# If they have lcircle10.tfm, assume everything is there, and quit.
-if grep 'lcircle10\.tfm' "${tempfile}" > /dev/null 2>&1 ; then
- echo "Found lcircle10.tfm."
- exit 0
-fi
-
-# No TFM file for lcircle. Make a link to circle10.tfm if it exists,
-# and then make a link to the bitmap files.
-grep 'circle10\.tfm' "${tempfile}" > "${tempfile2}" \
- || {
- echo "I can't find any circle fonts in ${texfontdir}.
-If it isn't installed somewhere else, you need to get the Metafont sources
-from somewhere, e.g., labrea.stanford.edu:pub/tex/latex/circle10.mf, and
-run Metafont on them."
- exit 1
- }
-
-# We have circle10.tfm. (If we have it more than once, take the first
-# one.) Make the link.
-tempfile2_line1="`sed -ne '1p;q' \"${tempfile2}\"`"
-ln "${tempfile2_line1}" "${textfmdir}/lcircle10.tfm"
-echo "Linked to ${tempfile2_line1}."
-
-# Now make a link for the PK files, if any.
-(cd "${texpkdir}"
- for f in `grep 'circle10.*pk' "${tempfile}"` ; do
- set - `echo "$f" \
- | sed -ne '/\//!s/^/.\//;s/\(.*\)\/\([^\/][^\/]*\)$/\1 \2/;p'`
- ln "$f" "${1}/l${2}"
- echo "Linked to $f."
- done
-)
-
-# And finally for the GF files.
-(cd "${texgfdir}"
- for f in `grep 'circle10.*gf' "${tempfile}"` ; do
- set - `echo "$f" \
- | sed -ne '/\//!s/^/.\//;s/\(.*\)\/\([^\/][^\/]*\)$/\1 \2/;p'`
- ln "$f" "${1}/l${2}"
- echo "Linked to $f."
- done
-)
-
-# eof
Index: util/fixref.gawk
===================================================================
RCS file: util/fixref.gawk
diff -N util/fixref.gawk
--- util/fixref.gawk 1 Jul 2007 19:06:04 -0000 1.3
+++ /dev/null 1 Jan 1970 00:00:00 -0000
@@ -1,143 +0,0 @@
-#! /usr/local/bin/gawk -f
-
-# fixref.awk --- fix xrefs in texinfo documents
-# Copyright 1991, 1998 Arnold David Robbins
-
-# FIXREF is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-# the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
-# (at your option) any later version.
-#
-# FIXREF is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
-# GNU General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-
-# Updated: Jul 21 1992 --- change unknown
-# Updated: Jul 18 1997 --- bug fix
-
-# usage: gawk -f fixref.awk input-file > output-file
-# or if you have #!: fixref.awk input-file > output-file
-
-# Limitations:
-# 1. no more than one cross reference on a line
-# 2. cross references may not cross a newline
-
-BEGIN \
-{
- # we make two passes over the file. To do that we artificially
- # tweak the argument vector to do a variable assignment
-
- if (ARGC != 2) {
- printf("usage: %s texinfo-file\n", ARGV[0]) > "/dev/stderr"
- exit 1
- }
- ARGV[2] = "pass=2"
- ARGV[3] = ARGV[1]
- ARGC = 4
-
- # examine paragraphs
- RS = ""
-
- heading =
"@(chapter|appendix|unnumbered|(appendix(sec|subsec|subsubsec))|section|subsection|subsubsection|unnumberedsec|heading|top)"
-
- pass = 1
-
- # put space between paragraphs on output
- ORS = "\n\n"
-}
-
-pass == 1 && NF == 0 { next }
-
-# pass == 1 && /@node/ \
-# bug fix 7/18/96
-pass == 1 && /address@hidden/ \
-{
- lname = name = ""
- n = split($0, lines, "\n")
- for (i = 1; i <= n; i++) {
- if (lines[i] ~ ("^" heading)) {
- sub(heading, "", lines[i])
- sub(/^[ \t]*/, "", lines[i])
- lname = lines[i]
-# printf "long name is '%s'\n", lines[i]
- } else if (lines[i] ~ /@node/) {
- sub(/@node[ \t]*/, "", lines[i])
- sub(/[ \t]*,.*$/, "", lines[i])
- name = lines[i]
-# printf "node name is '%s'\n", lines[i]
- }
- }
- if (name && lname)
- names[name] = lname
- else if (lname)
- printf("node name for %s missing!\n", lname) > "/dev/stderr"
- else
- printf("long name for %s missing!\n", name) > "/dev/stderr"
-
- if (name ~ /:/)
- printf("node `%s' contains a `:'\n", name) > "/dev/stderr"
-
- if (lname) {
- if (lname ~ /:/)
- printf("name `%s' contains a `:'\n", lname) >
"/dev/stderr"
- else if (lname ~ /,/) {
- printf("name `%s' contains a `,'\n", lname) >
"/dev/stderr"
- gsub(/,/, " ", lname)
- names[name] = lname # added 7/18/97
- }
- }
-}
-
-pass == 2 && /@(x|px)?ref{/ \
-{
- # split the paragraph into lines
- # write them out one by one after fixing them
- n = split($0, lines, "\n")
- for (i = 1; i <= n; i++)
- if (lines[i] ~ /@(x|px)?ref{/) {
- res = updateref(lines[i])
- printf "%s\n", res
- } else
- printf "%s\n", lines[i]
-
- printf "\n" # avoid ORS
- next
-}
-
-function updateref(orig, refkind, line)
-{
- line = orig # work on a copy
-
- # find the beginning of the reference
- match(line, "@(x|px)?ref{")
- refkind = substr(line, RSTART, RLENGTH)
-
- # pull out just the node name
- sub(/.*ref{/, "", line)
- sub(/}.*$/, "", line)
- sub(/,.*/, "", line)
-
-# debugging
-# printf("found ref to node '%s'\n", line) > "/dev/stderr"
-
- # If the node name and the section name are the same
- # we don't want to bother doing this.
-
- if (! (line in names)) # sanity checking
- printf("no long name for %s\n", line) > "/dev/stderr"
- else if (names[line] != line && names[line] !~ /[:,]/) {
- # build up new ref
- newref = refkind line ", ," names[line] "}"
- pat = refkind line "[^}]*}"
-
- sub(pat, newref, orig)
- }
-
- return orig
-}
-
-pass == 2 { print }
Index: util/gdoc
===================================================================
RCS file: util/gdoc
diff -N util/gdoc
--- util/gdoc 11 Apr 2004 17:56:47 -0000 1.2
+++ /dev/null 1 Jan 1970 00:00:00 -0000
@@ -1,914 +0,0 @@
-#!/usr/bin/perl
-
-## Copyright (c) 2002, 2003 Simon Josefsson ##
-## added -texinfo, -listfunc ##
-## man page revamp ##
-## various improvements ##
-## Copyright (c) 1998 Michael Zucchi, All Rights Reserved ##
-## hacked to allow -tex option --nmav ##
-## ##
-## This software falls under the GNU Public License. Please read ##
-## the COPYING file for more information ##
-
-#
-# This will read a 'c' file and scan for embedded comments in the
-# style of gnome comments (+minor extensions - see below).
-#
-# This program is modified by Nikos Mavroyanopoulos, for the gnutls
-# project.
-
-# Note: This only supports 'c'.
-
-# usage:
-# gdoc [ -docbook | -html | -text | -man | -tex | -texinfo | -listfunc ]
-# [ -sourceversion verno ] [ -includefuncprefix ] [ -bugsto address ]
-# [ -seeinfo infonode ] [ -copyright notice ] [ -verbatimcopying ]
-# [ -function funcname [ -function funcname ...] ] c file(s)s > outputfil
-e
-#
-# Set output format using one of -docbook, -html, -text, -man, -tex,
-# -texinfo, or -listfunc. Default is man.
-#
-# -sourceversion
-# Version number for source code, e.g. '1.0.4'. Used in 'man' headers.
-# Defaults to using current date.
-#
-# -includefuncprefix
-# For man pages, generate a #include <FILE.h> based on the function
-# prefix. For example, a function gss_init_sec_context will generate
-# an include statement of #include <gss.h>.
-#
-# -bugsto address
-# For man pages, include a section about reporting bugs and mention
-# the given e-mail address, e.g 'address@hidden'.
-#
-# -seeinfo infonode
-# For man pages, include a section that point to an info manual
-# for more information.
-#
-# -copyright notice
-# For man pages, include a copyright section with the given
-# notice after a preamble. Use, e.g., '2002, 2003 Simon Josefsson'.
-#
-# -verbatimcopying
-# For man pages, and when the -copyright parameter is used,
-# add a licensing statement that say verbatim copying is permitted.
-#
-# -function funcname
-# If set, then only generate documentation for the given function(s). A
-ll
-# other functions are ignored.
-#
-# c files - list of 'c' files to process
-#
-# All output goes to stdout, with errors to stderr.
-
-#
-# format of comments.
-# In the following table, (...)? signifies optional structure.
-# (...)* signifies 0 or more structure elements
-# /**
-# * function_name(:)? (- short description)?
-# (* @parameterx: (description of parameter x)?)*
-# (* a blank line)?
-# * (Description:)? (Description of function)?
-# * (Section header: (section description)? )*
-# (*)?*/
-#
-# So .. the trivial example would be:
-#
-# /**
-# * my_function
-# **/
-#
-# If the Description: header tag is ommitted, then there must be a blank line
-# after the last parameter specification.
-# e.g.
-# /**
-# * my_function - does my stuff
-# * @my_arg: its mine damnit
-# *
-# * Does my stuff explained.
-# */
-#
-# or, could also use:
-# /**
-# * my_function - does my stuff
-# * @my_arg: its mine damnit
-# * Description: Does my stuff explained.
-# */
-# etc.
-#
-# All descriptions can be multiline, apart from the short function description
-.
-#
-# All descriptive text is further processed, scanning for the following specia
-l
-# patterns, which are highlighted appropriately.
-#
-# 'funcname()' - function
-# '$ENVVAR' - environmental variable
-# '&struct_name' - name of a structure
-# '@parameter' - name of a parameter
-# '%CONST' - name of a constant.
-
-#
-# Extensions for LaTeX:
-#
-# 1. the symbol '->' will be replaced with a rightarrow
-# 2. x^y with ${x}^{y}$.
-# 3. xxx\: with xxx:
-
-use POSIX qw(strftime);
-
-# match expressions used to find embedded type information
-$type_constant = "\\\%(\\w+)";
-$type_func = "(\\w+\\(\\))";
-$type_param = "\\\@(\\w+)";
-$type_struct = "\\\&(\\w+)";
-$type_env = "(\\\$\\w+)";
-
-
-# Output conversion substitutions.
-# One for each output format
-
-# these work fairly well
-%highlights_html = ( $type_constant, "<i>\$1</i>",
- $type_func, "<b>\$1</b>",
- $type_struct, "<i>\$1</i>",
- $type_param, "<tt><b>\$1</b></tt>" );
-$blankline_html = "<p>";
-
-%highlights_texinfo = ( $type_constant, "address@hidden",
- $type_func, "address@hidden",
- $type_struct, "address@hidden",
- $type_param, "address@hidden" );
-$blankline_texinfo = "";
-
-%highlights_tex = ( $type_constant, "{\\\\it \$1}",
- $type_func, "{\\\\bf \$1}",
- $type_struct, "{\\\\it \$1}",
- $type_param, "{\\\\bf \$1}" );
-$blankline_tex = "\\\\";
-
-# sgml, docbook format
-%highlights_sgml = ( $type_constant, "<replaceable class=\"option\">\$1</repla
-ceable>",
- $type_func, "<function>\$1</function>",
- $type_struct, "<structname>\$1</structname>",
- $type_env, "<envar>\$1</envar>",
- $type_param, "<parameter>\$1</parameter>" );
-$blankline_sgml = "</para><para>\n";
-
-# these are pretty rough
-%highlights_man = ( $type_constant, "\\n.I \\\"\$1\\\"\\n",
- $type_func, "\\n.B \\\"\$1\\\"\\n",
- $type_struct, "\\n.I \\\"\$1\\\"\\n",
- $type_param."([\.\, ]*)\n?", "\\n.I \\\"\$1\$2\\\"\\n" );
-$blankline_man = "";
-
-# text-mode
-%highlights_text = ( $type_constant, "\$1",
- $type_func, "\$1",
- $type_struct, "\$1",
- $type_param, "\$1" );
-$blankline_text = "";
-
-
-sub usage {
- print "Usage: $0 [ -v ] [ -docbook | -html | -text | -man | -tex | -texinf
-o -listfunc ]\n";
- print " [ -sourceversion verno ] [ -includefuncprefix ]\n";
- print " [ -bugsto address ] [ -seeinfo infonode ] [ -copyright not
-ice]\n";
- print " [ -verbatimcopying ]\n";
- print " [ -function funcname [ -function funcname ...] ]\n";
- print " c source file(s) > outputfile\n";
- exit 1;
-}
-
-# read arguments
-if ($#ARGV==-1) {
- usage();
-}
-
-$verbose = 0;
-$output_mode = "man";
-%highlights = %highlights_man;
-$blankline = $blankline_man;
-$modulename = "API Documentation";
-$sourceversion = strftime "%Y-%m-%d", localtime;
-$function_only = 0;
-while ($ARGV[0] =~ m/^-(.*)/) {
- $cmd = shift @ARGV;
- if ($cmd eq "-html") {
- $output_mode = "html";
- %highlights = %highlights_html;
- $blankline = $blankline_html;
- } elsif ($cmd eq "-man") {
- $output_mode = "man";
- %highlights = %highlights_man;
- $blankline = $blankline_man;
- } elsif ($cmd eq "-tex") {
- $output_mode = "tex";
- %highlights = %highlights_tex;
- $blankline = $blankline_tex;
- } elsif ($cmd eq "-texinfo") {
- $output_mode = "texinfo";
- %highlights = %highlights_texinfo;
- $blankline = $blankline_texinfo;
- } elsif ($cmd eq "-text") {
- $output_mode = "text";
- %highlights = %highlights_text;
- $blankline = $blankline_text;
- } elsif ($cmd eq "-docbook") {
- $output_mode = "sgml";
- %highlights = %highlights_sgml;
- $blankline = $blankline_sgml;
- } elsif ($cmd eq "-listfunc") {
- $output_mode = "listfunc";
- } elsif ($cmd eq "-module") { # not needed for sgml, inherits from calling
- document
- $modulename = shift @ARGV;
- } elsif ($cmd eq "-sourceversion") {
- $sourceversion = shift @ARGV;
- } elsif ($cmd eq "-includefuncprefix") {
- $includefuncprefix = 1;
- } elsif ($cmd eq "-bugsto") {
- $bugsto = shift @ARGV;
- } elsif ($cmd eq "-copyright") {
- $copyright = shift @ARGV;
- } elsif ($cmd eq "-verbatimcopying") {
- $verbatimcopying = 1;
- } elsif ($cmd eq "-seeinfo") {
- $seeinfo = shift @ARGV;
- } elsif ($cmd eq "-function") { # to only output specific functions
- $function_only = 1;
- $function = shift @ARGV;
- $function_table{$function} = 1;
- } elsif ($cmd eq "-v") {
- $verbose = 1;
- } elsif (($cmd eq "-h") || ($cmd eq "--help")) {
- usage();
- }
-}
-
-##
-# dumps section contents to arrays/hashes intended for that purpose.
-#
-sub dump_section {
- my $name = shift @_;
- my $contents = join "\n", @_;
-
- if ($name =~ m/$type_constant/) {
- $name = $1;
-# print STDERR "constant section '$1' = '$contents'\n";
- $constants{$name} = $contents;
- } elsif ($name =~ m/$type_param/) {
-# print STDERR "parameter def '$1' = '$contents'\n";
- $name = $1;
- $parameters{$name} = $contents;
- } else {
-# print STDERR "other section '$name' = '$contents'\n";
- $sections{$name} = $contents;
- push @sectionlist, $name;
- }
-}
-
-##
-# output function
-#
-# parameters, a hash.
-# function => "function name"
-# parameterlist => @list of parameters
-# parameters => %parameter descriptions
-# sectionlist => @list of sections
-# sections => %descriont descriptions
-#
-
-sub repstr {
- $pattern = shift;
- $repl = shift;
- $match1 = shift;
- $match2 = shift;
- $match3 = shift;
- $match4 = shift;
-
- $output = $repl;
- $output =~ s,\$1,$match1,g;
- $output =~ s,\$2,$match2,g;
- $output =~ s,\$3,$match3,g;
- $output =~ s,\$4,$match4,g;
-
- eval "\$return = qq/$output/";
-
-# print "pattern $pattern matched 1=$match1 2=$match2 3=$match3 4=$match4 r
-eplace $repl yielded $output interpolated $return\n";
-
- $return;
-}
-
-sub output_highlight {
- my $contents = join "\n", @_;
- my $line;
-
- foreach $pattern (keys %highlights) {
-# print "scanning pattern $pattern ($highlights{$pattern})\n";
- $contents =~ s:$pattern:repstr($pattern, $highlights{$pattern}, $1, $2
-, $3, $4):gse;
- }
- foreach $line (split "\n", $contents) {
- if ($line eq ""){
- print $lineprefix, $blankline;
- } else {
- print $lineprefix, $line;
- }
- print "\n";
- }
-}
-
-sub just_highlight {
- my $contents = join "\n", @_;
- my $line;
- my $ret = "";
-
- foreach $pattern (keys %highlights) {
-# print "scanning pattern $pattern ($highlights{$pattern})\n";
- $contents =~ s:$pattern:repstr($pattern, $highlights{$pattern}, $1, $2
-, $3, $4):gse;
- }
- foreach $line (split "\n", $contents) {
- if ($line eq ""){
- $ret = $ret . $lineprefix . $blankline;
- } else {
- $ret = $ret . $lineprefix . $line;
- }
- $ret = $ret . "\n";
- }
-
- return $ret;
-}
-
-# output in texinfo
-sub output_texinfo {
- my %args = %{$_[0]};
- my ($parameter, $section);
- my $count;
-
- print "address@hidden {" . $args{'functiontype'} . "} ";
- print "{".$args{'function'}."} ";
- print "(";
- $count = 0;
- foreach $parameter (@{$args{'parameterlist'}}) {
- print $args{'parametertypes'}{$parameter}."
address@hidden".$parameter."}";
- if ($count != $#{$args{'parameterlist'}}) {
- $count++;
- print ", ";
- }
- }
- print ")\n";
- foreach $parameter (@{$args{'parameterlist'}}) {
- if ($args{'parameters'}{$parameter}) {
- print "address@hidden".$parameter."}: ";
- output_highlight($args{'parameters'}{$parameter});
- print "\n";
- }
- }
- foreach $section (@{$args{'sectionlist'}}) {
- print "address@hidden:} " if $section ne $section_default;
- $args{'sections'}{$section} =~ s:([{}]):address@hidden:gs;
- output_highlight($args{'sections'}{$section});
- }
- print "address@hidden deftypefun\n\n";
-}
-
-# output in html
-sub output_html {
- my %args = %{$_[0]};
- my ($parameter, $section);
- my $count;
- print "\n\n<a name=\"". $args{'function'} . "\"> </a><h2>Function</h2>
-\n";
-
- print "<i>".$args{'functiontype'}."</i>\n";
- print "<b>".$args{'function'}."</b>\n";
- print "(";
- $count = 0;
- foreach $parameter (@{$args{'parameterlist'}}) {
- print "<i>".$args{'parametertypes'}{$parameter}."</i> <b>".$parameter.
-"</b>\n";
- if ($count != $#{$args{'parameterlist'}}) {
- $count++;
- print ", ";
- }
- }
- print ")\n";
-
- print "<h3>Arguments</h3>\n";
- print "<dl>\n";
- foreach $parameter (@{$args{'parameterlist'}}) {
- print "<dt><i>".$args{'parametertypes'}{$parameter}."</i> <b>".$parame
-ter."</b>\n";
- print "<dd>";
- output_highlight($args{'parameters'}{$parameter});
- }
- print "</dl>\n";
- foreach $section (@{$args{'sectionlist'}}) {
- print "<h3>$section</h3>\n";
- print "<ul>\n";
- output_highlight($args{'sections'}{$section});
- print "</ul>\n";
- }
- print "<hr>\n";
-}
-
-# output in tex
-sub output_tex {
- my %args = %{$_[0]};
- my ($parameter, $section);
- my $count;
- my $func = $args{'function'};
- my $param;
- my $param2;
- my $sec;
- my $check;
- my $type;
-
- $func =~ s/_/\\_/g;
-
- print "\n\n\\subsection{". $func . "}\n\\label{" . $args{'function'} . "}\
-n";
-
- $type = $args{'functiontype'};
- $type =~ s/_/\\_/g;
-
- print "{\\it ".$type."}\n";
- print "{\\bf ".$func."}\n";
- print "(";
- $count = 0;
- foreach $parameter (@{$args{'parameterlist'}}) {
- $param = $args{'parametertypes'}{$parameter};
- $param2 = $parameter;
- $param =~ s/_/\\_/g;
- $param2 =~ s/_/\\_/g;
-
- print "{\\it ".$param."} {\\bf ".$param2."}";
- if ($count != $#{$args{'parameterlist'}}) {
- $count++;
- print ", ";
- }
- }
- print ")\n";
-
- print "\n{\\large{Arguments}}\n";
-
- print "\\begin{itemize}\n";
- $check=0;
- foreach $parameter (@{$args{'parameterlist'}}) {
- $param1 = $args{'parametertypes'}{$parameter};
- $param1 =~ s/_/\\_/g;
- $param2 = $parameter;
- $param2 =~ s/_/\\_/g;
-
- $check = 1;
- print "\\item {\\it ".$param1."} {\\bf ".$param2."}: \n";
-# print "\n";
-
- $param3 = $args{'parameters'}{$parameter};
- $param3 =~ s/&([a-zA-Z\_]+)/{\\it \1}/g;
-
- $out = just_highlight($param3);
- $out =~ s/_/\\_/g;
- print $out;
- }
- if ($check==0) {
- print "\\item void\n";
- }
- print "\\end{itemize}\n";
-
- foreach $section (@{$args{'sectionlist'}}) {
- $sec = $section;
- $sec =~ s/_/\\_/g;
- $sec =~ s/&([a-zA-Z\_]+)/{\\it \1}/g;
-
- print "\n{\\large{$sec}}\\\\\n";
- print "\\begin{rmfamily}\n";
-
- $sec = $args{'sections'}{$section};
- $sec =~ s/\\:/:/g;
- $sec =~ s/&([a-zA-Z\_]+)/{\\it \1}/g;
- $sec =~ s/->/\$\\rightarrow\$/g;
- $sec =~ s/([0-9]+)\^([0-9]+)/\$\{\1\}\^\{\2\}\$/g;
-
- $out = just_highlight($sec);
- $out =~ s/_/\\_/g;
-
- print $out;
- print "\\end{rmfamily}\n";
- }
- print "\n";
-}
-
-
-# output in sgml DocBook
-sub output_sgml {
- my %args = %{$_[0]};
- my ($parameter, $section);
- my $count;
- my $id;
-
- $id = $args{'module'}."-".$args{'function'};
- $id =~ s/[^A-Za-z0-9]/-/g;
-
- print "<refentry>\n";
- print "<refmeta>\n";
- print "<refentrytitle><phrase id=\"$id\">".$args{'function'}."</phrase></r
-efentrytitle>\n";
- print "</refmeta>\n";
- print "<refnamediv>\n";
- print " <refname>".$args{'function'}."</refname>\n";
- print " <refpurpose>\n";
- print " ".$args{'purpose'}."\n";
- print " </refpurpose>\n";
- print "</refnamediv>\n";
-
- print "<refsynopsisdiv>\n";
- print " <title>Synopsis</title>\n";
- print " <funcsynopsis>\n";
- print " <funcdef>".$args{'functiontype'}." ";
- print "<function>".$args{'function'}." ";
- print "</function></funcdef>\n";
-
-# print "<refsect1>\n";
-# print " <title>Synopsis</title>\n";
-# print " <funcsynopsis>\n";
-# print " <funcdef>".$args{'functiontype'}." ";
-# print "<function>".$args{'function'}." ";
-# print "</function></funcdef>\n";
-
- $count = 0;
- if ($#{$args{'parameterlist'}} >= 0) {
- foreach $parameter (@{$args{'parameterlist'}}) {
- print " <paramdef>".$args{'parametertypes'}{$parameter};
- print " <parameter>$parameter</parameter></paramdef>\n";
- }
- } else {
- print " <void>\n";
- }
- print " </funcsynopsis>\n";
- print "</refsynopsisdiv>\n";
-# print "</refsect1>\n";
-
- # print parameters
- print "<refsect1>\n <title>Arguments</title>\n";
-# print "<para>\nArguments\n";
- if ($#{$args{'parameterlist'}} >= 0) {
- print " <variablelist>\n";
- foreach $parameter (@{$args{'parameterlist'}}) {
- print " <varlistentry>\n <term><parameter>$parameter</parameter
-></term>\n";
- print " <listitem>\n <para>\n";
- $lineprefix=" ";
- output_highlight($args{'parameters'}{$parameter});
- print " </para>\n </listitem>\n </varlistentry>\n";
- }
- print " </variablelist>\n";
- } else {
- print " <para>\n None\n </para>\n";
- }
- print "</refsect1>\n";
-
- # print out each section
- $lineprefix=" ";
- foreach $section (@{$args{'sectionlist'}}) {
- print "<refsect1>\n <title>$section</title>\n <para>\n";
-# print "<para>\n$section\n";
- if ($section =~ m/EXAMPLE/i) {
- print "<example><para>\n";
- }
- output_highlight($args{'sections'}{$section});
-# print "</para>";
- if ($section =~ m/EXAMPLE/i) {
- print "</para></example>\n";
- }
- print " </para>\n</refsect1>\n";
- }
-
- print "\n\n";
-}
-
-##
-# output in man
-sub output_man {
- my %args = %{$_[0]};
- my ($parameter, $section);
- my $count;
-
- print ".TH \"$args{'function'}\" 3 \"$args{'sourceversion'}\" \"". $args{'
-module'} . "\" \"". $args{'module'} . "\"\n";
-
- print ".SH NAME\n";
-
- print $args{'function'}."\n";
-
- print ".SH SYNOPSIS\n";
- print ".B #include <". lc((split /_/, $args{'function'})[0]) . ".h>\n"
- if $args{'includefuncprefix'};
- print ".sp\n";
- print ".BI \"".$args{'functiontype'}." ".$args{'function'}."(";
- $count = 0;
- foreach $parameter (@{$args{'parameterlist'}}) {
- print $args{'parametertypes'}{$parameter}." \" ".$parameter." \"";
- if ($count != $#{$args{'parameterlist'}}) {
- $count++;
- print ", ";
- }
- }
- print ");\"\n";
-
- print ".SH ARGUMENTS\n";
- foreach $parameter (@{$args{'parameterlist'}}) {
- print ".IP \"".$args{'parametertypes'}{$parameter}." ".$parameter."\"
-12\n";
- output_highlight($args{'parameters'}{$parameter});
- }
- foreach $section (@{$args{'sectionlist'}}) {
- print ".SH \"" . uc($section) . "\"\n";
- output_highlight($args{'sections'}{$section});
- }
-
- if ($args{'bugsto'}) {
- print ".SH \"REPORTING BUGS\"\n";
- print "Report bugs to <". $args{'bugsto'} . ">.\n";
- }
-
- if ($args{'copyright'}) {
- print ".SH COPYRIGHT\n";
- print "Copyright \\(co ". $args{'copyright'} . ".\n";
- if ($args{'verbatimcopying'}) {
- print ".br\n";
- print "Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copie
-s of this\n";
- print "manual provided the copyright notice and this permission no
-tice are\n";
- print "preserved on all copies.\n";
- }
- }
-
- if ($args{'seeinfo'}) {
- print ".SH \"SEE ALSO\"\n";
- print "The full documentation for\n";
- print ".B " . $args{'module'} . "\n";
- print "is maintained as a Texinfo manual. If the\n";
- print ".B info\n";
- print "and\n";
- print ".B " . $args{'module'} . "\n";
- print "programs are properly installed at your site, the command\n";
- print ".IP\n";
- print ".B info " . $args{'seeinfo'} . "\n";
- print ".PP\n";
- print "should give you access to the complete manual.\n";
- }
-}
-
-sub output_listfunc {
- my %args = %{$_[0]};
- print $args{'function'} . "\n";
-}
-
-##
-# output in text
-sub output_text {
- my %args = %{$_[0]};
- my ($parameter, $section);
-
- print "Function = ".$args{'function'}."\n";
- print " return type: ".$args{'functiontype'}."\n\n";
- foreach $parameter (@{$args{'parameterlist'}}) {
- print " ".$args{'parametertypes'}{$parameter}." ".$parameter."\n";
- print " -> ".$args{'parameters'}{$parameter}."\n";
- }
- foreach $section (@{$args{'sectionlist'}}) {
- print " $section:\n";
- print " -> ";
- output_highlight($args{'sections'}{$section});
- }
-}
-
-##
-# generic output function - calls the right one based
-# on current output mode.
-sub output_function {
-# output_html(@_);
- eval "output_".$output_mode."(address@hidden);";
-}
-
-
-##
-# takes a function prototype and spits out all the details
-# stored in the global arrays/hsahes.
-sub dump_function {
- my $prototype = shift @_;
-
- if ($prototype =~ m/^()([a-zA-Z0-9_~:]+)\s*\(([^\)]*)\)/ ||
- $prototype =~ m/^(\w+)\s+([a-zA-Z0-9_~:]+)\s*\(([^\)]*)\)/ ||
- $prototype =~ m/^(\w+\s*\*)\s*([a-zA-Z0-9_~:]+)\s*\(([^\)]*)\)/ ||
- $prototype =~ m/^(\w+\s+\w+)\s+([a-zA-Z0-9_~:]+)\s*\(([^\)]*)\)/ ||
- $prototype =~ m/^(\w+\s+\w+\s*\*)\s*([a-zA-Z0-9_~:]+)\s*\(([^\)]*)\)/)
- {
- $return_type = $1;
- $function_name = $2;
- $args = $3;
-
-# print STDERR "ARGS = '$args'\n";
-
- foreach $arg (split ',', $args) {
- # strip leading/trailing spaces
- $arg =~ s/^\s*//;
- $arg =~ s/\s*$//;
-# print STDERR "SCAN ARG: '$arg'\n";
- @args = split('\s', $arg);
-
-# print STDERR " -> @args\n";
- $param = pop @args;
-# print STDERR " -> @args\n";
- if ($param =~ m/^(\*+)(.*)/) {
- $param = $2;
- push @args, $1;
- }
- if ($param =~ m/^(.*)(\[\])$/) {
- $param = $1;
- push @args, $2;
- }
-# print STDERR " :> @args\n";
- $type = join " ", @args;
-
- if ($parameters{$param} eq "" && $param != "void") {
- $parameters{$param} = "-- undescribed --";
- print STDERR "Warning($lineno): Function parameter '$param' no
-t described in '$function_name'\n";
- }
-
- push @parameterlist, $param;
- $parametertypes{$param} = $type;
-
-# print STDERR "param = '$param', type = '$type'\n";
- }
- } else {
- print STDERR "Error($lineno): cannot understand prototype: '$prototype
-'\n";
- return;
- }
-
- if ($function_only==0 || defined($function_table{$function_name})) {
- output_function({'function' => $function_name,
- 'module' => $modulename,
- 'sourceversion' => $sourceversion,
- 'includefuncprefix' => $includefuncprefix,
- 'bugsto' => $bugsto,
- 'copyright' => $copyright,
- 'verbatimcopying' => $verbatimcopying,
- 'seeinfo' => $seeinfo,
- 'functiontype' => $return_type,
- 'parameterlist' => address@hidden,
- 'parameters' => \%parameters,
- 'parametertypes' => \%parametertypes,
- 'sectionlist' => address@hidden,
- 'sections' => \%sections,
- 'purpose' => $function_purpose
- });
- }
-}
-
-######################################################################
-# main
-# states
-# 0 - normal code
-# 1 - looking for function name
-# 2 - scanning field start.
-# 3 - scanning prototype.
-$state = 0;
-$section = "";
-
-$doc_special = "address@hidden&";
-
-$doc_start = "^/\\*\\*\$";
-$doc_end = "\\*/";
-$doc_com = "\\s*\\*\\s*";
-$doc_func = $doc_com."(\\w+):?";
-$doc_sect = $doc_com."([".$doc_special."[:upper:]][\\w ]+):(.*)";
-$doc_content = $doc_com."(.*)";
-
-%constants = ();
-%parameters = ();
address@hidden = ();
-%sections = ();
address@hidden = ();
-
-$contents = "";
-$section_default = "Description"; # default section
-$section = $section_default;
-
-$lineno = 0;
-foreach $file (@ARGV) {
- if (!open(IN,"<$file")) {
- print STDERR "Error: Cannot open file $file\n";
- next;
- }
- while (<IN>) {
- $lineno++;
-
- if ($state == 0) {
- if (/$doc_start/o) {
- $state = 1; # next line is always the function nam
-e
- }
- } elsif ($state == 1) { # this line is the function name (always)
- if (/$doc_func/o) {
- $function = $1;
- $state = 2;
- if (/-(.*)/) {
- $function_purpose = $1;
- } else {
- $function_purpose = "";
- }
- if ($verbose) {
- print STDERR "Info($lineno): Scanning doc for $function\n"
-;
- }
- } else {
- print STDERR "WARN($lineno): Cannot understand $_ on line $lin
-eno",
- " - I thought it was a doc line\n";
- $state = 0;
- }
- } elsif ($state == 2) { # look for head: lines, and include content
- if (/$doc_sect/o) {
- $newsection = $1;
- $newcontents = $2;
-
- if ($contents ne "") {
- dump_section($section, $contents);
- $section = $section_default;
- }
-
- $contents = $newcontents;
- if ($contents ne "") {
- $contents .= "\n";
- }
- $section = $newsection;
- } elsif (/$doc_end/) {
-
- if ($contents ne "") {
- dump_section($section, $contents);
- $section = $section_default;
- $contents = "";
- }
-
-# print STDERR "end of doc comment, looking for prototype\n";
- $prototype = "";
- $state = 3;
- } elsif (/$doc_content/) {
- # miguel-style comment kludge, look for blank lines after
- # @parameter line to signify start of description
- if ($1 eq "" && $section =~ m/^@/) {
- dump_section($section, $contents);
- $section = $section_default;
- $contents = "";
- } else {
- $contents .= $1."\n";
- }
- } else {
- # i dont know - bad line? ignore.
- print STDERR "WARNING($lineno): bad line: $_";
- }
- } elsif ($state == 3) { # scanning for function { (end of prototype)
- if (m#\s*/\*\s+MACDOC\s*#io) {
- # do nothing
- }
- elsif (/([^\{]*)/) {
- $prototype .= $1;
- }
- if (/\{/) {
- $prototype =~ s@/\*.*?\*/@@gos; # strip comments.
- $prototype =~ address@hidden@ @gos; # strip newlines/cr's.
- $prototype =~ address@hidden +@@gos; # strip leading spaces
- dump_function($prototype);
-
- $function = "";
- %constants = ();
- %parameters = ();
- %parametertypes = ();
- @parameterlist = ();
- %sections = ();
- @sectionlist = ();
- $prototype = "";
-
- $state = 0;
- }
- }
- }
-}
-
-
-
Index: util/gen-dir-node
===================================================================
RCS file: util/gen-dir-node
diff -N util/gen-dir-node
--- util/gen-dir-node 11 Apr 2004 17:56:47 -0000 1.3
+++ /dev/null 1 Jan 1970 00:00:00 -0000
@@ -1,212 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/sh
-# $Id: gen-dir-node,v 1.3 2004/04/11 17:56:47 karl Exp $
-# Generate the top-level Info node, given a directory of Info files
-# and (optionally) a skeleton file. The output will be suitable for a
-# top-level dir file. The skeleton file contains info topic names in the
-# order they should appear in the output. There are three special
-# lines that alter the behavior: a line consisting of just "--" causes
-# the next line to be echoed verbatim to the output. A line
-# containing just "%%" causes all the remaining filenames (wildcards
-# allowed) in the rest of the file to be ignored. A line containing
-# just "!!" exits the script when reached (unless preceded by a line
-# containing just "--"). Once the script reaches the end of the
-# skeleton file, it goes through the remaining files in the directory
-# in order, putting their entries at the end. The script will use the
-# ENTRY information in each info file if it exists. Otherwise it will
-# make a minimal entry.
-
-# sent by Jeffrey Osier <address@hidden>, who thinks it came from
-# address@hidden (david d `zoo' zuhn)
-
-# modified 7 April 1995 by Joe Harrington <address@hidden> to
-# take special flags
-
-INFODIR=$1
-if [ $# = 2 ] ; then
- SKELETON=$2
-else
- SKELETON=/dev/null
-fi
-
-skip=
-
-if [ $# -gt 2 ] ; then
- echo usage: $0 info-directory [ skeleton-file ] 1>&2
- exit 1
-elif [ -z "${INFODIR}" ] ; then
- INFODIR="%%DEFAULT_INFO_DIR%%"
-else
- true
-fi
-
-if [ ! -d ${INFODIR} ] ; then
- echo "$0: first argument must specify a directory"
- exit 1
-fi
-
-### output the dir header
-echo "-*- Text -*-"
-echo "This file was generated automatically by $0."
-echo "This version was generated on `date`"
-echo "by address@hidden for `(cd ${INFODIR}; pwd)`"
-
-cat << moobler
-\$Id: gen-dir-node,v 1.3 2004/04/11 17:56:47 karl Exp $
-This is the file .../info/dir, which contains the topmost node of the
-Info hierarchy. The first time you invoke Info you start off
-looking at that node, which is (dir)Top.
-
-File: dir Node: Top This is the top of the INFO tree
-
- This (the Directory node) gives a menu of major topics.
- Typing "q" exits, "?" lists all Info commands, "d" returns here,
- "h" gives a primer for first-timers,
- "mEmacs<Return>" visits the Emacs topic, etc.
-
- In Emacs, you can click mouse button 2 on a menu item or cross reference
- to select it.
-
-* Menu: The list of major topics begins on the next line.
-
-moobler
-
-### go through the list of files in the skeleton. If an info file
-### exists, grab the ENTRY information from it. If an entry exists
-### use it, otherwise create a minimal dir entry.
-###
-### Then remove that file from the list of existing files. If any
-### additional files remain (ones that don't have a skeleton entry),
-### then generate entries for those in the same way, putting the info for
-### those at the end....
-
-infofiles=`(cd ${INFODIR}; /bin/ls | grep -v '\-[0-9]*$' | egrep -v
'^dir$|^dir\.info$|^dir\.orig$')`
-
-# echoing gets clobbered by backquotes; we do it the hard way...
-lines=`wc $SKELETON | awk '{print $1}'`
-line=1
-while [ $lines -ge $line ] ; do
- # Read one line from the file. This is so that we can echo lines with
- # whitespace and quoted characters in them.
- fileline=`awk NR==$line $SKELETON`
-
- # flag fancy features
- if [ ! -z "$echoline" ] ; then # echo line
- echo "$fileline"
- fileline=
- echoline=
- elif [ "${fileline}" = "--" ] ; then # should we echo the next line?
- echoline=1
- elif [ "${fileline}" = "%%" ] ; then # eliminate remaining files from dir?
- skip=1
- elif [ "${fileline}" = "!!" ] ; then # quit now
- exit 0
- fi
-
- # handle files if they exist
- for file in $fileline"" ; do # expand wildcards ("" handles blank lines)
-
- fname=
-
- if [ -z "$echoline" ] && [ ! -z "$file" ] ; then
- # Find the file to operate upon. Check both possible names.
- infoname=`echo $file | sed 's/\.info$//'`
- noext=
- ext=
- if [ -f ${INFODIR}/$infoname ] ; then
- noext=$infoname
- fi
- if [ -f ${INFODIR}/${infoname}.info ] ; then
- ext=${infoname}.info
- fi
-
- # If it exists with both names take what was said in the file.
- if [ ! -z "$ext" ] && [ ! -z "$noext" ]; then
- fname=$file
- warn="### Warning: $ext and $noext both exist! Using ${file}. ###"
- elif [ ! -z "${noext}${ext}" ]; then
- # just take the name if it exists only once
- fname=${noext}${ext}
- fi
-
- # if we found something and aren't skipping, do the entry
- if [ ! -z "$fname" ] ; then
- if [ -z "$skip" ] ; then
-
- if [ ! -z "$warn" ] ; then # issue any warning
- echo $warn
- warn=
- fi
-
- entry=`sed -e '1,/START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY/d' \
- -e '/END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY/,$d' ${INFODIR}/$fname`
- if [ ! -z "${entry}" ] ; then
- echo "${entry}"
- else
- echo "* ${infoname}: (${infoname})."
- fi
- fi
-
- # remove the name from the directory listing
- infofiles=`echo "" ${infofiles} "" | sed -e "s/ ${fname} / /" -e "s/ /
/g"`
-
- fi
-
- fi
-
- done
-
- line=`expr $line + 1`
-done
-
-if [ -z "${infofiles}" ] ; then
- exit 0
-elif [ $lines -gt 0 ]; then
- echo
-fi
-
-# Sort remaining files by INFO-DIR-SECTION.
-prevsect=
-filesectdata=`(cd ${INFODIR}; fgrep INFO-DIR-SECTION /dev/null ${infofiles} | \
- fgrep -v 'INFO-DIR-SECTION Miscellaneous' | \
- sort -t: -k2 -k1 | tr ' ' '_')`
-for sectdata in ${filesectdata}; do
- file=`echo ${sectdata} | cut -d: -f1`
- section=`sed -n -e 's/^INFO-DIR-SECTION //p' ${INFODIR}/${file}`
- infofiles=`echo "" ${infofiles} "" | sed -e "s/ ${file} / /" -e "s/ / /g"`
-
- if [ "${prevsect}" != "${section}" ] ; then
- if [ ! -z "${prevsect}" ] ; then
- echo ""
- fi
- echo "${section}"
- prevsect="${section}"
- fi
-
- infoname=`echo $file | sed 's/\.info$//'`
- entry=`sed -e '1,/START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY/d' \
- -e '/END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY/,$d' ${INFODIR}/${file}`
- if [ ! -z "${entry}" ] ; then
- echo "${entry}"
- elif [ ! -d "${INFODIR}/${file}" ] ; then
- echo "* ${infoname}: (${infoname})."
- fi
-done
-
-# Process miscellaneous files.
-for file in ${infofiles}; do
- if [ ! -z "${prevsect}" ] ; then
- echo ""
- echo "Miscellaneous"
- prevsect=""
- fi
-
- infoname=`echo $file | sed 's/\.info$//'`
- entry=`sed -e '1,/START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY/d' \
- -e '/END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY/,$d' ${INFODIR}/${file}`
-
- if [ ! -z "${entry}" ] ; then
- echo "${entry}"
- elif [ ! -d "${INFODIR}/${file}" ] ; then
- echo "* ${infoname}: (${infoname})."
- fi
-done
Index: util/infosrch
===================================================================
RCS file: util/infosrch
diff -N util/infosrch
--- util/infosrch 11 Apr 2004 17:56:47 -0000 1.2
+++ /dev/null 1 Jan 1970 00:00:00 -0000
@@ -1,104 +0,0 @@
-#!/usr/local/bin/perl -w
-# $Id: infosrch,v 1.2 2004/04/11 17:56:47 karl Exp $
-# infosrch does a regex search on an info manual.
-# By Harry Putnam <address@hidden>.
-
-($myscript = $0) =~ s:^.*/::;
-$six = '';
-
-if($ARGV[0] eq "help"){
- &usage;
- exit;
-}
-if($ARGV[0] eq "-e"){
- shift;
- $six = "true";
-}
-if(!$ARGV[1]){
- &usage;
- exit;
-}
-
-$target = shift;
-$regex = shift;
-
-$shell_proc = "info --output - --subnodes 2>/dev/null $target";
-
-open(SHELL_PROC," $shell_proc|");
-while(<SHELL_PROC>){
- chomp;
- push @lines,$_;
-}
-close(SHELL_PROC);
-$cnt = 0;
-for(@lines){
- if(/$regex/ && !$six){
- print "$target\n $lines[($cnt-1)]\n<$cnt> $lines[$cnt]\n
$lines[($cnt+1)]\n";
- print "-- \n";
- }elsif(/$regex/ && $six){
- print "$target\n";
- if($lines[($cnt-6)]){
- print " $lines[($cnt-6)]\n";
- }
- if($lines[($cnt-5)]){
- print " $lines[($cnt-5)]\n";
- }
- if($lines[($cnt-4)]){
- print " $lines[($cnt-4)]\n";
- }
- if($lines[($cnt-3)]){
- print " $lines[($cnt-3)]\n";
- }
- if($lines[($cnt-2)]){
- print " $lines[($cnt-2)]\n";
- }
- if($lines[($cnt-1)]){
- print " $lines[($cnt-1)]\n";
- }
- if($lines[$cnt]){
- print "$cnt $lines[$cnt]\n";
- }
- if($lines[($cnt+1)]){
- print " $lines[($cnt+1)]\n";
- }
- if($lines[($cnt+2)]){
- print " $lines[($cnt+2)]\n";
- }
- if($lines[($cnt+3)]){
- print " $lines[($cnt+3)]\n";
- }
- if($lines[($cnt+4)]){
- print " $lines[($cnt+4)]\n";
- }
- if($lines[($cnt+5)]){
- print " $lines[($cnt+5)]\n";
- }
- if($lines[($cnt+6)]){
- print " $lines[($cnt+6)]\n";
- }
- print "-- \n";
- }
- $cnt++;
-}
-
-sub usage {
- print <<EOM;
-
-Purpose: Extract full text from info node and search it by regex
-Usage: $myscript [-e] TARGET REGEX
-
-Where TARGET is an info node such as `emacs', `bash' etc, and
-REGEX is what you want to find in it.
-
-The -e flag is not required but if used then 6 lines preceding and six
-lines following any hits will be printed. The default (with no -e flag)
-is to print one line before and after.
-
-The output has the line number prepended to the line containing the
-actual regex.
-
-Info command used:
- info --output - --subnodes 2>/dev/null TARGET
-
-EOM
-}
Index: util/install-info-html
===================================================================
RCS file: util/install-info-html
diff -N util/install-info-html
--- util/install-info-html 11 Apr 2004 17:56:47 -0000 1.3
+++ /dev/null 1 Jan 1970 00:00:00 -0000
@@ -1,157 +0,0 @@
address@hidden@
-# $Id: install-info-html,v 1.3 2004/04/11 17:56:47 karl Exp $
-
-name=install-info-html
-version=1.0
-
-all=
-index_dir=.
-
-#
-# debugging
-#
-debug_echo=:
-
-
-#
-# print usage
-#
-function help ()
-{
- cat << EOF
-$name $version
-Install HTML info document.
-
-Usage: $name [OPTION]... [DOCUMENT-DIR]...
-
-Options:
- -a,--all assume all subdirectories of index to be DOCUMENT-DIRs
- -d,--dir=DIR set index directory to DIR (default=.)
- -D,--debug print debugging info
- -h,--help this help text
- -v,--version show version
-EOF
-}
-
-
-function cleanup ()
-{
- $debug_echo "cleaning ($?)..."
-}
-
-trap cleanup 0 9 15
-
-#
-# Find command line options and switches
-#
-
-# "x:" x takes argument
-#
-options="adhvW:"
-#
-# ugh, "\-" is a hack to support long options
-# must be in double quotes for bash-2.0
-
-while getopts "\-:$options" O
-do
- $debug_echo "O: \`$O'"
- $debug_echo "arg: \`$OPTARG'"
- case $O in
- a)
- all=yes
- ;;
- D)
- [ "$debug_echo" = "echo" ] && set -x
- debug_echo=echo
- ;;
- h)
- help;
- exit 0
- ;;
- v)
- echo $name $version
- exit 0
- ;;
- d)
- index_dir=$OPTARG
- ;;
- # a long option!
- -)
- case "$OPTARG" in
- a*|-a*)
- all=yes
- ;;
- de*|-de*)
- [ "$debug_echo" = "echo" ] && set -x
- debug_echo=echo
- ;;
- h*|-h*)
- help;
- exit 0
- ;;
- di*|-di*)
- index_dir="`expr \"$OPTARG\" ':'
'[^=]*=\(.*\)'`"
- ;;
- version|-version)
- echo $name $version
- exit 0
- ;;
- *|-*)
- echo "$0: invalid option -- \"$OPTARG\""
- help;
- exit -1
- ;;
- esac
- esac
-done
-shift `expr $OPTIND - 1`
-
-#
-# Input file name
-#
-if [ -z "$all" ] && [ -z "$1" ]; then
- help
- echo "$name: No HTML documents given"
- exit 2
-fi
-
-if [ -n "$all" ] && [ -n "$1" ]; then
- echo "$name: --all specified, ignoring DIRECTORY-DIRs"
-fi
-
-if [ -n "$all" ]; then
- document_dirs=`/bin/ls -d1 $index_dir`
-else
- document_dirs=$*
-fi
-
-index_file=$index_dir/index.html
-rm -f $index_file
-echo -n "$name: Writing index: $index_file..."
-
-# head
-cat >> $index_file <<EOF
-<html>
-<head><title>Info documentation index</title></head>
-<body>
-<h1>Info documentation index</h1>
-This is the directory file \`index.html' a.k.a. \`DIR', which contains the
-topmost node of the HTML Info hierarchy.
-<p>
-This is all very much Work in Progress (WiP).
-<p>
-<ul>
-EOF
-
-#list
-for i in $document_dirs; do
- echo "<li> <a href=\"$i/$i.html\">$i</a></li>"
-done >> $index_file
-
-# foot
-cat >> $index_file <<EOF
-</ul>
-</body>
-</html>
-EOF
-echo
Index: util/outline.gawk
===================================================================
RCS file: util/outline.gawk
diff -N util/outline.gawk
--- util/outline.gawk 1 Jul 2007 19:06:04 -0000 1.3
+++ /dev/null 1 Jan 1970 00:00:00 -0000
@@ -1,144 +0,0 @@
-#! /usr/local/bin/gawk -f
-
-# texi.outline --- produce an outline from a texinfo source file
-#
-# Copyright (C) 1998 Arnold David Robbins (address@hidden)
-#
-# TEXI.OUTLINE is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-# the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
-# (at your option) any later version.
-#
-# TEXI.OUTLINE is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
-# GNU General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-
-# NOTE:
-# This program uses gensub(), which is specific to gawk.
-# With some work (split, substr, etc), it could be made to work
-# on other awks, but it's not worth the trouble for me.
-
-BEGIN \
-{
- # Levels at which different nodes can be
- Level["@top"] = 0
- Level["@appendix"] = 1
- Level["@chapter"] = 1
- Level["@majorheading"] = 1
- Level["@unnumbered"] = 1
- Level["@appendixsec"] = 2
- Level["@heading"] = 2
- Level["@section"] = 2
- Level["@unnumberedsec"] = 2
- Level["@unnumberedsubsec"] = 3
- Level["@appendixsubsec"] = 3
- Level["@subheading"] = 3
- Level["@subsection"] = 3
- Level["@appendixsubsubsec"] = 4
- Level["@subsubheading"] = 4
- Level["@subsubsection"] = 4
- Level["@unnumberedsubsubsec"] = 4
-
- # insure that we were called correctly
- if (ARGC != 2) {
- printf("usage: %s texinfo-file\n", ARGV[0]) > "/dev/stderr"
- exit 1
- }
-
- # init header counters
- app_letters = "ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ"
- app_h = 0
- l1_h = l2_h = l3_h = l4_h = 0
-}
-
-# skip lines we're not interested in
-/address@hidden/ || ! ($1 in Level) { next }
-
-Level[$1] == 1 {
- if ($1 !~ /address@hidden/ || $1 !~ /heading/)
- l1_h++
- l2_h = l3_h = l4_h = 0
- Ntabs = 0
- Number = makenumber($1)
- Title = maketitle($0)
- print_title()
-}
-
-Level[$1] == 2 {
- l2_h++
- l3_h = l4_h = 0
- Ntabs = 1
- Number = makenumber($1)
- Title = maketitle($0)
- print_title()
-}
-
-Level[$1] == 3 {
- l3_h++
- l4_h = 0
- Ntabs = 2
- Number = makenumber($1)
- Title = maketitle($0)
- print_title()
-}
-
-Level[$1] == 4 {
- l4_h++
- Ntabs = 3
- Number = makenumber($1)
- Title = maketitle($0)
- print_title()
-}
-
-# maketitle --- extract title
-
-function maketitle(str, text)
-{
- $1 = "" # clobber section keyword
- text = $0
- gsub(/^[ \t]*/, "", text)
- text = gensub(/@[a-z]+{/, "", "g", text)
- text = gensub(/(address@hidden)}/, "\\1", "g", text)
- return text
-}
-
-# print_title --- print the title
-
-function print_title( i)
-{
- for (i = 1; i <= Ntabs; i++)
- printf "\t"
- printf("%s %s\n", Number, Title)
-}
-
-# makenumber --- construct a heading number from levels and section command
-
-function makenumber(command, result, lev1)
-{
- result = ""
- if (command ~ /address@hidden/) {
- if (Level[command] == 1)
- app_h++
-
- lev1 = substr(app_letters, app_h, 1)
- } else if (command ~ /address@hidden/ || command ~ /heading/) {
- lev1 = "(unnumbered)"
- } else
- lev1 = l1_h ""
-
- result = lev1 "."
- if (l2_h > 0) {
- result = result l2_h "."
- if (l3_h > 0) {
- result = result l3_h "."
- if (l4_h > 0) {
- result = result l4_h "."
- }
- }
- }
- return result
-}
Index: util/prepinfo.awk
===================================================================
RCS file: util/prepinfo.awk
diff -N util/prepinfo.awk
--- util/prepinfo.awk 1 Jul 2007 19:06:04 -0000 1.3
+++ /dev/null 1 Jan 1970 00:00:00 -0000
@@ -1,355 +0,0 @@
-#! /usr/local/bin/gawk -f
-
-# prepinfo.awk --- fix node lines and menus
-#
-# Copyright 1998 Arnold Robbins, address@hidden
-#
-# PREPINFO is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-# the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
-# (at your option) any later version.
-#
-# PREPINFO is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
-# GNU General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-
-BEGIN \
-{
- # manifest constants
- TRUE = 1
- FALSE = 0
-
- # Levels at which different nodes can be
- Level["@top"] = 0
- Level["@appendix"] = 1
- Level["@chapter"] = 1
- Level["@majorheading"] = 1
- Level["@unnumbered"] = 1
- Level["@appendixsec"] = 2
- Level["@heading"] = 2
- Level["@section"] = 2
- Level["@unnumberedsec"] = 2
- Level["@unnumberedsubsec"] = 3
- Level["@appendixsubsec"] = 3
- Level["@subheading"] = 3
- Level["@subsection"] = 3
- Level["@appendixsubsubsec"] = 4
- Level["@subsubheading"] = 4
- Level["@subsubsection"] = 4
- Level["@unnumberedsubsubsec"] = 4
-
- # Length of menus
- Menumargin = 78
-
- # Length of menu item
- Min_menitem_length = 29
-
- # insure that we were called correctly
- if (ARGC != 2) {
- printf("usage: %s texinfo-file\n", ARGV[0]) > "/dev/stderr"
- exit 1
- }
-
- # Arrange for two passes over input file
- Pass = 1
- ARGV[2] = "Pass=2"
- ARGV[3] = ARGV[1]
- ARGC = 4
- Lastlevel = -1
-
- # Initialize stacks
- Up[-1] = "(dir)"
- Prev[0] = "(dir)"
-
- if (Debug == "args") {
- for (i = 0; i < ARGC; i++)
- printf("ARGV[%d] = %s\n", i, ARGV[i]) > "/dev/stderr"
- }
-}
-
-$1 == "@node" \
-{
- Name = getnodename($0)
- Nodeseen = TRUE
-
- if ((l = length(Name)) > Maxlen)
- Maxlen = l
-
- if (Debug == "nodenames")
- printf("Name = %s\n", Name) > "/dev/stderr"
-
- if (Pass == 1)
- next
-}
-
-Pass == 1 && /address@hidden(omment)?[ \t]+fakenode/ \
-{
- if (Debug == "fakenodes")
- printf("fakenode at %d\n", FNR) > "/dev/stderr"
- Fakenode = TRUE
- next
-}
-
-Pass == 1 && ($1 in Level) \
-{
- # skip fake nodes --- titles without associated @node lines
- if (Fakenode) {
- if (Debug == "fakenodes")
- printf("%s at %d is a fakenode\n", $1, FNR) >
"/dev/stderr"
- Fakenode = FALSE
- next
- }
-
- if (Debug == "titles")
- printf("Processing %s: Name = %s\n", $1, Name) > "/dev/stderr"
-
- # save type
- type = $1
-
- if (! Nodeseen) {
- err_prefix()
- printf("%s line with no @node or fakenode line\n",
- type) > "/dev/stderr"
- Badheading[FNR] = 1
- # ??? used ???
- next
- } else
- Nodeseen = FALSE # reset it
-
- # Squirrel away the info
- levelnum = Level[type]
- Node[Name ".level"] = levelnum
- Node[Name ".name"] = Name
- if (Debug == "titles") {
- printf("Node[%s\".level\"] = %s\n", Name, Node[Name ".level"])
> "/dev/stderr"
- printf("Node[%s\".name\"] = %s\n", Name, Node[Name ".name"]) >
"/dev/stderr"
- }
-
- if (levelnum == Lastlevel) { # e.g., two sections in a row
- Node[Name ".up"] = Up[levelnum - 1]
- if (levelnum in Prev) {
- Node[Prev[levelnum] ".next"] = Name
- Node[Name ".prev"] = Prev[levelnum]
- }
- Prev[levelnum] = Name
- Up[levelnum] = Name # ???
- } else if (levelnum < Lastlevel) { # section, now chapter
- Lastlevel = levelnum
- Node[Name ".up"] = Up[levelnum - 1]
- if (levelnum in Prev) {
- Node[Name ".prev"] = Prev[levelnum]
- Node[Prev[levelnum] ".next"] = Name
- }
- Prev[levelnum] = Name
- Up[levelnum] = Name
- } else { # chapter, now section, levelnum > Lastlevel
- Node[Name ".up"] = Up[levelnum - 1]
- Node[Up[Lastlevel] ".child"] = Name
- Up[levelnum] = Name
- Prev[levelnum] = Name
- Lastlevel = levelnum
- }
-
- # For master menu
- if (Level[$1] >= 2)
- List[++Sequence] = Name
-
- if (Debug == "titles") {
- printf("Node[%s\".prev\"] = %s\n", Name, Node[Name ".prev"]) >
"/dev/stderr"
- printf("Node[%s\".up\"] = %s\n", Name, Node[Name ".up"]) >
"/dev/stderr"
- printf("Node[%s\".child\"] = %s\n", Name, Node[Name ".child"])
> "/dev/stderr"
- }
-}
-
-Pass == 2 && Debug == "dumptitles" && FNR <= 1 \
-{
- for (i in Node)
- printf("Node[%s] = %s\n", i, Node[i]) | "sort 1>&2"
- close("sort 1>&2")
-}
-
-/address@hidden/ && Pass == 1, /address@hidden \t]+menu/ && Pass == 1 \
-{
- if (/address@hidden/ || /address@hidden \t]+menu/)
- next
-
-# if (Debug == "menu")
-# printf("processing: %s\n", $0) > "/dev/stderr"
-
- if (/^\*/) {
- if (In_menitem) { # file away info from previousline
- Node[node ".mendesc"] = desc
- Node[node ".longdesc"] = longdesc
- if (Debug == "mendesc") {
- printf("Node[%s.mendesc] = %s\n",
- node, Node[node ".mendesc"]) >
"/dev/stderr"
- printf("Node[%s.longdesc] = %s\n",
- node, Node[node ".longdesc"]) >
"/dev/stderr"
- }
- }
- In_menitem = TRUE
-
- # pull apart menu item
- $1 = "" # nuke ``*''
- $0 = $0 # reparse line
- i1 = index($0, ":")
- if (i1 <= 0) {
- err_prefix()
- printf("badly formed menu item") > "/dev/stderr"
- next
- }
- if (substr($0, i1+1, 1) != ":") { # desc: node. long desc
- i2 = index($0, ".")
- if (i2 <= 0) {
- err_prefix()
- printf("badly formed menu item") > "/dev/stderr"
- next
- }
- desc = substr($0, 1, i1 - 1)
- sub(/^[ \t]+/, "", node)
- sub(/[ \t]+$/, "", node)
- longdesc = substr($0, i2 + 1)
- } else { # nodname:: long desc
- desc = ""
- node = substr($0, 1, i1 - 1)
- sub(/^[ \t]+/, "", node)
- sub(/[ \t]+$/, "", node)
- longdesc = substr($0, i1 + 2)
- }
- } else if (In_menitem) { # continuation line
- longdesc = longdesc " " $0
- } else
- In_menitem = FALSE
-
- Node[node ".mendesc"] = desc
- Node[node ".longdesc"] = longdesc
- if (Debug == "mendesc") {
- printf("Node[%s.mendesc] = %s\n",
- node, Node[node ".mendesc"]) > "/dev/stderr"
- printf("Node[%s.longdesc] = %s\n",
- node, Node[node ".longdesc"]) > "/dev/stderr"
- }
-
- if (Debug == "menu")
- printf("Menu:: Name %s: desc %s: longdesc %s\n",
- node, desc, longdesc) > "/dev/stderr"
-}
-
-function err_prefix()
-{
- printf("%s: %s: %d: ", ARGV[0], FILENAME, FNR) > "/dev/stderr"
-}
-
-function getnodename(str)
-{
- sub(/@node[ \t]+/, "", str)
- sub(/,.*/, "", str)
- if (Debug == "nodenames")
- printf("getnodename: return %s\n", str) > "/dev/stderr"
- return str
-}
-
-Pass == 2 && /address@hidden/ \
-{
- Name = getnodename($0)
-
- # Top node is special. It's next is the first child
- n = Node[Name ".next"]
- if (Node[Name ".level"] == 0 && n == "")
- n = Node[Name ".child"]
-
- printf("@node %s, %s, %s, %s\n", Name, n,
- Node[Name ".prev"] ? Node[Name ".prev"] : Node[Name ".up"],
- Node[Name ".up"])
- next
-}
-
-Pass == 2 && /address@hidden/ \
-{
- # First, nuke current contents of menu
- do {
- if ((getline) <= 0) {
- err_prefix()
- printf("unexpected EOF inside menu\n") > "/dev/stderr"
- exit 1
- }
- } while (! /address@hidden \t]+menu/)
-
- # next, compute maximum length of a node name
- max = 0
- for (n = Node[Name ".child"]; (n ".next") in Node; n = Node[n ".next"])
{
- if ((n ".desc") in Node)
- s = Node[n ".desc"] ": " n "."
- else
- s = n "::"
- l = length(s)
- if (l > max)
- max = l
- }
- if (max < Min_menitem_length)
- max = Min_menitem_length
-
- # now dump the menu
- print "@menu"
-
- for (n = Node[Name ".child"]; (n ".next") in Node; n = Node[n ".next"])
{
- print_menuitem(n, max)
- }
- print_menuitem(n, max)
-
- if (Name == "Top") { # Master Menu
- if (Maxlen < Min_menitem_length)
- Maxlen = Min_menitem_length
- print ""
- for (i = 1; i <= Sequence; i++)
- print_menuitem(List[i], Maxlen)
- print ""
- }
- print "@end menu"
- next
-}
-
-Pass == 2 # print
-
-
-function print_menuitem(n, max, nodesc, i, dwords, count, p)
-{
- nodesc = FALSE
- if (! ((n ".longdesc") in Node)) {
- err_prefix()
- printf("warning: %s: no long description\n", n) > "/dev/stderr"
- nodesc = TRUE
- } else {
- for (i in dwords)
- delete dwords[i]
- count = split(Node[n ".longdesc"], dwords, "[ \t\n]+")
- }
- if ((n ".desc") in Node)
- s = Node[n ".desc"] ": " n "."
- else
- s = n "::"
- printf("* %-*s", max, s)
-
- if (Debug == "mendescitem")
- printf("<* %-*s>\n", max, s) > "/dev/stderr"
-
- p = max + 2
- if (! nodesc) {
- for (i = 1; i <= count; i++) {
- l = length(dwords[i])
- if (l == 0)
- continue
- if (p + l + 1 > Menumargin) {
- printf("\n%*s", max + 2, " ")
- p = max + 2
- }
- printf(" %s", dwords[i])
- p += l + 1
- }
- }
- print ""
-}
Index: util/tex3patch
===================================================================
RCS file: util/tex3patch
diff -N util/tex3patch
--- util/tex3patch 1 Feb 2003 14:18:59 -0000 1.2
+++ /dev/null 1 Jan 1970 00:00:00 -0000
@@ -1,70 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/sh
-# Auxiliary script to work around TeX 3.0 bug. ---- tex3patch ----
-# patches texinfo.tex in current directory, or in directory given as arg.
-
-ANYVERSION=no
-
-for arg in $1 $2
-do
- case $arg in
- --dammit | -d ) ANYVERSION=yes ;;
-
- * ) dir=$arg
- esac
-done
-
-if [ -z "$dir" ]; then
- dir='.'
-fi
-
-if [ 2 -lt $# ] || [ ! -f "$dir/texinfo.tex" ]; then
- echo "To patch texinfo.tex for peaceful coexistence with Unix TeX 3.0,"
- echo "run $0"
- echo "with no arguments in the same directory as texinfo.tex; or run"
- echo " $0 DIRECTORY"
- echo "(where DIRECTORY is a path leading to texinfo.tex)."
- exit
-fi
-
-if [ -z "$TMPDIR" ]; then
- TMPDIR=/tmp
-fi
-
-echo "Checking for \`dummy.tfm'"
-
-( cd $TMPDIR; tex '\relax \batchmode \font\foo=dummy \bye' )
-
-grep -s '3.0' $TMPDIR/texput.log
-if [ 1 = "$?" ] && [ "$ANYVERSION" != "yes" ]; then
- echo "You probably do not need this patch,"
- echo "since your TeX does not seem to be version 3.0."
- echo "If you insist on applying the patch, run $0"
- echo "again with the option \`--dammit'"
- exit
-fi
-
-grep -s 'file not found' $TMPDIR/texput.log
-if [ 0 = $? ]; then
- echo "This patch requires the dummy font metric file \`dummy.tfm',"
- echo "which does not seem to be part of your TeX installation."
- echo "Please get your TeX maintainer to install \`dummy.tfm',"
- echo "then run this script again."
- exit
-fi
-rm $TMPDIR/texput.log
-
-echo "Patching $dir/texinfo.tex"
-
-sed -e 's/%%*\\font\\nullfont/\\font\\nullfont/' \
- $dir/texinfo.tex >$TMPDIR/texinfo.tex
-mv $dir/texinfo.tex $dir/texinfo.tex-distrib; mv $TMPDIR/texinfo.tex $dir
-
-if [ 0 = $? ]; then
- echo "Patched $dir/texinfo.tex to avoid TeX 3.0 bug."
- echo "The original version is saved as $dir/texinfo.tex-distrib."
-else
- echo "Patch failed. Sorry."
-fi
-----------------------------------------tex3patch ends
-
-
Index: util/texi-docstring-magic.el
===================================================================
RCS file: util/texi-docstring-magic.el
diff -N util/texi-docstring-magic.el
--- util/texi-docstring-magic.el 1 Jul 2007 21:20:33 -0000 1.3
+++ /dev/null 1 Jan 1970 00:00:00 -0000
@@ -1,347 +0,0 @@
-;; texi-docstring-magic.el -- munge internal docstrings into texi
-;;
-;; Keywords: lisp, docs, tex
-;; Author: David Aspinall <address@hidden>
-;; Copyright (C) 1998 David Aspinall
-;; Maintainer: David Aspinall <address@hidden>
-;;
-;; $Id: texi-docstring-magic.el,v 1.3 2007/07/01 21:20:33 karl Exp $
-;;
-;; This package is distributed under the terms of the
-;; GNU General Public License, Version 3.
-;; You should have a copy of the GPL with your version of
-;; GNU Emacs or the Texinfo distribution.
-;;
-;;
-;; This package generates Texinfo source fragments from Emacs
-;; docstrings. This avoids documenting functions and variables
-;; in more than one place, and automatically adds Texinfo markup
-;; to docstrings.
-;;
-;; It relies heavily on you following the Elisp documentation
-;; conventions to produce sensible output, check the Elisp manual
-;; for details. In brief:
-;;
-;; * The first line of a docstring should be a complete sentence.
-;; * Arguments to functions should be written in upper case: ARG1..ARGN
-;; * User options (variables users may want to set) should have docstrings
-;; beginning with an asterisk.
-;;
-;; Usage:
-;;
-;; Write comments of the form:
-;;
-;; @c TEXI DOCSTRING MAGIC: my-package-function-or-variable-name
-;;
-;; In your texi source, mypackage.texi. From within an Emacs session
-;; where my-package is loaded, visit mypackage.texi and run
-;; M-x texi-docstring-magic to update all of the documentation strings.
-;;
-;; This will insert @defopt, @deffn and the like underneath the
-;; magic comment strings.
-;;
-;; The default value for user options will be printed.
-;;
-;; Symbols are recognized if they are defined for faces, functions,
-;; or variables (in that order).
-;;
-;; Automatic markup rules:
-;;
-;; 1. Indented lines are gathered into @lisp environment.
-;; 2. Pieces of text `stuff' or surrounded in quotes marked up with @samp.
-;; 3. Words *emphasized* are made @strong{emphasized}
-;; 4. Words sym-bol which are symbols become @code{sym-bol}.
-;; 5. Upper cased words ARG corresponding to arguments become @var{arg}.
-;; In fact, you can any word longer than three letters, so that
-;; metavariables can be used easily.
-;; FIXME: to escape this, use `ARG'
-;; 6. Words 'sym which are lisp-quoted are marked with @code{'sym}.
-;;
-;; -----
-;;
-;; Useful key binding when writing Texinfo:
-;;
-;; (define-key TeXinfo-mode-map "C-cC-d" 'texi-docstring-magic-insert-magic)
-;;
-;; -----
-;;
-;; Useful enhancements to do:
-;;
-;; * Use customize properties (e.g. group, simple types)
-;; * Look for a "texi-docstring" property for symbols
-;; so TeXInfo can be defined directly in case automatic markup
-;; goes badly wrong.
-;; * Add tags to special comments so that user can specify face,
-;; function, or variable binding for a symbol in case more than
-;; one binding exists.
-;;
-;; ------
-
-(defun texi-docstring-magic-splice-sep (strings sep)
- "Return concatenation of STRINGS spliced together with separator SEP."
- (let (str)
- (while strings
- (setq str (concat str (car strings)))
- (if (cdr strings)
- (setq str (concat str sep)))
- (setq strings (cdr strings)))
- str))
-
-(defconst texi-docstring-magic-munge-table
- '(;; 1. Indented lines are gathered into @lisp environment.
- ("\\(^.*\\S-.*$\\)"
- t
- (let
- ((line (match-string 0 docstring)))
- (if (eq (char-syntax (string-to-char line)) ?\ )
- ;; whitespace
- (if in-quoted-region
- line
- (setq in-quoted-region t)
- (concat "@lisp\n" line))
- ;; non-white space
- (if in-quoted-region
- (progn
- (setq in-quoted-region nil)
- (concat "@end lisp\n" line))
- line))))
- ;; 2. Pieces of text `stuff' or surrounded in quotes
- ;; are marked up with @samp. NB: Must be backquote
- ;; followed by forward quote for this to work.
- ;; Can't use two forward quotes else problems with
- ;; symbols.
- ;; Odd hack: because ' is a word constituent in text/texinfo
- ;; mode, putting this first enables the recognition of args
- ;; and symbols put inside quotes.
- ("\\(`\\([^']+\\)'\\)"
- t
- (concat "@samp{" (match-string 2 docstring) "}"))
- ;; 3. Words *emphasized* are made @strong{emphasized}
- ("\\(\\*\\(\\w+\\)\\*\\)"
- t
- (concat "@strong{" (match-string 2 docstring) "}"))
- ;; 4. Words sym-bol which are symbols become @code{sym-bol}.
- ;; Must have at least one hyphen to be recognized,
- ;; terminated in whitespace, end of line, or punctuation.
- ;; (Only consider symbols made from word constituents
- ;; and hyphen.
- ("\\(\\(\\w+\\-\\(\\w\\|\\-\\)+\\)\\)\\(\\s\)\\|\\s-\\|\\s.\\|$\\)"
- (or (boundp (intern (match-string 2 docstring)))
- (fboundp (intern (match-string 2 docstring))))
- (concat "@code{" (match-string 2 docstring) "}"
- (match-string 4 docstring)))
- ;; 5. Upper cased words ARG corresponding to arguments become
- ;; @var{arg}
- ;; In fact, include any word so long as it is more than 3 characters
- ;; long. (Comes after symbols to avoid recognizing the
- ;; lowercased form of an argument as a symbol)
- ;; FIXME: maybe we don't want to downcase stuff already
- ;; inside @samp
- ;; FIXME: should - terminate? should _ be included?
- ("\\([A-Z0-9\\-]+\\)\\(/\\|\)\\|}\\|\\s-\\|\\s.\\|$\\)"
- (or (> (length (match-string 1 docstring)) 3)
- (member (downcase (match-string 1 docstring)) args))
- (concat "@var{" (downcase (match-string 1 docstring)) "}"
- (match-string 2 docstring)))
-
- ;; 6. Words 'sym which are lisp quoted are
- ;; marked with @code.
- ("\\(\\(\\s-\\|^\\)'\\(\\(\\w\\|\\-\\)+\\)\\)\\(\\s\)\\|\\s-\\|\\s.\\|$\\)"
- t
- (concat (match-string 2 docstring)
- "@code{'" (match-string 3 docstring) "}"
- (match-string 5 docstring)))
- ;; 7,8. Clean up for @lisp environments left with spurious newlines
- ;; after 1.
- ("\\(\\(^\\s-*$\\)address@hidden)" t "@lisp")
- ("\\(\\(^\\s-*$\\)address@hidden lisp\\)" t "@end lisp"))
- "Table of regexp matches and replacements used to markup docstrings.
-Format of table is a list of elements of the form
- (regexp predicate replacement-form)
-If regexp matches and predicate holds, then replacement-form is
-evaluated to get the replacement for the match.
-predicate and replacement-form can use variables arg,
-and forms such as (match-string 1 docstring)
-Match string 1 is assumed to determine the
-length of the matched item, hence where parsing restarts from.
-The replacement must cover the whole match (match string 0),
-including any whitespace included to delimit matches.")
-
-
-(defun texi-docstring-magic-munge-docstring (docstring args)
- "Markup DOCSTRING for texi according to regexp matches."
- (let ((case-fold-search nil))
- (dolist (test texi-docstring-magic-munge-table docstring)
- (let ((regexp (nth 0 test))
- (predicate (nth 1 test))
- (replace (nth 2 test))
- (i 0)
- in-quoted-region)
-
- (while (and
- (< i (length docstring))
- (string-match regexp docstring i))
- (setq i (match-end 1))
- (if (eval predicate)
- (let* ((origlength (- (match-end 0) (match-beginning 0)))
- (replacement (eval replace))
- (newlength (length replacement)))
- (setq docstring
- (replace-match replacement t t docstring))
- (setq i (+ i (- newlength origlength))))))
- (if in-quoted-region
- (setq docstring (concat docstring "address@hidden lisp"))))))
- ;; Force a new line after (what should be) the first sentence,
- ;; if not already a new paragraph.
- (let*
- ((pos (string-match "\n" docstring))
- (needscr (and pos
- (not (string= "\n"
- (substring docstring
- (1+ pos)
- (+ pos 2)))))))
- (if (and pos needscr)
- (concat (substring docstring 0 pos)
- "@*\n"
- (substring docstring (1+ pos)))
- docstring)))
-
-(defun texi-docstring-magic-texi (env grp name docstring args &optional
endtext)
- "Make a texi def environment ENV for entity NAME with DOCSTRING."
- (concat "@def" env (if grp (concat " " grp) "") " " name
- " "
- (texi-docstring-magic-splice-sep args " ")
- ;; " "
- ;; (texi-docstring-magic-splice-sep extras " ")
- "\n"
- (texi-docstring-magic-munge-docstring docstring args)
- "\n"
- (or endtext "")
- "@end def" env "\n"))
-
-(defun texi-docstring-magic-format-default (default)
- "Make a default value string for the value DEFAULT.
-Markup as @code{stuff} or @lisp stuff @end lisp."
- (let ((text (format "%S" default)))
- (concat
- "\nThe default value is "
- (if (string-match "\n" text)
- ;; Carriage return will break @code, use @lisp
- (if (stringp default)
- (concat "the string: address@hidden" default "address@hidden
lisp\n")
- (concat "the value: address@hidden" text "address@hidden lisp\n"))
- (concat "@code{" text "}.\n")))))
-
-
-(defun texi-docstring-magic-texi-for (symbol)
- (cond
- ;; Faces
- ((find-face symbol)
- (let*
- ((face symbol)
- (name (symbol-name face))
- (docstring (or (face-doc-string face)
- "Not documented."))
- (useropt (eq ?* (string-to-char docstring))))
- ;; Chop off user option setting
- (if useropt
- (setq docstring (substring docstring 1)))
- (texi-docstring-magic-texi "fn" "Face" name docstring nil)))
- ((fboundp symbol)
- ;; Functions.
- ;; We don't handle macros, aliases, or compiled fns properly.
- (let*
- ((function symbol)
- (name (symbol-name function))
- (docstring (or (documentation function)
- "Not documented."))
- (def (symbol-function function))
- (argsyms (cond ((eq (car-safe def) 'lambda)
- (nth 1 def))))
- (args (mapcar 'symbol-name argsyms)))
- (if (commandp function)
- (texi-docstring-magic-texi "fn" "Command" name docstring args)
- (texi-docstring-magic-texi "un" nil name docstring args))))
- ((boundp symbol)
- ;; Variables.
- (let*
- ((variable symbol)
- (name (symbol-name variable))
- (docstring (or (documentation-property variable
- 'variable-documentation)
- "Not documented."))
- (useropt (eq ?* (string-to-char docstring)))
- (default (if useropt
- (texi-docstring-magic-format-default
- (default-value symbol)))))
- ;; Chop off user option setting
- (if useropt
- (setq docstring (substring docstring 1)))
- (texi-docstring-magic-texi
- (if useropt "opt" "var") nil name docstring nil default)))
- (t
- (error "Don't know anything about symbol %s" (symbol-name symbol)))))
-
-(defconst texi-docstring-magic-comment
- "@c TEXI DOCSTRING MAGIC:"
- "Magic string in a texi buffer expanded into @defopt, or @deffn.")
-
-(defun texi-docstring-magic ()
- "Update all texi docstring magic annotations in buffer."
- (interactive)
- (save-excursion
- (goto-char (point-min))
- (let ((magic (concat "^"
- (regexp-quote texi-docstring-magic-comment)
- "\\s-*\\(\\(\\w\\|\\-\\)+\\)$"))
- p
- symbol)
- (while (re-search-forward magic nil t)
- (setq symbol (intern (match-string 1)))
- (forward-line)
- (setq p (point))
- ;; If comment already followed by an environment, delete it.
- (if (and
- (looking-at "@def\\(\\w+\\)\\s-")
- (search-forward (concat "@end def" (match-string 1)) nil t))
- (progn
- (forward-line)
- (delete-region p (point))))
- (insert
- (texi-docstring-magic-texi-for symbol))))))
-
-(defun texi-docstring-magic-face-at-point ()
- (ignore-errors
- (let ((stab (syntax-table)))
- (unwind-protect
- (save-excursion
- (set-syntax-table emacs-lisp-mode-syntax-table)
- (or (not (zerop (skip-syntax-backward "_w")))
- (eq (char-syntax (char-after (point))) ?w)
- (eq (char-syntax (char-after (point))) ?_)
- (forward-sexp -1))
- (skip-chars-forward "'")
- (let ((obj (read (current-buffer))))
- (and (symbolp obj) (find-face obj) obj)))
- (set-syntax-table stab)))))
-
-(defun texi-docstring-magic-insert-magic (symbol)
- (interactive
- (let* ((v (or (variable-at-point)
- (function-at-point)
- (texi-docstring-magic-face-at-point)))
- (val (let ((enable-recursive-minibuffers t))
- (completing-read
- (if v
- (format "Magic docstring for symbol (default %s): " v)
- "Magic docstring for symbol: ")
- obarray '(lambda (sym)
- (or (boundp sym)
- (fboundp sym)
- (find-face sym)))
- t nil 'variable-history))))
- (list (if (equal val "") v (intern val)))))
- (insert "\n" texi-docstring-magic-comment " " (symbol-name symbol)))
-
-
-(provide 'texi-docstring-magic)
| [Prev in Thread] |
Current Thread |
[Next in Thread] |
- texinfo ChangeLog README Makefile.am util/Makef...,
karl <=